BP
BP
#216
Rank
S$125.07 B
Marketcap
S$47.86
Share price
-0.48%
Change (1 day)
18.45%
Change (1 year)

BP p.l.c., formerly British Petroleum, is an international British petroleum company headquartered in London. Worldwide, BP had consolidated sales of $396 billion in 2012 and employed 83,900 people. The company has proven reserves of 17.0 billion barrels of oil equivalent worldwide. The company owns around 20,700 petrol stations and serves 13 million customers every day. Due to an oil spill - triggered on April 20, 2010 by the BP-operated Deepwater Horizon drilling platform in the Gulf of Mexico - the company was sentenced in 2015 by the US environmental agency USEPA to pay a record fine of $20.8 billion. A 2019 survey found that BP, with an emissions of 34.02 billion tonnes of CO2 equivalent since 1965, was the world's sixth-highest in that period.

With sales of $251.9 billion and a profit of $4.3 billion, BP ranks 36th among the world's largest companies according to Forbes Global 2000 (as of 2017). BP had a market cap of approximately $152.6 billion in early 2018.

BP - 20-F annual report


Text size:
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
   
(Mark One)  
[  ]
 REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) or (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  OR
[ü]
 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
  OR
[  ]
 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  OR
[  ]
 SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number 1-6262
 
BP p.l.c.
 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
ENGLAND and WALES
 
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
1 St James’s Square
London
SW1Y 4PD
United Kingdom
 
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.
   
Title of each class Name of each exchange
on which registered
Ordinary Shares of 25c each New York Stock Exchange*
Chicago Stock Exchange*
NYSE Arca*
   
  *Not for trading, but only in connection
with the registration of American Depositary
Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the
Securities and Exchange Commission
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.
None
 
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.
None
 
     Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
   
Ordinary Shares of 25c each
 20,657,044,719
Cumulative First Preference Shares of £1 each
 7,232,838
Cumulative Second Preference Shares of £1 each
 5,473,414
      Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes     [ü]No     [     ]
      If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes     [     ]No     [ü]
      Note — Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
      Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes     [ü]No     [     ]
      Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):
Large accelerated filer     [ü]          Accelerated filer     [     ]          Non-accelerated filer     [     ]          
      Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17     [     ]Item 18     [ü]
      If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes     [     ]No     [ü]


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
      Page
     Certain Definitions  4 
  Item 1  Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisors  6 
   Item 2  Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable  6 
   Item 3  Key Information  6 
       Selected Financial Information  6 
       Risk Factors  10 
       Forward Looking Statements  12 
       Statements Regarding Competitive Position  12 
   Item 4  Information on the Company  13 
       General  13 
       Segmental Information  19 
       Exploration and Production  22 
       Refining and Marketing  44 
       Gas, Power and Renewables  59 
       Other Businesses and Corporate  66 
       Regulation of the Group’s Business  67 
       Environmental Protection  68 
       Property, Plants and Equipment  76 
       Organizational Structure  77 
   Item 4A  Unresolved Staff Comments  78 
   Item 5  Operating and Financial Review  79 
       Group Operating Results  79 
       Liquidity and Capital Resources  93 
       Outlook  99 
       Critical Accounting Policies and New Accounting Standards  100 
   Item 6  Directors, Senior Management and Employees  112 
       Directors and Senior Management  112 
       Compensation  115 
       Board Practices  132 
       Employees  144 
       Share Ownership  145 
   Item 7  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions  148 
       Major Shareholders  148 
       Related Party Transactions  148 
   Item 8  Financial Information  148 
       Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information  148 
       Significant Changes  150 
   Item 9  The Offer and Listing  151 

2


Table of Contents

         
      Page
   Item 10  Additional Information  154 
       Memorandum and Articles of Association  154 
       Material Contracts  157 
       Exchange Controls and Other Limitations Affecting Security Holders  157 
       Taxation  158 
       Documents on Display  161 
   Item 11  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk  162 
   Item 12  Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities  172 
  Item 13  Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies  173 
   Item 14  Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds  173 
   Item 15  Controls and Procedures  173 
   Item 16A  Audit Committee Financial Expert  174 
   Item 16B  Code of Ethics  174 
   Item 16C  Principal Accountant Fees and Services  174 
   Item 16D  Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees  176 
   Item 16E  Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers  176 
  Item 17  Financial Statements  178 
   Item 18  Financial Statements  178 
   Item 19  Exhibits  178 
 Exhibit 4.3
 Exhibit 4.4
 Exhibit 7
 Exhibit 8
 Exhibit 12
 Exhibit 13

3


Table of Contents

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
      Unless the context indicates otherwise, the following terms have the meanings shown below:
Oil and natural gas reserves
      ‘Proved oil and gas reserves’ — Proved reserves are defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in Rule 4-10(a) of Regulation S-X,paragraphs (2), (2i), (2ii) and (2iii). Proved oil and gas reserves are the estimated quantities of crude oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids which geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions, i.e., prices and costs as of the date the estimate is made. Prices include consideration of changes in existing prices provided only by contractual arrangements, but not on escalations based upon future conditions.
 (i) Reservoirs are considered proved if economic producibility is supported by either actual production or conclusive formation test. The area of a reservoir considered proved includes: (A) that portion delineated by drilling and defined by gas-oil and/or oil-water contacts, if any; and (B) the immediately adjoining portions not yet drilled, but which can be reasonably judged as economically productive on the basis of available geological and engineering data. In the absence of information on fluid contacts, the lowest known structural occurrence of hydrocarbons controls the lower proved limit of the reservoir.
 
 (ii) Reserves which can be produced economically through application of improved recovery techniques (such as fluid injection) are included in the “proved’ classification when successful testing by a pilot project, or the operation of an installed programme in the reservoir, provides support for the engineering analysis on which the project or programme was based.
 
 (iii) Estimates of proved reserves do not include the following:
 (a) oil that may become available from known reservoirs but is classified separately as ‘indicated additional reserves’;
 (b) crude oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids, the recovery of which is subject to reasonable doubt because of uncertainty as to geology, reservoir characteristics, or economic factors;
 (c) crude oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids, that may occur in undrilled prospects; and
 (d) crude oil, natural gas, and natural gas liquids, that may be recovered from oil shales, coal, gilsonite and other such sources.
      ‘Proved developed reserves’ — Proved reserves that can be expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods. Additional oil and natural gas expected to be obtained through the application of fluid injection or other improved recovery techniques for supplementing the natural forces and mechanisms of primary recovery are included as ‘proved developed reserves’ only after testing by a pilot project or after the operation of an installed programme has confirmed through production response that increased recovery will be achieved.
      ‘Proved undeveloped reserves’ — Proved reserves that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage, or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion. Reserves on undrilled acreage are limited to those drilling units offsetting productive units that are reasonably certain of production when drilled. Proved reserves for other undrilled units are claimed only where it can be demonstrated with certainty that there is continuity of production from the existing productive formation. Under no circumstances are estimates of proved undeveloped reserves attributable to acreage for which an application of fluid injection or other improved recovery technique is contemplated, unless such techniques have been proved effective by actual tests in the area and in the same reservoir.

4


Table of Contents

Miscellaneous terms
‘ADR’ — American Depositary Receipt.
‘ADS’ — American Depositary Share.
‘Amoco’ — The former Amoco Corporation and its subsidiaries.
‘Atlantic Richfield’ — Atlantic Richfield Company and its subsidiaries.
‘Associate’ — An undertaking in which the BP Group has a participating interest and over whose operating and financial policy the BP Group exercises a significant influence (presumed to be the case where 20% or more of the voting rights are held) and which is not a subsidiary.
‘Barrel’ — 42 US gallons.
‘BP’, ‘BP Group’ or the ‘Group’ — BP p.l.c. and its subsidiaries.
‘Burmah Castrol’ — Burmah Castrol plc and its subsidiaries.
‘Cent’ or ‘c’ — One hundredth of the US dollar.
The ‘Company’ — BP p.l.c.
‘Dollar’ or ‘$’ — The US dollar.
‘EU’ — European Union
‘Gas’ — Natural Gas.
‘Hydrocarbons’ — Crude oil and natural gas.
‘IFRS’ — International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU.
‘Joint venture’ or ‘JV’ — an entity in which the Group has a long-term interest and shares control with one or more co-venturers.
‘Liquids’ — Crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids.
‘LNG’ — Liquefied Natural Gas.
‘London Stock Exchange’ or ‘LSE’ — London Stock Exchange Limited.
‘LPG’ — Liquefied Petroleum Gas.
‘mmbtu’ — million British thermal units.
‘MTBE’ — Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether.
‘NGL’ — Natural Gas Liquid.
‘OECD’ — Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development.
‘OPEC’ — The Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries.
‘Ordinary shares’ — Ordinary fully paid shares in BP p.l.c. of 25c each.
‘Pence’ or ‘p’ — One hundredth of a pound sterling.
‘Pound’, ‘sterling’ or ‘£’ — The pound sterling.
‘Preference Shares’ — Cumulative First Preference Shares and Cumulative Second Preference Shares in BP p.l.c. of £1 each.
‘Subsidiary’ — An undertaking in which the BP Group holds a majority of the voting rights.
‘Tonne’ — 2,204.6 pounds.
‘UK’ — United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.
‘Undertaking’ — A body corporate, partnership or an unincorporated association, carrying on a trade or business.
‘US’ or ‘USA’ — United States of America.
‘US GAAP’ — Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the USA.

5


Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1 — IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS
      Not applicable.
ITEM 2 — OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
      Not applicable.
ITEM 3 — KEY INFORMATION
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Summary
      This information has been extracted or derived from the audited financial statements of the BP Group presented elsewhere herein or otherwise included with BP p.l.c.’s Annual Reports on Form 20-F for the relevant years which have been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as reclassified to conform with the accounting presentation adopted in this annual report.
      For all periods up to and including the year ended December 31, 2004, BP prepared its financial statements in accordance with UK generally accepted accounting practice (UK GAAP). BP, together with all other European Union (EU) companies listed on an EU stock exchange, was required to prepare consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU with effect from January 1, 2005. The Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2005 are BP’s first consolidated financial statements prepared under IFRS. In preparing these financial statements, the Group has complied with all International Financial Reporting Standards applicable for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005. In addition, BP has also decided to adopt early IFRS 6 ‘Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources’, the amendment to IAS 19 ‘Amendment to International Accounting Standard IAS 19 Employee Benefits: Actuarial Gains and Losses, Group Plans and Disclosures’, the amendment to IAS 39 ‘Amendment to International Accounting Standard IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement: Cash Flow Hedge Accounting of Forecast Intragroup Transactions’ and IFRIC 4 ‘Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease’. The EU has adopted all standards and interpretations adopted by BP for its 2005 reporting.
      The financial information for 2004 and 2003 has been restated to reflect the following, all with effect from January 1, 2005: (a) the adoption by the Group of IFRS (see Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 3 on page F-30 and Note 52 on page F-145); (b) the transfer of the Mardi Gras pipeline system from Exploration and Production to Refining and Marketing; (c) the transfer of the aromatics and acetyls operations and the petrochemicals assets that are integrated with our Gelsenkirchen refinery in Germany from the former Petrochemicals segment to Refining and Marketing; (d) the transfer of the olefins and derivatives operations from the former Petrochemicals segment to the Olefins and Derivatives business (the legacy historical results of other petrochemicals assets that had been divested during 2004 and 2003 are included within Other businesses and corporate); (e) the transfer of the Grangemouth and Lavera refineries from Refining and Marketing to the Olefins and Derivatives business; and (f) the transfer of the Hobbs fractionator from Gas, Power and Renewables to the Olefins and Derivatives business. The Olefins and Derivatives business is reported within Other businesses and corporate. This reorganization was a precursor to seeking to divest the Olefins and Derivatives business. As indicated in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 5 on page F-35, we divested Innovene on December 16, 2005. Innovene represented the majority of the Olefins and Derivatives business. Innovene operations have been treated as discontinued operations in accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’. Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 5 on page F-35 provides further detail. Under US GAAP, Innovene operations would

6


Table of Contents

not be classified as discontinued operations due to BP’s continuing customer/ supplier arrangements with Innovene.
      In the circumstances of discontinued operations, IFRS require that the profits earned by the discontinued operations, in this case the Innovene operations, on sales to the continuing operations be eliminated on consolidation from the discontinued operations, and attributed to the continuing operations and vice versa. This adjustment has two offsetting elements: the net margin on crude refined by Innovene as substantially all crude for their refineries is supplied by BP and most of the refined products manufactured are taken by BP; and the margin on sales of feedstock from BP’s US refineries to Innovene manufacturing plants. The profits attributable to individual segments are not affected by this adjustment. Neither does this representation indicate the profits earned by continuing or Innovene operations, as if they were stand-alone entities, for past periods or likely to be earned in future periods.
              
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million except per share amounts)
IFRS
            
Income statement data
            
Sales and other operating revenues from continuing operations (a)
  239,792   192,024   164,653 
Profit before interest and taxation for continuing operations (a)
  32,182   25,746   18,776 
Profit from continuing operations (a)
  22,133   17,884   12,681 
Profit for the year
  22,317   17,262   12,618 
Profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders
  22,026   17,075   12,448 
Per ordinary share: (cents)
            
 
Profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders:
            
 
Basic
  104.25   78.24   56.14 
 
Diluted
  103.05   76.87   55.61 
 
Profit from continuing operations attributable to BP shareholders:
            
 
Basic
  103.38   81.09   56.42 
 
Diluted
  102.19   79.66   55.89 
 
Dividends per share (cents)
  34.85   27.70   25.50 
 
Dividends per share (pence)
  19.152   15.251   15.658 
Ordinary Share data (b)
            
Average number outstanding of 25 cents ordinary shares (shares million undiluted)
  21,126   21,821   22,171 
Average number outstanding of 25 cents ordinary shares (shares million diluted)
  21,411   22,293   22,424 
Balance sheet data
            
Total assets
  206,914   194,630   172,491 
Net assets
  80,450   78,235   70,264 
Share capital
  5,185   5,403   5,552 
BP shareholders’ equity
  79,661   76,892   69,139 
Finance debt due after more than one year
  10,230   12,907   12,869 
Debt to borrowed and invested capital (c)
  11%  14%  15%
 
      Selected historical financial data is based on financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS and accordingly is shown for the three years subsequent to the date of transition to IFRS.

7


Table of Contents

                      
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003 2002 2001
 
  ($ million except per share amounts)
US GAAP
                    
Income statement data
                    
Revenues
  252,168   203,303   173,615   145,991   145,902 
Profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders (d)
  19,642   17,090   12,941   8,109   4,467 
Comprehensive income
  17,053   17,371   19,689   10,256   2,952 
Profit per ordinary share: (cents) 
                    
 
Basic
  92.96   78.31   58.36   36.20   19.90 
 
Diluted
  91.91   76.88   57.79   36.02   19.78 
Profit per American Depositary Share: (cents) 
                    
 
Basic
  557.76   469.86   350.16   217.20   119.40 
 
Diluted
  551.46   461.28   346.74   216.12   118.68 
Balance sheet data
                    
Total assets
  213,722   206,139   186,576   164,103   145,990 
Net assets
  85,936   86,435   80,292   67,274   62,786 
BP shareholders’ equity
  85,147   85,092   79,167   66,636   62,188 
 
(a)Excludes Innovene which was treated as a discontinued operation in accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’. See Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 5 on page F-35. Under US GAAP, Innovene is not treated as a discontinued operation.
 
(b)The number of ordinary shares shown have been used to calculate per share amounts for both IFRS and US GAAP.
 
(c)Finance debt due after more than one year, as a percentage of such debt plus BP and minority shareholders’ equity.
 
(d)Under US GAAP, Innovene is not treated as a discontinued operation. See Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 55 on page F-191. As such, the results of Innovene are included within the profit for the year, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.
Dividends
      BP has paid dividends on its ordinary shares in each year since 1917. In 2000 and thereafter, dividends were, and are expected to continue to be, paid quarterly in March, June, September and December. Until their shares have been exchanged for BP ADSs, Amoco and Atlantic Richfield shareholders do not have the right to receive dividends.
      BP currently announces dividends for ordinary shares in US dollars and states an equivalent pounds sterling dividend. Dividends on BP ordinary shares will be paid in pounds sterling and on BP ADSs in US dollars. The rate of exchange used to determine the sterling amount equivalent is the average of the forward exchange rate in London over the five business days prior to the announcement date. The directors may choose to declare dividends in any currency provided that a sterling equivalent is announced, but it is not the Company’s intention to change its current policy of announcing dividends on ordinary shares in US dollars.

8


Table of Contents

      The following table shows dividends announced and paid by the Company per ADS for each of the past five years before the ‘refund’ and deduction of withholding taxes as described in Item 10 — Additional Information — Taxation on page 158. Refund means an amount equal to the tax credit available to individual shareholders resident in the UK in respect of such dividend, less a withholding tax equal to 15% (but limited to the amount of the tax credit) of the aggregate of such tax credit and such dividend.
      For dividends paid after April 30, 2004, there is no refund available to shareholders resident in the US. Refer to Item 10 — Additional Information — Taxation for more information.
                         
    March June September December Total
 
Dividends per American Depositary Share
                        
2001
  UK pence   21.7   22.0   23.5   22.8   90.0 
   US cents   31.5   31.5   33.0   33.0   129.0 
   Can. cents   47.9   48.3   50.4   52.6   199.2 
2002
  UK pence   24.3   24.3   23.3   23.4   95.3 
   US cents   34.5   34.5   36.0   36.0   141.0 
   Can. cents   54.9   54.1   56.7   56.1   221.8 
2003
  UK pence   22.9   23.7   24.2   23.1   93.9 
   US cents   37.5   37.5   39.0   39.0   153.0 
   Can. cents   57.4   54.3   54.0   51.1   216.8 
2004
  UK pence   22.0   22.8   23.2   23.5   91.5 
   US cents   40.5   40.5   42.6   42.6   166.2 
   Can. cents   53.7   54.8   56.7   52.2   217.4 
2005
  UK pence   27.1   26.7   30.7   30.4   114.9 
   US cents   51.0   51.0   53.55   53.55   209.1 
   Can. cents   64.0   63.2   65.3   63.7   256.2 
      A dividend reinvestment plan is in place whereby holders of BP ordinary shares can elect to reinvest the net cash dividend in shares purchased on the London Stock Exchange. This plan is not available to any person resident in the USA or Canada, or in any jurisdiction outside the UK where such an offer requires compliance by the Company with any governmental or regulatory procedures or any similar formalities. A dividend reinvestment plan is, however, available for holders of ADSs through JPMorgan Chase Bank.
      Future dividends will be dependent upon future earnings, the financial condition of the Group, the Risk Factors set out below, and other matters which may affect the business of the Group set out in Item 5 — Operating and Financial Review on page 79.

9


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
      We urge you to carefully consider the risks described below. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer, and the trading price and liquidity of our securities could decline, in which case you may lose all or part of your investment.
Delivery Risks
      Delivery risks are those specific to implementing activities contained in our Group plan. Successful execution of this plan depends critically on implementing the set of activities described. Hence, our delivery risks are those factors that would result in our failure to deliver these activities economically. The most significant risks include:
     Upstream renewal: Inability to renew the portfolio and sustain long-term reserves replacement. The challenge is growing due to increasing competition for access to opportunities globally.
     Major project delivery: Poor delivery of any major project that underpins production growth and/or a major programme designed to enhance shareholder value.
     Portfolio repositioning: Inability to complete planned disposals and/or lack of material positions in new markets (and hence the inability to capture above-average market growth).
Inherent Risks
      There are a number of risks that arise as a result of the business climate, which are not directly controllable.
     Competition Risk: The oil, gas and petrochemicals industries are highly competitive. There is strong competition, both within the oil and gas industry and with other industries, in supplying the fuel needs of commerce, industry and the home. Competition puts pressure on product prices, affects oil products marketing and requires continuous management focus on reducing unit costs and improving efficiency.
     Price Risk: Oil, gas and product prices are subject to international supply and demand. Political developments (especially in the Middle East) and the outcome of meetings of OPEC can particularly affect world supply and oil prices. In addition to the adverse effect on revenues, margins and profitability from any future fall in oil and natural gas prices, a prolonged period of low prices or other indicators would lead to a review for impairment of the Group’s oil and natural gas properties. This review would reflect management’s view of long-term oil and natural gas prices. Such a review could result in a charge for impairment that could have a significant effect on the Group’s results of operations in the period in which it occurs.
     Regulatory Risk: The oil industry is subject to regulation and intervention by governments throughout the world in such matters as the award of exploration and production interests, the imposition of specific drilling obligations, environmental protection controls, controls over the development and decommissioning of a field (including restrictions on production) and, possibly, nationalization, expropriation, cancellation or non-renewal of contract rights. The oil industry is also subject to the payment of royalties and taxation, which tend to be high compared with those payable in respect of other commercial activities and operates in certain tax jurisdictions that have a degree of uncertainty relating to the interpretation of, and changes to, tax law. As a result of new laws and regulations or other factors, we could be required to curtail or cease certain operations, causing our production to decrease, or we could incur additional costs.
     Developing Country Risk: We have operations in developing countries where political, economic and social transition is taking place. Some countries have experienced political instability, expropriation or nationalization of property, civil strife, strikes, acts of war and insurrections. Any of these conditions occurring could disrupt or terminate our operations, causing our development

10


Table of Contents

activities to be curtailed or terminated in these areas or our production to decline and could cause us to incur additional costs.
     Currency Risk: Crude oil prices are generally set in US dollars while sales of refined products may be in a variety of currencies. Fluctuations in exchange rates can therefore give rise to foreign exchange exposures, with a consequent impact on underlying costs.
     Economic Risk — Refining and Petrochemicals Market: Refining profitability can be volatile, with both periodic oversupply and supply tightness in various regional markets. Sectors of the chemicals industry are also subject to fluctuations in supply and demand within the petrochemicals market, with consequent effect on prices and profitability.
Enduring Risks
      We set ourselves high standards of corporate citizenship and aspire to contribute to a better quality of life through the products and services we provide. This may create risks to our reputation if it is perceived that our actions are not aligned to these standards and aspirations.
     Social Responsibility Risk: Risk could arise if it is perceived that we are not respecting or advancing the economic and social progress of the communities in which we operate.
     Environmental Risk: We seek to conduct our activities in such a manner that there is no or minimal damage to the environment. Risk could arise if we do not apply our resources to overcome the perceived trade-off between global access to energy and the protection or improvement of the natural environment.
     Compliance Risk: Incidents of non-compliance with applicable laws and regulation or ethical misconduct could be damaging to our reputation and shareholder value.
      Inherent in our operations are hazards that require continual oversight and control. If operational risks materialized, loss of life, damage to the environment or loss of production could result.
     Drilling and Production Risk: Exploration and production require high levels of investment and have particular economic risks and opportunities and may often involve innovative technologies. They are subject to natural hazards and other uncertainties, including those relating to the physical characteristics of an oil or natural gas field. The cost of drilling, completing or operating wells is often uncertain. We may be required to curtail, delay or cancel drilling operations because of a variety of factors, including unexpected drilling conditions, pressure or irregularities in geological formations, equipment failures or accidents, adverse weather conditions and compliance with governmental requirements.
     Technical Integrity Risk: There is a risk of loss of containment of hydrocarbons and other hazardous material at operating sites, pipelines or during transportation by road, rail or sea.
     Security Risk: Acts of terrorism that threaten our plants and offices, pipelines, transportation or computer systems would severely disrupt business and operations.

11


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
      In order to utilize the ‘Safe Harbor’ provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, BP is providing the following cautionary statement. This document contains certain forward looking statements with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and businesses of BP and certain of the plans and objectives of BP with respect to these items. These statements may generally, but not always, be identified by the use of words such as ‘will’, ‘expects’, ‘is expected to’, ‘should’, ‘may’, ‘is likely to’, ‘intends’, ‘believes’, ‘plans’, ‘we see’ or similar expressions. In particular, among other statements, (i) certain statements in Item 4 — Information on the Company and Item 5 — Operating and Financial Review with regard to management aims and objectives, future capital expenditure, future hydrocarbon production volume, date or period(s) in which production is scheduled or expected to come on stream or a project or action is scheduled or expected to be completed, capacity of planned plants or facilities and impact of health, safety and environmental regulations; (ii) the statements in Item 4 — Information on the Company with regard to planned expansion, investment or other projects and future regulatory actions; and (iii) the statements in Item 5 — Operating and Financial Review with regard to the plans of the Group, cash flows, opportunities for material acquisitions, the cost of future remediation programmes, liquidity and costs for providing pension and other postretirement benefits; and including under ‘Liquidity and Capital Resources’ with regard to future cash flows, future levels of capital expenditure and divestments, working capital, future production volumes, the renewal of borrowing facilities, shareholder distributions and share buybacks and expected payments under contractual and commercial commitments; under ‘Outlook’ with regard to global and certain regional economies, oil and gas prices and realizations, expectations for supply and demand, refining and marketing margins; are all forward-looking in nature.
      By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that will or may occur in the future and are outside the control of BP. Actual results may differ materially from those expressed in such statements, depending on a variety of factors, including the specific factors identified in the discussions accompanying such forward-looking statements; the timing of bringing new fields on stream; future levels of industry product supply, demand and pricing; operational problems; general economic conditions; political stability and economic growth in relevant areas of the world; changes in laws and governmental regulations; exchange rate fluctuations; development and use of new technology; the success or otherwise of partnering; the actions of competitors; natural disasters and adverse weather conditions; changes in public expectations and other changes to business conditions; wars and acts of terrorism or sabotage; and other factors discussed elsewhere in this report including under ‘Risk Factors’ above. In addition to factors set forth elsewhere in this report, the factors set forth above are important factors, although not exhaustive, that may cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
STATEMENTS REGARDING COMPETITIVE POSITION
      Statements made in Item 4 — Information on the Company, referring to BP’s competitive position are based on the Company’s belief, and in some cases rely on a range of sources, including investment analysts’ reports, independent market studies and BP’s internal assessments of market share based on publicly available information about the financial results and performance of market participants.

12


Table of Contents

ITEM 4 — INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
GENERAL
     Unless otherwise indicated, information in this Item reflects 100% of the assets and operations of the Company and its subsidiaries which were consolidated at the date or for the periods indicated, including minority interests. Also, unless otherwise indicated, figures for business sales and other operating revenues include sales between BP businesses.
      BP was created on December 31, 1998 by the merger of Amoco Corporation, incorporated in Indiana, USA, in 1889, and The British Petroleum Company p.l.c., registered in 1909 in England and Wales. The resulting company, BP p.l.c., is a public limited company, registered in England and Wales.
      BP is one of the world’s leading oil companies on the basis of market capitalization and proved reserves. Our worldwide headquarters is located in London, UK. Our registered address is:
BP p.l.c.
1 St James’s Square
London SW1Y 4PD
United Kingdom
Tel: +44(0)20 7496 4000
Internet address: www.bp.com
      Our agent in the USA is:
BP America Inc.
4101 Winfield Road
Warrenville, Illinois 60555
Tel: +1 630 821 2222
Overview of the Group
      Our three operating business segments are Exploration and Production; Refining and Marketing; and Gas, Power and Renewables. Exploration and Production’s activities include oil and natural gas exploration, development and production (upstream activities), together with related pipeline transportation and processing activities (midstream activities). The activities of Refining and Marketing include oil supply and trading and the manufacture and marketing of petroleum products, including aromatics and acetyls as well as refining and marketing. Gas, Power and Renewables activities include the marketing and trading of natural gas, natural gas liquids (NGLs), liquefied natural gas (LNG), LNG shipping and regasification activities, and low-carbon power development, including solar and wholesale marketing and trading (BP Alternative Energy). The Group provides high quality technological support for all its businesses through its research and engineering activities.
      The Group’s operating business segments are managed on a global basis and not on a regional basis. Geographical information for the Group and segments is given to provide additional information for investors, but does not reflect the way BP manages its activities. Information by geographical area is provided for production and reserves in response to the requirements of Appendix A to Item 4D of Form 20-F.
      We have well established operations in Europe, the USA, Canada, Russia, South America, Australasia, Asia and parts of Africa. Currently, around 70% of the Group’s capital is invested in Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) countries with just under 40% of our fixed assets located in the USA, and around 25% located in the UK and the Rest of Europe.

13


Table of Contents

      We believe that BP has a strong portfolio of assets in each of its main segments:
 — In Exploration and Production, we have upstream interests in 26 countries. In addition to our drive to maximize the value of our existing portfolio we are continuing to develop new profit centres. Exploration and Production activities are managed through operating units which are accountable for theday-to-day management of the segment’s activities. An operating unit is accountable for one or more fields. Profit centres comprise one or more operating units. Profit centres are, or are expected to become, areas that provide significant production and income for the segment. Our new profit centres are in Asia Pacific (Australia, Vietnam, Indonesia and China), Azerbaijan, North Africa (Algeria), Angola, Trinidad and the Deepwater Gulf of Mexico; and Russia, where we believe we have competitive advantage and which we believe provide the foundation for volume growth and improved margins in the future. We also have significant midstream activities to support our upstream interests.
 
 — In Refining and Marketing, we have a strong presence in the USA. We market under the Amoco and BP brands in the Midwest, East, and Southeast, and under the ARCO brand on the West Coast. In Europe, BP has both a retail and refining presence, strengthened by the acquisition of Veba Oil (Veba) in 2002, which markets gasoline under the Aral brand. Our Aromatics and Acetyls business maintains a manufacturing position globally with emphasis on growth in Asia. We also have, or are growing, businesses elsewhere in the world under the BP brand.
 
 — In Gas, Power and Renewables, we have growing marketing and trading businesses in North America (USA and Canada), the UK and the rest of Europe. Our marketing and trading activities include natural gas, LNG, NGL and power. Our international natural gas monetization activities, which are our efforts to identify and capture worldwide opportunities to sell our upstream natural gas resources, are focused on growing natural gas markets including the USA, Canada, Spain and many of the emerging markets of the Asia Pacific region, notably China. We are involved in power projects in the USA, UK, Spain and South Korea. We are investing to offer real alternatives for generation of power with low-carbon emissions. We have plans to invest in a new business called BP Alternative Energy, which aims to extend significantly our capability in solar, wind power, hydrogen power and gas-fired generation.
Acquisitions and Disposals
      In August 2003, BP and Alfa Group and Access-Renova (AAR) completed a transaction first announced in February 2003 to create the third largest oil company operating in Russia based on production volume. The company, TNK-BP, is a 50:50 joint venture between BP and AAR, and operates in Russia and the Ukraine. BP’s share of the result of the TNK-BP joint venture has been included within the Exploration and Production segment from August 29, 2003. AAR contributed its holdings in TNK and Sidanco, its share of Rusia Petroleum, its stake in the Rospan gasfield in West Siberia and its interest in the Sakhalin IV and V exploration licence to the joint venture. BP contributed its holding in Sidanco, its stake in Rusia Petroleum and its holding in the BP Moscow retail network. Neither AAR’s association with Slavneft, nor BP’s interest in LukArco or the Russian elements of BP’s international businesses such as lubricants, marine and aviation were included in this transaction. In addition, BP paid AAR $2.6 billion in cash upon completion of the transaction, which was subsequently reduced by receipt of pre-acquisition dividends net of transaction costs of $0.3 billion, and subject to the terms of its agreement with AAR, will pay three annual tranches of $1.25 billion in BP shares, valued at market prices prior to each annual payment. In September 2004, the first of the three annual tranches was paid to AAR in BP ordinary shares. In January 2004, BP and AAR completed a subsequent transaction to include AAR’s 50% stake in Slavneft within TNK-BP, at which time BP paid $1.35 billion to AAR. Slavneft was previously held equally by AAR and Sibneft. The shareholder agreement between BP and AAR establishes TNK-BP in the British Virgin Islands with English law principles governing the legal system. The shareholder agreement establishes joint control between AAR and BP. BP holds 50% of the voting rights in TNK-BP. BP and AAR have equal representation on the TNK-BP Board, with AAR nominating the Chairman and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee, and with BP nominating the

14


Table of Contents

Vice Chairman and Chairman of the Audit Committee. BP appoints the Chief Executive Officer of TNK-BP and holds half of the senior management positions. In December 2005, TNK-BP disposed of non-core producing assets in the Saratov region, along with the Orsk refinery and certain TNK-BP operated petrol stations. The disposals allow TNK-BP to streamline its operations and concentrate on strategic investments in projects with high-growth potential.
      Disposal proceeds in 2003 amounted to $6,356 million, and resulted primarily from the sale of various upstream interests and completion of divestments required as a condition of approval of the Veba acquisition in 2002.
      On November 2, 2004, Solvay exercised its option to sell its interests in BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe and BP Solvay Polyethylene North America to BP. Solvay held 50% of BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe and 51% of BP Solvay Polyethylene North America. On completion, the two entities, which manufacture and market high density polyethylene, became wholly owned subsidiaries of BP. The total consideration for the acquisition was $1,391 million. These two entities were subsequently included as part of the sale of Innovene to INEOS (see below).
      During 2004, BP China and Sinopec announced the establishment of the BP-Sinopec (Zhejiang) Petroleum Co. Ltd., a retail joint venture between BP and Sinopec. Based on the existing service station network of Sinopec, the new30-year dual branded joint venture has plans to build, operate and manage a network of 500 service stations in Hangzhou, Ningbo and Shaoxing. Also during the year, BP China and PetroChina announced the establishment of BP-PetroChina Petroleum Company Limited. Located in Guangdong, one of the most developed provinces in China, the 30 year dual branded joint venture is intended to acquire, build, operate and manage 500 service stations in the province within three years of establishment. The initial investment in both joint ventures amounted to $106 million.
      Disposal proceeds in 2004 were $4,961 million which included $2.3 billion from the sale of the Group’s investments in PetroChina and Sinopec. Additionally, it includes proceeds from: the sale of various oil and gas properties, the sale of our interest in Singapore Refining Company Private Limited, the sale of our specialty intermediate chemicals and Fabrics and Fibres businesses and the sale of two natural gas liquids plants.
      In 2005, there were no significant acquisitions. Disposal proceeds were $11,200 million, which includes net cash proceeds from the sale of Innovene to INEOS of $8,304 million after selling costs, closing adjustments and liabilities. Innovene represented the majority of the Olefins and Derivatives business. Additionally, it includes proceeds from the sale of the Group’s interest in the Ormen Lange field in Norway.

15


Table of Contents

Resegmentation in 2006
      With effect from January 1, 2006 the following changes to the business segments have been implemented:
 — Following the sale of Innovene to INEOS in December 2005, the transfer of three equity-accounted entities (Shanghai SECCO Petrochemical Company Limited in China and Polyethylene Malaysia Sdn Bhd and Ethylene Malaysia Sdn Bhd, both in Malaysia), previously reported in Other businesses and corporate, to Refining and Marketing.
 
 — The formation of BP Alternative Energy in November 2005 has resulted in the transfer of certain mid-stream assets and activities to Gas, Power and Renewables:
 — South Houston Green Power co-generation facility (in Texas City refinery) from Refining and Marketing.
 
 — Watson Cogeneration (in Carson City refinery) from Refining and Marketing.
 
 — Phu My Phase 3 combined cycle gas turbine (CCGT) plant in Vietnam from Exploration and Production.
 — The transfer of Hydrogen for Transport activities from Gas, Power and Renewables to Refining and Marketing.

16


Table of Contents

Financial and Operating Information
      The following table summarizes the Group’s sales and other operating revenues of continuing operations, profit and capital expenditure for the last three years and total assets at the end of each of those years. The financial information for 2004 and 2003 has been restated to reflect: (a) the adoption by the Group of IFRS; (b) various reorganizations as a precursor to seeking to divest the Olefins and Derivatives business; and (c) the presentation of Innovene as a discontinued operation as a result of its divestment. See Item 3 — Selected Financial Information — page 6 for further details related to these restatements.
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
Sales and other operating revenues of continuing operations
  239,792   192,024   164,653 
Profit for the year
  22,317   17,262   12,618 
Profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders
  22,026   17,075   12,448 
Capital expenditure and acquisitions (a)
  14,149   16,651   19,623 
Total assets
  206,914   194,630   172,491 
 
(a) There were no significant acquisitions in 2005. Capital expenditure and acquisitions for 2004 includes $1,354 million for including TNK’s interest in Slavneft within TNK-BP and $1,355 million for the acquisition of Solvay’s interests in BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe and BP Solvay Polyethylene North America; and for 2003 includes $5,794 million for the acquisition of our interest in TNK-BP.
      With the exception of the Atlantic Richfield acquisition, which was a share transaction, and the shares issued to AAR in connection with TNK-BP (see Acquisitions and Disposals in this Item on page 14) all capital expenditure and acquisitions during the last five years have been financed from cash flow from operations, disposal proceeds and external financing.
      Information for 2005, 2004 and 2003 concerning the profits and assets attributable to the businesses and to the geographical areas in which the Group operates is set forth in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 7 on page F-39.

17


Table of Contents

      The following table shows our production for the last five years and the estimated net proved oil and natural gas reserves at the end of each of those years.
                     
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003 2002 2001
 
Crude oil production for subsidiaries (thousand barrels per day)
  1,423   1,480   1,615   1,766   1,723 
Crude oil production for equity-accounted entities (thousand barrels per day)
  1,139   1,051   506   252   208 
Natural gas production for subsidiaries (million cubic feet per day)
  7,512   7,624   8,092   8,324   8,287 
Natural gas production for equity-accounted entities (million cubic feet per day)
  912   879   521   383   345 
Estimated net proved crude oil reserves for subsidiaries (million barrels) (a)(b)
  6,360   6,755   7,214   7,762   7,217 
Estimated net proved crude oil reserves for equity- accounted entities (million barrels) (a)(c)
  3,205   3,179   2,867   1,403   1,159 
Estimated net proved natural gas reserves for subsidiaries (billion cubic feet) (a)(d)
  44,448   45,650   45,155   45,844   42,959 
Estimated net proved natural gas reserves for equity-accounted entities (billion cubic feet) (a)(e)
  3,856   2,857   2,869   2,945   3,216 
 
(a)Net proved reserves of crude oil and natural gas exclude production royalties due to others, whether royalty is payable in cash or in kind.
 
(b)Includes 29 million barrels (40 million barrels at December 31, 2004 and 55 million barrels at December 31, 2003) in respect of the 30% minority interest in BP Trinidad and Tobago LLC.
 
(c)Includes 95 million barrels in respect of the 4.47% minority interest in TNK-BP at December 31, 2005 and includes 127 million barrels and 97 million barrels in respect of the 5.9% minority interest inTNK-BP at December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003, respectively.
 
(d)Includes 3,812 billion cubic feet of natural gas (4,064 billion cubic feet at December 31, 2004 and 4,505 billion cubic feet at December 31, 2003) in respect of the 30% minority interest in BP Trinidad and Tobago LLC.
 
(e)Includes 57 billion cubic feet in respect of the 4.47% minority interest in TNK-BP at December 31, 2005 and includes 13 billion cubic feet (December 31, 2003 nil) in respect of the 5.9% minority interest in TNK-BP at December 31,2004.
      During 2005, 681 million barrels of oil and natural gas, on an oil equivalent* basis (mmboe), were added to BP’s proved reserves for subsidiaries (excluding purchases and sales). After allowing for production, which amounted to 996 mmboe, BP’s proved reserves for subsidiaries, were 14,023 mmboe at December 31, 2005. These proved reserves are mainly located in the USA (43%), Rest of Americas (21%), Asia Pacific (10%) and the UK (9%).
      For equity-accounted entities, 721 mmboe were added to proved reserves, (excluding purchases and sales), production was 478 mmboe and proved reserves were 3,870 mmboe at December 31, 2005.

 
      * Natural gas is converted to oil equivalent at 5.8 billion cubic feet (bcf) = 1 million barrels.

18


Table of Contents

SEGMENTAL INFORMATION
      The following tables show sales and other operating revenues and profit before finance costs, other finance expense and tax by business and by geographical area, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.
                                      
  Year ended December 31, 2005
 
  Gas, Other Consolidation  
  Exploration Refining Power businesses adjustment   Consolidation Total
  and and and and and Total Innovene adjustment and continuing
By business Production Marketing Renewables corporate eliminations Group operations eliminations (a) operations
 
  ($ million)
Sales and other operating revenues
                                    
Segment revenues
  47,210   213,465   25,557   21,295   (55,359)  252,168   (20,627)  8,251   239,792 
Less: sales between businesses
  (32,606)  (11,407)  (3,095)  (8,251)  55,359      8,251   (8,251)   
 
Third party sales
  14,604   202,058   22,462   13,044      252,168   (12,376)     239,792 
 
Results
                                    
Profit (loss) before interest and tax
  25,508   6,442   1,104   (523)  (208)  32,323   (668)  527   32,182 
 
Includes
                                    
 
Equity-accounted income
  3,238   238   19   34      3,529   14      3,543 
                                      
  Year ended December 31, 2004
 
  Other Consolidation  
  Exploration Refining Gas, Power businesses adjustment   Consolidation Total
  and and and and and Total Innovene adjustment and continuing
By business Production Marketing Renewables corporate eliminations Group operations eliminations (a) operations
 
  ($ million)
Sales and other operating revenues
                                    
Segment revenues
  34,700   170,749   23,859   17,994   (43,999)  203,303   (17,448)  6,169   192,024 
Less: sales between businesses
  (24,756)  (10,632)  (2,442)  (6,169)  43,999      6,169   (6,169)   
 
Third party sales
  9,944   160,117   21,417   11,825      203,303   (11,279)     192,024 
 
Results
                                    
Profit (loss) before interest and tax
  18,087   6,544   954   (362)  (191)  25,032   526   188   25,746 
 
Includes
                                    
 
Equity-accounted income
  1,985   259   6   18      2,268   12      2,280 

19


Table of Contents

                                      
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  Gas, Other Consolidation  
  Exploration Refining Power businesses adjustment   Consolidation Total
  and and and and and Total Innovene adjustment and continuing
By business Production Marketing Renewables corporate eliminations Group operations eliminations (a) operations
 
  ($ million)
Sales and other operating revenues
                                    
Segment revenues
  30,621   143,441   22,568   13,978   (36,993)  173,615   (13,463)  4,501   164,653 
Less: sales between businesses
  (22,885)  (7,644)  (1,963)  (4,501)  36,993      4,501   (4,501)   
 
Third party sales
  7,736   135,797   20,605   9,477      173,615   (8,962)     164,653 
 
Results
                                    
Profit (loss) before interest and tax
  15,084   3,235   578   (108)  (61)  18,728   (145)  193   18,776 
 
Includes
                                    
 
Equity-accounted income
  949   241   (5)  14      1,199   15      1,214 
 
(a)In the circumstances of discontinued operations, International Accounting Standards require that the profits earned by the discontinued operations, in this case the Innovene operations, on sales to the continuing operations be eliminated on consolidation from the discontinued operations and attributed to the continuing operations and vice versa. This adjustment has two offsetting elements: the net margin on crude refined by Innovene as substantially all crude for its refineries is supplied by BP and most of the refined products manufactured are taken by BP; and the margin on sales of feedstock from BP’s US refineries to Innovene’s manufacturing plants. The profits attributable to individual segments are not affected by this adjustment. Neither does this representation indicate the profits earned by continuing or Innovene operations, as if they were standalone entities, for past periods or likely to be earned in future periods.
                      
  Year ended December 31, 2005
 
  Rest of   Rest of  
By geographical area UK Europe USA World Total
 
  ($ million)
Sales and other operating revenues
                    
Segment revenues
  95,375   72,972   101,190   60,314   329,851 
Less: sales attributable to Innovene operations
  (2,610)  (8,667)  (4,309)  (686)  (16,272)
 
Segment revenues from continuing operations
  92,765   64,305   96,881   59,628   313,579 
Less: sales between areas
  (38,081)  (5,013)  (2,362)  (16,541)  (61,997)
Less: sales by continuing operations to Innovene
  (5,599)  (4,640)  (1,508)  (43)  (11,790)
 
Third party sales of continuing operations
  49,085   54,652   93,011   43,044   239,792 
 
Results
                    
Profit (loss) before interest and tax from continuing operations
  1,167   5,206   12,639   13,170   32,182 
 
Includes
                    
 
Equity-accounted income
  (8)  18   86   3,447   3,543 

20


Table of Contents

                      
  Year ended December 31, 2004
 
  Rest of   Rest of  
By geographical area UK Europe USA World Total
 
  ($ million)
Sales and other operating revenues
                    
Segment revenues
  59,615   52,540   86,358   48,534   247,047 
Less: sales attributable to Innovene operations
  (2,365)  (7,682)  (4,109)  (672)  (14,828)
 
Segment revenues from continuing operations
  57,250   44,858   82,249   47,862   232,219 
Less: sales between areas
  (18,846)  (1,396)  (1,539)  (10,188)  (31,969)
Less: sales by continuing operations to Innovene
  (5,263)  (896)  (2,064)  (3)  (8,226)
 
Third party sales of continuing operations
  33,141   42,566   78,646   37,671   192,024 
 
Results
                    
Profit (loss) before interest and tax from continuing operations
  2,875   3,121   9,725   10,025   25,746 
 
Includes
                    
 
Equity-accounted income
  9   17   92   2,162   2,280 
                      
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  Rest of   Rest of  
By geographical area UK Europe USA World Total
 
  ($ million)
Sales and other operating revenues
                    
Segment revenues
  36,253   48,138   79,092   38,316   201,799 
Less: sales attributable to Innovene operations
  (1,879)  (6,105)  (3,265)  (534)  (11,783)
 
Segment revenues from continuing operations
  34,374   42,033   75,827   37,782   190,016 
Less: sales between areas
  (6,953)  (3,160)  (714)  (8,258)  (19,085)
Less: sales by continuing operations to Innovene
  (3,947)  (876)  (1,455)     (6,278)
 
Third party sales of continuing operations
  23,474   37,997   73,658   29,524   164,653 
 
Results
                    
Profit (loss) before interest and tax from continuing operations
  3,348   1,819   7,008   6,601   18,776 
 
Includes
                    
 
Equity-accounted income
  11   39   99   1,065   1,214 

21


Table of Contents

EXPLORATION AND PRODUCTION
      Our Exploration and Production business includes upstream and midstream activities in 26 countries, including the USA, UK, Angola, Azerbaijan, Canada, Egypt, Russia, Trinidad, and locations within Asia Pacific, South America and the Middle East. Upstream activities involve oil and natural gas exploration and field development and production. Our exploration programme is currently focused around the Deepwater Gulf of Mexico, Angola, Trinidad, Egypt, Algeria and Russia. Major development areas include the Deepwater Gulf of Mexico, Azerbaijan, Algeria, Angola, Egypt and Asia Pacific. During 2005, production came from 22 countries.
      Midstream activities involve the management of crude oil and natural gas pipelines, processing and export terminals and LNG processing facilities. Our most significant midstream pipeline interests include: the Trans Alaska Pipeline System; the Forties Pipeline System and the Central Area Transmission System pipeline both in the UK sector of the North Sea; and the Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan pipeline running through Azerbaijan, Georgia and Turkey. Our significant LNG interests include: the Atlantic LNG plant in Trinidad; our interests in the Sanga-Sanga Production Sharing Agreement (PSA) which supplies natural gas to the Bontang LNG plant, and the Tangguh PSA, which is under construction, both in Indonesia; and through our share of LNG from the North West Shelf natural gas development in Australia.
      With effect from January 1, 2005, we transferred the Mardi Gras pipeline system in the Gulf of Mexico to the Refining and Marketing segment. The 2004 and 2003 data below has been restated to reflect this transfer.
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Sales and other operating revenues from continuing operations (a)
  47,210   34,700   30,621 
Profit before interest and tax from continuing operations
  25,508   18,087   15,084 
Total assets
  93,479   85,808   79,446 
Capital expenditure and acquisitions
  10,237   11,008   15,192 
  ($ per barrel)
 
Average BP crude oil realizations (b)
  50.27   36.45   28.23 
Average BP NGL realizations (b)
  33.23   26.75   19.26 
Average BP liquids realizations (b)(c)
  48.51   35.39   27.25 
Average West Texas Intermediate oil price
  56.58   41.49   31.06 
Average Brent oil price
  54.48   38.27   28.83 
  ($ per thousand cubic feet)
 
Average BP natural gas realizations (b)
  4.90   3.86   3.39 
Average BP US natural gas realizations (b)
  6.78   5.11   4.47 
  ($ per mmbtu)
 
Average Henry Hub gas price (d)
  8.65   6.13   5.37 
 
(a)Includes profit after interest and tax of equity-accounted entities.
 
(b)The Exploration and Production business does not undertake any hedging activity. Consequently, realizations reflect the market price achieved. Realizations are based on sales of consolidated subsidiaries only — this excludes equity-accounted entities.
 
(c)Crude oil and natural gas liquids.
 
(d)Henry Hub First of Month Index.
      Our upstream activities are divided between existing profit centres — that is our operations in Alaska, Egypt, Latin America (including Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia and Venezuela), Middle East (including Abu Dhabi, Sharjah and Pakistan), North America Gas (Onshore USA and Canada) and the

22


Table of Contents

North Sea (UK, Netherlands and Norway); and new profit centres — that is our operations in Asia Pacific (Australia, Vietnam, Indonesia and China), Azerbaijan, North Africa (Algeria), Angola, Trinidad, and the Deepwater Gulf of Mexico; and Russia.
      Operations in Argentina, Bolivia, Abu Dhabi, Kazakhstan and the TNK-BP operations in Russia are conducted through equity-accounted entities.
      The Exploration and Production strategy is to build production with improving returns by:
 — Focusing on finding the largest fields, concentrating our involvement in a limited number of the world’s most prolific hydrocarbon basins;
 
 — Building leadership positions in these areas; and
 
 — Managing the decline of existing producing assets and divesting assets when they no longer compete in our portfolio.
      This strategy is underpinned by a focused exploration strategy in areas with the potential for large oil and natural gas fields as new profit centres. Through the application of advanced technology and significant investment, we have gained a strong position in many of these areas. Within our existing profit centres, we seek to manage the decline through the application of technology, reservoir management, maintaining operating efficiency and investing in new projects. We also continually review our existing assets and dispose of them when the opportunities for future investment are no longer competitive compared with other opportunities within our portfolio and offer greater value to another operator.
      In support of growth, 2005 capital expenditure including acquisitions was $10.2 billion (2004 $11.0 billion and 2003 $15.2 billion). Acquisitions in 2004 and 2003 comprised essentially our progressive investment inTNK-BP of $1.4 billion and $5.8 billion, respectively. Excluding acquisitions, capital expenditure in 2005 amounted to $10.1 billion (2004, $9.6 billion and 2003 $9.4 billion) and is planned to be around $11 billion in 2006. The projected increase in capital expenditure in 2006 reflects our project programme, managed within the context of our disciplined approach to capital investment, and taking into account sector specific inflation.
      Development expenditure incurred in 2005, excluding midstream activities, was $7,678 million compared with $7,270 million in 2004 and $7,537 million in 2003. This reflects the investment we have been making in our new profit centres and the development phase on many of our major projects.
Upstream Activities
Exploration
      The Group explores for oil and natural gas under a wide range of licensing, joint venture and other contractual agreements. We may do this alone or, more frequently, with partners. BP acts as operator for many of these ventures.
      Our exploration and appraisal costs in 2005 were $1,266 million compared to $1,039 million in 2004 and $824 million in 2003. These costs include exploration and appraisal drilling expenditures, which are capitalized within intangible fixed assets, and geological and geophysical exploration costs, which are charged to income as incurred. About 28% of 2005 exploration and appraisal costs were directed towards appraisal activity. In 2005, we participated in 98 gross (44 net) exploration and appraisal wells in 14 countries. The principal areas of activity were Angola, Egypt, Russia (outsideTNK-BP), Trinidad, Turkey and the USA.
      Total exploration expense in 2005 of $684 million (2004 $637 million and 2003 $542 million) includes the write-off of unsuccessful drilling activity in the Deepwater Gulf of Mexico ($120 million), in Onshore North America ($18 million), in Egypt ($13 million) and others ($21 million).

23


Table of Contents

      In 2005, we obtained upstream rights in several new tracts, which include the following:
 — In Algeria, we were awarded three new blocks (BP 100%), two in the Illizi Basin and one in the Benoud Basin.
 
 — In Egypt, we were awarded two new blocks in the shallow water Nile Delta, Burullus (BP 100%) and North El Burg (BP 50%).
 
 — In the Gulf of Mexico, we were awarded 41 blocks (BP 100%) in the Deepwater and 8 blocks (BP 100%) in the Shelf through the Outer Continental Shelf Lease Sales 194 and 196.
      In 2005, we were involved in discoveries, the most significant of which were in Angola, Russia, Trinidad and the USA. In most cases, reserve bookings from these fields will depend on the results of ongoing technical and commercial evaluations, including appraisal drilling. Our 2005 discoveries included the following:
 — In Angola, we made further discoveries in the ‘ultra deep water’ (greater than 1,500 metres) in Block 31 (BP 26.7% and operator) with Ceres, Juno, Astraea and Hebe wells. In 2006, the Urano discovery was announced in the same block.
 
 — In Trinidad, BP Trinidad and Tobago LLC (BP 70%) made a discovery with the Coconut Deep well.
 
 — In Russia, a second discovery was made in the Kaigansky-Vasukansky licence in the south of the Sakhalin V area with the Udachnaya well (BP 49%)
 
 — In the Deepwater Gulf of Mexico, we continued our successful exploration efforts with a number of new discoveries.
Reserves and Production
      BP manages its hydrocarbon resources in three major categories: prospect inventory; non-proved resources and proved reserves. When a discovery is made, volumes transfer from the prospect inventory to the non-proved resource category. The resources move through various non-proved resource sub-categories as their technical and commercial maturity increases through appraisal activity.
      Resources in a field will only be categorized as proved reserves when all the criteria for attribution of proved status have been met, including an internally imposed requirement for project sanction, or for sanction expected within six months and, for additional reserves in existing fields, the requirement that the reserves be included in the business plan and scheduled for development within three years. Internal approval and final investment decision are what we refer to as project sanction.
      At the point of sanction, all booked reserves will be categorized as proved undeveloped (PUD). Volumes will subsequently be recategorized from PUD to proved developed (PD) as a consequence of development activity. When part of a well’s reserves depends on a later phase of activity, only that portion of reserves associated with existing, available facilities and infrastructure moves to PD. The first PD bookings will occur at the point of first oil or gas production. Major development projects typically take one to four years from the time of initial booking to the start of production. Changes to reserves bookings may be made due to analysis of new or existing data concerning production, reservoir performance, commercial factors, acquisition and divestment activity and additional reservoir development activity.
      BP has an internal process to control the quality of reserve bookings that forms part of a holistic and integrated system of internal control. BP’s process to manage reserve bookings has been centrally controlled for over 15 years and it currently has several key elements.
      The first element is the accountabilities of certain officers of the Company to ensure that there are effective controls in the proved reserve verification and approval process of the Group’s reserve estimates and the timely reporting of the related financial impacts of proved reserve changes. These

24


Table of Contents

officers of the Company are responsible for carrying out verification of proved reserve estimates and are independent of the operating business unit to ensure integrity and accuracy of reporting.
      The second element is the capital allocation processes whereby delegated authority is exercised to commit to capital projects that are consistent with the delivery of the Group’s business plan. A formal review process exists to ensure that both technical and commercial criteria are met prior to the commitment of capital to projects.
      The third element is Internal Audit, whose role includes systematically examining the effectiveness of the Group’s financial controls designed to assure the reliability of reporting and safeguarding of assets and examining the Group’s compliance with laws, regulations and internal standards.
      The fourth element is a quarterly due diligence review, which is separate and independent from the operating business units, of proved reserves associated with properties where technical, operational or commercial issues have arisen.
      The fifth element is the established criteria whereby proved reserve changes above certain thresholds require central authorization. Furthermore, the volumes booked under these authorization levels are reviewed on a periodic basis. The frequency of review is determined according to field size and ensures that more than 80% of the BP reserves base undergoes central review every two years and more than 90% is reviewed every four years.
      For the executive directors and senior management, no specific portion of compensation bonuses is directly related to oil and gas reserves targets. Additions to proved reserves is one of several indicators by which the performance of the Exploration and Production business segment is assessed by the Remuneration Committee for the purposes of determining compensation bonuses for the executive directors and senior management. Other indicators include a number of financial and operational measures.
      BP’s variable pay programme for the other senior managers in the Exploration and Production business segment is based on Individual Performance Contracts. Individual Performance Contracts are based on agreed items from the business performance plan, one of which, if they choose, could relate to oil and gas reserves.
      Details of our net proved reserves of crude oil, condensate, natural gas liquids and natural gas at December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003 and reserves changes for each of the three years then ended are set out in the Supplementary Oil and Gas Information section in Item 18 — Supplementary Oil and Gas Information beginning on page S-1. We separately disclose our share of reserves held in equity-accounted companies (jointly controlled entities and associates) although we do not control these entities or the assets held by such entities.
      All of the Group’s oil and gas reserves held in consolidated companies have been estimated by the Group’s petroleum engineers. Of the oil and gas reserves held in equity-accounted companies, approximately 21% have been estimated by the Group’s petroleum engineers. The majority of the rest consists of reserves in TNK-BP which have been estimated by independent engineering consultants. For significant properties where BP has adopted the proved reserve estimates of others, BP’s petroleum engineers reviewed such estimates before making their assessment of volumes to be booked by BP.
      Our proved reserves are associated with both concessions (tax and royalty arrangements) and PSAs. In a concession, the consortium of which we are a part is entitled to the reserves that can be produced over the licence period, which may be the life of the field. In a PSA, we are entitled to recover volumes that equate to costs incurred to develop and produce the reserves and an agreed share of the remaining volumes or the economic equivalent. As part of our entitlement is driven by the monetary amount of costs to be recovered, price fluctuations will have an impact on both production volumes and reserves. Fifteen per cent of our proved reserves are associated with PSAs. The main countries in which we operate under PSA arrangements are Algeria, Angola, Azerbaijan, Egypt, Indonesia and Vietnam.

25


Table of Contents

      The Company’s proved reserves estimates for the year ended December 31, 2005 reported in this Form 20-F reflect year-end prices and some adjustments which have been made vis-à-vis individual asset reserve estimates based on different applications of certain SEC interpretations of SEC regulations relating to the use of technology (mainly seismic) to estimate reserves in the reservoir away from wellbores and the reporting of fuel gas (i.e. gas used for fuel in operations on the lease) within proved reserves. The 2005 year-end marker prices used were Brent $58.21/bbl (2004 $40.24/bbl and 2003 $30.10/bbl) and Henry Hub $9.52/mmbtu (2004 $6.01/mmbtu and 2003 $5.76/mmbtu). The other 2005 movements in proved reserves are reflected in the tables showing movements in oil and gas reserves by region in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Supplementary Oil and Gas Information on pages S-1 to S-8.
      Total hydrocarbon proved reserves, on an oil equivalent basis and excluding equity-accounted entities, comprised 14,023 mmboe at December 31, 2005, a decrease of 4.1% compared with December 31, 2004. Natural gas represents about 55% of these reserves. This reduction includes net sales of 287 mmboe largely comprising a number of assets in Norway and Trinidad. The proved reserve replacement ratio was 68% (2004 78% and 2003 119%). The proved reserve replacement ratio (also known as the production replacement ratio) is the extent to which production is replaced by proved reserve additions. This ratio is expressed in oil equivalent terms and includes changes resulting from revisions to previous estimates, improved recovery, extensions, discoveries and other additions, excluding the impact of sales and purchases ofreserves-in-place and excluding reserves related to equity-accounted entities. The proved reserve replacement ratio, including sales and purchases of reserves-in-place but excluding equity-accounted entities, was 40% (2004 64% and 2003 39%). By their nature, there is always some risk involved in the ultimate development and production of reserves, including but not limited to final regulatory approval, the installation of new or additional infrastructure as well as changes in oil and gas prices and the continued availability of additional development capital.
      In 2005, total additions to the Group’s proved reserves (excluding sales and purchases ofreserves-in-place and equity-accounted entities) amounted to 681 mmboe, mostly through extensions to and improved recovery from existing fields and discoveries of new fields. Of these reserve additions, approximately 77% are associated with new projects and are proved undeveloped reserve additions and the remainder are in existing developments where they represent a mixture of proved developed and proved undeveloped. Major new development projects typically take one to four years from the time of initial booking to the start of production. The principal reserve additions were in Angola (Kizomba C), United States (Wamsutter, Ursa, Shenzi) and Trinidad (Coconut) and it is planned to bring these into production over the period 2006 — 2011.
      Total hydrocarbon proved reserves, on an oil equivalent basis for equity-accounted entities alone, comprised 3,870 mmboe at December 31, 2005, an increase of 5.4% compared with December 31, 2004. Natural gas represents about 17% of these reserves. The proved reserve replacement ratio for equity-accounted entities alone was 151% (2004 114% and 2003 72%), and the proved reserve replacement ratio for equity-accounted entities alone but including sales and purchases ofreserves-in-place was 141% (2004 170% and 2003 796%).
      Additions to proved developed reserves in 2005 for subsidiaries were 632 mmboe. This included some reserves which were previously classified as proved undeveloped. The proved developed reserve replacement ratio (including both sales and purchases ofreserves-in-place) was 63% (2004 70% and 2003- -2%).
      Additions to proved developed reserves in 2005 for equity-accounted entities were 474 mmboe. This included some reserves which were previously classified as proved undeveloped. The proved developed reserve replacement ratio (including both sales and purchases ofreserves-in-place) was 99% (2004 180% and 2003 642%).
      Our total hydrocarbon production during 2005 averaged 2,718 thousand barrels of oil equivalent per day (mboe/d), for subsidiaries and 1,296 mboe/d, for equity-accounted entities, a decrease of 2.8% and an increase of 7.8%, respectively, compared with 2004. For subsidiaries, 39% of our production was in the USA, 17% in the UK. For equity-accounted entities, 77% of production is from TNK-BP.

26


Table of Contents

      Total production for 2006 is estimated at an average of between 2.8 and 2.85 mmboe/d for subsidiaries and between 1.3 and 1.35 mmboe/d for equity-accounted entities; these estimates are based on the Group’s asset portfolio at January 1, 2006, anticipated start-ups in 2006 and Brent at $40/bbl, before any 2006 disposal effects, and before any effects of prices above $40/bbl on volumes in Production Sharing Agreements. The daily production of the Gulf of Mexico Shelf assets, whose sale was announced in April 2006, is estimated at 27 mboe.
      The anticipated decline in production volumes from subsidiaries in our existing profit centres is partly mitigated by the development of new projects and the investment in incremental reserves in and around existing fields. We expect that this overall decline in production from subsidiaries in our existing profit centres will be more than compensated for by strong increases in production from subsidiaries in our new profit centres over the next few years. Production growth in our equity-accounted joint venture, TNK-BP, is expected to moderate to between 2% and 3% over the period 2005 to 2010.
      The most important determinants of cash flows in relation to our oil and natural gas production are the prices of these commodities. At constant prices, cash flows from currently developed proved reserves are expected to decline in a manner consistent with anticipated production decline rates. Development activities associated with recent discoveries, as well as continued investment in these producing fields, are expected to more than offset this decline, resulting in increased operating cash flows over the next few years. Cash flows from equity-accounted entities are expected to be in the form of dividend payments. See Item 5 — Liquidity and Capital Resources on page 93.
      The following tables show BP’s estimated net proved reserves as at December 31, 2005.
Estimated net proved reserves of liquids at December 31, 2005 (a) (b)
             
  Developed Undeveloped Total
 
  (million barrels
UK
  496   184   680 
Rest of Europe
  225   86   311 
USA
  1,984   1,429   3,413 
Rest of Americas
  215   286   501 (c)
Asia Pacific
  70   95   165 
Africa
  142   536   678 
Russia
         
Other
  69   543   612 
 
   3,201   3,159   6,360 
 
Equity-accounted entities
          3,205 (d)
 

27


Table of Contents

Estimated net proved reserves of natural gas at December 31, 2005 (a) (b)
             
  Developed Undeveloped Total
 
  (billion cubic feet)
UK
  2,382   904   3,286 
Rest of Europe
  245   80   325 
USA
  11,184   4,198   15,382 
Rest of Americas
  3,560   10,504   14,064 (e)
Asia Pacific
  1,459   5,375   6,834 
Africa
  934   2,000   2,934 
Russia
         
Other
  281   1,342   1,623 
 
   20,045   24,403   44,448 
 
Equity-accounted entities
          3,856 (f)
 
Net proved reserves on an oil equivalent basis (mmboe)
            
— Group
          14,023 
— Equity-accounted entities
          3,870 
 
 
(a)Net proved reserves of crude oil and natural gas, stated as of December 31, 2005, exclude production royalties due to others, whether payable in cash or in kind, and include minority interests in consolidated operations. We disclose our share of reserves held in joint ventures and associates that are accounted for by the equity method although we do not control these entities or the assets held by such entities.
 
(b)In certain deepwater fields, such as fields in the Gulf of Mexico, BP has claimed proved reserves before production flow tests are conducted in part because of the significant safety, cost and environmental implications of conducting these tests. The industry has made substantial technological improvements in understanding, measuring and delineating reservoir properties without the need for flow tests. The general method of reserves assessment to determine reasonable certainty of commercial recovery which BP employs relies on the integration of three types of data: (1) well data used to assess the local characteristics and conditions of reservoirs and fluids; (2) field scale seismic data to allow the interpolation and extrapolation of these characteristics outside the immediate area of the local well control; and (3) data from relevant analog fields. Well data includes appraisal wells or sidetrack holes, full logging suites, core data and fluid samples. BP considers the integration of this data in certain cases to be superior to a flow test in providing a better understanding of the overall reservoir performance. The collection of data from logs, cores, wireline formation testers, pressures and fluid samples calibrated to each other and to the seismic data can allow reservoir properties to be determined over a greater volume than the localized volume of investigation associated with a short term flow test.
 
Historically, proved reserves recorded using these methods have been validated by actual production levels. As at the end of 2005, BP had proved reserves in 21 fields in the Deepwater Gulf of Mexico that had been initially booked prior to production flow testing. Of these fields, 18 have been in production and two, Thunder Horse and Atlantis, are expected to begin production in the second half of the year and around the end of 2006, respectively. A further field is in the early stages of development.
 
(c)Includes 29 million barrels of crude oil in respect of the 30% minority interest in BP Trinidad and Tobago LLC.
 
(d)Includes 95 million barrels of crude oil in respect of the 4.47% minority interest in TNK-BP.
 
(e)Includes 3,812 billion cubic feet of natural gas in respect of the 30% minority interest in BP Trinidad and Tobago LLC.
 
(f)Includes 57 billion cubic feet of natural gas in respect of the 4.47% minority interest in TNK-BP.

28


Table of Contents

      The following tables show BP’s production by major field for 2005, 2004 and 2003.
Liquids
                   
      Year ended December 31,
 
  Net production
 
Production Field or Area Interest 2005 2004 2003
 
  (%) (thousand barrels per day)
Alaska
 Prudhoe Bay*  26.4   89   97   105 
  Kuparuk  39.2   62   68   73 
  Northstar*  98.6   46   49   46 
  Milne Point*  100.0   37   44   44 
  Other  Various   34   37   43 
 
Total Alaska
        268   295   311 
 
Lower 48 onshore (a)
 Various  Various   130   142   160 
 
Gulf of Mexico Deepwater (a)
 Na Kika*  50.0   44   27    
  Horn Mountain*  66.6   26   41   42 
  King*  100.0   24   26   31 
  Mars  28.5   21   35   43 
  Ursa  22.7   19   29   17 
  Other  Various   64   47   73 
Gulf of Mexico Shelf (a)
 Other  Various   16   24   49 
 
Total Gulf of Mexico
        214   229   255 
 
Total USA
        612   666   726 
 
UK offshore (a)
 ETAP†  Various   49   55   56 
  Foinaven*  Various   39   48   55 
  Magnus*  85.0   30   34   39 
  Schiehallion/Loyal*  Various   28   39   42 
  Harding*  70.0   22   27   34 
  Andrew*  62.8   12   12   17 
  Other  Various   75   89   105 
 
Total UK offshore
        255   304   348 
 
Onshore
 Wytch Farm*  67.8   22   26   29 
 
Total UK
        277   330   377 
 
Netherlands
 Various  Various   1   1   1 
Norway (a)
 Valhall*  28.1   25   25   21 
  Draugen  18.4   20   27   25 
  Ula*  80.0   17   16   16 
  Other  Various   12   8   21 
 
Total Rest of Europe
        75   77   84 
 
 
*   BP operated.
† Out of nine fields, BP operates six and Shell three.

29


Table of Contents

                   
      Year ended December 31,
 
  Net production
 
Production Field or Area Interest 2005 2004 2003
 
  (%) (thousand barrels per day)
Angola
 Kizomba A  26.7   56   16    
  Girassol  16.7   34   31   33 
  Xikomba  26.7   10   18   2 
  Other  Various   28   6    
Australia
 Various  15.8   36   36   40 
Azerbaijan
 Azeri-Chirag-Gunashli*  34.1   76   39   38 
Canada
 Various  Various   10   11   13 
Colombia
 Various  Various   41   48   53 
Egypt
 Various  Various   47   57   73 
Trinidad & Tobago
 Various  100.0   40   59   74 
Venezuela
 Various  Various   55   55   53 
Other
 Various  Various   26   31   49 
 
Total Rest of World
        459   407   428 
 
Total Group (c)
        1,423   1,480   1,615 
 
Equity-accounted entities (BP Share)                  
Abu Dhabi (b)
 Various  Various   148   142   138 
Argentina - Pan American Energy Various  Various   67   64   60 
Russia    - TNK-BP (a)
 Various  Various   911   831   296 
Other
 Various  Various   13   14   12 
 
Total equity-accounted entities
        1,139   1,051   506 
 
 
BP operated.

30


Table of Contents

Natural gas
                   
      Year ended December 31,
 
  Net production
 
Production Field or Area Interest 2005 2004 2003
 
  (%) (million cubic feet per day)
Lower 48 onshore (a)
 San Juan*  Various   753   772   802 
  Arkoma  Various   198   183   201 
  Hugoton*  Various   151   158   182 
  Tuscaloosa  Various   111   96   136 
  Wamsutter*  70.5   110   105   111 
  Jonah*  65.0   97   114   119 
  Other  Various   465   514   558 
 
Total Lower 48 onshore
        1,885   1,942   2,109 
 
Gulf of Mexico Deepwater (a)
 Na Kika*  50.0   133   133    
  Marlin*  78.2   52   43   93 
  Other  Various   235   313   470 
Gulf of Mexico Shelf (a)
 Other  Various   160   240   373 
 
Total Gulf of Mexico
        580   729   936 
 
Alaska
 Various  Various   81   78   83 
 
Total USA
        2,546   2,749   3,128 
 
UK offshore (a)
 Braes†  Various   165   147   174 
  Bruce*  37.0   161   163   222 
  West Sole*  100.0   55   67   73 
  Marnock*  62.0   47   70   98 
  Britannia  9.0   46   54   55 
  Shearwater  27.5   37   76   70 
  Armada  18.2   30   50   58 
  Other  Various   549   547   696 
 
Total UK
        1,090   1,174   1,446 
 
Netherlands
 P/18-2*  48.7   25   34   30 
  Other  Various   37   46   37 
Norway (a)
 Various  Various   46   45   52 
 
Total Rest of Europe
        108   125   119 
 
 
BP operated.
† Includes 4 million and 7 million cubic feet a day of natural gas received as in-kind tariff payments in 2005 and 2004, respectively.

31


Table of Contents

                   
      Year ended December 31,
 
  Net production
 
Production Field or Area Interest 2005 2004 2003
 
  (%) (million cubic feet per day)
Australia
 Various  15.8   367   308   285 
Canada
 Various  Various   307   349   422 
China
 Yacheng*  34.3   98   99   74 
Egypt
 Ha’py*  50.0   106   80   83 
  Other  Various   83   115   170 
Indonesia
 Sanga-Sanga (direct)*  26.3   110   137   165 
  Other*  46.0   128   144   218 
Sharjah
 Sajaa*  40.0   113   103   101 
  Other  40.0   10   14   19 
Trinidad & Tobago
 Kapok*  100.0   1,005   553   79 
  Mahogany*  100.0   303   453   503 
  Amherstia*  100.0   289   408   624 
  Parang*  100.0   154   137   152 
  Immortelle*  100.0   132   172   235 
  Cassia*  100.0   83   85   30 
  Other*  100.0   21   111   71 
Other (a)
 Various  Various   459   308   168 
 
Total Rest of World
        3,768   3,576   3,399 
 
Total Group (d)
        7,512   7,624   8,092 
 
Equity-accounted entities (BP Share)                  
Argentina - Pan American Energy Various  Various   343   317   281 
Russia    - TNK-BP (a)
 Various  Various   482   458   129 
Other
 Various  Various   87   104   111 
 
Total equity-accounted entities (d)
        912   879   521 
 
 
*BP operated
 
(a)In 2005, BP divested the Teak, Samaan and Poui assets in Trinidad and sold interests in certain properties in the Gulf of Mexico. In addition, BP exchanged the Gulf of Mexico Deepwater Blind Faith prospect for Kerr McGee’s interest in the Arkoma Red Oak and Williburton fields. TNK-BP disposed of non-core producing assets in the Saratov region. In 2004, BP agreed with AAR to incorporate their 50% interest in Slavneft into TNK-BP, an equity-accounted entity. BP also acquired minor additional working interests in Canada and the United States. BP diluted its working interests in King’s Peak and divested the Swordfish assets in the deepwater Gulf of Mexico. Additionally, BP sold various properties including its interest in the South Pass 60 in the Gulf of Mexico Shelf, various assets in Alberta, Canada, and the Kangean PSA in Indonesia. In 2003, BP and AAR merged certain of their Russian and Ukranian oil and gas businesses to create TNK-BP. BP also acquired the interests of Amerada Hess in Colombia and disposed of its interests in Forties, Montrose/ Arbroath and Bacton Area assets in the UK North Sea, Gyda in Norway, LL652 in Venezuela, QHD and Liuhua in China, the Malaysia Thailand Joint Development Area, Aspen in the Gulf of Mexico, various shallow water fields in the Gulf of Mexico and various fields in the US Lower 48 states.
 
(b)The BP Group holds proportionate interests, through associates, in onshore and offshore concessions in Abu Dhabi expiring in 2014 and 2018, respectively.

32


Table of Contents

(c)Includes NGLs from processing plants in which an interest is held of 58 thousand barrels per day (mb/d), 67 mb/d and 70 mb/d for 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The related reserves are excluded from the Group’s reserves.
 
(d)Natural gas production volumes exclude gas consumed in operations within the lease boundaries of the producing field, but the related reserves are included in the Group’s reserves.
United States
      2005 liquids production at 612 thousand barrels per day (mb/d) decreased 8% from 2004, while natural gas production at 2,546 million cubic feet per day (mmcf/d) decreased 7% compared with 2004.
      Hurricanes Katrina and Rita passed through the Gulf of Mexico in August and September, 2005, respectively, requiring the shut-in of all deepwater and shelf facilities. BP’s production was significantly affected. The hurricanes resulted in heavy damage to operated and non-operated assets in both our upstream and midstream activities.
      Crude oil production decreased 54 mb/d from 2004, with production from new projects being offset by the impact of hurricanes Dennis, Katrina and Rita and natural reservoir decline. The decline in the NGLs component of liquids production (17 mb/d) was primarily caused by the impact of hurricanes. Gas production was lower (203 mmcf/d) because of hurricanes Katrina and Rita, divestments, and natural reservoir decline.
      Development expenditure in the USA (excluding midstream) during 2005 was $2,965 million, compared with $3,247 million in 2004 and $3,476 million in 2003. The annual decrease is the result of various development projects being completed.
      Our activities within the United States take place in four main areas. Significant events during 2005 within each of these are indicated below.
Deepwater Gulf of Mexico
      Deepwater Gulf of Mexico is one of our new profit centres and our largest area of growth in the United States. In 2005, our deepwater Gulf of Mexico crude oil production was 198 mb/d and gas production was 420 mmcf/d.
      Significant events were:
 — In July 2005, stability problems impacted the Thunder Horse platform (BP 75% and operator). We concluded that this was caused by an issue with the ballast system. Repairs have been completed offshore and remaining construction has progressed with the installation of the risers. During routine pre-start-up testing, we have experienced problems with the subsea equipment. Investigations are ongoing, and pending the results, production is planned for the second half of 2006.
 
 — The Mars platform (BP 28.5%) suffered heavy damage from hurricane Katrina. Production, which resumed in May 2006, is expected to be restored to pre-Katrina rates by the middle of 2006.
 
 — Production from the Holstein field (BP 50% and operator) commenced in December 2004 and increased during 2005. The facility is designed to produce more than 100 mb/d of oil and 150 mmscf/d of gas.
 
 — Production from the Mad Dog facility (BP 60.5% and operator) commenced in January 2005. The facility is designed to process approximately 100 mb/d of oil and 60 mmscf/d of gas.
 
 — During 2005, a number of new discoveries were made in the deepwater Gulf of Mexico.
      Development of other major projects continued in the Gulf of Mexico during 2005 — Atlantis (BP 56% and operator) is scheduled to commence production around the end of 2006 followed by the King

33


Table of Contents

Sub-sea Pump project (BP 100% and operator) in late 2007. These projects, including Thunder Horse, are expected to add over 200 mboe/d to our Gulf of Mexico production over the next two years.
Gulf of Mexico Shelf
      The Shelf is a mature basin, with decline rates that average greater than 30% per year. Our gas production from Gulf of Mexico Shelf operations was 160 mmcf/d in 2005, down 33% compared to 2004. Liquids production was 16 mb/d, down 33% compared to 2004. Theyear-on-year decline in production was the result of normal decline and the effects of hurricanes Katrina and Rita.
      BP’s shelf operations suffered significant damage from hurricanes Katrina and Rita, including seven toppled platforms and an additional three platforms leaning, out of a total of 105, and flooding of onshore tanks and pumps. An impairment charge of $208 million was recognized in 2005 related to hurricane damage.
      On April 19, 2006, BP announced the sale of its producing properties on the Outer Continental Shelf of the Gulf of Mexico to Apache Corporation for $1.3 billion. The properties are in waters less than 1,200 feet deep and include 18 producing fields (11 which are operated) covering 92 blocks with estimated reserves of 59 million barrels of oil equivalent and average daily production of 27 mboe. Completion of the sale is expected in mid-2006 once regulatory approvals have been received.
Lower 48 States
      In the Lower 48 States (Onshore), our 2005 natural gas production was 1,885 mmcf/d, which was down 3% compared to 2004. Liquids production was 130 mb/d, down 8% compared to 2004. Theyear-on-year decrease in production is attributed to normal decline. In 2005, we drilled approximately 400 wells as operator and continued to maintain a level programme of drilling activity throughout the year.
      Production is derived primarily from two main areas:
 — In the Western Basins (Colorado, New Mexico, and Wyoming) our assets produced 214 mboe/d in 2005.
 
 — In the Gulf Coast and Mid-Continental basins (Kansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma and Texas) our assets produced 183 mboe/d in 2005.
      Significant events were:
 — On February 1, 2005 we completed the acquisition of Kerr McGee’s interests in the Arkoma Red Oak and Williburton fields in exchange for our Deepwater Gulf of Mexico Blind Faith prospect.
 
 — In October 2005, we announced the investment of $2.2 billion in the expansion of the Wamsutter natural gas field. The multi-year drilling programme is expected to double production from 125 mmscf/d to 250 mmscf/d by the end of 2010. This project is part of a projected10-year,$15 billion investment program for North America onshore operations.
 
 — The development of recovery technology continues to be a fundamental strategy in accessing our North America tight gas resources. Through the use of horizontal drilling and advanced hydraulic fracturing techniques, we are achieving well rates up to ten times higher than more conventional techniques and per-well recoveries some five times higher.
Alaska
      In Alaska, BP net crude oil production in 2005 was 268 mb/d, a decrease of 9% from 2004 due to mature field decline and operational issues partially offset by the development of satellite fields around Prudhoe Bay and Kuparuk and the restart of the Badami field.

34


Table of Contents

      Significant events were:
 — Maximizing productivity through active reservoir management of the fields we operate remains an essential part of the Alaska business. In 2005, BP operated drilling activity across the North Slope totalling 8.3 rig-years. Prudhoe Bay, and the associated satellite fields (BP 26.4% and operator) maintained an active infill and new well drilling programme with 75 wells in 2005, which generated net production of 4.9 mboe/d. The Northstar Unit drilled 2 wells in 2005, increasing net production by 2.6 mboe/d.
 
 — Developing viscous oil is an important part of the Alaska business. We are continually looking to develop viscous oil production in various fields through the application of advanced technology.
 
 — The State of Alaska decided on January 12, 2005 to aggregate six of the satellite fields around Prudhoe Bay with the Prudhoe Bay field for the purposes of calculating production taxes. The State estimated that the impact for 2005 will be around $150 million in higher production taxes for the five owners (BP equity 26.4%). BP filed an appeal against this decision on March 11, 2005 which is still awaiting resolution.
 
 — On December 19, 2005, the Alaska Gasline Port Authority filed a lawsuit against BP and ExxonMobil alleging violation of antitrust laws. BP denied the allegations. In an order dated June 19, 2006, the United States District Court for Alaska dismissed the Alaska Gasline Port Authority’s antitrust lawsuit against BP and Exxon Mobil.
 
 — Negotiations on the Gas Pipeline fiscal contract with the State of Alaska continued during 2005. In February 2006, the gas portion of the fiscal contract was agreed in principle with the State Administration. BP and the other project sponsors are actively engaged with the Alaska Legislature toward the development of a new oil tax structure that will support a healthy oil and gas business in Alaska.
 
 — On March 2, 2006, a transit pipeline in the Prudhoe Bay field was discovered to have spilled an estimated 4,200 to 4,800 bbls of crude oil over approximately two acres. The processing facility that feeds into the transit line was immediately shut down. An investigation team has determined that the leak was caused by internal corrosion. Spillclean-up is complete and business operations have resumed using a separate bypass line. See also Environmental Protection — Health, Safety and Environmental Regulation in this Item on page 68.
United Kingdom
      We are the largest producer of oil and second largest producer of gas in the UK. BP remains the largest overall producer in the UK of hydrocarbons. In 2005, total liquids production was 277 mb/d, a 16% decrease on 2004, and gas production was 1,090 mmscf/d, a 7% decrease on 2004. This decrease in production was driven by the natural decline of the mature North Sea basin combined with planned maintenance shutdowns partially offset by production from new projects. Our activities in the North Sea are focused on operations efficiency, in-field drilling and selected new field developments. Our development expenditure (excluding midstream) in the UK was $790 million in 2005 compared to $679 million in 2004 and $740 million in 2003.
      Significant events were:
 — The Clair Phase 1 development (BP 28.6% and operator) produced first oil in February 2005. Drilling continues as part of the development programme.
 
 — The Rhum project (BP 50% and operator) produced first gas in December 2005. This was the UK’s largest undeveloped gas discovery with initial production of 130 mmscf/d.

35


Table of Contents

 — In November 2005, BP achieved first oil in the $130 million development of the Farragon oil discovery (BP 50% and and operator), less than one year after Department of Trade and Industry (DTI) approval. The project is expected to achieve peak production at 18 mb/d.
 
 — Progress continued on the Magnus Expansion Project (BP 85% and operator) with first oil expected in the second half of 2006.
 
 — Drilling commenced in the first quarter of 2006 on the Schiehallion North West Area development project (BP 33.4% and operator). Three new wells will be drilled in the programme with first production expected by the end of 2006.
 
 — BP, on behalf of the owners of North West Hutton (BP 26% and operator), submitted the proposed decommissioning programme to the DTI in November 2004. The proposal is still under review with platform removal expected to begin between 2007 and 2009.
 
 — In December 2005, the UK government announced a 10% supplemental tax increase on North Sea oil profits, taking the total corporate tax rate to 50%. If this proposal is confirmed by the legislative process it is expected to have retroactive effect from January 1, 2006.
 
 — In March 2006, we reached agreement for the sale of our 4.84% interest in the Statfjord oil and gas field. Completion of this sale is expected in the middle of 2006.
Rest of Europe
      Development expenditure, excluding midstream, in the Rest of Europe was $188 million compared with $262 million in 2004 and $236 million in 2003.
Norway
      In 2005, total Norway production was 82 mboe/d, a 2% decrease on 2004. This decrease in production was driven by natural decline partly offset by high operational efficiency on the BP operated Ula and Valhall fields.
      Significant activities were:
 — On February 28, 2005 we completed the sale of our 10.3% interest in the Ormen Lange development and our 10.2% interest in the Langeled gas export pipeline to the Danish utility company, DONG.
 
 — Progress on the Valhall (BP 28.1% and operator) redevelopment project continued during 2005. A new platform is scheduled to become operational in 2009 with expected oil production capacity of 250 mb/d and gas handling capacity of 175 mmscf/d.
 
 — In March 2006, we reached agreement for the sale of our interest in the Luva gas discovery, in the North Sea. This sale was completed in the second quarter of 2006.
Netherlands
      In May 2006, we announced our intention to sell our exploration and production and gas infrastructure business in the Netherlands. This includes onshore and offshore production assets and the onshore gas supply facility, Piek Gas Installatie, at Alkmaar. The sale is expected to be completed by the end of 2006, subject to consultation with the Works Council.
Rest of World
      Development expenditure, excluding midstream, in Rest of World was $3,735 million in 2005 compared with $3,082 million in 2004 and $3,085 million in 2003. We discuss the significant events and developments under each section below.

36


Table of Contents

Rest of Americas
      Canada
 — In Canada, our natural gas and liquids production was 63 mboe/d in 2005, a decrease of 11% compared to 2004. Theyear-on-year decrease in production is mainly due to natural field decline.
 
 — On March 16, 2005, BP and Chevron sold Central Alberta Midstream, their jointly owned midstream gas processing business, to SemCAMS Midstream Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of SemGroup, L.P.
      Trinidad
 — In Trinidad, natural gas production volumes increased by 3%, to 1,987 mmscf/d in 2005. The increase was principally driven by a full year of gas supply to the Atlas Methanol plant (initialstart-up was in the third quarter 2004). Liquids production declined by 19 mb/d (32%), to 40 mb/d in 2005 mainly due to the divestment of the Teak, Samaan and Poui (TSP) fields and natural decline.
 
 — Cannonball, Trinidad’s first major offshore construction project executed locally, started production in March 2006. Cannonball is currently providing gas for Atlantic LNG Train 4 (BP 37.8%), which commenced liquefaction in December 2005.
 
 — In November 2005, we completed the sale of the TSP oil fields to Repsol YPF and the government of Trinidad. At the time of the sale, the TSP fields produced approximately 20.5 mboe/d which represented five per cent of Trinidad’s production of oil and gas.
      Venezuela
 — In Venezuela, our 2005 liquids production remained unchanged at 55 mb/d compared to 2004. Three of BP’s four base assets are reactivation projects (projects that are expected to continue and improve exploitation in mature fields) consisting of two operated properties, Boqueron and Desarollo Zulia Occidental (DZO), and one non-operated property, Jusepin, under Operating Service Agreements to produce oil for the state oil company, Petroleos de Venezuela S.A. (PDVSA). A fourth asset, Cerro Negro, is a non-operated property that is a heavy oil project from which production is sold directly by BP.
 
 — In March 2006, BP signed Memoranda of Understanding to cooporate with PDVSA in setting up incorporated joint ventures in which PDVSA would be the majority shareholder. The incorporated joint ventures would become the operators of the Boqueron and DZO properties. It is expected that these arrangements will be finalized in the second half of 2006. The operator of Jusepin is aiming to enter into a similar agreement on behalf of the partners, including BP.
 
 — In 2005, changes were made by the Venezuelan government to increase corporate income taxes on Oil Service Companies from 34% to 50%. In 2006, proposals have also been made by the government to increase corporate income taxes on Oil Extraction Companies from 34% to 50%, and to introduce a new Extraction Tax at a maximum rate of 33.33% (the existing royalty of 16.67% is expected to be offset against the new Extraction Tax).
 
 — In March 2006, we settled for $14 million a dispute with the tax authorities regarding taxes on previous production.
      Colombia
 — In Colombia, BP’s net production averaged 55 mboe/d. The main part of the production comes from the Cusiana, Cupiagua and Cupiagua South Fields with increasing new production from the Cupiagua extension into the Recetor Association Contract and the Floreña and Pauto fields in the Piedemonte Association Contract. In March 2006, cumulative production from the BP operated fields reached 1 billion barrels since operations began in 1992.

37


Table of Contents

 — During 2005, the upgrade of the existing gas processing facilities (BP 24.8%) was completed, resulting in increased capacity from 40 to 180 mmscf/d.
      Argentina and Bolivia
 — In Argentina and Bolivia, activity is conducted through Pan American Energy (PAE), in which BP holds a 60% interest, and which is accounted for by the equity method. In 2005, total production of 136 mboe/d represented an increase of 5% over 2004, with oil increasing by 3% and gas by 7%. The main increase in oil production came from the continued focus on drilling and waterfloods in Golfo San Jorge in Argentina, where oil production was 58 mb/d compared to 56 mb/d in 2004. The field is now producing at its highest level since inception in 1958 and further expansion programmes are planned. PAE also has interests in gas pipelines, electricity generation plants and other midstream infrastructure assets.
 
 — In Bolivia in May 2005, a new hydrocarbons law established a new production tax of 32% in addition to the existing 18% royalty. The tax was effective from May 19, 2005 and foreign oil and gas companies are required to sign new contracts conforming with the new law.
 
 — In May 2006, the Bolivian government announced its intention to change contractual arrangements with foreign oil companies. The transitional arrangements are still being negotiated and the impact of these changes is being assessed.
Africa
      Algeria
 — BP, through its joint operatorship of In Salah Gas with Statoil and the Algerian state company, Sonatrach, supplied 318 bcf (gross) of gas to markets in southern Europe during its first full year of production and started operations of the carbon dioxide (CO2) capture system as part of the In Salah project (BP 33.15%). This is one of the world’s largest CO2capture projects, providing emissions savings estimated to be equivalent to taking a quarter of a million cars off the road.
 
 — BP, through its joint operatorship of In Amenas with Statoil and Sonatrach, continued to progress the development of the In Amenas project (BP 12.5%). First production was achieved in June 2006.
 
 — Through Algeria’s sixth international licensing round, BP was awarded three exploration blocks, South East Illizi, Bourarhat South and Hassi Matmat.
      Angola
 — In Block 15 (BP 26.7%), Kizomba B commenced production in July 2005, four months ahead of schedule. Development of Kizomba C commenced in the first quarter of 2006.
 
 — In Block 17 (BP 16.7%), development activities progressed on the Dalia project in line with expectations to commence production in the second half of 2006. Development on the Rosa project, a tie-back to Girassol hub, continued with first production planned for late 2007.
 
 — In Block 18 (BP 50% and operator), work has continued on the Greater Plutonio development in line with expectations to commence production in 2007.
 
 — In Block 31 (BP 26.7% and operator), a further four discoveries were made in 2005 and a further discovery was announced in 2006. There have been a total of ten discoveries that are at various stages of assessment of commercial viability.
      Egypt
 — In Egypt, the Gulf of Suez Petroleum Company (GUPCO), a joint venture operating company between BP and the Egyptian General Petroleum Corporation, carries out our operated oil and

38


Table of Contents

 gas production operations. GUPCO operates eight PSAs in the Gulf of Suez and Western Desert and one PSA in the Mediterranean Sea encompassing more than forty fields.
 
 — Following the blow-out and subsequent fire on the partner-operated Temsah North West platform (BP 50%) in the third quarter of 2004, the Temsah redevelopment progressed during 2005 with drilling completed in December. The project achieved first production ahead of schedule in the second quarter of 2006.
 
 — In May 2005, BP and the Egyptian Ministry of Petroleum signed agreements to extend the Merged Concession Agreement by 20 years and the South Gharib concession by 10 years from the date of signing. These concessions represent approximately 80% of BP’s oil business in Egypt. These agreements will allow the maximization of the recovery of remaining reserves and provide for growth through future exploration activity.
 
 — In the first quarter of 2005, BP sanctioned investment in the Saqqara field (BP 100%). The project is the development of the largest recent exploration success in Gulf of Suez. First production is expected in late 2007.
Asia Pacific
      Indonesia
 — BP produces crude oil and supplies natural gas to the island of Java through its holding in the Offshore Northwest Java Production Sharing Agreement (BP 46%).
 
 — During 2005, progress continued on the Tangguh LNG project (BP 37.2% and operator). The project development includes offshore platforms, pipelines and an LNG plant with two production trains. First gas is expected in late 2008.
      Vietnam
 — BP participates in the country’s largest project with foreign investment, the Nam Con Son gas project. This is an integrated resource and infrastructure project including offshore gas production, pipeline transportation system and power plant. In 2005, natural gas production was 346 mmcf/d gross, an increase of 39% over 2004. This increase was mainly due to high demand in the first half of the year as a result of an extended drought, which impacted hydro utilization. Gas sales from Block 6.1 (BP 35% and operator) are made under a long-term agreement for electricity generation in Vietnam, including the Phu My Phase 3 power plant (BP 33.33%).
 
 — From January 1, 2006 BP’s interest in the Phu My Phase 3 power plant has been transferred to the Gas, Power and Renewables segment.
      China
 — The Yacheng offshore gas field (BP 34.3%) supplies, under a long-term contract, 100% of the natural gas requirement of Castle Peak Power Company, which provides around 50% of Hong Kong’s electricity. Some natural gas is also piped to Hainan Island, where it is sold to the Fuel and Chemical Company of Hainan, also under a long-term contract.
      Australia
 — We are one of six equal partners in the North West Shelf (NWS) Venture. Each partner holds a 16.7% interest in the infrastructure and oil reserves and a 15.8% interest in the gas reserves and condensate. The operation covers offshore production platforms, a floating production and storage vessel, trunklines, and onshore gas processing plants. The NWS Venture is currently the principal supplier to the domestic market in Western Australia. During 2005, a fifth LNG Train (4.7 million tonnes per annum design capacity) was sanctioned with first throughput expected in late 2008.

39


Table of Contents

Russia
      TNK-BP
 — TNK-BP (BP 50%) is an integrated oil company operating in Russia and the Ukraine. TNK-BP has proved reserves of 4.7 billion boe (including its 49.5% equity share of Slavneft), of which 3.8 billion are developed. In 2005, average liquids production was 1.8 million boe/d, an increase of just under 10% over 2004. Total production, including gas, exceeded 2 million boe/d for the first time in the third quarter of 2005. The production base is largely centered in West Siberia (Samotlor, Nizhnevartovskoye Neftedobyvarshee Predpriyatie, Nyagan and Megion), which contributes about 1.4 million boe/d, together with Volga Urals (Orenburg) contributing 0.4 million boe/d. About 55% of total oil production is currently exported as crude oil and 20% as refined product. Downstream, TNK-BP owns five refineries in Russia and the Ukraine (including Ryazan and Lisichansk), with throughput of 0.5 million barrels a day (25 million tonnes a year). In retail, TNK-BPsupplies more than 2,100 filling stations in Russia and the Ukraine, with a share of the Moscow retail market in excess of 20%. The workforce currently is about 90,000 people.
 
 — In December 2005, TNK-BP disposed of non-core producing assets in the Saratov region, along with the Orsk refinery and certain TNK-BP operated petrol stations. The disposals allow TNK-BP to streamline its operations and concentrate on strategic investments in projects with high-growth potential. This includes further extension drilling in the Ust Vakh area of the Samotlor field and in the Kamenoye field, as well as the greenfield Demiansky project in the Uvat area.
 
 — Various TNK-BP companies have received tax notifications. Upon entering into the joint venture arrangement, each party received indemnities from its co-venturers in respect of historical tax liabilities related to assets contributed to the joint venture. BP believes existing provisions are adequate for its share of any liabilities arising from tax claims not covered by these indemnities.
 
 — BP’s investment in TNK-BP is held by the Exploration and Production business, and the results of TNK-BP are accounted for under the equity method in that segment.
 
 — On January 14, 2005, TNK-BP announced the details of its plans to restructure the group in Russia. A new holding company — OAO TNK-BP Holding — has been formed and now owns TNK-BPs interests in OAO ONAKO, OAO Sidanco and OAO TNK. On March 1, 2005, shareholders of these latter three companies approved a scheme of accession to OAO TNK-BP Holding. Included in the announcement on January 14, were the terms of a voluntary offer to minority shareholders of 14 material subsidiaries of the TNK-BP group to exchange their shares for shares in OAO TNK-BP Holding. In September 2005, the voluntary exchange programme was completed with approximately 70% participation. In December 2005, the restructuring was completed with the accession of OAO ONAKO to OAO TNK-BP Holding. The restructuring has resulted in OAO TNK-BP Holding owning all the TNK-BP group’s material assets in Russia except for the group’s interests in OAO Rusia Petroleum, the OAO Slavneft group and the BP branded retail sites in Moscow and the Moscow region. TNK-BP will consider further accessions of material subsidiaries if these are believed to provide organizational advantages.
 
 — On June 20, 2006 TNK-BP announced its intent to sell its interest in OAO Udmurtneft to Sinopec subject to various conditions.
      Sakhalin
 — BP participates in exploration activity through Elvaryneftegas (BP 49%), a joint venture with Rosneft. A first discovery was made in Sakhalin in October 2004, followed by a second in October 2005. Further exploratory drilling is planned during 2006.

40


Table of Contents

Other
      Middle East and Pakistan
 — Production in the Middle East principally consists of the production entitlement of associates in Abu Dhabi, where we have equity interests of 9.5% and 14.7% in onshore and offshore concessions, respectively. In 2005, production in Abu Dhabi was 148 mb/d, up 4% from 2004 as a result of capacity enhancements and strong worldwide demand.
 
 — In Pakistan, BP is one of the leading foreign operators producing 22% of the country’s oil and 6% of its natural gas on a gross basis in 2005.
      Azerbaijan
 — BP, as operator of the Azerbaijan International Operating Company (AIOC), manages and has a 34.1% interest in the Azeri-Chirag-Gunashli (ACG) oil fields in the Caspian Sea, offshore Azerbaijan. The Azeri project delivered first oil from central Azeri and West Azeri to Sangachal terminal on March 3, 2005 and January 3, 2006 respectively. Successive phases of the project include East Azeri scheduled to come on stream in 2007 and ACG Phase 3 — Deepwater Gunashli, which was approved in September 2004 and is expected to begin production in 2008.
 
 — The Shah Deniz natural gas field (BP 25.5% and operator) remains on track to deliver first gas during the second half of 2006. The fourth and final pre-drill well was successfully suspended in January 2006, completing the Stage 1 pre-drill programme. The assembly and installation of the modules and associated equipment for the platform was completed in the first quarter of 2006 and installed on location in April. Commissioning and tie-in work for the platform, terminal and the South Caucasus Pipeline export pipelines is currently underway.
Midstream Activities
Oil and Natural Gas Transportation
      The Group has direct or indirect interests in certain crude oil transportation systems, the principal ones of which are the Trans Alaska Pipeline System (TAPS) in the USA and the Forties Pipelines System (FPS) in the UK sector of the North Sea. We also operate the Central Area Transmission System (CATS) for natural gas in the UK sector of the North Sea.
      BP, as operator, manages and holds a 30.1% interest in the Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan (BTC) oil pipeline inaugurated in May 2005. BP, as operator of AIOC, also operates the Western Export Route Pipeline between Azerbaijan and the Black Sea coast of Georgia and the Azeri leg of the Northern Export Route Pipeline between Azerbaijan and Russia.
      Our onshore US crude oil and product pipelines and related transportation assets are included under “Refining and Marketing” in this item. Revenue is earned on pipelines through charging tariffs. Our gas marketing business is described under “Gas, Power and Renewables” in this item.
      Activity in oil and natural gas transportation during 2005 included:
Alaska
 — BP owns a 46.9% interest in TAPS, with the balance owned by four other companies. TAPS transported production from Alaska North Slope fields averaged 895 mb/d during 2005.
 
 — Work progressed during 2005 on the strategic reconfiguration project to upgrade and automate four pump stations. This project will install electrically driven pumps at four critical pump stations, combined with increased automation and upgraded control systems. Startup of the reconfigured system is expected to occur in the fourth quarter of 2006.

41


Table of Contents

 — In December 2005, TAPS reached an operational milestone of transporting its 15 billionth barrel of oil.
 
 — There are a number of unresolved protests regarding intrastate tariffs charged for shipping oil through TAPS. These protests were filed between 1986 and 2003 with the Regulatory Commission of Alaska (RCA). These matters are proceeding through the Alaska judicial and regulatory systems. Pending the resolution of these matters the RCA has imposed intrastate rates effective July 1, 2003 that are consistent with its 2002 Order requiring refunds to be made to TAPS shippers of intra-state crude oil.
 
 — Tariffs for interstate and intrastate transportation on TAPS are calculated utilizing the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) endorsed TAPS Settlement Methodology (TSM) entered into with the State of Alaska in 1985. In February 2006, FERC combined and consolidated all 2005 and 2006 rate complaints filed by the State, Anadarko, Tesoro and Tesoro Alaska. The complaints were filed on a variety of grounds. We are confident that the rates are in accordance with the TSM and are continuing to evaluate the disputes.
 
 — The use of US-built and US-flagged ships is required when transporting Alaskan oil to markets in the USA. BP has begun replacing its US-flagged fleet as existing ships are retired in accordance with the Oil Pollution Act of 1990. For discussion of the Oil Pollution Act of 1990, see Environmental Protection — Maritime Oil Spill Regulations in this Item on page 70. BP has contracted for the delivery of four 1.3 million-barrel-capacity, double-hull tankers for use in transporting North Slope oil to West Coast refineries. The ships are being constructed by the National Steel and Shipbuilding Company in San Diego, CA. BP took delivery of the first of the fourstate-of-the-art double-hull tankers, the Alaskan Frontier, in August 2004, the second, the Alaskan Explorer, in March 2005 and the third, the Alaskan Navigator, in November 2005. The fourth is expected to be delivered in the second half of 2006.
North Sea
 — FPS (BP 100%) is an integrated oil and NGLs transportation and processing system that handles production from over 50 fields in the Central North Sea. The system has a capacity of more than 1 mmb/d, with average throughput in 2005 at 622 mb/d.
 
 — BP operates and has a 29.5% interest in CATS, a 400-kilometre natural gas pipeline system in the central UK sector of the North Sea. The pipeline has a transportation capacity of 1.7 bcf/d to a natural gas terminal at Teesside in northeast England. CATS offers natural gas transportation services or transportation and processing via two 600 mmcf/d processing trains. In 2005, throughput was 1.14 bcf/d (gross), 336 mmcf/d (net).
 
 — In addition, BP operates the Dimlington/ Easington gas processing terminal (BP 100%) on Humberside and the Sullom Voe Gas Terminal in the Shetlands.
Asia (including the former Soviet Union)
 — BP, as operator, manages and holds a 30.1% interest in the BTC oil pipeline. The 1,768 kilometre pipeline is expected to carry one million barrels of oil a day from the BP-operated ACG oilfield in the Caspian Sea to the eastern Mediterranean port of Ceyhan. Filling of the pipeline progressed during 2005 and loading of the first tanker at Ceyhan occurred in June 2006.
 
 — The South Caucasus Pipeline for the transport of gas from Shah Deniz in Azerbaijan to the Turkish border is substantially complete. The pipeline is expected to be ready to receive first gas in the second half of 2006, in conjunction with thestart-up of Shah Deniz gas field. BP is the operator and holds a 25.5% interest.
 
 — Through the LukArco joint venture, BP holds a 5.75% interest (with a 25% funding obligation) in the Caspian Pipeline Consortium (CPC) pipeline. CPC is a 1,510 kilometre pipeline from Kazakhstan to the Russian port of Novorossiysk and carries crude oil from the Tengiz field (BP 2.3%). In addition to our interest in LukArco, we hold a separate 0.87% interest (3.5%

42


Table of Contents

 funding obligation) in CPC through a 49% holding in Kazakhstan Pipeline Ventures. In 2005, CPC total throughput reached 30.5 million tonnes. During 2005, negotiations continued between the CPC shareholders toward the approval of an expansion plan. The expansion will require the construction of ten additional pump stations, additional storage facilities and a third offshore mooring point.
Liquefied Natural Gas
      Within BP, Exploration and Production is responsible for the supply of LNG and the Gas, Power and Renewables business is responsible for the subsequent marketing and distribution of LNG (see details under Gas, Power and Renewables — New Market Development and LNG in this Item on page 63). BP Exploration and Production has interests in four major LNG plants. The Atlantic LNG plant in Trinidad (BP 34% in Train 1, 42.5% in Trains 2 and 3, and 37.8% in Train 4); in Indonesia through our interests in Sanga-Sanga PSA (BP 38%), which supplies natural gas to the Bontang LNG plant, and Tangguh (PSA, BP 37%), which is under construction; and in Australia through our share of LNG from the North West Shelf natural gas development (BP 16.7% infrastructure and oil reserves/15.8% gas and condensate reserves).
      Significant activities during 2005 included the following:
 — We have a 10% equity shareholding in the Abu Dhabi Gas Liquefaction Company, which in 2005 supplied 5.4 million tonnes (280 bcf) of LNG, down 8.5% on 2004.
 
 — In Australia, we are one of six equal partners in the NWS Venture. Each partner holds a 16.7% interest in the infrastructure and oil reserves and a 15.8% interest in the gas reserves and condensate. The joint venture operation covers offshore production platforms, a floating production and storage vessel, trunklines, onshore gas processing plants and LNG carriers. In June 2005, we approved our investment in a fifth LNG train that is expected to process 4.7 million tonnes of LNG a year and will increase the plant’s capacity to 16.6 million tonnes a year. Construction started in July 2005 and the train is expected to be commissioned during the second half of 2008. NWS produced 11.7 million tonnes (533 bcf) of LNG, an increase of 26% on 2004.
 
 — In Indonesia, BP is involved in two of the three LNG centres in the country. Firstly, BP participates in Indonesia’s LNG exports through its holdings in the Sanga-Sanga PSA (BP 38%). Sanga-Sanga currently delivers around 17% of the total gas feed to Bontang, one of the world’s largest LNG plants. The Bontang plant produced 19.4 million tonnes (905 bcf) of LNG in 2005, a reduction of 1% on 2004.
 
 — Also in Indonesia, BP has interests in the Tangguh LNG joint venture (BP 37% and operator) and in each of the Wiriagar (BP 38% and operator), Berau (BP 48% and operator) and Muturi (BP 1%) PSAs in Northwest Papua that will supply feed gas to the Tangguh LNG plant. In March 2005, Tangguh received key government approvals for the launch of two trains and is now executing the major construction contracts, withstart-up planned late in 2008. Tangguh is expected to be the third LNG centre in Indonesia, with an initial capacity of 7.6 million tonnes (388 bcf) per annum. Tangguh has signed sales contracts for delivery to China, Korea, and North America’s West Coast.
 
 — In Trinidad, construction of the Atlantic LNG Train 4 (BP 37.8%) was completed in December 2005 with the first LNG cargo delivered in January 2006. Train 4 is now the largest producing LNG train in the world and is designed to produce 5.2 million tonnes (253 bcf) per annum of LNG. BP expects to supply at least two thirds of the gas to the train. The facilities will be operated under a tolling arrangement, with the equity owners retaining ownership of their respective gas. The LNG is expected to be sold in the USA, Dominican Republic, and other destinations at the option of the owners. BP’s net share of the capacity of Atlantic LNG Trains 1, 2, 3 and 4 is 6.5 million tonnes (305 bcf) of LNG per annum.

43


Table of Contents

REFINING AND MARKETING
      Our Refining and Marketing business is responsible for the supply and trading, refining, marketing and transportation of crude oil, petroleum and chemical products to wholesale and retail customers. BP markets its products in over 100 countries. We operate primarily in Europe and North America, but also market our products across Australasia and in parts of Southeast Asia, Africa and Central and South America.
                 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2005 2004 2003  
- )  
    --($-
  million  
Sales and other operating revenues for continuing operations
  213,465   170,749   143,441     
Profit before interest and tax from continuing operations (a)
  6,442   6,544   3,235     
Total assets
  77,352   73,581   67,546     
Capital expenditure and acquisitions
  2,772   2,819   3,019     
  ($ per barrel)    
Global Indicator Refining Margin (b)
  8.60   6.31   4.08     
 
(a)Includes profit after interest and tax of equity-accounted entities.
 
(b)The Global Indicator Refining Margin (GIM) is the average of regional industry indicator margins which we weight for BP’s crude refining capacity in each region. Each regional indicator margin is based on a single representative crude with product yields characteristic of the typical level of upgrading complexity. The refining margins are industry specific rather than BP specific measures, which we believe are useful to investors in analysing trends in the industry and their impact on our results. The margins are calculated by BP based on published crude oil and product prices and take account of fuel utilization and catalyst costs. No account is taken of BP’s other cash and non-cash costs of refining, such as wages and salaries and plant depreciation. The indicator margin may not be representative of the margins achieved by BP in any period because of BP’s particular refining configurations and crude and product slate.
      The changes in sales and other operating revenues are explained in more detail below:
               
    Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
Sale of crude oil through spot and term contracts
 ($ million)  36,992   21,989   22,224 
Marketing, spot and term sales of refined products
 ($ million)  155,098   124,458   102,003 
Other sales including non-oil and to other segments
 ($ million)  21,375   24,302   19,214 
 
     213,465   170,749   143,441 
 
Sale of crude oil through spot and term contracts
 (mb/d)  2,464   2,312   2,387 
Marketing, spot and term sales of refined products
 (mb/d)  5,888   6,398   6,688 
      There are five areas of business in Refining and Marketing: Refining, Retail, Lubricants, Business to Business Marketing and Aromatics and Acetyls. Our strategy is to continue our focused investment in key assets and market positions. We aim to improve the quality and capability of our manufacturing portfolio. Our marketing businesses, underpinned by world-class manufacturing, generate customer value by providing quality products and offers. Our retail strategy provides differentiated fuel and convenience offers to some of the most attractive global markets. Our lubricants brands offer customers benefits through technology and relationships, and we focus on increasing brand and product loyalty in Castrol lubricants. We continue to build deep customer relationships and strategic partnerships in the business to business sector.

44


Table of Contents

      Refining and Marketing manages a portfolio of assets that we believe are competitively advantaged across the chain of downstream activities. Such advantage may derive from several factors, including location (e.g. refinery proximity to market), operating cost and physical asset quality.
      We are one of the major refiners of gasoline and hydrocarbon products in the USA, Europe and Australia. We have significant retail and business to business market positions in the USA, UK, Germany and the rest of Europe, Australasia, Africa and Southeast Asia and we are enhancing our presence in China. Refining and Marketing also includes the Aromatics and Acetyls business which maintains manufacturing positions globally, with an emphasis on Asia growth, particularly in China.
      BP received citations from the US Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) in respect of the Texas City, Texas and Toledo, Ohio refineries. See Item 4 — Environmental Protection — Health, Safety and Environmental Regulation in this Item on page 68.
      As a result of the sale of Innovene to INEOS, contracts were put in place for the sale and purchase of hydrocarbons, utilities and services between BP and INEOS, principally in the USA, UK, France, Belgium and the Netherlands. Agreements are in place between BP Refining and Marketing and INEOS at the Carson, Nerefco, Texas City, Toledo and Whiting refineries and the Geel chemical plant.
      In June 2006, we announced our intention to sell the Coryton Refinery in the UK, which processes 172,000 barrels of crude oil a day.
      In November 2005, BP and Sinopec established BP YPC Acetyls Company (BP 50%), a 500 thousand tonnes per annum (ktepa) acetic acid joint venture in Nanjing, China. The two companies previously signed a heads of agreement in May 2004 and a joint venture contract in March 2005. This world-scale joint venture is expected to be on stream at the end of 2007.
      BP announced plans for a second purified terephthalic acid (PTA) plant at the BP Zhuhai Chemical Company Limited site in Guangdong Province, China, which received approval from the Chinese government in April 2006. The new plant will have operating capacity of 900,000 ktepa and is expected to come on stream at the end of 2007. It will be the first plant to use BP’s latest generation PTA technology.
      The transaction announced in 2004 for the sale of BP’s 70% shareholding in BP Malaysia Sdn Bhd to Lembaga Tabung Angkatan Tentera (LTAT) was successfully concluded during 2005 and the disposal to Österreichische Mineralöl Verwaltung Aktiengesellschaft (OMV) of BP’s network of 70 retail sites in the Czech Republic, announced in October 2005, was completed in early 2006.
Resegmentation in 2006
      Since the end of 2005, BP has made a number of organizational changes. With effect from January 1, 2006:
 — Following the sale of Innovene to INEOS, the Shanghai SECCO Petrochemical Company Limited and Malaysia joint ventures, previously held in Other Businesses and Corporate, were transferred to Refining and Marketing.
 
 — The formation of BP Alternative Energy has resulted in the transfer of certain mid-stream assets and activities to and from Gas, Power and Renewables:
 — South Houston Green Power Cogeneration facility (in Texas City refinery) from Refining and Marketing to Gas, Power and Renewables.
 
 — Watson Cogeneration facility (in Carson refinery) from Refining and Marketing to Gas, Power and Renewables.
 
 — Transfer of Hydrogen for Transport from Gas, Power and Renewables to Refining and Marketing.

45


Table of Contents

Texas City Refinery
      On March 23, 2005, an explosion and fire occurred in the Isomerization Unit of BP Products North America, Inc.’s (BP Products) Texas City refinery as the unit was coming out of planned maintenance. Fifteen contractors died in the incident. Other contractors and employees were injured. In the third quarter of 2005, Texas City was the subject of a settlement with the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), as BP Products and OSHA announced a settlement following OSHA’s investigations at the Texas City refinery after the March 23, 2005 explosion and fire. During 2005, BP Products made a provision of $700 million for fatality and personal injury compensation claims associated with the incident at its Texas City refinery. Following a review during the second quarter of 2006, an additional provision of $500 million was made which is reflected in the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005. See Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 43 on pageF-114.
      OSHA issued its citations alleging more than 300 violations of 13 different OSHA standards, and BP Products has agreed not to contest the citations. BP Products paid a $21.3 million fine and has undertaken a number of corrective actions designed to make the refinery safer. The settlement agreement addresses not only the March 23, incident, but also closes out other OSHA investigations at the refinery.
      BP Products has agreed to:
 — Hire a process safety expert at the refinery to review safety programs, offer recommendations and provide reports on the refinery’s progress;
 
 — Hire an organizational expert at the refinery to study the refinery’s communication with respect to safety and commitment to safety and to offer recommendations for improvement;
 
 — Improve health and safety training; and
 
 — Develop an abatement plan addressing other corrective measures.
      During 2005, the US Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board recommended that BP appoint an independent panel to study the safety systems and cultures at its US refineries. BP’s chief executive, Lord Browne, commissioned a panel of eminent experts under the chairmanship of former US Secretary of State, James A Baker III, pursuant to this recommendation. BP is committed to providing complete co-operation to the Panel in support of this review. The Panel is expected to complete the review and present recommendations prior to the end of 2006. See also Environmental Protection — Health, Safety and Environmental Regulation in this Item on page 68 and Item 8 — Financial Information — Legal Proceedings on page 148.
      In September 2005, hurricane Rita threatened the Texas City Refinery necessitating an entire plant shutdown. Hurricane Rita ultimately took a turn away from the refinery but the precautionary shutdown of an adjacent cogeneration facility, which provides the steam supply to the refinery, resulted in thermal cycling and damage to the Texas City plant’s27-mile steam system. This damage required extensive repair and maintenance to the steam system and on many gasoline production units. At the end of the year the plant’s steam system was restarted. Initial hydrocarbon production commenced at the end of March and ongoing recommissioning is planned to continue in a phased manner over the remainder of the year.
      The site-wide shutdown of the Texas City refinery also impacted the Aromatics and Acetyls business’ co-located manufacturing capacity of paraxylenes (PX) and metaxylene. The PX unit resumed production in March and the metaxylene unit resumed in April, 2006. The remaining PX capacity at Texas City is expected to restart in line with the ongoing recommissioning of the refining units in a phased manner during 2006.

46


Table of Contents

Refining
      The Company’s global refining strategy is to own interests in and to operate strategically advantaged refineries that benefit from vertical integration with our marketing and trading operations as well as horizontal integration with other parts of the Group’s business. Refining’s focus is to maintain and improve competitive position through sustainable, safe, reliable and efficient operations of the refining system and disciplined investment for growth.
      For BP, the strategic advantage of a refinery relates to the refinery’s location, the refinery’s scale and its configuration to produce fuels in line with the demand of the region from low-cost feedstocks. Efficient operations are measured primarily using regional refining surveys conducted by third parties. The surveys assess our competitive position against benchmarked industry measures for margin, energy efficiency and costs per barrel. Investments in our refineries are focused on maintaining our competitive position and developing the capability to produce the cleaner fuels that meet our customers’ and the communities’ requirements. Following the transfer of the Lavera, France and Grangemouth, UK, refineries from Refining and Marketing to Other businesses and corporate, effective January 1, 2005, our refining portfolio is weighted more heavily to the US, where margins are structurally higher.

47


Table of Contents

      The following table summarizes the BP Group interests and crude distillation capacities at December 31, 2005:
               
      Crude
      distillation
      capacities (a)
       
      (mb/d)
    Group interest (b)   BP
  Refinery % Total share
 
UK
 Coryton*  100.00   172   172 
 
Total UK
        172   172 
 
Rest of Europe
              
France
 Reichstett  17.00   84   14 
Germany
 Bayernoil  22.50   269   62 
  Gelsenkirchen*  50.00   270   135 
  Karlsruhe  12.00   308   37 
  Lingen*  100.00   91   91 
  Schwedt  18.75   230   43 
Netherlands
 Nerefco*  69.00   400   276 
Spain
 Castellón*  100.00   110   110 
 
Total Rest of Europe      1,762   768 
 
USA
              
California
 Carson*  100.00   260   260 
Washington
 Cherry Point*  100.00   232   232 
Indiana
 Whiting*  100.00   405   405 
Ohio
 Toledo*  100.00   155   155 
Texas
 Texas City*  100.00   475   475 
 
Total USA
        1,527   1,527 
 
Rest of World
              
Australia
 Bulwer*  100.00   97   97 
  Kwinana*  100.00   137   137 
New Zealand
 Whangerei  23.66   107   25 
Kenya
 Mombasa  17.00   90   15 
South Africa
 Durban  50.00   182   91 
 
Total Rest of World
        613   365 
 
Total
        4,074   2,832 
 
 
*Indicates refineries operated by BP.
 
(a)Crude distillation capacity is gross rated capacity which is defined as the maximum achievable utilization of capacity(24-hour assessment) based on standard feed.
 
(b)BP share of equity, which is not necessarily the same as BP share of processing entitlements.

48


Table of Contents

      The following table outlines by region the volume of crude oil and feedstock processed by BP for its own account and for third parties. Corresponding BP refinery capacity utilization data are summarized.
              
  Year ended December 31,
 
Refinery throughputs (a) 2005 2004 2003
 
  (thousand barrels per day)
UK
  180   208   202 
Rest of Europe
  667   684   753 
USA
  1,255   1,373   1,386 
Rest of World
  297   342   382 
 
Total
  2,399   2,607   2,723 
 
Refinery capacity utilization
            
Crude distillation capacity at December 31 (b)
  2,832   2,823   2,983 
Crude distillation capacity utilization (c)
  87%  93%  91%
 
USA
  82%  95%  91%
 
Europe
  90%  90%  90%
 
Rest of World
  88%  87%  94%
 
(a)Refinery throughput reflects crude and other feedstock volumes.
 
(b)Crude distillation capacity is gross rated capacity which is defined as the maximum achievable utilization of capacity (24 hour assessment) based on standard feed.
 
(c)Crude distillation capacity utilization is defined as the percentage utilization of capacity per calendar day over the year after making allowances for average annual shutdowns at BP refineries (i.e. net rated capacity).
      BP’s 2005 refinery throughput decreased in the UK and Rest of Europe compared with 2004 primarily due to the transfer of the Grangemouth and Lavéra refineries from Refining and Marketing to the Olefins and Derivatives business reported within Other businesses and corporate, effective January 1, 2005. The decrease in the USA in 2005 was largely due to the impact of the shutdown of Texas City after hurricane Rita.

49


Table of Contents

Marketing
      Marketing comprises four business areas: Retail, Lubricants, Business to Business Marketing and Aromatics and Acetyls. We market a comprehensive range of refined products worldwide. These products include gasoline, gasoil, marine and aviation fuels, heating fuels, LPG, lubricants and bitumen. We also manufacture and market purified terephthalic acid, paraxylene, and acetic acid through our Aromatics and Acetyls business.
              
  Year ended December 31,
 
Sales of refined products (a) 2005 2004 2003
 
  (thousand barrels per day)
Marketing sales:
            
 
UK (b)
  355   322   275 
 
Rest of Europe
  1,354   1,360   1,308 
 
USA
  1,634   1,682   1,766 
 
Rest of World
  599   638   620 
 
Total marketing sales (c)
  3,942   4,002   3,969 
Trading/supply sales (d)
  1,946   2,396   2,719 
 
Total refined products
  5,888   6,398   6,688 
 
  ($ million)
Proceeds from sale of refined products
  155,098   124,458   102,002 
 
(a)Excludes sales to other BP businesses and the sale of Aromatics and Acetyls products.
 
(b)UK area includes the UK-based international activities of Refining and Marketing.
 
(c)Marketing sales are sales to service stations, end-consumers, bulk buyers, jobbers, i.e. third parties who own networks of a number of service stations and small resellers.
 
(d)Trading/supply sales are sales to large unbranded resellers and other oil companies.
      The following table sets out marketing sales by major product group:
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
Marketing sales by refined product 2005 2004 2003
 
  (thousand barrels per day)
Aviation fuel
  499   494   530 
Gasolines
  1,603   1,675   1,714 
Middle distillates
  1,185   1,255   1,203 
Fuel oil
  379   343   296 
Other products
  276   235   226 
 
Total marketing sales
  3,942   4,002   3,969 
 
      Our aim is to increase total margin by focusing on both volumes and margin per unit. We do this by growing our customer base, both in existing and new markets, by attracting new customers and by covering a wider geographic area. We also work to improve the efficiency of our operations through reducing costs and improving our product mix. In addition, we recognize that our customers are demanding a wider choice of fuels, particularly fuels that are cleaner and more efficient. Through our integrated refining and marketing operations, we believe we are better able to meet these customer demands.
      Marketing sales of refined products were 3,942 mb/d in 2005, compared with 4,002 mb/d in the previous year. The decrease was due mainly to the effects of the price increases as a result of supply disruption and market uncertainty.

50


Table of Contents

      BP enjoys a strong market share and leading technologies in the Aromatics and Acetyls business. In Asia, we continue to develop a strong position in PTA and acetic acids. Our investment is biased towards this high growth region, especially China.
Retail
      Our retail strategy focuses on investment in high growth metropolitan markets and the upgrading of our retail offers while driving operational efficiencies through portfolio optimisation.
      There are two components of our retail offer: convenience and fuels. The convenience offer comprises sales of convenience items to customers from advantaged locations in metropolitan areas; whereas our fuels offer is deployed at locations in all our markets, in many cases without the convenience offer. We execute our convenience offer through a quality store format in each of our key markets, whether it is the BP Connect offer in Europe and the Eastern USA, the am/pm offer west of the Rocky Mountains in the USA, or the Aral offer in Germany. Each of these brands carries a very strong offer in itself, but we also aim to share best practices between them. Since 2003, we have also upgraded our fuel offer with the introduction of Ultimate gasoline and diesel products, which have greater efficiency and power and lesser environmental impact. In 2004 and 2005, we continued our roll-out of new generation Ultimate gasoline and diesel fuels, now available in the UK, Germany, Austria, Spain, Portugal, Greece, France, Poland, Turkey, Australia and the US.
      We continue to focus on operational efficiencies through targeted portfolio upgrades for performance improvement that have increased our fuel throughput per site and our store sales per square meter. In 2005, across the network, same store sales growth at 1.9% exceeded estimated market growth of 0.8%.
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
Store sales (a) 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
UK
  628   655   567 
Rest of Europe
  3,069   3,090   3,000 
USA
  1,776   1,715   1,620 
Rest of World
  610   601   521 
 
Total
  6,083   6,061   5,708 
 
Direct-managed
  2,489   2,319   2,090 
Franchise
  3,533   3,623   3,508 
Store alliances
  61   119   110 
 
Total
  6,083   6,061   5,708 
 
 
(a) Store sales reported are sales through direct-managed stations, franchisees and the BP share of store alliances and joint ventures. Sales figures exclude sales taxes and lottery sales but includequick-servicerestaurant sales. Fuel sales are not included in these figures.

51


Table of Contents

      Our retail network is largely concentrated in Europe and the USA, with established operations in Australasia and Southern and Eastern Africa. We are developing networks in China with joint venture partners.
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
Retail Sites 2005 2004 2003
 
UK
  1,300   1,300   1,300 
Rest of Europe
  7,900   8,000   8,200 
USA (excluding jobbers)
  3,100   3,900   4,100 
USA jobbers
  9,700   10,300   10,600 
Rest of World
  3,200   3,300   3,600 
 
Total
  25,200   26,800   27,800 
 
      BP’s worldwide network consists of over 25,000 locations branded BP, Amoco, ARCO and Aral compared with approximately 27,000 in the previous year. We expect the total number of sites carrying our brands to decline further in future years, reflecting the continued optimization of our retail network and efforts to increase the consistency of our site offer. We also continue to improve the efficiency of our retail asset network through a process of regular review. In 2005, we sold 488 Company owned sites (including all company owned sites in the Las Vegas, Washington and Detroit metro region) to dealers and jobbers who continue to operate these sites under the BP brand. We also divested 129 Company owned sites in 2005 and announced the divestment of BP’s Czech Republic retail network which was completed in early 2006.
      In 2005, we continued the rollout of the BP Connect offer at sites in the UK and USA, consistent with our retail strategy of building on our advantaged locations, strong market positions and brand. The BP Connect sites include a distinctive food offer, large convenience store and a forecourt that provides our customers with cleaner fuels. The new BP Connect sites are those that are new to industry and those where extensive upgrading and remodeling has taken place. At December 31, 2005, over 630 BP Connect stations were open worldwide.
      Through regular review and execution of business opportunities we continue to concentrate our ownership of real estate in markets designated for development of the convenience offer. At December 31, 2005, BP’s retail network in the USA comprised approximately 12,800 sites, of which approximately 9,700 were owned by jobbers. In the UK and the Rest of Europe, BP’s network comprised about 9,200 sites and 3,200 sites in the Rest of World.
      The Joint Venture between BP and PetroChina (BP-PetroChina Petroleum Company Ltd) started operation in 2004. Located in Guangdong, one of the most developed provinces in China, 411 sites were operational at 31 December 2005. The JV plans to operate and manage a total network of 500 locations in the province. A Joint Venture with Sinopec, approved in the fourth quarter of 2004 with the establishment of BP-Sinopec (Zhejiang) Petroleum Co Ltd, commenced operations with 151 sites in Ningbo in 2005 with a further 71 sites transferred into the joint venture in May 2006. The JV plans to build, operate and manage a network of 500 sites in Hangzhou, Ningbo and Shaoxing.
Lubricants
      We manufacture and market lubricant products and also supply related products and services to business customers and end-consumers in over 60 countries directly, and to the rest of the world through local distributors. Our business is concentrated on the higher margin sectors of automotive lubricants, especially in the consumer sector, but also has a strong presence in business markets such as commercial vehicle fleets, aviation, marine and specialized industrial segments. Customer focus, distinctive brands and superior technology remain the cornerstone of our long-term strategy. BP markets through its two major brands, Castrol and BP, and several secondary brands including Duckhams, Veedol and Aral.

52


Table of Contents

      In the consumer sector of the automotive segment we supply lubricants, other products and related business services to intermediate customers (e.g., retailers, workshops) who in turn serve end-consumers (e.g., car, motorcycle and leisure craft owners) in the mature markets of Western Europe and North America and also in the fast growing markets of the developing world (e.g., Russia, China, India, Middle East, South America and Africa). The Castrol brand is recognized worldwide and we believe it provides us with a significant competitive advantage.
      In commercial vehicle and general industrial markets we supply lubricants and lubricant-related services to the transportation industry and to automotive manufacturers.
Business to Business Marketing
      Business to Business Marketing encompasses marketing a comprehensive range of products to other businesses. This business aims to build relationships with customers that not only purchase a wide variety of products in large quantities but also additional services. Interfaces with Retail, Refining and Logistics play a crucial role in this business. We aim to attract more customers through innovation in multi-product offers and cleaner fuels, packaged with a range of value-added services and solutions.
      Air BP is one of the world’s largest aviation businesses supplying aviation fuel and lubricants to the airline, military and general aviation sectors. It supplies customers in approximately 100 countries, has annual marketing sales of around 26,832 million liters (approximately 456,000 bbl/day) and has key relationships with most of the major commercial airlines. AirBP’s strategic aim is to strengthen its position in their existing markets (Europe/ US/ Asia Pacific) whilst creating opportunities in the emerging economies such as South America and China.
      The LPG business sells bulk, bottled, automotive and wholesale products to a wide range of customers in over 16 countries. During the past few years, our LPG business has consolidated its position in established markets and pursued opportunities in new and emerging markets. BP remains one of the leading importers of LPG into the China market where we continued to grow our retail LPG business. LPG Marketing Product sales in 2005 were approximately 96,000 bbl/day.
      Marine comprises three global businesses: Marine Fuels, Marine Lubricants, and Power Generation and Offshore, which supplies specialist lubricants to the power generation and offshore industry. Under the BP and Castrol brands, the business is the marine lubricants market leader and has a strong trading and bunker presence in the fuels market. The business has offices in 45 countries and operates in over 800 ports.
      The Commercial Fuels business has activities in approximately 14 European countries and has marketing sales of approximately 616,000 bbl/day. The business markets fuels and heating oil, mostly as pick-upbusiness at refineries, terminals and depots. As from 2006, this business will also manage the European Fleet services portfolio (serving commercial road transport customers).
      Our Business to Business Marketing activities also include Industrial Lubricants (selling industrial lubricants and services to manufacturing companies in approximately 41 countries) and the supply of bitumen to the road and roofing industries. The business seeks to increase value by building from the technology, marketing and sales capabilities of a business to business operation.

53


Table of Contents

Aromatics and Acetyls
      The Aromatics and Acetyls business is managed along three main products lines: PTA, PX, and Acetic Acid. PTA is a raw material for the manufacture of polyesters used in textiles, plastic bottles, fibres and films. PX is feedstock for the production of PTA. Acetic acid is a versatile chemical used in a variety of products such as paints, adhesives, and solvents. It is also used in the production of PTA. In addition to these three main products, we are involved in a number of other petrochemicals products namely napthalene dicarboxylate (NDC) which is used for photographic film and specialized packaging and ethyl acetate and vinyl acetate monomer (VAM) which are used in coatings and textile application.
      Our Aromatics and Acetyls strategy is to invest to maintain our advantaged manufacturing positions globally, with an emphasis on Asia growth, particularly in China. We also work to advance our technology leadership position to yield both operating and capital cost advantages.

54


Table of Contents

      The following table shows BP production capacity at December 31, 2005. This production capacity is based on original design capacity of the plants plus expansions.
                        
          Total — BP  
      Acetic   share of  
Geographical Area PTA PX Acid Other capacity  
 
  (thousand tonnes per year  
UK
                      
 
Hull
        677   664   1,341   
Rest of Europe
                      
Belgium
                      
 
Geel
  1,044   520         1,564   
USA
                      
 
Cooper River
  1,330            1,330   
 
Decatur
  1,100   1,121      27   2,248   
 
Texas City
     1,282   527(a)  122   1,931   
Rest of World
                      
Brazil
                      
 
São Paulo
  143            143  (49% of Rhodiaco)
China
                      
 
Chongqing
        169   52   221  (51% of YARACO) (b)
 
Zhuhai
  583            583   
Indonesia
                      
 
Merak
  250            250  (50% of PT Ami)
Korea
                      
 
Ulsan
  550(c)     229(e)  56(d)  835  (47% of SPC) (c);
                      (34% of ASACCO) (d);
(51% of SS-BP) (e)
 
Seosan
  339            339  (47% of SPC) (c)
Malaysia
                      
 
Kertih
        544      544   
 
Kuantan
  703            703   
Taiwan
                      
 
Kaohsiung
  825            825  (61% of CAPCO) (f)
 
Taichung
  458            458  (61% of CAPCO) (f)
 
Mai Liao
        162      162  (50% of FBPC) (g)
 
   7,325   2,923   2,308   921   13,477   
 
 
(a)Sterling Chemicals plant, the output of which is marketed by BP.
 
(b)Yangtze River Acetyls Company.
 
(c)Samsung-Petrochemicals Company Ltd.
 
(d)Asian Acetyls Company Ltd.
 
(e)Samsung-BP Chemicals Ltd.
 
(f)China American Petrochemical Company Ltd.
 
(g)Formosa BP Chemicals Corporation.

55


Table of Contents

      Further to the establishment of the BP YPC Acetyls Company and the plans for a second PTA plant at the BP Zhubai Chemical Company Limited site in Guandong Province, China, described previously, the following portfolio activity took place in the Aromatics and Acetyls business during the year:
 — Yangtze River Acetyls Company (BP 51%) completed an expansion project in Chongqing, China in the third quarter of 2005 which increased capacity to 350 ktepa.
 
 — A 300 ktepa acetic acid joint venture in Taiwan with Formosa Chemicals and Fibre Corporation (BP 50%) was successfully commissioned in December 2005.
 
 — BP has announced the phased closure of two acetic acid plants at Hull, UK due to lack of scale and outdated technology. Combined capacity of the two plants was 380 ktepa. The first plant was shut down in the second quarter of 2005 and the remaining plant is expected to be shut down later in 2006.
 
 — BP has announced that it is developing a 350 ktepa PTA expansion at Geel, Belgium. The project is expected to be operational in early 2008 and will increase the site PTA capacity to 1.4 ktepa.
Supply and Trading
      The Group has a long established supply and trading activity responsible for delivering value across the overall crude and oil products supply chain. This activity identifies the best markets and prices for our crude oil, sources optimal feedstock to our refining assets and sources marketing activities with flexible and competitive supply. Additionally, the function creates incremental trading gains through holding commodity derivative contracts and trading inventory. To achieve these objectives in a liquid and volatile international market the Group enters into a range of commodity derivative contracts including exchange traded futures and options, over-the-counter options, swaps and forward contracts as well as physical term and spot contracts.
      Exchange traded contracts are traded on liquid regulated markets which transact in key crude grades, such as Brent and West Texas Intermediate and the main product grades such as gasoline and gasoil. These exchanges exist in each of the key markets in the US, Western Europe and Far East. Over-the-counter contracts include a variety of options and most importantly swaps. These swaps price in relation to a wider set of grades than those traded through the exchanges where counterparties contract for differences between, for example, fixed and floating prices. The contracts we use are described in more detail below. Additionally, physical crude can be traded forward by using specific over-the-counter contracts pricing in reference to Brent and West Texas Intermediate grade. Over-the-counter crude forward sales contracts are used by BP to both buy and sell the underlying physical commodity as well as a risk management and trading instrument.
      Risk management is undertaken when the Group is exposed to market risk primarily due to the timing of sales and purchases, which may occur for both commercial and operational reasons. For example, if the Group has delayed a purchase and has a lower than normal inventory level, the associated price exposure may be limited by taking an offsetting position in the most suitable commodity derivative contract described above. Where trading is undertaken, the Group actively combines a range of derivative contracts and physical positions to create incremental trading gains by arbitraging prices, typically between locations and time periods. This range of contract types includes futures, swaps, options and forward sale and purchase contracts, these contracts are described further below. The nature and purpose of this activity is broadly unchanged, though the volume of activity has grown slightly over the period 2003 to 2005.
      Through these transactions the Group sells crude production into the market allowing more suitable higher margin crude to be supplied to our refineries. The Group may also actively buy and sell crude on a spot and term basis to further improve selections of crude for refineries. In addition, where refinery production is surplus to marketing requirements or can be sourced more competitively, it is sold into the market. This latter activity also encompasses opportunities to maximise the value of the

56


Table of Contents

whole supply chain through the optimisation of storage and pipeline assets including the purchase of product components that are blended into finished products. The Group also owns and contracts for storage and transport capacity to facilitate this activity.
      The range of transactions that the Group enters into is described below in more detail:
(a) Exchange traded commodity derivatives
 These contracts are typically in the form of futures and options traded on a recognized Exchange, such as Nymex, Simex, IPE and Chicago Board of Trade. Such contracts are traded in standard specifications for the main marker crude oils such as Brent and West Texas Intermediate and the main product grades such as gasoline and gas oil. Though potentially settled physically, these contracts are typically settled financially. Gains and losses, otherwise referred to as variation margins, are settled on a daily basis with the relevant Exchange. These contracts are used for the trading and risk management of both crude and products. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on exchange traded commodity derivatives are included in sales and other operating revenues for both IFRS and US GAAP.
(b) Over-the-counter (OTC) contracts
 These contracts are typically in the form of forwards, swaps and options. OTC contracts are negotiated between two parties. They are not traded on an Exchange. These contracts can be used both as part of trading and risk management activities. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on OTC contracts are included in sales and other operating revenues for both IFRS and US GAAP.
 
 The main grades of crude oil bought and sold forward using standard contracts are West Texas Intermediate and a standard North Sea crude blend (Brent, Forties and Osberg — BFO). Although the contracts specify physical delivery terms for each crude blend a significant volume are not settled physically. The contracts contain standard delivery, pricing and settlement terms. Additionally the BFO contract specifies a standard volume and tolerance given the physically settled transactions are delivered by cargo.
 
 Swaps are contractual obligations to exchange cash flows between two parties, one usually references a floating price whilst the other a fixed price with the net difference of the cash flows being settled. Options give the holder the right but not the obligation to buy or sell crude or oil products at a specified price on or before a specific future date. Amounts under these derivative financial instruments are settled at expiry, typically through netting agreements, to limit credit exposure and support liquidity.
(c) Spot and term contracts
 Spot contracts are contracts to purchase or sell crude and oil products at the market price prevailing on and around the delivery date. Term contracts are contracts to purchase or sell a commodity at regular intervals over an agreed term. Though spot and term contracts may have a standard form, there is no offsetting mechanism in place. Spot transactions price around the bill of lading date when we take title to the inventory. These transactions result in physical delivery with operational and price risk. Spot and term contracts relate typically to purchases of crude for a refinery, sales of the Group’s oil production and sales of the Group’s oil products. For IFRS and US GAAP, spot and term sales are included in sales and other operating revenues, when title passes. Similarly, spot and term purchases are included in purchases for IFRS and US GAAP.
      Refer to Item 11 — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk on page 162 for further information.

57


Table of Contents

Transportation
      Our Refining and Marketing business owns, operates or has an interest in extensive transportation facilities for crude oil, refined products and petrochemical feedstock.
      We transport crude oil to our refineries principally by ship and through pipelines from our import terminals. We have interests in crude oil pipelines in Europe and in the US.
      Bulk products are transported between refineries and storage terminals by pipeline, ship, barge, and rail. Onward delivery to customers is primarily by road. We have interests in major product pipelines in the UK, the Rest of Europe and in the US.
Shipping
      We transport our products across the world’s oceans and along coastlines using a combination of BP operated vessels, time chartered and spot chartered vessels. In 2005, we continued to implement our strategy of increasing our operated shipping fleet in order to manage more effectively the risk of a major oil spill. This fleet transformation is ahead of the international requirements for phase-out of single-hulled vessels. See Environmental Protection — Maritime Oil Spill Regulations in this Item on page 70.
International Fleet
      In 2004, we managed an international fleet of 42 vessels including 34 Oil Tankers and eight LNG Gas Carriers. At the end of 2005 we had 52 international fleet vessels including 39 Medium Size Crude Carriers, four Very Large Crude Carriers, one North Sea Shuttle Tanker and eight LNG Gas Carriers. All of these are double-hulled. Of the eight LNG Carriers, BP manages five on behalf of joint ventures in which it is a participant and operates three LNG Carriers with a further four on order.
Regional and Specialist Vessels
      In addition to the international fleet we took delivery of a new double-hulled lube oil barge, three tugs and two offshore support vessels in 2005, to support BP businesses.
      In Alaska, the leases on four vessels expired. We have taken delivery of the second and third of a four ship series of state of the art double-hulled tankers; the fourth and final one to be delivered into service later in 2006. The entire Alaska fleet of six vessels is now double-hulled.
      The phase-out plan for the four heritage Amoco barges in the US was finalized in 2005 for completion in 2007.
Time Charter Vessels
      BP has 81 vessels on time charter, of which 66 are double-hulled and three double-bottomed. All of these vessels are enrolled in BP’s Time Charter Assurance programme which requires compliance with our HSSE requirements. We also spot charter additional vessels which are vetted prior to use to ensure they meet our safety and integrity standards.
      The majority of our coastal vessels are time chartered. For example, in the UK, we completed the phase out of our single-hull tankers and replaced them with three new double-hulled coastal tankers on long term time charter.
      For Greek and Turkish coastal trades, BP has partnered with two high-quality local operators and entered into time charters to provide ten new-build double-hulled coastal tankers.

58


Table of Contents

GAS, POWER AND RENEWABLES
      The strategic purpose of the Gas, Power and Renewables segment comprises three elements:
 i.To capture distinctive world-scale gas market positions by accessing key pieces of infrastructure.
 
 ii.To expand gross margin by providing distinctive products to selected customer segments and optimizing the gas and power value chains.
 
 iii.To develop the world’s leading low-carbon power generation and wholesale marketing and trading businesses.
      In 2005, the segment was organized into four main activities: marketing and trading; natural gas liquids (NGL); new market development and LNG; and solar and renewables. On January 1, 2005, a small US operation, the Hobb fractionator, which supplies petrochemicals feedstock was transferred from Gas, Power and Renewables to the Olefins and Derivatives business reported within Other businesses & corporate. The 2004 and 2003 data below has been restated to reflect this transfer.
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Sales and other operating revenues from continuing operations
  25,557   23,859   22,568 
Profit before interest and tax from continuing operations (a)
  1,104   954   578 
Total assets
  28,441   17,257   10,859 
Capital expenditure and acquisitions
  235   524   439 
 
(a)Includes profit after tax of equity-accounted entities.
      The changes in sales and other operating revenues are explained in more detail below:
               
    Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
Gas marketing sales
 ($ million)  15,222   13,532   12,929 
Other sales (including NGL marketing)
 ($ million)  10,335   10,327   9,639 
 
  ($ million)  25,557   23,859   22,568 
 
Gas marketing sales volumes
 mmcf/d  5,096   5,244   5,881 
Natural gas sales by Exploration and Production
 mmcf/d  4,747   3,670   3,923 
      We seek to maximize the value of our gas by targeting higher value customer segments in selected markets and to optimize supply around our physical and contractual rights to assets. Marketing and trading activities are focused on the relatively open and deregulated natural gas and power markets of North America, the United Kingdom and certain parts of continental Europe. Some small elements of long-term natural gas contracting activity are also still included within the Exploration and Production business segment because of the nature of gas markets and the long-term sales contracts.
      New market development and LNG activities involve developing opportunities to capture sales for our upstream natural gas resources and are conducted in close collaboration with the Exploration and Production business. We have strong upstream gas assets near the major markets, significant interests in gas pipelines and a series of integrated LNG positions in the Pacific and Atlantic basins. We are expanding our LNG business by accessing import terminals in Asia Pacific, North America and Europe. Our strategy is to capture a greater share of the growth in the international demand for natural gas and is focused on markets which offer significant prospects for growth. For our undeveloped gas resources, we believe the key is to gain markets ahead of supply with a longer-term aim of allowing natural gas resources to move into the market with the same ease that oil does today. Our LNG activities involve the marketing of BP and third-party LNG.

59


Table of Contents

      Our NGLs business is engaged in the processing, fractionation and marketing of ethane, propane, butanes and pentanes extracted from natural gas. Our NGL activity is underpinned by our upstream asset base and serves third-party markets for both chemicals and clean fuels and also supplies BP’s refining activities. We have significant NGLs processing and marketing business in North America.
      In response to the growing demand for cleaner fuels, BP is investing to offer a real alternative for the generation of power with low-carbon emissions. During the year, we announced our plans to invest in a new business called BP Alternative Energy, which aims to extend significantly our capabilities in solar, wind power, hydrogen power and gas-fired power generation. Our solar and renewables activities include the development, production and marketing of solar panels, the development of wind farms on certain Group sites, generation of electricity from hydrogen while reducing CO2emissions through its capture and storage underground and gas-fired power generation projects.
      Capital expenditure for 2005 was $235 million compared with $524 million in 2004 and $439 million in 2003. Capital expenditure excluding acquisitions for 2006 is planned to be around $530 million. The increase versus the 2005 level is primarily due to investment in the Alternative Energy business.
      Our policy toward natural gas price risk is described in Item 11 — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk on page 162.
Marketing and Trading Activities
      Gas and power trading and marketing activity is undertaken in the US, Canada and the UK to dispose of BP’s gas and power production, manage market price risk, supply marketing customers as well as create incremental trading gains through the use of commodity derivative contracts. Additionally, this activity generates fee income and enhanced margins from sources such as the management of price risk on behalf of third party customers. These markets are large, liquid and volatile and the Group enters into these transactions on a large scale to meet these objectives.
      In connection with the above activities, the Group uses a range of commodity derivative contracts and storage and transport contracts. These include commodity derivatives such as futures, swaps and options to manage price risk and forward contracts used to buy and sell gas and power in the market place. Using these contracts in combination with rights to access storage and transportation capacity allows the Group to access advantageous pricing differences between locations, time periods and arbitrage between markets. Gas futures and options are traded through exchanges whilst over-the-counter options and swaps are used for both gas and power transactions through bilateral arrangements. Futures and options are primarily used to trade the key index prices such as Henry Hub, whilst swaps can be tailored to price with reference to specific delivery locations where gas and power can be bought and sold. Over-the-counter forward contracts have evolved in both the US and UK markets enabling gas and power to be sold forward in a variety of locations and future periods. These contracts are used to both sell production into the wholesale markets and as trading instruments to buy and sell gas and power in future periods. The contracts we use are described in more detail below. Capacity contracts allow the Group to store, transport gas and transmit power between these locations. Additionally activity is undertaken to risk manage power generation margins related to the Texas City co-generation plant using a range of gas and power commodity derivatives.
      The range of transactions that the Group enters into is described below in more detail:
(a) Exchange traded commodity derivatives
 Exchange traded commodity derivatives include gas and power futures contracts. Though potentially settled physically, these contracts are typically settled financially. Gains and losses, otherwise referred to as variation margins, are settled on a daily basis with the relevant Exchange. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on exchange traded commodity derivatives are included in sales and other operating revenues for both IFRS and US GAAP.

60


Table of Contents

(b) Over-the-counter (OTC) contracts
 These contracts are typically in the form of forwards, swaps and options. OTC contracts are negotiated between two parties. They are not traded on an Exchange. These contracts can be used both as part of trading and risk management activities. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on OTC contracts are included in sales and other operating revenues for both IFRS and US GAAP.
 
 Highly developed markets exist in North America and the UK where gas and power can be bought and sold for delivery in future periods. These contracts are negotiated between two parties to purchase and sell gas and power at a specified price with delivery and settlement at a future date. Although these contracts specify delivery terms for the underlying commodity, in practice a significant volume of these transactions are not settled physically. This can be achieved by transacting offsetting sale or purchase contracts for the same location and delivery period that are offset during the scheduling of delivery or despatch. The contracts contain standard terms such as delivery point, pricing mechanism, settlement terms and specification of the commodity. Typically volume is the main variable term.
 
 Swaps are contractual obligations to exchange cash flows between two parties, one usually references a floating price whilst the other a fixed price with the net difference of the cash flows being settled. Options give the holder the right but not the obligation to buy or sell crude or oil products at a specified price on or before a specific future date. Amounts under these derivative financial instruments are settled at expiry, typically through netting agreements, to limit credit exposure and support liquidity.
(c) Spot and term contracts
 Spot contracts are contracts to purchase or sell a commodity at the market price prevailing on the delivery date. Term contracts are contracts to purchase or sell a commodity at regular intervals over an agreed term. Though spot and term contracts may have a standard form, there is no offsetting mechanism in place. Spot transactions price around the bill of lading date when we take title to the inventory. These transactions result in physical delivery with operational and price risk. Spot and term contracts relate typically to purchases of third party gas and sales of the Group’s gas production to third parties. For IFRS and US GAAP, spot and term sales are included in sales and other operating revenues, when title passes. Similarly, spot and term purchases are included in purchases for IFRS and US GAAP.
      Refer to Item 5 — Operating and Financial Review — Gas, Power and Renewables on page 90 and Item 11 — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk on page 162 for further information.
North America
      BP is one of the leading wholesale marketers and traders of natural gas in North America, the world’s largest natural gas market, a business which has been built on the foundation of our position as the continent’s leading producer of gas based on volumes. The gas activity in the US and Canada has grown as the Group increased its scale through both organic growth of operations and through the acquisition of smaller marketing and trading companies increasing reach into additional markets. At the same time this has occurred, the overall volumes in these markets have also increased. The Group also trades power in addition to selling and risk managing production from the Texas City co-generation facility in the US.
      The scale of our gas and power businesses in North America grew over the period 2003 to 2005 because of a number of factors: (i) further establishing a position built on the market exit of two key competitors; (ii) our investment in transportation and storage facilities; (iii) expansion of our staff in our supply and trading activity and (iv) acquisitions of smaller trading and marketing companies. The OTC

61


Table of Contents

market for NGLs developed during this period, but the scale of activity was not significant in the context of the Group’s overall operations or overall supply and trading activity.
      Our North American natural gas marketing and trading strategy seeks to provide unconstrained market access for BP’s equity gas. Our marketing strategy targets higher value customer segments through fully utilizing our rights to store and transport gas. These assets include those owned by BP and those contractually accessed through agreements with third parties such as pipelines and terminals.
United Kingdom
      The natural gas market in the UK is significant in size and is one of the most progressive in terms of deregulation when compared with other European markets. BP is one of the largest producers of natural gas in the UK based on volumes. The majority of natural gas sales are to power generation companies and to other gas wholesalers via long-term supply deals. Some of the natural gas continues to be sold under long-term natural gas supply contracts that were entered into prior to market deregulation. In addition to the marketing of BP gas, commodity derivative contracts are used actively in combination with assets and rights to store and transport gas to generate trading gains. This may include storing physical gas to sell in future periods or moving gas between markets to access higher prices. Commodity contracts such as over-the-counter forward contracts can be used to achieve this whilst other commodity contracts such as futures and options can be used to manage the market risk relating to changes in prices. Over the period 2003 to 2005 this activity has declined in line with an overall reduction in the liquidity of the traded markets.
      In the first quarter of 2005 we sold our 10% interest in the Interconnector, a1.9-bcf/d,240-kilometre,40-inch diameter subsea natural gas pipeline between Bacton in the UK and Zeebrugge in Belgium.
Rest of Europe
      We are building a natural gas and power marketing and trading business in Europe. Our interest in the European market is driven by the size and growth potential of the market, deregulation and the proximity of BP natural gas supplies.
      In Europe, our main marketing activities are currently in Spain. The Spanish natural gas market has continued to grow and is now deregulated ahead of the deadlines set by European law. Since April 2000, we have built a market position which currently places us as the leading foreign entrant into the Spanish gas market. In July 2002, we purchased 5% of the shares in Enagas, the owner and operator of the majority of the high pressure Spanish gas transport grid and three of Spain’s four regasification terminals.
Natural Gas Liquids
      BP is one of the leading producers and marketers of NGLs, based on sales volumes, in North America. NGLs, which are produced from gas chiefly sourced out of Alberta, Canada and the US onshore and Gulf Coast, are used as a heating fuel and as a feedstock for refineries and chemicals plants. NGLs are sold to petrochemical plants and refineries, including our own, at prevailing market prices. In addition, a significant amount of NGLs are marketed on a wholesale basis under annual supply contracts that provide for price redetermination based on prevailing market prices.
      We operate natural gas processing facilities across North America with a total capacity of 6.4 billion cubic feet per day (bcf/d). These facilities, which we own or have an interest in, are located in major production areas across North America including Alberta, Canada, the US Rockies, the San Juan basin and coast of the Gulf of Mexico. We also own or have an interest in fractionation plants (which process the natural gas liquids stream into its separate component products) in Canada and the USA, and own or lease storage capacity in Alberta, Eastern Canada, the US Gulf Coast as well as West Coast and mid-

62


Table of Contents

continent regions. Our NGL processing capacity utilization in 2005 was 70%, despite disruptions to supply following the Gulf of Mexico hurricanes.
      In the UK we operate one plant and we are a partner (33.33%) in a gas processing plant in Egypt with 1.1 bcf/d of gas processing capacity, which commenced gas processing in the fourth quarter of 2004.
      The Group established a NGL trading activity in 2002 to augment certain of our activities in the US. This activity is responsible for delivering value across the overall NGL supply chain, sourcing optimal feedstock to our processing assets and securing marketing activities with flexible and competitive supply but primarily to create incremental trading gains through using storage capacity, inventory and commodity derivative contracts by arbitraging seasonal price differences. To achieve this objective, a range of commodity derivative contracts includingover-the-counter options, swaps and physical forward contracts are used.
      Over-the-counter contracts include a variety of options and most importantly swaps. These swaps price in relation to a wider set of products than can be achieved through the exchanges where counterparties contract for differences between, for example, fixed and floating prices. The contracts we use are similar to those for gas and power which are described in greater detail within the Marketing and Trading section above. Additionally, physical NGLs can be traded forward by using specificover-the-counter contracts. Over-the-counter forward sales contracts are used by BP to both buy and sell the physical commodity as well as a hedging tool and to arbitrage between the different markets. The scale and application of these contracts as described has increased from 2003 to 2005, flattening out in 2005, as this new activity has become established.
New Market Development and LNG
      Our new market development and LNG activities are focused on establishing international market positions to create maximum value from our upstream natural gas resources and on capturing complementary third-party LNG supply to complement our equity flows.
      BP Exploration and Production has interests in major existing LNG projects in Trinidad and Tobago, ADGAS in Abu Dhabi, the North West Shelf in Australia and we also supply gas (from Virginia Indonesia Co.) to the Bontang LNG project in Indonesia. Additional LNG supplies are being pursued through expansions of existing LNG plants in Trinidad and Tobago, the North West Shelf in Australia and greenfield developments such as Tangguh in Indonesia.
      We continue to access major growth markets for the Group’s equity gas. In Asia Pacific, agreements for the supply of LNG from the Tangguh development (BP 37.16%) were signed with POSCO and K Power for supply to South Korea and with Sempra for supply to Mexico and US markets. Together with an earlier agreement to supply LNG to China, markets for more than 7 million tonnes a year (9.7 bcma) of Tangguh LNG have been secured. In March 2005, Tangguh received key government approvals for the two train launch and is now executing the major construction contracts, withstart-up planned in late 2008.
      In the Atlantic and Mediterranean regions, significant progress was also made in creating opportunities to supply LNG to North American and European gas markets. In the UK, we, inco-operation with Sonatrach (the national oil company of Algeria), have access rights to the initial capacity of 0.45 bcf/d at the Isle of Grain terminal. The terminal was commissioned July 2005 with the first cargo sourced by BP. In Egypt, we signed an agreement with Egyptian Natural Gas Holding Company (EGAS) to purchase 1.45 billion cubic metres per year of LNG.
      BP continues to progress options for new terminal development in the US. The most advanced is the proposed 1.2 billion cubic feet per day Crown Landing terminal to be located on the Delaware River in New Jersey. The Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) granted its approval for the siting, construction and operation of this project on June 15, 2006. BP continues to work with the state agencies in New Jersey to complete state permitting requirements and with the relevant federal, state

63


Table of Contents

and local authorities to put in place security plans for the facility and associated shipping activities. BP is also monitoring the progress of a proceeding filed by the State of New Jersey against the State of Delaware in the United States Supreme Court concerning New Jersey’s jurisdiction over developments on its shores, including the project’s loading jetty that extends into the Delaware River. The Court has agreed to hear the case. This new access point to market, together with existing capacity rights at Cove Point in Maryland, US, Bilbao, Spain and Isle of Grain, UK, should provide important opportunities to maximize the value of the Group’s gas supplies from Trinidad, Egypt and elsewhere.
      In Southeast China, the construction of the Guangdong LNG Terminal and Trunkline Project (BP 30%) continues on track. Pre-commissioning cargo arrived in early June 2006 with first commissioning cargo delivery expected around the middle of 2006. These are under the gas purchase agreement signed with Australia LNG in October 2002 that will involve deliveries from the North West Shelf project (BP 16.7% infrastructure and oil reserves/15.8% gas and condensate reserves).
Solar and Renewables
      Global market trends indicate a general move towards greener energy sources, including solar, wind and hydrogen. BP intends to participate in this developing market.
      2005 has seen strong industry demand for photovoltaic products, although constrained by the global shortage of polysilicon. In 2005, BP Solar achieved sales of 105 megawatts (MW) an increase of 6% versus 2004 (2004 99 MW and 2003 71 MW).
      BP Solar’s main production facilities are located in Frederick, Maryland USA; Madrid, Spain; Sydney, Australia; and Bangalore, India. We are on track to expand our production capacity to 200MW by the end of 2006, with 140MW already built in support of our strategic growth plans announced in October 2004. The deployment of the additional capacity depends upon availability of polysilicon.
      In China, BP Solar set up a joint venture with SunOasis to produce and market solar panels, aimed largely at bringing power to remote rural areas in China.
      We are building expertise in wind energy and implementing wind projects on selected BP sites. In 2005, we completed construction of 9 MW wind farm at our oil terminal in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. We continue to operate our 22.5 MW wind farm at the Nerefco oil refinery (both the refinery and wind farm are jointly owned with Chevron (BP 69%)) in the Netherlands, which provides electricity to the local grid.

64


Table of Contents

Other Activities
      We participate in power projects that support the marketing and sale of our natural gas and in cogeneration projects (i.e., power plants that produce more than one type of energy, typically power and steam) on certain BP refining and manufacturing sites.
      We operate a 776 MW gas-fired power generation facility and an associated LNG regasification facility at Bilbao, Spain (BP 25% share in each). The construction of K Power’s (BP 35%) 1,074 MW gas fired combined cycle power project at Gwangyang, Korea has continued andstart-up activities have commenced. Unit 1, having capacity of 535 MW, was commissioned in February 2005, whilst Unit 2, having the remaining capacity, is under testing and is expected to be commissioned in the third quarter of 2006. The 570 MW cogeneration plant at Texas City, Texas (50:50 joint venture with Cinergy Solutions, Inc.), which commenced operations in early 2004, supplies power and steam to BP’s largest refining and petrochemicals complex. BP supplies natural gas to the Texas City plant and will use excess generation capacity to support power marketing and trading activities. Following the explosion and fire at the Texas City refinery on March 23, 2005, the cogeneration plant was shut down. It was restarted as part of the refinery’s phased recommissioning in March 2006. The construction of a 50 MW cogeneration plant near Southampton, UK (BP 100%) is now complete and commercialstart-up took place in the first half of 2005.
      In November 2005, we disposed of a 400 MW gas-fired power plant at Great Yarmouth in the UK (BP 100%).

65


Table of Contents

OTHER BUSINESSES AND CORPORATE
      Other businesses and corporate comprises Finance, the Group’s aluminium asset, its investments in PetroChina and Sinopec (both divested in early 2004), interest income and costs relating to corporate activities worldwide. In addition, for the periods shown, it included the portion of Olefins and Derivatives not included in the sale of Innovene to INEOS. This includes the equity-accounted investments in China (the SECCO petrochemicals complex) and Malaysia (Polyethylene Malaysia Sdn Bhd and Ethylene Malaysia Sdn Bhd). These investments were transferred to Refining and Marketing, effective January 1, 2006. On October 10, 2003 we completed the sale of our 50% interest in PT Kaltim Prima Coal to PT Bumi Resources.
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Sales and other operating revenues for continuing operations
  668   546   515 
Profit (loss) before interest and tax from continuing operations (a)
  (1,191)  164   (253)
Total assets
  12,756   22,292   19,595 
Capital expenditure and acquisitions
  905   2,300   973 
 
(a)Includes profit after interest and tax of equity-accounted entities.
     Finance coordinates the management of the Group’s major financial assets and liabilities. From locations in the UK, Europe, the USA and the Asia Pacific region, it provides the link between BP and the international financial markets and makes available a range of financial services to the Group including supporting the financing of BP’s projects around the world.
     Aluminium. Our aluminium business is a non-integrated producer and marketer of rolled aluminium products, headquartered in Louisville, Kentucky, USA. Production facilities are located in Logan County, Kentucky and are jointly owned with Alcan Aluminum. The primary activity of our aluminium business is the supply of aluminium coil to the beverage can business.
     Research, technology and engineering activities are carried out by each of the major business segments on the basis of a distributed programme coordinated by a technology coordination group. This body provides leadership for scientific, technical and engineering activities throughout the Group and in particular promotes cross-business initiatives and the transfer of best practice between businesses. In addition, a group of eminent industrialists and academics form the Technology Advisory Council, which advises senior management on the state of technology within the Group and helps identify current trends and future developments in technology.
      Research and development is carried out using a balance of internal and external resources. Involving third parties in the various steps of technology development and application enables a wider range of technology solutions to be considered and implemented, improving the productivity of research and development activities.
      Across the Group, expenditure on research for 2005 was $502 million, compared with $439 million in 2004 and $349 million in 2003.
     Insurance. The Group generally restricts its purchase of insurance to situations where this is required for legal or contractual reasons. This is because external insurance is not considered an economic means of financing losses for the Group. Losses will therefore be borne as they arise, rather than being spread over time through insurance premiums with attendant transaction costs. This position is reviewed periodically.

66


Table of Contents

REGULATION OF THE GROUP’S BUSINESS
      BP’s exploration and production activities are conducted in many different countries and are therefore subject to a broad range of legislation and regulations. These cover virtually all aspects of exploration and production activities, including matters such as licence acquisition, production rates, royalties, pricing, environmental protection, export, taxes and foreign exchange. The terms and conditions of the leases, licences and contracts under which these oil and gas interests are held vary from country to country. These leases, licences and contracts are generally granted by or entered into with a government entity or state company and are sometimes entered into with private property owners. These arrangements usually take the form of licences or production sharing agreements.
      Licences (or concessions) give the holder the right to explore for and exploit a commercial discovery. Under a licence, the holder bears the risk of exploration, development and production activities and provides the financing for these operations. In principle, the licence holder is entitled to all production minus any royalties that are payable in kind. A licence holder is generally required to pay production taxes or royalties, which may be in cash or in kind.
      Production sharing agreements entered into with a government entity or state company generally obligate BP to provide all the financing and bear the risk of exploration and production activities in exchange for a share of the production remaining after royalties, if any.
      In certain countries, separate licences are required for exploration and production activities and, in certain cases, production licences are limited to a portion of the area covered by the exploration licence. Both exploration and production licences are generally for a specified period of time (except for licences in the United States which remain in effect until production ceases). The term of BP’s licences and the extent to which these licences may be renewed vary by area.
      In general, BP is required to pay income tax on income generated from production activities (whether under a licence or production sharing agreement). In addition, depending on the area, BP’s production activities may be subject to a range of other taxes, levies and assessments, including special petroleum taxes and revenue taxes. The taxes imposed upon oil and gas production profits and activities may be substantially higher than those imposed on other activities, particularly in Angola, Norway, the UK, Russia, South America and Trinidad.
      BP’s other activities are also subject to a broad range of legislation and regulations in various countries in which it operates.
      Health, safety and environmental regulations are discussed in more detail in Environmental Protection in this Item on page 68.

67


Table of Contents

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
Health, Safety and Environmental Regulation
      The Group is subject to numerous national and local environmental laws and regulations concerning its products, operations and activities. Current and proposed fuel and product specifications under a number of environmental laws will have a significant effect on the production, sale and profitability of many of our products. Environmental laws and regulations also require the Group to remediate or otherwise redress the effects on the environment of prior disposal or release of chemicals or petroleum substances by the Group or other parties. Such contingencies may exist for various sites including refineries, chemicals plants, natural gas processing plants, oil and natural gas fields, service stations, terminals and waste disposal sites. In addition, the Group may have obligations relating to prior asset sales or closed facilities. Provisions for environmental restoration and remediation are made when aclean-up is probable and the amount is reasonably determinable. Generally, their timing coincides with the commitment to a formal plan of action or, if earlier, on divestment or on closure of inactive sites. The provisions made are considered by management to be sufficient for known requirements.
      The extent and cost of future environmental restoration, remediation and abatement programmes are often inherently difficult to estimate. They depend on the magnitude of any possible contamination, the timing and extent of the corrective actions required, technological feasibility and BP’s share of liability relative to that of other solvent responsible parties. Though the costs of future restoration and remediation could be significant, and may be material to the results of operations in the period in which they are recognized, it is not expected that such costs will be material to the Group’s overall results of operations or financial position. Refer to Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 43 on page F-114 for the amounts provided in respect of environmental remediation and decommissioning.
      The Group’s operations are also subject to environmental and common law claims for personal injury and property damage caused by the release of chemicals, hazardous materials or petroleum substances by the Group or others. Twenty two proceedings involving governmental authorities are pending or known to be contemplated against BP and certain of its subsidiaries under federal, state or local environmental laws, each of which could result in monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more. No individual proceeding is, nor are the proceedings as a group, expected to be material to the Group’s results of operations or financial position.
      On March 23, 2005, an explosion and fire occurred in the Isomerization Unit of BP Products’ Texas City refinery as the unit was coming out of planned maintenance. Fifteen contractors died in the incident and many others were injured. In 2005, BP Products finalized, or is currently in process of negotiating, settlements in respect of fatalities and personal injury claims arising from the incident. The first trial of the unresolved claims is scheduled for September, 2006. The US Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the US Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (CSB), the US Environmental Protection Agency and the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, among other agencies, have conducted or are conducting investigations. At the conclusion of their investigation, OSHA issued citations alleging more than 300 violations of 13 different OSHA standards, and BP Products agreed not to contest the citations. BP Products settled that matter with OSHA on September 22, 2005, paying a $21.3 million penalty and undertaking a number of corrective actions designed to make the refinery safer. OSHA referred the matter to the US Department of Justice for criminal investigation, and the Department of Justice has opened an investigation. At the recommendation of the CSB, BP appointed an independent safety panel, the BP US Refineries Independent Safety Review Panel, under the chairmanship of James A Baker III. Other government legal actions are pending.
      OSHA has also issued two OSHA citations to the BP Products’ Toledo, Ohio refinery on April 24, 2006. The penalty assessed for both citations was $2.4 million. The citations were based on two OSHA standards: the Process Safety Management Standard (29 CFR 1910.119) and the Hazardous (Classified) Locations Standard (29 CFR 1910.307). BP Products North America Inc. filed a notice of contest with OSHA on May 16, 2006 challenging the citations. This matter will be assigned to an administrative law

68


Table of Contents

judge with the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission, which is an agency independent of OSHA. The procedures followed before the Review Commission are similar to those followed in federal judicial cases.
      On March 2, 2006, a crude oil spill of an estimated 4,200 to 4,800 bbls occurred on a low pressure transit line in Alaska’s North Slope Prudhoe Bay field operated by BP. The spill was reported to all the appropriate government agencies as soon as it was discovered and the portion of the line with the leak was shut down. The pipeline leak was caused by internal corrosion. The spill impacted approximately two acres of frozen tundra. Cleanup and rehabilitation of the area is complete and environmental damage to the tundra is expected to be minimal. US and State of Alaska investigations of the incident have been initiated. The Pipeline and Harzardous Materials Safety Administration (PHMSA), an agency of the US Department of Transportation, issued a Corrective Action Order to BP on March 15, 2006, regarding the three Prudhoe Bay oil transit lines and BP is in discussion with PHMSA on assuring compliance with the corrective actions outlined in the order.
      Management cannot predict future developments, such as increasingly strict requirements of environmental laws and the resulting enforcement policies thereunder, that might affect the Group’s operations or affect the exploration for new reserves or the products sold by the Group. A risk of increased environmental costs and impacts is inherent in particular operations and products of the Group and there can be no assurance that material liabilities and costs will not be incurred in the future. In general, the Group does not expect that it will be affected differently from other companies with comparable assets engaged in similar businesses. Management believes that the Group’s activities are in compliance in all material respects with applicable environmental laws and regulations.
      For a discussion of the Group’s environmental expenditures see Item 5 — Operating and Financial Review — Environmental Expenditure on page 91.
      BP operates in over 100 countries worldwide. In all regions of the world, BP has processes designed to ensure compliance with applicable regulations. In addition, each individual in the Group is required to comply with BP health, safety and environment policies as embedded in the BP Code of Conduct. Our partners, suppliers and contractors are also encouraged to adopt them. The Group is working with the equity-accounted entity TNK-BP to develop management information to allow for the assessment and measurement of their activities in relation to health, safety and environment regulations and obligations. This document focuses primarily on the US and the EU, where approximately 65% of our property, plant and equipment is located, and on two issues of a global nature: climate change programmes and maritime oil spills regulations.
Climate Change Programmes
      In December 1997, at the Third Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in Kyoto, Japan, the participants agreed on a system of differentiated internationally legally binding targets for the first commitment period of 2008 to 2012. The Kyoto treaty came into force in 2005, committing the 156 participating countries to making emissions reductions and the EU Emissions Trading Scheme came into operation. However, Kyoto was only designed as a first step and policy makers are now discussing what new agreement might follow it in 2012 and how all significant countries can be involved. The issue was discussed by the G8 group of world leaders at their July summit and at the United Nations Climate Change meeting in Montreal in December. The impact of the Kyoto agreements on global energy (and oil and gas) demand is expected to be small (see International Energy Agency World Energy Outlook 2004).
      Market mechanisms to allow optimum utilization of resources to meet the national Kyoto targets are being considered, developed or implemented by individual countries and also internationally through the EU. The relative success of these systems will determine the extent to which alternative fiscal or regulatory measures may be applied. Some EU member States have indicated that they require energy product taxes to enable them to meet their Kyoto commitments within the EU burden sharing agreement.

69


Table of Contents

      In July 2003, final agreement was reached on a Directive establishing a scheme for greenhouse gas (GHG) emission allowance trading within the EU, and in January 2005, the scheme entered into force, capping the GHG emissions of major industrial emitters. Member states have finalized their National Allocation Plans, setting out how emission allowances will be allocated. BP was well prepared for the EU emission trading system (ETS), building on our experiences from our own internal emissions trading system (operated between 1999-2001) and the UK ETS. We are approaching the EU ETS on a regional, integrated basis to optimize compliance and value for BP. We began the year with 30 participating operations but, following divestments in the fourth quarter, we ended 2005 with 18, which represent around a quarter of our reported global GHG emissions.
      Since 1997, BP has been actively involved in policy debate. We also ran a global programme that reduced our operational GHG emissions by 10% between 1998 and 2001. We continue to look at two principal kinds of emissions: emissions generated from our operations such as refineries, chemicals plants and production facilities — operational emissions; and emissions generated by our customers when they use the fuels and products that we sell — product emissions. Since 2001 we have been aiming to offset, through energy efficiency projects, half of the underlying operational GHG emission increases that result from our growing business. After four years, we estimate that emissions growth of some 10 million tonnes has been offset by around 5 million tonnes of sustainable reductions. With regard to our products, in 2005 we announced our plans to invest $8 billion over 10 years in a business called BP Alternative Energy. This new business aims to lead the market in low-carbon power generated from the sun, wind, natural gas and hydrogen.
Maritime Oil Spill Regulations
      Within the United States, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 (OPA 90) imposes oil spill prevention requirements, spill response planning obligations and spill liability for tankers and barges transporting oil and for offshore facilities such as platforms and onshore terminals. To ensure adequate funding for response to oil spills and compensation for damages, when not fully covered by a responsible party, OPA 90 created a$1-billion fund which is funded by a tax on imported and domestic oil. In addition to federal law (OPA 90) which imposes liability for oil spills on the owners and operators of the carrying vessel, some states implemented statutes also imposing liability on the shippers or owners of oil spilled from such vessels. Alaska, Washington, Oregon and California are among these states. The exposure of BP to such liability is mitigated by the vessels’ marine liability insurance which has a maximum limit of $1 billion for each accident or occurrence. OPA 90 also provides that all new tank vessels operating in US waters must have double hulls and existing tank vessels without double hulls must be phased out by 2015. BP contracted with National Steel and Ship Building Company (NASSCO) for the construction of four double-hull tankers in San Diego, California. The first of these new vessels began service in 2004, demise chartered to and operated by Alaska Tanker Company (ATC) which transports BP Alaskan crude oil from Valdez. NASSCO delivered two more in 2005, and delivery of the last is expected in 2006. At the end of 2005, the ATC fleet consisted of six tankers, all double-hulled.
      Outside the United States, the BP operated fleet of tankers is subject to international spill response and preparedness regulations that are typically promulgated through the International Maritime Organization (IMO) and implemented by the relevant flag state authorities. The International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution From Ships (Marpol 73/78) requires vessels to have detailed shipboard emergency and spill prevention plans. The International Convention on Oil Pollution, Preparedness, Response andCo-Operation requires vessels to have adequate spill response plans and resources for response anywhere the vessel travels to. These conventions and separate Marine Environmental Protection Circulars also stipulate the relevant state authorities around the globe that require engagement in the event of a spill. All of these requirements together are addressed by the vessel owners in Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plans. BP Shipping’s liabilities for oil pollution damage under the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 and outside the United States under the 1969/1992 International Convention on Civil Liability for Oil Pollution Damage (CLC) are covered by marine liability insurance having a maximum limit of $1 billion for each accident or occurrence. This insurance cover is provided by three mutual insurance associations (P&I Clubs), The United Kingdom

70


Table of Contents

Steam Ship Assurance Association (Bermuda) Limited, The Britannia Steam Ship Insurance Association Limited and The Standard Steamship Owners’ Protection and Indemnity Association (Bermuda) Limited. With effect from February 20, 2006 two new complementary voluntary oil pollution compensation schemes were introduced by tanker owners, supported by their P&I Clubs, with the agreement of the International Oil Pollution Compensation Fund at the IMO. Pursuant to both of these schemes, tanker owners will voluntarily assume a greater liability for oil pollution compensation in the event of a spill of persistent oil than is provided for in CLC. The first scheme, The Small Tanker Owners’ Pollution Indemnification Agreement (STOPIA) provides for a minimum liability of 20 million Special Drawing Rights (around $29 million) for a ship at or below 29,548 gross tons, while the second scheme, The Tanker Owners’ Pollution Indemnification Agreement (TOPIA) provides for the tanker owner to take a 50% stake in the 2003 Supplementary Fund, i.e. an additional liability of up to 273.5 million Special Drawing Rights (around $406 million). Both STOPIA and TOPIA will only apply to tankers whose owners are party to these agreements and who have entered their ships with P&I Clubs in the International Group of P&I Clubs, thereby benefiting from those Clubs’ pooling and re-insurance arrangements. All of BP Shipping’s managed and time chartered vessels will participate in STOPIA and TOPIA.
      At the end of 2005, the international fleet we managed numbered 44 oil tankers, all double-hulled with an average age of less than two years and eight LNG ships with an average age of seven years. The international fleet renewal programme will continue into the future and should see three new double-hulled oil tankers, four new very large liquefied petroleum gas carriers and four new liquefied natural gas carriers delivered between 2006 and 2008. In addition to its own fleet, BP will continue to charter quality ships; currently these vessels include both single and double-hulled designs but BP Shipping is accelerating the phase in of double-hulled vessels only by 2008; all vessels will continue to be vetted prior to each use as part of BP’s effort to ensure they are operated and maintained to meet BP’s standards.
United States Regional Review
      The following is a summary of significant US environmental issues and legislation affecting the Group.
      The Clean Air Act and its regulations require, among other things, stricter fuel specifications and sulphur reductions; enhanced monitoring of major sources of specified pollutants; stringent air emission limits and operating permits for chemical plants, refineries, marine and distribution terminals; and risk management plans for storage of hazardous substances. This law affects BP facilities producing, refining, manufacturing and distributing oil and products as well as the fuels themselves. Federal and state controls on ozone, particulate matter, carbon monoxide, benzene, sulphur, MTBE, nitrogen dioxide, oxygenates and Reid Vapor Pressure impact BP’s activities and products in the US. BP is continually adapting its business to these rules and has the know-how to produce quality and competitive products in compliance with their requirements. Beginning January 2006, all gasoline produced by BP will meet the Environmental Protection Agency’s (EPA’s) stringent low sulphur standards. Furthermore, by June 2006, at least 80% of the highway diesel fuel produced each year by BP will have to meet a sulphur cap of 15 parts per million (ppm) and then 100% beginning January 2010. By June 2007, all non-road diesel fuel production will have to meet a sulphur cap of 500 ppm and then 15 ppm by June 2012.
      The Energy Policy Act of 2005 will also require several changes to the US fuels market with the following fuel provisions; elimination of the Federal Reformulated Gasoline (RFG) oxygen requirement in May 2006; establishment of a renewable fuels mandate — 4 billion gallons in 2006, increasing to 7.5 billion in 2012; consolidation of the summertime RFG VOC standards for Region 1 and 2; provision to allow the Ozone Transport Commission states on the east coast to opt any area into RFG; and a provision to allow states to repeal the 1 psi Reid Vapor Pressure waiver for 10 percent ethanol blends.

71


Table of Contents

      In 2001, BP entered into a consent decree with the EPA and several states that settled alleged violations of various Clean Air Act requirements related largely to emissions of sulphur dioxide and nitrogen oxides at BP’s refineries. Implementation of the decrees requirements continues.
      In March 2003 and January 2005, the South Coast Air Quality Management District filed civil lawsuits against BP’s Carson, California refinery, seeking penalties of approximately $600 million for various alleged air quality violations. In March 2005, BP, without admitting liability, agreed to settle all outstanding claims for $25 million in cash penalties and approximately $6 million in past emissions fees. BP further agreed to provide $30 million over ten years in community benefit programmes and $20 million in new refinery projects aimed at reducing emissions. In 2005, BP paid approximately $56 million in environmental and safety fines and penalties in the US, over 90% of which was paid in settlement of matters in Texas and California.
      A plea agreement between BP Exploration (Alaska) Inc. (BPXA) and the US Justice Department, and the associated period of organizational probation, ended on January 31, 2005. Pursuant to this plea agreement BPXA developed and implemented a nationwide environmental management system consistent with the best environmental practices at Group facilities engaged in oil exploration, drilling and/or production in the US and its territories.
      The Clean Water Act is designed to protect and enhance the quality of US surface waters by regulating the discharge of wastewater and other discharges from both onshore and offshore operations. Facilities are required to obtain permits for most surface water discharges, install control equipment and implement operational controls and preventative measures, including spill prevention and control plans. Requirements under the Clean Water Act have become more stringent in recent years, including coverage of storm and surface water discharges at many more facilities and increased control of toxic discharges. New regulations are expected that could require, for example, modifications of water intake structures and additional wastewater treatment systems at some facilities.
      The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) regulates the storage, handling, treatment, transportation and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes. It also requires the investigation and remediation of certain locations at a facility where such wastes have been handled, released or disposed of. BP facilities generate and handle a number of wastes regulated by RCRA and have units that have been used for the storage, handling or disposal of RCRA wastes that are subject to investigation and corrective action.
      Under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (also known as CERCLA or Superfund), waste generators, site owners, facility operators and certain other parties are strictly liable for part or all of the cost of addressing sites contaminated by spills or waste disposal regardless of fault or the amount of waste sent to a site. Additionally, each state has laws similar to CERCLA.
      BP has been identified as a Potentially Responsible Party (PRP) under CERCLA and similar state statutes at approximately 800 sites. A PRP has joint and several liability for site remediation costs under some of these statutes and so BP may be required to assume, among other costs, the share attributed to insolvent, unidentified or other parties. BP has the most significant exposure for remediation costs at 67 of these sites. For the remaining sites, the number of PRPs can range up to 200 or more. BP expects its share of remediation costs at these sites to be small in comparison to the major sites. BP has estimated its potential exposure at all sites where it has been identified as a PRP and has established provisions accordingly. BP does not anticipate that its ultimate exposure at these sites individually, or in aggregate, will be significant except as reported for Atlantic Richfield Company in the matters below.
      The United States and the State of Montana seek to hold Atlantic Richfield Company liable for environmental remediation, related costs and natural resource damages arising out of mining-related activities by Atlantic Richfield’s predecessors in the upper Clark Fork River Basin (‘the basin’). The estimated future cost of performing selected and proposed remedies in certain areas in the basin will

72


Table of Contents

likely exceed $350 million. In addition, EPA filed an action, entitled US vs. Atlantic Richfield Company, to recover past and future response costs that EPA incurred at the basin sites. In 2004, Atlantic Richfield agreed to pay $50 million plus interest to resolve EPA’s claims for past costs at most sites in the basin, and the parties’ consent decree settlement was approved by the court in January 2005. On a parallel track, a pending lawsuit by the state, entitled Montana vs. Atlantic Richfield Company, seeks to recover damages for alleged natural resources injuries in the basin. The United States also has claims for injury to natural resources on federal property. In 1999, Atlantic Richfield settled most of the State’s claims for damages, as well as all natural resource damage claims asserted by a local Native American Tribe. The parties have not resolved the United States’ claims, and they have not settled the State’s claims for approximately $182.5 million in restoration damages at three sites in the basin. Atlantic Richfield Company has challenged certain government cost estimates and asserted defences and counterclaims to certain remaining claims. Past settlements among the parties may provide a framework for possible future settlement of the remaining claims in the basin.
      The Group is also subject to other claims for natural resource damages (NRD) under CERCLA, OPA, and other federal and state laws. NRD claims have been asserted by government trustees against a number of Group operations. This is a developing area of the law which could impact the cost of addressing environmental conditions at some sites in the future.
      In the US, many environmental cleanups are the result of strict groundwater protection standards at both the state and federal level. Contamination or the threat of contamination of current or potential drinking water resources can result in stringent cleanup requirements, but some states have addressed contamination of nonpotable water resources using similarly strict standards. BP has encouraged risk-based approaches to these issues and seeks to tailor remedies at its facilities to match the level of risk presented by the contamination.
      Other significant legislation includes the Toxic Substances Control Act which regulates the development, testing, import, export and introduction of new chemical products into commerce; the Occupational Safety and Health Act which imposes workplace safety and health, training and process standards to reduce the risks of physical and chemical hazards and injury to employees; and the Emergency Planning and CommunityRight-to-Know Act which requires emergency planning and spill notification as well as public disclosure of chemical usage and emissions. In addition, the US Department of Transportation, through the Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, regulates in a comprehensive manner the transportation of the Company’s products such as gasoline and chemicals to protect the health and safety of the public.
      BP is subject to the Marine Transportation Security Act and the Department of Transportation Hazardous Materials security compliance regulations in the United States. These regulations require many of our US businesses to conduct Security Vulnerability Assessments and prepare security mitigation plans which require the implementation of upgrades to security measures, the appointment and training of a designated security person and the submission of plans for approval and inspection.
      BP has a national spill response team, the BP Americas Response Team (BART), consisting of approximately 250 trained emergency responders at Group locations throughout North America. Supporting the BART are six Regional Response Incident Management Teams and five HAZMAT Strike Teams. Collectively, these teams are ready to assist in a response to a major incident.
      See also Item 8 — Financial Information — Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information — Legal Proceedings on page 148.
European Union Regional Review
      Within the EU, member states either apply the Directives of the European Commission directly or enact domestic provisions. By joint agreement, EU Directives may also be applied within countries outside Europe.
      A European Commission Directive for a system of Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control (IPPC) was approved in 1996. This system requires permitting through the application of Best Available

73


Table of Contents

Techniques (BAT) taking into account the costs and benefits. In the event that the use of BAT is likely to result in the breach of an environmental quality standard, plant emissions must be reduced further. All plants must have a permit in accordance with the requirements of the IPPC Directive by November 2007. The Directive encompasses most activities and processes undertaken by the oil and petrochemical industry within the EU and consequently requires capital and revenue expenditure across BP sites. The European Commission has embarked upon a process of review which will result in recommendations for amendments to the IPPC Directive in 2006.
      The EU Large Combustion Plant Directive sets emission limit values for sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides and particulates from large combustion plants. It also required phased reductions in emissions from existing large combustion plants at the latest by April 1, 2001. A revised Large Combustion Plant Directive has been agreed and implementation was required by November 27, 2002. Plants will have to comply by 2008. The second important set of air emission regulations affecting BP European operations is the Air Quality Framework Directive and its three daughter Directives on ambient air quality assessment and management, which prescribe, among other things, ambient limit values for sulphur dioxide, oxides of nitrogen, particulate matter, lead, carbon monoxide, ozone, cadmium, arsenic, nickel, mercury and polyaromatic hydrocarbons. Measured or modelled exceedences of air quality limit values will require local action to reduce emissions and may impact any BP operations whose emissions contribute to such exceedences. The European commission has proposed a consolidation of framework and daughter directives together with the inclusion of additional requirements.
      In 2005, The European Commission published its Thematic Strategy on Air Pollution (TSAP) and an accompanying proposal to consolidate existing ambient air quality legislation and introducing new controls on the concentration of fine particles (PM 2.5 — particulate matter less than 2.5 microns diameter) in ambient air. The TSAP outlines EU-wide objectives to reduce the health and environmental impacts of air quality and a wide range of measures to be taken. These measures include: the ambient air quality proposal mentioned above; revisions to the National Emissions Ceilings Directive; new emission limits for light and heavy duty diesel vehicles; new controls on smaller combustion plant; and further control of evaporative losses from vehicle refuelling at service stations.
      The EU has set stringent objectives to control exhaust emissions from vehicles, which are being implemented in stages. Maximum sulphur levels for gasoline and diesel of 50 ppm and a 35% maximum aromatic content for gasoline were both agreed to apply from 2005. Agreement was reached in December 2002 on a further Directive to make petrol and diesel with a maximum sulphur content of 10 ppm mandatory throughout the EU from January 2009, and from 2005 member states will also have to supply low-sulphur fuel at enough locations to allow the circulation of new low-emission engines requiring the cleaner fuel. Further measures on sulphur levels of shipping fuels and/or reduction of emissions using such fuels started to take effect in 2006. Restrictions and measures include sulphur levels in fuels of 0.1% for inland vessels by January 2010 and 1.5% for passenger ships by May 19, 2006. The chief impact on BP is likely to arise from installation of flue gas desulphurization on ships and higher cost fuel. The overall impact is not expected to be material to the Group’s results of operations or financial position.
      In Europe there is no overall soil protection regulation, although proposals on measures will be presented by the Commission in 2006. Certain individual member states have soil protection policies, but each has its own contaminated land regulations. There are common principles behind these regulations, including a risk based approach and recognition of costs versus benefits.
      A European Commission proposal for new European chemical policy — REACH (Registration, Evaluation and Authorization of Chemicals) — was amended and voted separately at the end of 2005 by the European Council and Parliament. The remaining part of the adoption should present no significant obstacles and the new regulation is now expected to enter into force by mid-2007. All chemical substances manufactured or imported in the EU above 1 tonne per annum (about 30,000) will require a new pre-registration within the following 18 months, a registration within a 3 to 11- year time-phased period from adoption (actual date depends on volume bands or classification with high volumes and hazardous substances first). Only time-limited authorizations will be given to substances of ‘high

74


Table of Contents

concern’. A new European Chemical Agency will be established in Helsinki by mid-2008. Crude oil and natural gas are exempt. For BP, REACH will impact all refining petroleum products, petrochemicals, lubricants and other chemicals. An initial estimate suggests costs in the range $50,000-100,000 each for the internal preparation, pre-registration and registration of several hundred substances and preparations.
      The European Commission adopted a Directive on Environmental Liability on April 21, 2004. The proposal seeks to implement a liability approach for damage to biodiversity and land, and for services lost from high-risk operations by April 30, 2007. Member states are considering how to implement the regime. Possibilities of damage insurance, increased preventive provisions, injunctive relief and right of preventive action by third parties are also possible.
      Other environment-related existing regulations which may have an impact on BP’s operations include: the Major Hazards Directive which requires emergency planning, public disclosure of emergency plans and ensuring that hazards are assessed, and effective emergency management systems are in place; the Water Framework Directive which includes protection of groundwater; and the Framework Directive on Waste to ensure that waste is recovered or disposed without endangering human health and without using processes or methods which could harm the environment.

75


Table of Contents

PROPERTY, PLANTS AND EQUIPMENT
      BP has freehold and leasehold interests in real estate in numerous countries throughout the world, but no one individual property is significant to the Group as a whole. See Exploration and Production heading under this Item for a description of the Group’s significant reserves and sources of crude oil and natural gas. Significant plans to construct, expand or improve specific facilities are described under each of the business headings within this Item.

76


Table of Contents

ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
      The significant subsidiary undertakings of the Group at December 31, 2005 and the Group percentage of ordinary share capital (to nearest whole number) are set out below. The principal country of operation is generally indicated by the company’s country of incorporation or by its name. Those held directly by the Company are marked with an asterisk (*), the percentage owned being that of the Group unless otherwise indicated. Refer to Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 30 on page F-75, Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 31 on page F-78 and Note 51 on page F-144 for information on significant joint ventures and associated undertakings of the Group.
         
    Country of    
Subsidiaries % incorporation   Principal activities
 
International
        
BP Chemicals Investments
 100 England   Petrochemicals
BP Exploration Operating Co. 
 100 England   Exploration and production
BP Global Investments*
 100 England   Investment holding
BP International*
 100 England   Integrated oil operations
BP Oil International
 100 England   Integrated oil operations
BP Shipping*
 100 England   Shipping
Burmah Castrol*
 100 Scotland   Lubricants
Algeria
        
BP Amoco Exploration (In Amenas)
 100 Scotland   Exploration and production
BP Exploration (El Djazair)
 100 Bahamas   Exploration and production
Angola
        
BP Exploration (Angola)
 100 England   Exploration and production
Australia
        
BP Oil Australia
 100 Australia   Integrated oil operations
BP Australia Capital Markets
 100 Australia   Finance
BP Developments Australia
 100 Australia   Exploration and production
BP Finance Australia
 100 Australia   Finance
Azerbaijan
        
Amoco Caspian Sea Petroleum
 100 British Virgin Islands   Exploration and production
BP Exploration (Caspian Sea)
 100 England   Exploration and production
Canada
        
BP Canada Energy
 100 Canada   Exploration and production
BP Canada Finance
 100 Canada   Finance
Egypt
        
BP Egypt Co. 
 100 US   Exploration and production
BP Egypt Gas Co. 
 100 US   Exploration and production
France
        
BP France
 100 France   Refining and marketing and petrochemicals
Germany
        
Deutsche BP
 100 Germany   Refining and marketing and petrochemicals

77


Table of Contents

         
    Country of    
Subsidiaries % incorporation   Principal activities
 
Netherlands
        
BP Capital
 100 Netherlands   Finance
BP Nederland
 100 Netherlands   Refining and marketing
New Zealand
        
BP Oil New Zealand
 100 New Zealand   Marketing
Norway
        
BP Norge
 100 Norway   Exploration and production
Spain
        
BP España
 100 Spain   Refining and marketing
South Africa
        
BP Southern Africa*
  75 South Africa   Refining and marketing
Trinidad
        
BP Trinidad (LNG)
 100 Netherlands   Exploration and production
BP Trinidad and Tobago
  70 US   Exploration and production
UK
        
BP Capital Markets
 100 England   Finance
BP Chemicals
 100 England   Petrochemicals
BP Oil UK
 100 England   Refining and marketing
Britoil
 100 Scotland   Exploration and production
Jupiter Insurance
 100 Guernsey   Insurance
US
        
Atlantic Richfield Co. 
 100 US    
BP America*
 100 US    
BP America Production Company
 100 US    
BP Amoco Chemical Company
 100 US   Exploration and production, gas,
BP Company North America
 100 US   power and renewables, refining
BP Corporation North America
 100 US   and marketing, pipelines and
BP Products North America
 100 US   petrochemicals
BP West Coast Products
 100 US    
The Standard Oil Company
 100 US    
BP Capital Markets America
 100 US   Finance
ITEM 4A — UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
      None.

78


Table of Contents

ITEM 5 — OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW
GROUP OPERATING RESULTS
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million except per share
  amounts
Sales and other operating revenues from continuing operations (a)
  239,792   192,024   164,653 
Profit from continuing operations (a)
  22,133   17,884   12,681 
Profit for the year
  22,317   17,262   12,618 
Profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders
  22,026   17,075   12,448 
Profit attributable to BP shareholders per ordinary share — cents
  104.25   78.24   56.14 
Dividends paid per ordinary share — cents
  34.85   27.70   25.50 
 
(a)Excludes Innovene which was treated as a discontinued operation in accordance with IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’. See Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 5 on page F-35.
      The business environment in 2005 was stronger than in 2004, with higher oil and gas realizations and higher refining and olefins margins but lower retail marketing margins.
      Crude oil prices reached record highs in 2005 in nominal terms, driven by continued oil demand growth and low surplus oil production capacity. The dated Brent price averaged $54.48 per barrel, an increase of more than $16 per barrel above the $38.27 per barrel average seen in 2004, and varied between $38.21 and $67.33 per barrel. Hurricanes Katrina and Rita severely disrupted oil and gas production in the Gulf of Mexico for an extended period, but supply availability was maintained.
      Natural gas prices in the US were also high during 2005 in the face of rising oil prices and hurricane-induced production losses. The Henry Hub First of the Month Index averaged $8.65 per mmbtu, up by around $2.50 per mmbtu compared with the 2004 average of $6.13 per mmbtu. High gas prices stimulated a fall in demand, especially in the industrial sector. UK gas prices were up strongly in 2005, averaging 40.71 pence per therm at the National Balancing Point, compared with a 2004 average of 24.39 pence per therm.
      Refining margins also reached record highs in 2005, with the BP Global Indicator Margin averaging $8.60 per barrel. This reflected further oil demand growth and the loss of refining capacity as a result of the US hurricanes. The premium for light products above fuel oils remained exceptionally high, favouring upgraded refineries over less complex sites.
      Retail margins weakened in 2005 as rising product prices and price volatility made their impact felt in a competitive marketplace.
      The business environment in 2004 was affected by tight supplies in oil markets and by strong world economic growth.
      The Brent price averaged $38.27 per barrel, an increase of more than $9 per barrel over the $28.83 per barrel average seen in 2003, driven by global oil demand growth and the physical disruption to US oil operations caused by hurricane Ivan. The price varied between $29.13 and $52.03 per barrel.
      Natural gas prices in the US were stronger than in 2003. The Henry Hub First of the Month Index averaged $6.13 per mmbtu, up by more than $0.70 per mmbtu compared with the 2003 average of $5.37 per mmbtu. Prices fell slightly relative to oil prices as the levels of gas in storage rose sharply. UK gas prices were also up in 2004, averaging 24.39 pence per therm at the National Balancing Point compared with a 2003 average of 20.28 pence per therm.

79


Table of Contents

      Refining margins were high in 2004, despite weakening towards the end of the year. This reflected oil demand growth and higher refinery throughput levels. Retail margins weakened in 2004 compared with 2003, as rising product prices and price volatility made their impact in a competitive marketplace.
      Business conditions in 2003 were affected by tight supplies in oil and gas markets and by the early signs of a world economic recovery, following two years of below-trend growth.
      Average crude oil prices in 2003 were driven by supply disruptions in Venezuela, Nigeria and Iraq, OPEC market management and a recovery in oil demand growth following three exceptionally weak years. The Brent price averaged $28.83 per barrel, an increase of almost $4 per barrel over the $25.03 per barrel average seen in 2002 and moved in a range between $22.88 and $34.73 per barrel.
      Natural gas prices in the USA were higher than in 2002. The Henry Hub First of the Month Index averaged $5.37 per mmbtu, up by more than $2 per mmbtu compared with the 2002 average of $3.22 per mmbtu. A combination of cold first quarter weather and weak domestic production kept working gas inventories relatively low for much of the year. UK gas prices were also up in 2003, averaging 20.28 pence per therm at the National Balancing Point versus a 2002 average of 15.78 pence per therm.
      Refining margins weakened somewhat towards the end of the year reflecting low commercial product inventories in key US and European markets. Retail margins for the year were relatively strong, especially in the US and Europe. Petrochemicals margins remained depressed in 2003, coming under pressure from high feedstock prices.
      Hydrocarbon production for subsidiaries decreased by 2.8% in 2005 reflecting a decrease of 3.9% for liquids and a decrease of 1.5% for natural gas. Increases in production in our new profit centres were more than offset by the effect of hurricanes, higher planned maintenance shutdowns and anticipated decline in our existing profit centres. Hydrocarbon production for equity-accounted entities increased by 7.8% reflecting an increase of 8.4% for liquids and an increase of 3.8% for natural gas. This increase primarily reflects increased production fromTNK-BP.
      Hydrocarbon production for subsidiaries decreased by 7.2% in 2004, reflecting a decrease of 8.4% for liquids and a decrease of 5.8% for natural gas. The decrease includes 95 mboe/d impact of divestments. Hydrocarbon production for equity-accounted entities increased by 102% reflecting an increase of 108% for liquids and an increase of 69% for natural gas. This includes an increase of 108 mboe/d from the TNK-BP share of Slavneft from January 2004.
      The increase in sales and other operating revenues (before the elimination of sales between businesses) for 2005 includes approximately $67 billion from higher prices related to marketing and other sales (spot and term contracts, petrochemicals products, oil and gas realizations and other sales) and $1 billion from foreign exchange movements due to sales in local currencies being translated into the US dollar. This was partly offset by a net decrease of approximately $11 billion from lower volumes of marketing and other sales and a decrease of around $1 billion related to lower production volumes of subsidiaries.
      The increase in sales and other operating revenues (before the elimination of sales between businesses) for 2004 compared with 2003 includes approximately $44 billion from higher prices related to marketing and other sales (spot and term contracts, petrochemicals products, oil and gas realizations and other sales) and $8 billion from foreign exchange movements due to sales in local currencies being translated into the US dollar. This was partly offset by a net decrease of approximately $16 billion from lower volumes of marketing and other sales and a decrease of around $3 billion related to lower production volumes of subsidiaries.
      Profit attributable to BP shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $22,026 million, including inventory holding gains of $3,027 million. Inventory holding gains or losses represent the difference between the cost of sales calculated using the average cost of supplies incurred during the year and the cost of sales calculated using the first-in first-out method. Profit attributable to BP

80


Table of Contents

shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $17,075 million, including inventory holding gains of $1,643 million, and profit attributable to BP shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $12,448 million, including inventory holdings gains of $16 million.
      The profit attributable to BP shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes profits from Innovene operations of $184 million, compared with losses of $622 million and $63 million in the years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003. The profit from Innovene for the year 2005 includes a loss on remeasurement to fair value of $591 million. Item 18 Financial Statements — Note 5 on page F-35 provides further financial information for Innovene.
      Profit attributable to BP shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2005:
 — includes net gains of $1,159 million on the sales of assets, primarily from our interest in the Ormen Lange field, and is after net fair value losses of $1,688 million on embedded derivatives, (these embedded derivatives are fair valued at each period end with the resulting gains or losses taken to the income statement), an impairment charge of $226 million in respect of fields in the Gulf of Mexico and a charge for impairment of $40 million relating to fields in the UK North Sea in Exploration and Production;
 
 — includes net gains of $177 million principally on the divestment of a number of regional retail networks in the US, and is after a charge of $1,200 million in respect of fatality and personal injury compensation claims associated with the incident at the Texas City refinery on March 23, 2005, a charge of $140 million relating to new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions, an impairment charge of $93 million and a charge of $33 million for the impairment of an equity-accounted entity in Refining and Marketing;
 
 — includes net gains of $55 million primarily on the disposal of BP’s interest in Interconnector and the disposal of an NGL plant in the US, and is after net fair value losses of $346 million on embedded derivatives and a credit of $6 million related to new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions in the Gas, Power and Renewables segment; and
 
 — includes net gains on disposal of $38 million, and is after a net charge of $278 million related to new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions and the reversal of environmental provisions no longer required, a charge of $134 million relating to the separation of the Olefins and Derivatives business and net fair value losses of $13 million on embedded derivatives in Other businesses and corporate.
      Profit attributable to BP shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2004:
 — is after an impairment charge of $267 million in respect of fields in the deepwater Gulf of Mexico and US onshore, an impairment charge of $108 million in respect of a gas processing plant in the USA and a field in the Gulf of Mexico Shelf, an impairment charge of $60 million in respect of the partner operated Temsah platform in Egypt following a blow-out, a net loss on disposal of $65 million, a charge of $35 million in respect of Alaskan tankers that are no longer required and, in addition, following the lapse of the sale agreement for oil and gas properties in Venezuela, $31 million of the previously booked impairment was reversed in Exploration and Production;
 
 — is after net losses on disposal of $261 million, a charge of $206 million related to new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions, a charge of $195 million for the impairment of the petrochemicals facilities at Hull, UK and a charge of $32 million for restructuring, integration and rationalization in Refining and Marketing;
 
 — includes net gains on disposal of $56 million in the Gas, Power and Renewables segment; and
 
 — includes net gains on disposal of $1,164 million primarily related to the sale of our interests in PetroChina and Sinopec and a credit of $66 million primarily resulting from the reversal of vacant space provisions in the UK and US, and is after a charge of $283 million related to new,

81


Table of Contents

 and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions and a charge of $102 million relating to the separation of the Olefins and Derivatives business in Other businesses and corporate.
      Profit attributable to BP shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2003:
 — includes net gains on disposal of $1,188 million, and is after impairment charges and asset writedowns of $1,013 million and restructuring charges of $117 million in Exploration and Production;
 
 — is after a $369 million charge in relation to new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions, Veba integration costs of $287 million, net losses on disposal of $214 million and a credit of $10 million arising from the reversal of restructuring provisions in Refining and Marketing;
 
 — is after net losses on disposal of $6 million on Gas, Power & Renewables; and
 
 — includes a credit of $648 million relating to a US medical plan, net gains on disposal of $139 million and a credit of $5 million resulting from a reduction in the provision for costs associated with the closure of polypropylene capacity in the USA, and is after a charge of $213 million in respect of new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions and a charge of $110 million in respect of provisions for future rental payments on surplus property in Other businesses and corporate; and
 
 — is after a credit of $280 million related to tax restructuring benefits.
      Refer to Environmental Expenditure in this Item on page 91 for more information on environmental charges.
      The primary additional factors contributing to the increase in profit attributable to BP shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2005 are higher liquids and gas realizations, higher refining margins and higher contributions from the operating business within the Gas, Power and Renewables segment; partially offset by lower retail marketing margins, higher costs (including the Thunder Horse incident, the Texas City refinery shutdown and planned restructuring actions) and significant volatility arising under IFRS fair value accounting.
      In addition to the factors above, the increase in the 2004 result compared with 2003 primarily reflects higher liquids and gas realizations, higher refining margins with some offset from lower marketing margins, higher contributions from the natural gas liquids and solar businesses and the impact of higher oil and gas production volumes. These increases were partly offset by higher costs and portfolio impacts.
      Profits and margins for the Group and for individual business segments can vary significantly from period to period as a result of changes in such factors as oil prices, natural gas prices and refining margins. Accordingly, the results for the current and prior periods do not necessarily reflect trends, nor do they provide indicators of results for future periods.
      Through non-US subsidiaries, BP conducts limited marketing, licensing and trading activities and technical studies in Iran and with Iranian counterparties including the National Iranian Oil Company (NIOC) and affiliated entities and has a small representative office in Iran. BP believes that these activities are immaterial to the Group. In addition, BP has interests in, and is the operator for, two fields outside of Iran in which NIOC and an affiliated entity have interests. However, BP does not seek to obtain from the government of Iran licenses or agreements for oil and gas projects in Iran and does not own or operate any refineries or chemicals plants in Iran.

82


Table of Contents

      Employee numbers decreased from 103,700 at December 31, 2003 to 102,900 at December 31, 2004 to 96,200 at December 31, 2005. The decrease in 2005 resulted primarily from the sale of Innovene.
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
Capital expenditure and acquisitions 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Exploration and Production
  10,149   9,654   9,398 
Refining and Marketing
  2,669   2,692   2,945 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  235   524   439 
Other businesses and corporate
  885   940   815 
 
Capital expenditure
  13,938   13,810   13,597 
Acquisitions and asset exchanges
  211   2,841   6,026 
 
   14,149   16,651   19,623 
Disposals
  (11,200)  (4,961)  (6,356)
 
Net investment
  2,949   11,690   13,267 
 
      Capital expenditure and acquisitions in 2005, 2004 and 2003 amounted to $14,149 million, $16,651 million and $19,623 million, respectively. There were no significant acquisitions in 2005. Acquisitions during 2004 included $1,354 million for including TNK’s interest in Slavneft within TNK-BP and $1,355 million for the acquisition of Solvay’s interests in BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe and BP Solvay Polyethylene North America. Acquisitions in 2003 included $5,794 million for the acquisition of our interest in TNK-BP. Excluding acquisitions, capital expenditure for 2005 was $13,938 million compared with $13,810 million in 2004 and $13,597 million in 2003.
Finance Costs and Other Finance Expense
      Finance costs comprises Group interest less amounts capitalized. Finance cost for continuing operations in 2005 was $616 million compared with $440 million in 2004 and $513 million in 2003. These amounts included a charge of $57 million arising from early redemption of finance leases in 2005 and a charge of $31 million in 2003 from early bond redemption. The charge for 2005 reflects higher interest costs partially offset by an increase in capitalized interest. The charge for 2004 reflects lower interest rates and lower debt buyback costs compared with 2003 offset by the inclusion of a full year’s equity-accounted interest for the TNK-BP joint venture.
      Other finance expense includes net pension finance costs, the interest accretion on provisions and interest accretion on the deferred consideration for the acquisition of our investment in TNK-BP. Other finance expense for continuing operations in 2005 was $145 million compared with $340 million in 2004 and $532 million in 2003. The decrease in 2005 compared with 2004 primarily reflects a reduction in net pension finance costs. This is primarily due to a higher expected return on investment driven by a higher pension fund asset value at the start of 2005 compared with the start of 2004 while the expected long-term rate of return was similar. The decrease in 2004 compared with 2003 primarily reflects a reduction in net pension finance costs partly offset by a revaluation of environmental and other provisions at a lower discount rate and the inclusion of a full year’s charge for interest accretion on the deferred consideration for the investment in TNK-BP.
Taxation
      The charge for corporate taxes for continuing operations in 2005 was $9,288 million, compared with $7,082 million in 2004 and $5,050 million in 2003. The effective rate was 30% in 2005, 28% in 2004 and 28% in 2003. The increase in the effective rate in 2005 is primarily due to a higher proportion of income in countries bearing higher tax rates, and other factors.

83


Table of Contents

Business Results
      Profit before interest and taxation from continuing operations, which is before finance costs, other finance expense, taxation and minority interests, was $32,182 million in 2005, $25,746 million in 2004 and $18,776 million in 2003.

84


Table of Contents

Exploration and Production
                 
    Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
Sales and other operating revenues from continuing operations
 ($ million)  47,210   34,700   30,621 
Profit before interest and tax from continuing operations (a)
 ($ million)  25,508   18,087   15,084 
Results include:
              
 
Exploration expense
 ($ million)  684   637   542 
 
Of which: Exploration expenditure written off
 ($ million)  305   274   297 
Key statistics:
              
 
Average BP crude oil realizations (b) 
              
  
UK
 ($ per barrel)  51.22   36.11   28.30 
  
USA
 ($ per barrel)  50.98   37.40   29.02 
  
Rest of World
 ($ per barrel)  48.32   34.99   26.91 
  
BP average
 ($ per barrel)  50.27   36.45   28.23 
 
Average BP NGL realizations (b)
              
  
UK
 ($ per barrel)  37.95   31.79   20.08 
  
USA
 ($ per barrel)  31.94   25.67   18.39 
  
Rest of World
 ($ per barrel)  35.11   27.76   22.31 
  
BP average
 ($ per barrel)  33.23   26.75   19.26 
 
Average BP liquids realizations (b)(c)
              
  
UK
 ($ per barrel)  50.45   35.87   27.80 
  
USA
 ($ per barrel)  47.83   35.41   27.23 
  
Rest of World
 ($ per barrel)  47.56   34.51   26.60 
  
BP average
 ($ per barrel)  48.51   35.39   27.25 
 
Average BP US natural gas realizations (b)
              
  
UK
 ($ per thousand cubic feet)  5.53   4.32   3.19 
  
USA
 ($ per thousand cubic feet)  6.78   5.11   4.47 
  
Rest of World
 ($ per thousand cubic feet)  3.46   2.74   2.47 
  
BP average
 ($ per thousand cubic feet)  4.90   3.86   3.39 
 
Average West Texas Intermediate oil price
 ($ per barrel)  56.58   41.49   31.06 
 
Alaska North Slope US West Coast
 ($ per barrel)  53.55   38.96   29.59 
 
Average Brent oil price
 ($ per barrel)  54.48   38.27   28.83 
 
Average Henry Hub gas price (d)
 ($/mmbtu)  8.65   6.13   5.37 
Total liquids production for subsidiaries (c)(e)
 (mb/d)  1,423   1,480   1,615 
Total liquids production for equity-accounted entities (c)(e)
 (mb/d)  1,139   1,051   506 
Natural gas production for subsidiaries (e)
 (mmcf/d)  7,512   7,624   8,092 
Natural gas production for equity-accounted entities (e)
 (mmcf/d)  912   879   521 
Total production for subsidiaries (e)(f)
 (mboe/d)  2,718   2,795   3,011 
Total production for equity-accounted entities (e)(f)
 (mboe/d)  1,296   1,202   595 
 
(a)Includes profit after interest and tax of equity-accounted entities.
 
(b)The Exploration and Production business does not undertake any hedging activity. Consequently, realizations reflect the market price achieved.
 
(c)Crude oil and natural gas liquids.
 
(d)Henry Hub First of Month Index.
 
(e)Net of royalties.
 
(f)Expressed in thousands of barrels of oil equivalent per day (mboe/d). Natural gas is converted to oil equivalent at 5.8 billion cubic feet = 1 million barrels.

85


Table of Contents

      Sales and other operating revenues for 2005 were $47 billion compared with $35 billion in 2004 and $31 billion in 2003. The increase in 2005 primarily reflected an increase of around $13 billion related to higher liquids and gas realizations partly offset by a decrease of around $1 billion due to slightly lower volumes of subsidiaries. The increase in 2004 reflected higher liquids and gas realizations of around $7 billion with an offset of around $3 billion due to lower production volumes (for subsidiaries) as a result of divestment activity in 2003.
      Profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $25,508 million, including inventory holding gains of $17 million and gains of $1,159 million on the sales of assets, primarily from our interest in the Ormen Lange field, and is after net fair value losses of $1,688 million on embedded derivatives (these embedded derivatives are fair valued at each period end with the resulting gains or losses taken to the income statement), an impairment charge of $226 million in respect of fields in the Gulf of Mexico, a charge for impairment of $40 million relating to fields in the UK North Sea and a charge of $265 million on the cancellation of an intra-Group gas supply contract.
      Profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $18,087 million, including inventory holding gains of $10 million, and is after an impairment charge of $267 million in respect of fields in the deepwater Gulf of Mexico and US onshore, an impairment charge of $108 million in respect of a gas processing plant in the USA and a field in the Gulf of Mexico Shelf, an impairment charge of $60 million in respect of the partner operated Temsah platform in Egypt following a blow-out, a net loss on disposal of $65 million and a charge of $35 million in respect of Alaskan tankers that are no longer required. In addition, following the lapse of the sale agreement for oil and gas properties in Venezuela, $31 million of the previously booked impairment was reversed.
      Profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $15,084 million, including inventory holding gains of $3 million and net gains on disposal of $1,188 million (primarily related to gains on the sale of the UK North Sea Forties field together with a package of shallow water assets in the Gulf of Mexico and Repsol’s exercise of its option to acquire a further 20% interest in BP Trinidad & Tobago LLC and net losses resulting from the sale of various other upstream assets); and is after an impairment charge of $296 million for four fields in the Gulf of Mexico, following technical reassessment and re-evaluation of future investment options; impairment charges of $133 million and $49 million respectively for the Miller and Viscount fields in the UK North Sea as a result of a decision not to proceed with waterflood and gas import options and a reserve write-down respectively; an impairment charge of $105 million for the Yacheng field in China; an impairment charge of $108 million for the Kepadong field in Indonesia; and an impairment charge of $47 million for the Eugene Island/ West Cameron fields in the US as a result of reserve write-downs following completion of our routine full technical reviews. In addition, there were impairment charges of $217 million and $58 million for oil and gas properties in Venezuela and Canada respectively, based on fair value less costs to sell for transactions expected to complete in early 2004. Furthermore, there were restructuring charges of $117 million in respect of ongoing restructuring activities in the UK and North America.
      In addition to the factors above, the primary reasons for the increase in profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the year ended December 31, 2004 are higher liquids and gas realizations contributing around $10,100 million and around $400 million from higher volumes (in areas not affected by hurricanes), offset partly by a decrease of around $900 million due to the hurricane impact on volumes, costs associated with hurricane repairs and Thunder Horse of around $200 million, and higher operating and revenue investment costs of around $1,700 million.
      The primary additional reasons for the increase in profit before interest and tax for 2004 compared with 2003 are higher liquids and gas realizations of around $5,150 million combined with an increase of $400 million due to higher volumes, partly offset by adverse foreign exchange impacts and inflationary pressures of around $350 million, higher costs of around $650 million and increased equity-accounted interest and tax charges of around $1,000 million. The result of TNK-BP was included for a full-year in 2004 compared with four months in 2003.

86


Table of Contents

      Total production for the year 2005 was 2,718 mboe/d for subsidiaries and 1,296 mboe/d for equity-accounted entities compared with 2,795 mboe/d and 1,202 mboe/d respectively, a year ago. For subsidiaries, increases in production in our new profit centres were more than offset by the effect of the hurricanes, higher planned maintenance shutdowns and anticipated decline in our existing profit centres. For equity-accounted entities, this primarily reflects growth from TNK-BP.
      Actual production for subsidiaries and equity-accounted entities in 2005, after adjusting for the impact of severe weather and the impact of higher prices on production sharing contracts, was 2,849 mboe/d and 1,296 mboe/d, respectively, compared with the range of between 2.85 and 2.9 mmboe/d for subsidiaries and between 1.25 and 1.3 mmboe/d for equity-accounted entities as previously indicated.
      Total production for 2004 was 2,795 mboe/d for subsidiaries and 1,202 mboe/d for equity-accounted entities, compared with 3,011 mboe/d and 595 mboe/d, respectively, in 2003. For subsidiaries, the 7.2% decrease includes 95 mboe/d impact of divestments and for equity-accounted entities the increase of 102% includes an increase of 108 mboe/d from the TNK-BP share of Slavneft from January 2004.
Refining and Marketing
                
    Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
Sales and other operating revenues from continuing operations
 ($ million)  213,465   170,749   143,441 
Profit before interest and tax from continuing operations (a)
 ($ million)  6,442   6,544   3,235 
Global Indicator Refining Margin (b)
              
 
Northwest Europe
 ($/bbl)  5.47   4.28   2.62 
 
US Gulf Coast
 ($/bbl)  11.40   7.15   4.71 
 
Midwest
 ($/bbl)  8.19   5.08   4.54 
 
US West Coast
 ($/bbl)  13.49   11.27   7.06 
 
Singapore
 ($/bbl)  5.56   4.94   1.77 
 
BP average
 ($/bbl)  8.60   6.31   4.08 
Refining availability (c)
 (%)  92.9   95.4   95.5 
Refinery throughputs
 (mb/d)  2,399   2,607   2,723 
 
(a)Includes profit after interest and tax of equity-accounted entities.
 
(b)The Global Indicator Refining Margin (GIM) is the average of regional industry indicator margins which we weight for BP’s crude refining capacity in each region. Each regional indicator margin is based on a single representative crude with product yields characteristic of the typical level of upgrading complexity. The refining margins are industry specific rather than BP specific measures, which we believe are useful to investors in analysing trends in the industry and their impact on our results. The margins are calculated by BP based on published crude oil and product prices and take account of fuel utilization and catalyst costs. No account is taken of BP’s other cash and non-cash costs of refining, such as wages and salaries and plant depreciation. The indicator margin may not be representative of the margins achieved by BP in any period because of BP’s particular refining configurations and crude and product slate.
 
(c)Refining availability is the weighted average percentage of the period that refinery units are available for processing, after taking account of downtime such as planned maintenance.

87


Table of Contents

      The changes in sales and other operating revenues are explained in more detail below:
               
    Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
Sale of crude oil through spot and term contracts
 ($ million)  36,992   21,989   22,224 
Marketing, spot and term sales of refined products
 ($ million)  155,098   124,458   102,003 
Other sales including non-oil and to other segments
 ($ million)  21,375   24,302   19,214 
 
     213,465   170,749   143,441 
 
Sale of crude oil through spot and term contracts
 (mb/d)  2,464   2,312   2,387 
Marketing, spot and term sales of refined products
 (mb/d)  5,888   6,398   6,688 
      Sales and other operating revenues for 2005 was $213 billion compared with $171 billion in 2004 and $143 billion in 2003. The increase in 2005 compared with 2004 was principally due to an increase of around $31 billion in marketing, spot and term sales of refined products. This was due to higher prices of $39 billion and a positive foreign exchange impact due to a weaker dollar of $1 billion, partly offset by lower volumes of $9 billion. Additionally, sales of crude oil, spot and term contracts increased by $15 billion due to higher prices of $13 billion and higher volumes of $2 billion and other sales decreased by $3 billion, primarily due to lower volumes. The $28 billion increase in turnover in 2004 compared to 2003 was primarily due to due an increase in marketing, spot and term sales of refined products of around $23 billion. This was due to higher prices of $28 billion, a positive foreign exchange impact due to a weaker dollar of $8 billion and lower volumes of $13 billion. Additionally, sales of crude oil, spot and term contracts remained flat, reflecting higher prices of $1 billion offset by lower volumes of $1 billion. Other sales increased by around $5 billion, due to higher prices of $4 billion and higher volumes of $1 billion.
      Profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $6,442 million, including inventory holding gains of $2,537 million and net gains of $177 million principally on the divestment of a number of regional retail networks in the US, and is after a charge of $1,200 million in respect of fatality and personal injury compensation claims associated with the incident at the Texas City refinery on March 23, 2005, a charge of $140 million relating to new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions, an impairment charge of $93 million and a charge of $33 million for the impairment of an equity-accounted entity.
      Profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $6,544 million, including inventory holding gains of $1,304 million, and is after net losses on disposal of $261 million (principally related to plant closures and exit from businesses, the disposal of our interest in the Singapore Refining Company Private Limited, the closure of the lubricants operation of the Coryton Refinery in the UK and the disposal of our European speciality intermediates businesses), a charge of $206 million related to new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions, a charge of $195 million for the impairment of the petrochemicals facilities at Hull, UK and a charge of $32 million for restructuring, integration and rationalization.
      Profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $3,235 million, including inventory holding gains of $43 million and is after a $369 million charge in relation to new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions, Veba integration costs of $287 million (see below), net losses on disposal of $214 million (including the sale of retail assets, the Group’s European oil speciality products business, refinery and retail interests in Germany and Central Europe and pipeline interests in the US) and a credit of $10 million arising from the reversal of restructuring provisions.
      The primary additional reasons for the increase in profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with the year ended December 31, 2004 were improved refining margins contributing approximately $2,000 million, offset by lower retail marketing margins reducing profits by approximately $720 million, a reduction of around $870 million due to the shutdown of the

88


Table of Contents

Texas City refinery, along with other storm related supply disruptions to a number of our US based businesses, an adverse impact of around $400 million due to fair value accounting for derivatives (see explanation below) and a reduction of around $430 million due to rationalization and efficiency programme charges, mainly across our marketing activities in Europe.
      Where derivative instruments are used to manage certain economic exposures that cannot themselves be fair valued or accounted for as hedges, timing differences in relation to the recognition of gains and losses occur. These economic exposures primarily relate to inventories held in excess of normal operating requirements that are not designated as held for trading and fair valued, and forecast transactions to replenish inventory. Gains and losses on derivative commodity contracts are recognized immediately through the income statement whilst gains and losses on the related physical transaction are recognized when the commodity is sold.
      Additionally, IFRS requires that inventory designated as held for trading is fair valued using period end spot prices whilst the related derivative instruments are valued using forward prices consistent with the contract maturity. Depending on market conditions, these forward prices can be either higher or lower than spot prices resulting in quarterly timing differences.
      The full year average GIM was higher than that for the full year 2004, and consistent with the increase in BP’s actual realized refining margin. Retail marketing margins, despite the recovery in the fourth quarter, were significantly lower than those for the full year 2004, although partly offset by increases in our other marketing businesses. Our purchased energy costs and operating and investment costs were higheryear-on-year due to refinery repair, manufacturing integrity costs and the initial charges for the rationalization and efficiency programmes mentioned above. Refining throughputs at 2,399 mb/d were lower than in 2004 due primarily to the impact of disposal of the Mersin and Singapore refineries in 2004 and reduced availability at the Texas City refinery due to the explosion at the isomerization unit in March 2005 and the refinery’s complete shutdown in late September, like other refineries in the area, owing to hurricane Rita. Refining availability was 92.9% compared with 95.4% in 2004. Marketing volumes were around 1% lower than 2004 due primarily to the effects of price increases as a result of supply disruption in the USA.
      The increase in profit before interest and tax for 2004 compared with 2003 is primarily due to stronger refining margins contributing approximately $2,900 million, offset by a decrease in marketing margins of approximately $200 million, the impact of weaker US dollar of approximately $250 million and charges of around $310 million related primarily to a review of carrying value of fixed and current marketing assets. The increase was further offset by higher purchased energy costs of around $100 million and portfolio impacts of around $100 million. Refining throughputs at 2,607 mb/d were 4% lower than in 2003 due principally to the disposal of BP’s interests in the Singapore Refining Company Private Limited, the closure of refining operations at the ATAS Refinery in Mersin, south eastern Turkey and the disposal of the Bayernoil refinery in Germany in the second quarter of 2003. Refining availability for the year was 95.4% compared with 95.5% in 2003 and marketing volumes were relatively flat compared with 2003.
      The integration of Veba, which began in February 2002, was essentially completed during 2003. The 2003 charges of $287 million relating to the Veba acquisition comprised some $46 million of severance costs, $37 million of other integration costs such as consulting, studies and internal project teams, $48 million of system infrastructure and application costs and the balance of $156 million related to additional synergy projects. 2003 cash outflows related to these charges were approximately $260 million.

89


Table of Contents

Gas, Power and Renewables
               
    Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
Sales and other operating revenues from continuing operations
 ($ million)  25,557   23,859   22,568 
Profit before interest and tax from continuing operations (a)
 ($ million)  1,104   954   578 
 
(a)Includes profit after interest and tax of equity-accounted entities.
      The changes in sales and other operating revenues are explained in more detail below:
               
    Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
Gas marketing sales
 ($ million)  15,222   13,532   12,929 
Other sales (including NGL marketing)
 ($ million)  10,335   10,327   9,639 
 
  ($ million)  25,557   23,859   22,568 
 
Gas marketing sales volumes
 mmcf/d  5,096   5,244   5,881 
Natural gas sales by Exploration and Production
 mmcf/d  4,747   3,670   3,923 
      Sales and other operating revenues for 2005 was $26 billion compared with $24 billion in 2004. Gas marketing sales increased by $1.7 billion as price increases of $2.1 billion more than offset lower volumes of $0.4 billion. Other sales (including NGL marketing) remained flat reflecting $0.1 billion related to higher prices and $0.1 billion to lower volumes. Sales and other operating revenues for 2004 was $24 billion compared with $23 billion in 2003. Gas marketing sales increased by $0.6 billion as price increases of $1.8 billion more than offset lower volumes of $1.2 billion, and other sales (including NGL marketing) increased by around $0.7 billion of which $2.1 billion related to higher prices and $1.4 billion to lower volumes. Gas marketing sales volumes declined in 2004 and 2005 due to production and customer portfolio changes and, in 2005, production loss caused by hurricanes in the Gulf of Mexico.
      Profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $1,104 million, including inventory holding gains of $95 million, compensation of $265 million received on the cancellation of an intra-Group gas supply contract and net gains of $55 million primarily on the disposal of BP’s interest in Interconnector, a power plant in the UK and an NGL plant in the US, and is after net fair value losses of $346 million on embedded derivatives and a credit of $6 million related to new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions.
      Profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $954 million, including inventory holding gains of $39 million and a net gain on disposal of $56 million.
      Profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $578 million, including inventory holding gains of $6 million and is after a net loss on disposal of $6 million resulting from several small transactions.
      The additional factors contributing to the increase in profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with the equivalent period in 2004 are higher contributions from the operating businesses of around $170 million.
      In addition to the factors above, the principal additional factors contributing to the increase in profit before interest and tax in 2004 compared with 2003 were a higher contribution from the natural gas liquids and solar businesses of approximately $350 million due to higher unit margins and higher volumes.

90


Table of Contents

Other Businesses and Corporate
               
    Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
Sales and other operating revenues from continuing operations
 ($ million)  668   546   515 
Profit (loss) before interest and tax from continuing operations (a)(b)
 ($ million)  (1,191)  164   (253)
 
(a)Includes profit after interest and tax of equity-accounted entities.
 
(b)Includes the portion of Olefins and Derivatives not included in the sale of Innovene to INEOS. This includes the equity-accounted investments in China and Malaysia that were part of the Olefins and Derivatives business. These investments have been transferred to Refining and Marketing effective January 1, 2006.
      Other businesses and corporate comprises Finance, the Group’s aluminium asset, its investments in PetroChina and Sinopec (both divested in early 2004), interest income and costs relating to corporate activities worldwide. In addition, as noted above, it included the portion of Olefins and Derivatives not included in the sale of Innovene to INEOS. On October 10, 2003 we completed the sale of our 50% interest in PT Kaltrim Prima Coal to PT Bumi Resources.
      The loss before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $1,191 million, including a net gain on disposal of $38 million, and is after inventory holding losses of $5 million, a net charge of $278 million relating to new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions and the reversal of environmental provisions no longer required, a charge of $134 million in respect of the separation of the Olefins and Derivatives business and net fair value losses of $13 million on embedded derivatives.
      The profit before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $164 million, including inventory holding gains of $8 million, net gains on disposals of $1,164 million primarily related to the sale of our interests in PetroChina and Sinopec and a credit of $66 million primarily resulting from the reversal of vacant space provisions in the UK and the US, and is after a charge of $283 million related to new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions, and a charge of $102 million relating to the separation of the Olefins and the Derivatives business.
      The loss before interest and tax for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $253 million including a credit of $648 million relating to a US medical plan, net gains on disposal of $139 million (primarily comprising gains on the sale of our interest in PT Kaltim Prima Coal, an Indonisian coal mining company, and gains and losses on other smaller transactions) and a credit of $5 million resulting from a reduction in the provision for costs associated with the closure of polypropylene capacity in the USA and is after inventory holding losses of $1 million, a charge of $213 million in respect of new, and revisions to existing, environmental and other provisions and a charge of $110 million in respect of provisions for future rental payments on surplus property.
Environmental Expenditure
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Operating expenditure
  494   526   498 
Clean-ups
  43   25   45 
Capital expenditure
  789   524   546 
Additions to environmental remediation provision
  565   587   599 
Additions to decommissioning provision
  1,023   286   1,159 
      Operating and capital expenditure on the prevention, control, abatement or elimination of air, water and solid waste pollution is often not incurred as a separately identifiable transaction. Instead, it forms part of a larger transaction that includes, for example, normal maintenance expenditure. The

91


Table of Contents

figures for environmental operating and capital expenditure in the table are therefore estimates, based on the definitions and guidelines of the American Petroleum Institute.
      Environmental operating expenditures for 2005 were broadly in line with 2004. The increase in capital expenditure is largely related to clean fuels investment. Similar levels of operating and capital expenditures are expected in the foreseeable future. In addition to operating and capital expenditures, we also create provisions for future environmental remediation. Expenditure against such provisions is normally in subsequent periods and is not included in environmental operating expenditure reported for such periods. The charge for environmental remediation provisions in 2005 includes $512 million resulting from a reassessment of existing site obligations and $53 million in respect of provisions for new sites.
      Provisions for environmental remediation are made when aclean-up is probable and the amount reasonably determinable. Generally, their timing coincides with commitment to a formal plan of action or, if earlier, on divestment or on closure of inactive sites.
      The extent and cost of future remediation programmes are inherently difficult to estimate. They depend on the scale of any possible contamination, the timing and extent of corrective actions and also the Group’s share of liability. Although the cost of any future remediation could be significant and may be material to the result of operations in the period in which it is recognized, we do not expect that such costs will have a material effect on the Group’s financial position or liquidity. We believe our provisions are sufficient for known requirements; and we do not believe that our costs will differ significantly from those of other companies engaged in similar industries, or that our competitive position will be adversely affected as a result.
      In addition, we make provisions on installation of our oil- and gas-producing assets and related pipelines to meet the cost of eventual decommissioning. On installation of oil or natural gas production facility a provision is established which represents the discounted value of the expected future cost of decommissioning the asset. Additionally, we undertake periodic reviews of existing provisions. These reviews take account of revised cost assumptions, changes in decommissioning requirements and any technological developments. The level of increase in the decommissioning provision varies with the number of new fields coming on stream in a particular year and the outcome of the periodic reviews.
      Provisions for environmental remediation and decommissioning are usually set up on a discounted basis, as required by IAS 37 ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’.
      Further details of decommissioning and environmental provisions appear in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 43 on page F-114. See also Item 4 — Information on the Company — Environmental Protection on page 68.
Insurance
      The Group generally restricts its purchase of insurance to situations where this is required for legal or contractual reasons. This is because external insurance is not considered an economic means of financing losses for the Group. Losses will therefore be borne as they arise rather than being spread over time through insurance premiums with attendant transaction costs. This position will be reviewed periodically.

92


Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Cash Flow
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations
  25,751   24,047   15,955 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of Innovene operations
  970   (669)  348 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  26,721   23,378   16,303 
Net cash used in investing activities
  (1,729)  (11,331)  (9,281)
Net cash used in financing activities
  (23,303)  (12,835)  (6,803)
Currency translation differences relating to cash and cash equivalents
  (88)  91   121 
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
  1,601   (697)  340 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
  1,359   2,056   1,716 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  2,960   1,359   2,056 
 
      Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $26,721 million compared with $23,378 million for the equivalent period of 2004, reflecting an increase in profit before taxation from continuing operations of $6,455 million, an increase in net cash provided by operating activities of Innovene of $1,639 million, a lower charge for provisions, less payments of $1,210 million and an increase in dividends received from jointly controlled entities and associates of $634 million. This was partially offset by an increase in income taxes paid of $2,640, an increase of $1,320 million in working capital requirements, an increase in earnings from jointly controlled entities and associates of $1,263 million, a higher net credit for impairment and gain/ loss on sale of businesses and fixed assets of $775 million, an increase in interest paid of $429 million and an increase in the net operating charge for pensions and other post-retirement benefits, less contributions of $351 million.
      Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $23,378 million compared with $16,303 million in 2003. This reflects an increase in profit before taxation from continuing operations of $7,235 million, the absence of discretionary funding for the Group’s pension plans of $2,533, an increase in dividends received from jointly controlled entities and associates of $1,651 million (primarily due to the dividend from TNK-BP) and an increase in depreciation, depletion and amortization of $453 million. This was partially offset by an increase in income taxes paid of $1,584, an increase in earnings from jointly controlled entities and associates of $1,066 million, an increase of $1,054 million in working capital requirements and a decrease of $1,017 million in net cash provided by Innovene operations.
      Net cash used in investing activities was $1,729 million compared with $11,331 million and $9,281 million for the equivalent periods of 2004 and 2003. The reduction in 2005 reflects an increase in disposal proceeds of $6,239 million, primarily from the sale of Innovene, and a decrease in spending on acquisitions of $2,693 million. The increase in 2004 compared with 2003 reflects a reduction in disposal proceeds of $1,395 million, increased acquisition spending of $191 million and increased capital expenditure of $401 million.
      Net cash used in financing activities was $23,303 million compared with $12,835 million in 2004 and $6,803 million in 2003. The higher outflow in 2005 reflects an increase in the net repurchase of ordinary share capital of $4,107, higher repayments of long-term financing of $2,616 million, a net decrease of $1,433 million in short-term debt, and increases in equity dividends paid to BP shareholders of $1,318 million and to minority interest of $794 million. The higher outflow in 2004 compared with 2003 reflects an increase in the net repurchase of ordinary share capital of $5,319 million, lower proceeds from long-term financing of $1,647 million and an increase in equity dividends paid to BP

93


Table of Contents

shareholders of $387 million, partially offset by lower repayments of long-term financing of $1,356 million.
      The Group has had significant levels of capital investment for many years. Capital investment, excluding acquisitions, was $13.9 billion in 2005, $13.8 billion in 2004 and $13.6 billion in 2003. Sources of funding are completely fungible, but the majority of the Group’s funding requirements for new investment come from cash generated by existing operations. The Group’s level of net debt, that is debt less cash and cash equivalents, was $20.3 billion at the end of 2003, $21.7 billion at the end of 2004 and was $16.2 billion at the end of 2005. The lower level of debt at the end of 2005 reflects the receipt of the Innovene disposal proceeds in December 2005.
      Over the period 2003 to 2005 our cash inflows and outflows were balanced, with sources and uses both totalling $89 billion. During that period, the price of Brent has averaged $40.52/bbl. The following table summarizes the three year sources and uses of cash:
           
Sources   Uses  
 
  ($ billion)   ($ billion)
Net cash provided by operating activities
  66  Capital expenditure  40 
Divestments
  23  Acquisitions  5 
      Net repurchase of shares  20 
      Dividends to BP shareholders  19 
      Dividends to Minority Interest  1 
      Movement in net debt  4 
 
   89     89 
 
      Significant acquisitions made for cash were more than offset by divestitures. Net investment over the same period has averaged $7.3 billion per year. Dividends to BP shareholders, which grew on average by 14.3% per year in dollar terms, used $19 billion. Net repurchase of shares was $20 billion, which includes $21 billion in respect of our share buyback programme less proceeds from share issues. Finally, cash was used to strengthen the financial condition of certain of our pension funds. In the last three years, $3.7 billion has been contributed to funded pensions plans.
Trend Information
      We expect to grow cash flows underpinned by the following:
 — We expect to grow production in a $40/bbl price environment.
 
 — We aim to control cost increases below inflation.
 
 — We plan to maintain capital expenditure at around $15 billion in 2006 and grow it at about $0.5 billion a year to 2008.
 
 — We expect to continue to high grade our portfolio and expect divestments to be an ongoing rate of around $3 billion a year.
      As noted above, we expect capital expenditure, excluding acquisitions, to be around $15 billion in 2006; the exact level will depend on a number of things including sector-specific cost escalation above levels we have seen so far, time critical and material one-off investment opportunities which further our strategy and any acquisition opportunities that may arise. At present, we do not expect any of these things to affect our capital expenditure. Refer to Item 4 for further information.
      The UK Government’s announced increase in the North Sea supplemental tax rate will, when enacted, result in higher tax charges. This increase will have two effects; first to create a one-time deferred tax charge of around $600 million and second to increase the ongoing Group effective tax rate by 2%. The full year aggregate effective tax rate is expected to be around 39%.

94


Table of Contents

      Total production for 2006 is estimated at an average of between 2.8 and 2.85 mmboe/d for subsidiaries and between 1.3 and 1.35 mmboe/d for equity-accounted entities; these estimates are based the Group’s asset portfolio at January 1, 2006, anticipated start-ups in 2006 and Brent at $40/bbl, before any 2006 disposal effects, and before any effects of prices above $40/bbl on volumes in Production Sharing Agreements. The daily production of the Gulf of Mexico Shelf assets, whose sale was announced in April 2006, is estimated at 27 mboe.
      The anticipated decline in production volumes from subsidiaries in our existing profit centres is partly mitigated by the development of new projects and the investment in incremental reserves in and around existing fields. We expect that this overall decline in production from subsidiaries in our existing profit centres will be more than compensated for by strong increases in production from subsidiaries in our new profit centres over the next few years. Production growth in our equity-accounted joint venture, TNK-BP, is expected to moderate to between 2% and 3% over the period 2005 to 2010.
      The most important determinants of cash flows in relation to our oil and natural gas production are the prices of these commodities. In a stable price environment, cash flows from currently developed proved reserves are expected to decline in a manner consistent with anticipated production decline rates. Development activities associated with recent discoveries, as well as continued investment in these producing fields, are expected to more than offset this decline, resulting in increased operating cash flows over the next few years. Cash flows from equity-accounted entities are expected to be in the form of dividend payments.
Dividends and Other Distributions to Shareholders and Gearing
      Our dividend policy is to grow the dividend per share progressively. In pursuing this policy and in setting the levels of dividends we are guided by several considerations, including:
 — the prevailing circumstances of the Group;
 
 — the future investment patterns and sustainability of the Group;
 
 — the future trading environment. It does seem that oil prices may have a support level of at least $40/bbl in the medium term. We continue to use our planning assumption of $25/bbl for testing the downside in the balance between investment and total distributions to shareholders.
      We remain committed to returning the excess of net cash provided by operating activities less net cash used in investing activities to our investors where this is in excess of investment and dividend needs.
      We plan to continue our programme of share buybacks, subject to market conditions and constraints. Since the inception of the share repurchase programme in 2000 until the end of 2005 we have repurchased some 2,662 million shares at a cost of $25.2 billion, reducing the number of shares in issue (after accounting for the issuance of shares under employee stock programmes and to AAR in respect of TNK) by 9%. During the first quarter of 2006, we bought back 349 million shares, at a cost of $4 billion.
      Our financial framework includes a gearing band of 20-30% which is intended to provide an efficient capital structure and the appropriate level of financial flexibility. Our aim is to return gearing, which was 17% at December 31, 2005, to the lower half of the band.
     The discussion above and following contains forward-looking statements with regard to future cash flows, future levels of capital expenditure and divestments, future production volumes, working capital, the renewal of borrowing facilities, shareholder distributions and share buybacks and expected payments under contractual and commercial commitments. These forward-looking statements are based on assumptions which management believes to be reasonable in the light of the Group’s operational and financial experience, however, no assurance can be given that the forward-looking statements will be realized. You are urged to

95


Table of Contents

read the cautionary statement under Item 3 — Key Information — Forward-Looking Statements on page 12 and Item 3 — Key Information — Risk Factors on pages 10 and 11 which describe the risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. The Company provides no commitment to update the forward-looking statements or to publish financial projections for forward-looking statements in the future.
Financing the Group’s Activities
      The Group’s principal commodity, oil, is priced internationally in US dollars. Group policy has been to minimize economic exposure to currency movements by financing operations with US dollar debt wherever possible, otherwise by using currency swaps when funds have been raised in currencies other than US dollars.
      The Group’s finance debt is almost entirely in US dollars and at December 31, 2005 amounted to $19,162 million (2004 $23,091 million) of which $8,932 million (2004 $10,184 million) was short term.
      Net debt was $16,202 million at the end of 2005, a decrease of $5,530 million compared with 2004. The ratio of net debt to net debt plus equity was 17% at the end of 2005 and 22% at the end of 2004. The ratio of 17% at December 31, 2005 reflects stronger cash flows both from underlying operations and the sale of Innovene.
      The maturity profile and fixed/floating rate characteristics of the Group’s debt are described in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Notes 38 and 41 on pages F-97 and F-107, respectively.
      We have in place a European Debt Issuance Programme (DIP) under which the Group may raise $8 billion of debt for maturities of one month or longer. At June 28, 2006, the amount drawn down against the DIP was $6,988 million.
      Commercial paper markets in the USA and Europe are a primary source of liquidity for the Group. At December 31, 2005 the outstanding commercial paper amounted to $1,911 million (2004 $4,180 million).
      BP believes that, taking into account the substantial amounts of undrawn borrowing facilities available, the Group has sufficient working capital for foreseeable requirements.
      In addition to reported debt, BP uses conventional off balance sheet arrangements such as operating leases and borrowings in joint ventures and associates. At December 31, 2005 the Group’s share of third party borrowings of joint ventures and associates was $3,266 million (2004 $2,821 million) and $970 million (2004 $1,048 million) respectively. These amounts are not reflected in the Group’s debt on the balance sheet.
      The Group has issued third party guarantees under which amounts outstanding at December 31, 2005 are summarized below. Some guarantees outstanding are in respect of borrowings of joint ventures and associates noted above.
                             
  Guarantees expiring by period
 
  2011 and
  Total 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 thereafter
 
  ($ million
Guarantees issued in respect of:                            
Borrowings of joint ventures and associates
  1,228   69   217   119   121   104   598 
Liabilities of other third parties
  736   161   470   28   25   5   47 
      At December 31, 2005 contracts had been placed for authorized future capital expenditure estimated at $7,596 million. Such expenditure is expected to be financed largely by cash flow from operating activities. The Group also has access to significant sources of liquidity in the form of committed facilities and other funding through the capital markets. At December 31, 2005, the Group

96


Table of Contents

had available undrawn committed borrowing facilities of $4,500 million ($4,500 million at December 31, 2004).
Contractual Commitments
      The following table summarizes the Group’s principal contractual obligations at December 31, 2005. Further information on borrowings and finance leases is given in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 41 on page F-107 and further information on operating leases is given in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 18 on page F-58.
                             
Expected payments by period under Payments due by period
contractual  
obligations and commercial   2011 and
commitments Total 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 thereafter
 
  ($ million)
Borrowings (a)
  18,381   5,418   3,274   2,317   2,258   572   4,542 
Finance lease obligations
  1,236   78   78   80   80   82   838 
Operating leases
  10,609   1,569   1,473   1,069   1,009   953   4,536 
Decommissioning liabilities
  9,511   181   212   188   175   163   8,592 
Environmental liabilities
  2,501   499   367   332   314   313   676 
Pensions and other postretirement benefits (b)
  21,438   1,357   1,345   1,343   870   870   15,653 
Purchase obligations (c)
  126,725   87,696   11,473   5,081   3,694   2,871   15,910 
 
(a)Expected payments exclude interest payments on borrowings.
 
(b)Represents the expected future contributions to funded pension plans and payments by the Group for unfunded pension plans and the expected future payments for postretirement benefits.
 
(c)Represents any agreement to purchase goods or services that is enforceable and legally binding and that specifies all significant terms. The amounts shown include arrangements to secure long-term access to supplies of crude oil, natural gas, feedstocks and pipeline systems. In addition, the amounts shown for 2006 include purchase commitments existing at December 31, 2005 entered into principally to meet the Group’s short term manufacturing and marketing requirements. The price risk associated with these crude oil, natural gas and power contracts is discussed in Item 11 — Quantitative And Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk on page 162.
      The following table summarizes the nature of the Group’s unconditional purchase obligations.
                             
  Payments due by period
   
Purchase obligations payments due   2011 and
by period Total 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 thereafter
 
  ($ million)
Crude oil and oil products
  45,688   39,767   1,663   754   732   707   2,065 
Natural gas
  41,823   25,541   3,783   2,329   1,622   1,240   7,308 
Chemicals and other refinery feedstocks
  11,376   5,043   1,348   669   404   404   3,508 
Utilities
  21,415   15,586   3,779   611   402   104   933 
Transportation
  3,184   1,036   496   338   260   208   846 
Use of facilities and services
  3,239   723   404   380   274   208   1,250 
 
Total
  126,725   87,696   11,473   5,081   3,694   2,871   15,910 
 

97


Table of Contents

      The following table summarizes the Group’s capital expenditure commitments at December 31, 2005 and the proportion of that expenditure for which contracts have been placed. The Group expects its total capital expenditure excluding acquisitions to be around $15 billion in 2006 and to increase by about $0.5 billion a year through 2008.
                             
Capital expenditure commitments              
including amounts for which contracts             2011 and
have been placed Total 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 thereafter
 
  ($ million)
Committed on major projects
  19,254   8,498   4,060   2,179   1,392   879   2,246 
Amounts for which contracts have been placed
  7,596   4,767   1,551   696   428   138   16 
Liquidity Risk
      Liquidity risk is the risk that suitable sources of funding for the Group’s business activities may not be available. The Group has long-term debt ratings of Aa1 and AA+, assigned respectively by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s.
      The Group has access to a wide range of funding at competitive rates through the capital markets and banks. It co-ordinates relationships with banks, borrowing requirements, foreign exchange requirements and cash management centrally. The Group believes it has access to sufficient funding, including through the commercial paper markets, and also has undrawn committed borrowing facilities to meet currently foreseeable borrowing requirements. At December 31, 2005, the Group had substantial amounts of undrawn borrowing facilities available, including committed facilities of $4,500 million expiring in 2006 (2004 $4,500 million expiring in 2005 and 2003 $3,700 million expiring in 2004). These facilities are with a number of international banks and borrowings under them would be at pre-agreed rates. The Group expects to renew these facilities on an annual basis. Certain of these facilities support the Group’s commercial paper programme.
Credit Risk
      Credit risk is the potential exposure of the Group to loss in the event of non-performance by a counterparty. The credit risk arising from the Group’s normal commercial operations is controlled by individual operating units within guidelines. In addition, as a result of its use of derivatives to manage market risk, the Group has credit exposures through its dealings in the financial and specialized oil, natural gas and power markets. The Group controls the related credit risk through credit approvals, limits, use of netting arrangements and monitoring procedures. Counterparty credit validation, independent of the dealers, is undertaken before contractual commitment.

98


Table of Contents

OUTLOOK
      World economic growth appears robust. The US appears to have rebounded in the first quarter, Europe continues to show promise of an acceleration of growth, and Asia and Latin America are growing at or around trend. The near-term global outlook is for sustained growth.
      Crude oil prices averaged $61.79 per barrel (Dated Brent) in the first quarter of 2006, an increase of nearly $5 per barrel from the fourth quarter 2005 and more than $14 per barrel above the same period last year. Prices rebounded in face of a disruption of Nigerian supplies and heightened geopolitical concerns. Ample inventories and increased OPEC production capacity have failed to stem the increase. Oil prices are expected to remain strong.
      US natural gas prices averaged $9.01/mmbtu (Henry Hub first of month index) in the first quarter, nearly $4/mmbtu below the fourth quarter of last year. Demand weakness has more than offset supply lost following last year’s hurricanes, resulting in a substantial gain in inventories relative to seasonal norms. Mild winter weather has contributed to demand softness. As a result, prices have fallen below parity with residual fuel oil. US gas prices are expected to track broadly with oil prices but are vulnerable to further relative declines if inventories remain well above average.
      UK gas prices (National Balancing Point day-ahead) in the first quarter averaged 70 pence per therm, up from 65.3 pence per therm in the fourth quarter and 32 pence per therm above the same period last year. Cold weather and the closure of the Rough storage facility in mid-March prompted a brief price spike above 150 pence per therm amid concerns about physical supply availability. Prompt prices have recently fallen below 30 pence per therm.
      Global average refining margins softened to $6.28/bbl in the first quarter compared with $7.60/bbl in the fourth quarter of 2005. US refinery operations are still recovering from last autumn’s hurricanes and a heavy maintenance programme has extended into the second quarter. During the second quarter, refining margins have risen in anticipation of the US driving season and the switch from MTBE to ethanol-blended reformulated gasoline and are likely to remain underpinned in the near term.
      During the first quarter, an initial improvement in retail margins reversed resulting in an overall decline during the quarter. This was against a backdrop of increasing product prices, particularly in February and March. A further rise in wholesale gasoline and crude prices is evident during the second quarter and marketing margins are expected to remain volatile.

99


Table of Contents

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards
      For all periods up to and including the year ended December 31, 2004, BP prepared its financial statements in accordance with UK GAAP. BP, together with all other EU companies listed on an EU stock exchange, was required to prepare consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU with effect from January 1, 2005. The Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2005 comprises BP’s first consolidated financial statements prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards.
      In preparing these financial statements, the Group has complied with all International Financial Reporting Standards applicable for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005. In addition, BP has also decided to adopt early IFRS 6 ‘Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources’, the amendment to IAS 19 ‘Amendment to International Accounting Standard IAS 19 Employee Benefits: Actuarial Gains and Losses, Group Plans and Disclosures’, the amendment to IAS 39 ‘Amendment to International Accounting Standard IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement: Cash Flow Hedge Accounting of Forecast Intragroup Transactions’ and IFRIC 4 ‘Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease’. The EU has adopted all standards and interpretations adopted by BP for its 2005 reporting.
      The general principle that should be applied on first-time adoption of IFRS is that standards in force at the first reporting date (for BP, December 31, 2005) should be applied retrospectively. However, IFRS 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’ (IFRS 1) contains a number of exemptions that companies are permitted to apply. BP has taken the following exemptions:
 — Comparative information on financial instruments is prepared in accordance with UK GAAP and the Group has adopted IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ (IAS 32) and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ (IAS 39) from January 1, 2005.
 
 — IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ has not been applied to acquisitions of subsidiaries or of interests in jointly controlled entities and associates that occurred before January 1, 2003.
 
 — Cumulative currency translation differences for all foreign operations are deemed to be zero at January 1, 2003.
 
 — The Group has recognized all cumulative actuarial gains and losses on pensions and other postretirement benefits as at January 1, 2003 directly in equity.
 
 — IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ has been applied retrospectively to all share-based payments that had not vested before January 1, 2003.
      As indicated above, BP adopted IAS 32 and IAS 39 with effect from January 1, 2005 and, as permitted under IFRS 1, the Group has not restated comparative information. Had IAS 32 and IAS 39 been applied from January 1, 2003, the following adjustments would have been necessary in the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:
 — All derivatives, including embedded derivatives, would have been brought on to the balance sheet at fair value.
 
 — Available-for-sale investments would have been carried at fair value rather than at cost.
      The principal differences for the Group between reporting on the basis of UK GAAP and IFRS are as follows:
 — Ceasing to amortize goodwill.
 
 — Setting up deferred taxation on acquisitions; inventory valuation differences; and unremitted earnings of subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates.

100


Table of Contents

 — Expensing a greater proportion of major maintenance costs.
 
 — No longer recognizing dividends proposed but not declared as a liability at the balance sheet date.
 
 — Recognizing an expense for the fair value of employee share option schemes.
 
 — Recording asset swaps on the basis of fair value.
 
 — Recognizing changes in the fair value of embedded derivatives in the income statement.
      Further information regarding the impact of adopting IFRS is shown in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 3 on page F-30 and Note 52 on page F-145.
      The new accounting policies adopted by the Group are summarized in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 1 on page F-12.
      Inherent in the application of many of the accounting policies used in the preparation of the financial statements is the need for BP management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the accounts and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual outcomes could differ from the estimates and assumptions used. The following summary provides further information about the critical accounting policies that could have a significant impact on the results of the Group and should be read in conjunction with the Notes on Financial Statements.
      The accounting policies and areas that require the most significant judgements and estimates to be used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are in relation to oil and natural gas accounting, including the estimation of reserves, the recoverability of asset carrying values, deferred taxation, contingent liabilities, provisions and liabilities, pensions and other postretirement benefits.
Oil and Natural Gas Accounting
      Accounting for oil and gas exploration and development activity is subject to special accounting rules that are unique to the oil and gas industry. In the absence of an IFRS dealing specifically with oil and gas accounting (IFRS 6 ‘Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources’ only addresses limited areas), BP continues to have regard to the accounting guidance for oil and gas companies contained in the UK Statement of Recommended Practice, ‘Accounting for Oil and Gas Exploration, Development, Production and Decommissioning Activities’ (UK SORP).
      The Group follows the successful efforts method of accounting for its oil and natural gas exploration and production activities.
      The acquisition of geological and geophysical seismic information, prior to the discovery of proved reserves, is expensed as incurred, similar to accounting for research and development costs.
      Licence and property acquisition costs are initially capitalized within intangible assets. These costs are amortized on a straight-line basis until such time as either exploration drilling is determined to be successful or it is unsuccessful and all costs are written off. Each property is reviewed on an annual basis to confirm that drilling activity is planned and that it is not impaired. If no future activity is planned, the remaining balance of the licence and property acquisition costs is written off.
      For exploration wells and exploratory-type stratigraphic test wells, costs directly associated with the drilling of wells are temporarily capitalized within intangible fixed assets, pending determination of whether potentially economic oil and gas reserves have been discovered by the drilling effort. These costs include employee remuneration, materials and fuel used, rig costs, delay rentals and payments made to contractors. The determination is usually made within one year after well completion, but can take longer, depending on the complexity of the geological structure. If the well did not encounter potentially economic oil and gas quantities, the well costs are expensed as a dry hole and are reported in exploration expense. Exploration wells that discover potentially economic quantities of oil and gas

101


Table of Contents

and are in areas where major capital expenditure (e.g. offshore platform or a pipeline) would be required before production could begin, and where the economic viability of that major capital expenditure depends on the successful completion of further exploration work in the area, remain capitalized on the balance sheet as long as additional exploration appraisal work is under way or firmly planned.
      For complicated offshore exploration discoveries, it is not unusual to have exploration wells and exploratory-type stratigraphic test wells remaining suspended on the balance sheet for several years while additional appraisal drilling and seismic work on the potential oil and gas field is performed or while the optimum development plans and timing are established. All such carried costs are subject to regular technical, commercial and management review, on at least an annual basis, to confirm the continued intent to develop, or otherwise extract value from, the discovery. If this is no longer the case, the costs are immediately expensed.
      Once a project is sanctioned for development, the carrying values of licence and property acquisition costs and exploration and appraisal costs are transferred to production assets within property, plant and equipment. Field development costs subject to depreciation are expenditures incurred to date, together with sanctioned future development expenditure approved by the Group.
      The capitalized exploration and development costs for proved oil and gas properties (which include the costs of drilling unsuccessful wells) are amortized on the basis of oil-equivalent barrels that are produced in a period as a percentage of the estimated proved reserves.
      The estimated proved reserves used in theseunit-of-production calculations vary with the nature of the capitalized expenditure. The reserves used in the calculation of theunit-of-production amortization are as follows:
 — Proved developed reserves for producing wells.
 
 — Total proved reserves for development costs.
 
 — Total proved reserves for licence and property acquisition costs.
 
 — Total proved reserves for future decommissioning costs.
      The impact of changes in estimated proved reserves is dealt with prospectively by amortizing the remaining book value of the asset over the expected future production. If proved reserve estimates are revised downwards, earnings could be affected by higher depreciation expense or an immediate write-down of the property’s book value (see discussion of impairment of fixed assets and goodwill below).
      Given the large number of producing fields in the Group’s portfolio, it is unlikely that any changes in reserve estimates, year on year, will have a significant effect on prospective charges for depreciation.
      US GAAP requires theunit-of-production depreciation rate to be calculated on the basis of development expenditure incurred to date and proved developed reserves. If production commences before all development wells are drilled, a portion of the development costs incurred to date should be excluded from the unit-of production depreciation rate. In respect of the Group’s portfolio of fields there is no material difference between the Group’s charge for depreciation determined on an IFRS basis and on a US GAAP basis.
Oil and Natural Gas Reserves
      BP estimates its proved reserves based on guidance contained in the UK SORP. This differs from the basis for determining reserve required by the US Securities and Exchange Commission. In estimating its reserves under UK SORP, BP uses long-term planning prices; these are the long term price assumptions on which the Group makes decisions to invest in the development of a field. Using planning prices for estimating proved reserves removes the impact of the volatility inherent in using year-end spot prices on our reserve base and on cash flow expectations over the long term. The Group’s planning prices for estimating reserves through the end of 2005 were $25/bbl for oil and

102


Table of Contents

$4.00/mmbtu for natural gas. Applying higher year-end prices to reserve estimates and assuming they apply to theend-of-field life has the effect of increasing proved reserves associated with concessions (tax and royalty arrangements) for which additional development opportunities become economic at higher prices or where higher prices make it more economic to extend the life of a field. On the other hand, applying higher year-end prices to reserves in fields subject to PSAs has the effect of decreasing proved reserves from those fields because higher prices result in lower volume entitlements. We believe that our long-term planning price assumptions provide the most appropriate basis for estimating oil and gas reserves and we will continue to use this basis for our UK reporting.
      In determining ‘reasonable certainty’ for UK SORP purposes, BP applies a number of additional internally imposed assessment principles, such as the requirement for internal approval and final investment decision (which we refer to as project sanction), or for such project sanction within six months and, for additional reserves in existing fields, the requirement that the reserves be included in the business plan and scheduled for development within three years. These principles are also applied for SEC reporting purposes.
      The Company’s proved reserves estimates for the year ended December 31, 2005 reported in this Form 20-F reflect year-end prices and some adjustments which have been made vis-à-vis individual asset reserve estimates based on different applications of certain SEC interpretations of SEC regulations relating to the use of technology (mainly seismic) to estimate reserves in the reservoir away from wellbores and the reporting of fuel gas (i.e. gas used for fuel in operations on the lease) within proved reserves. The 2005 year-end marker prices used were Brent $58.21/bbl and Henry Hub $9.52/mmbtu. The other 2005 movements in proved reserves, are reflected in the tables showing movements in oil and gas reserves by region in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Supplementary Oil and Gas Information on pages S-1 and S-5.
      The Group manages its hydrocarbon resources in three major categories: prospect inventory, non-proved resources and proved reserves. When a discovery is made, volumes transfer from the prospect inventory to the non-proved resource category. The reserves move through various non-proved resources sub-categories as their technical and commercial maturity increases through appraisal activity. Reserves in a field will only be categorized as proved when all the criteria for attribution of proved status have been met, including an internally imposed requirement for project sanction, or for sanction expected within six months. Internal approval and final investment decision are what we refer to as project sanction.
      At the point of sanction, all booked reserves will be categorized as proved undeveloped (PUD). Volumes will subsequently be recategorized from PUD to proved developed (PD) as a consequence of development activity. The first PD bookings will occur at the point of first oil or gas production. Major development projects typically take one to four years from the time of initial booking to the start of production. Adjustments may be made to booked reserves due to production, reservoir performance, commercial factors, acquisition and divestment activity and additional reservoir development activity.
      The Group reassesses its estimate of proved reserves on an annual basis. The estimated proved reserves of oil and natural gas are subject to future revision. As discussed below, oil and natural gas reserves have a direct impact on certain amounts reported in the financial statements.
      Proved reserves do not include reserves that are dependent on the renewal of exploration and production licences, unless there is strong evidence to support the assumption of such renewal.
Recoverability of Asset Carrying Values
      BP assesses its fixed assets, including goodwill, for possible impairment if there are events or changes in circumstances that indicate that carrying values of the assets may not be recoverable. Such indicators include changes in the Group’s business plans, changes in commodity prices leading to unprofitable performance and, for oil and gas properties, significant downward revisions of estimated proved reserve quantities. The assessment for impairment entails comparing the carrying value of the

103


Table of Contents

cash generating unit and associated goodwill with the recoverable amount of the asset, that is, the higher of net realizable value and value in use. Value in use is usually determined on the basis of discounted estimated future net cash flows.
      Determination as to whether and how much an asset is impaired involves management estimates on highly uncertain matters such as future commodity prices, the effects of inflation and technology improvements on operating expenses, production profiles and the outlook for global or regional market supply-and-demand conditions for crude oil, natural gas and refined products.
      For oil and natural gas properties, the expected future cash flows are estimated based on the Group’s plans to continue to produce and develop proved and associated risk-adjusted probable and possible reserves. Expected future cash flows from the sale or production of reserves are calculated based on the Group’s best estimate of future oil and gas prices. Prices for oil and natural gas used for future cash flow calculations are assumed to decline from existing levels in equal steps during the next three years to the long-term planning assumptions as at December 31, 2005 ($25 per barrel and $4.00 per mmbtu for Brent and Henry Hub respectively). Previously, the long-term planning assumptions were a Brent oil price of $20 per barrel and a Henry Hub gas price of $3.50 per mmbtu. These long-term planning assumptions are subject to periodic review and modification. The estimated future level of production is based on assumptions about future commodity prices, lifting and development costs, field decline rates, market demand and supply, economic regulatory climates and other factors.
      Charges for impairment are recognized in the Group’s results from time to time as a result of, among other factors, adverse changes in the recoverable reserves from oil and natural gas fields, low plant utilization or reduced profitability. If there are low oil prices or natural gas prices or refining margins or marketing margins over an extended period, the Group may need to recognize significant impairment charges.
      Irrespective of whether there is any indication of impairment, BP is required to test for impairment any goodwill acquired in a business combination. The Group carries goodwill of approximately $10.4 billion on its balance sheet, principally relating to the Atlantic Richfield and Burmah Castrol acquisitions. In testing goodwill for impairment, the Group uses a similar approach to that described above. The cash-generating units for impairment testing in this case are one level below business segments. As noted above, if there are low oil prices or natural gas prices or refining margins or marketing margins for an extended period, the Group may need to recognize significant goodwill impairment charges.
Deferred Taxation
      The Group has approximately $5 billion of carry forward tax losses in the UK and Germany, which would be available to offset against future taxable income. Carry forward tax losses in other taxing jurisdictions have not been recognized as deferred tax assets, and are unlikely to have a significant effect on the Group’s tax rate in future years.
Provisions and Liabilities
      The Group holds provisions for the future decommissioning of oil and natural gas production facilities and pipelines at the end of their economic lives. The largest asset removal obligations facing BP relate to the removal and disposal of oil and natural gas platforms and pipelines around the world. The estimated discounted costs of dismantling and removing these facilities are accrued on the installation of those facilities, reflecting our legal obligations at that time. A corresponding asset of an amount equivalent to the provision is also created within property, plant and equipment. This asset is depreciated over the expected life of the production facility or pipeline. Most of these removal events are many years in the future and the precise requirements that will have to be met when the removal event actually occurs are uncertain. Asset removal technologies and costs are constantly changing, as well as political, environmental, safety and public expectations. Consequently, the timing and amounts

104


Table of Contents

of future cash flows are subject to significant uncertainty. Changes in the expected future costs are reflected in both the provision and tangible asset.
      Decommissioning provisions associated with downstream and petrochemicals facilities are generally not provided for, as such potential obligations cannot be measured, given their indeterminate settlement dates. The Group performs periodic reviews of its downstream and petrochemicals long-lived assets for any changes in facts and circumstances that might require the recognition of a decommissioning provision.
      The timing and amount of future expenditures are reviewed annually, together with the interest rate to be used in discounting the cash flows. The interest rate used to determine the balance sheet obligation at the end of 2005 was 2.0%, unchanged from the end of 2004. The interest rate represents the real rate (i.e. adjusted for inflation) on long-dated government bonds.
      Other provisions and liabilities are recognized in the period when it becomes probable that there will be a future outflow of funds resulting from past operations or events that can be reasonably estimated. The timing of recognition requires the application of judgement to existing facts and circumstances, which can be subject to change. Since the actual cash outflows can take place many years in the future, the carrying amounts of provisions and liabilities are reviewed regularly and adjusted to take account of changing facts and circumstances.
      A change in estimate of a recognized provision or liability would result in a charge or credit to net income in the period in which the change occurs (with the exception of decommissioning costs as described above).
      In particular, provisions for environmentalclean-up and remediation costs are based on current legal and constructive requirements, technology, price levels and expected plans for remediation. Actual costs and cash outflows can differ from estimates because of changes in laws and regulations, public expectations, prices, discovery and analysis of site conditions and changes in clean-uptechnology.
      The provision for environmental liabilities is reviewed at least annually. The interest rate used to determine the balance sheet obligation at December 31, 2005 was 2.0%, the same rate as at the previous balance sheet date.
      As further described in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 49 on page F-141, the Group is subject to claims and actions. The facts and circumstances relating to particular cases are evaluated regularly in determining whether it is ‘probable’ that there will be a future outflow of funds and, once established, whether a provision relating to a specific litigation should be adjusted. Accordingly, significant management judgement relating to contingent liabilities is required, since the outcome of litigation is difficult to predict.
Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits
      Accounting for pensions and other postretirement benefits involves judgement about uncertain events, including estimated retirement dates, salary levels at retirement, mortality rates, rates of return on plan assets, determination of discount rates for measuring plan obligations, healthcare cost-trend rates and rates of utilization of healthcare services by retirees. These assumptions are based on the environment in each country. Determination of the projected benefit obligations for the Group’s defined benefit pension and postretirement plans is important to the recorded amounts for such obligations on the balance sheet and to the amount of benefit expense in the income statement. The assumptions used may vary from year to year, which will affect future results of operations. Any differences between these assumptions and the actual outcome also affect future results of operations.
      Pension and other postretirement benefit assumptions are discussed and agreed with the independent actuaries in December each year. These assumptions are used to determine the projected benefit obligation at the year end and hence the surplus and deficits recorded on the Group’s balance sheet, and pension and postretirement expense for the following year.

105


Table of Contents

      The pension assumptions at December 31, 2005 and 2004 under IAS 19 are summarized below.
                         
  UK Other USA
 
  2005 2004 2005 2004 2005 2004
 
  (%)
Rate of return on assets
  7.0   7.0   5.5   6.0   8.0   8.0 
Discount rate
  4.75   5.25   4.0   5.0   5.5   5.75 
Future salary increases
  4.25   4.0   3.25   4.0   4.25   4.0 
Future pension increases
  2.5   2.5   1.75   2.5   nil   nil 
Inflation
  2.5   2.5   2.0   2.5   2.5   2.5 
      The assumed rate of investment return and discount rate have a significant effect on the amounts reported. A one-percentage-point change in these assumptions for the principal plans would have the following effects:
         
  One-percentage point
 
  Increase Decrease
 
  ($ million)
Investment return:
        
Effect on pension expense in 2006
  (346)  348 
Discount rate:
        
Effect on pension expense in 2006
  (78)  93 
Effect on pension obligation at December 31, 2005
  (4,911)  6,379 
      The assumptions used in calculating the charge for US postretirement benefits are consistent with those shown above for US pension plans. The assumed future US healthcare cost trend rate is shown below.
                                 
                2013 and
                subsequent
  2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 years
 
  (%)
Beneficiaries aged under 65
  9.0   8.0   7.0   6.0   5.5   5.0   5.0   5.0 
Beneficiaries aged over 65
  11.0   9.5   8.5   7.5   6.5   6.0   5.5   5.0 
      The assumed US healthcare cost trend rate has a significant effect on the amounts reported. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed US healthcare cost trend rate would have the following effects:
         
  One-percentage point
 
  Increase Decrease
 
  ($ million)
Effect on US postretirement benefit expense in 2006
  32   (26)
Effect on US postretirement obligation at December 31, 2005
  388   (319)
Impact of New International Financial Reporting Standards
      In August 2005, the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) issued IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments — Disclosures’ which is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2007, with earlier adoption encouraged. Upon adoption, the Group will disclose additional information about its financial instruments, their significance and the nature and extent of risks to which they give rise. More specifically, the Group will be required to disclose the fair value of its financial instruments and its risk exposure in greater detail. There will be no effect on reported income or net assets. No decision has been made on whether to early adopt this standard.
      Also in August 2005, ‘IAS 1 Amendment — Presentation of Financial Statements: Capital Disclosures’ was issued by the IASB, which requires disclosures of an entity’s objectives, policies and

106


Table of Contents

processes for managing capital, quantitative data about what the entity regards as capital, whether the entity has complied with any capital requirements, and the consequences of any non-compliance. This is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2007. There will be no effect on the Group’s reported income or net assets.
      ‘IAS 21 Amendment — Net Investment in a Foreign Operation’ was issued in December 2005. The amendment clarifies the requirements of IAS 21 ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ regarding an entity’s investment in foreign operations. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2006, and was adopted by the EU in May 2006. There will be no material impact on the Group’s reported income or net assets as a result of adoption of this amendment.
      The IASB issued an amendment to the fair value option in IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ in June 2005. The option to irrevocably designate, on initial recognition, any financial instruments as ones to be measured at fair value with gains and losses recognized in profit and loss has now been restricted to those financial instruments meeting certain criteria. The criteria are where such designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch, when a group of financial assets, financial liabilities or both are managed and their performance is evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and when an instrument contains an embedded derivative that meets particular conditions. The Group has not designated any financial instruments as being at-fair-value-through-profit-and-loss, thus there will be no effect on the Group’s reported income or net assets as a result of adoption of this amendment.
      In August 2005, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts regarding Financial Guarantee Contracts’. These amendments require the issuer of financial guarantee contracts to account for them under IAS 39 as opposed to IFRS 4 unless an issuer has previously asserted explicitly that it regards such contracts as insurance contracts and has used accounting applicable to insurance contracts. In these instances the issuer may elect to apply either IAS 39 or IFRS 4. Under the amended IAS 39, a financial guarantee contract is initially recognized at fair value and is subsequently measured at the higher of (a) the amount determined in accordance with IAS 37 ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’ and (b) the amount initially recognized, less, when appropriate, cumulative amortization recognized in accordance with IAS 18 ‘Revenue’. The amendment to IAS 39 is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2006. This standard impacts guarantees given by Group companies in respect of associates and joint ventures as well as in respect of other third parties; these will need to be recorded in the Group’s financial statements at fair value.
      Several interpretations have been issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) that will become effective for future financial reporting periods.
      IFRIC 5 ‘Rights to Interests Arising from Decommissioning, Restoration and Environmental Rehabilitation Funds’ sets out the accounting and disclosures required with regard to decommissioning funds. This interpretation is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2006 and has been adopted by the EU.
      IFRIC 6 ‘Liabilities Arising from Participating in a Specific Market — Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment’ provides guidance on the recognition of liabilities for waste management under the EU Directive on waste electrical and electronic equipment in respect of sales of household equipment before a certain date. This interpretation is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after December 1, 2005 and has been adopted by the EU.
      IFRIC 7 ‘Applying IAS 29 for the First Time’ provides detailed guidance on the application of IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’ in the accounting period in which hyperinflation is first observed. This interpretation is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after March 1, 2006 and was adopted by the EU in May 2006.

107


Table of Contents

      IFRIC 8 ‘Scope of IFRS 2’ clarifies that IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ is applicable to arrangements where an entity makes share-based payments for nil consideration, or where the consideration is less than the fair value of the options granted. This interpretation is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after May 1, 2006 and has yet to be adopted by the EU. This is expected in summer 2006.
      IFRIC 9 ‘Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives’ clarifies that an entity is required to assess whether an embedded derivative should be separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative when the entity first becomes a party to the contract. Subsequent reassessment is prohibited unless there is a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the cash flows that would otherwise be required under the contract, in which case reassessment is required. This interpretation is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after June 1, 2006 and has yet to be adopted by the EU. This is expected in summer 2006.
      It is not anticipated that any of these interpretations will materially affect the Group’s reported income or net assets.
US Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
      The consolidated financial statements of the BP Group are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differs in certain respects from US GAAP. The principal differences between US GAAP and IFRS for BP Group reporting are discussed in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 55 on page F-191.
Impact of New US Accounting Standards
     Inventory. In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 151 ‘Inventory Costs — an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4’ (SFAS 151). SFAS 151 requires that items, such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight and re-handling costs, be recognized as current-period charges. SFAS 151 also requires that the allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS 151 is effective for accounting periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Group adopted SFAS 151 with effect from July 1, 2005. The adoption of SFAS 151 did not have a significant effect on the Group’s profit, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, or BP shareholders’ equity, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.
     Discontinued operations. In November 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached a consensus on Issue No. 03-13‘Applying the Conditions in Paragraph 42 of FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, in Determining Whether to Report Discontinued Operations’ (EITF 03-13).Under EITF 03-13,a disposed component of an enterprise is classified as a discontinued operation only where the ongoing entity has no significant continuing direct cash flows and does not retain an interest, contract or other arrangement sufficient to enable the entity to exert significant influence over the disposed component’s operating and financial policies after disposal. EITF 03-13 is effective for a component of an enterprise that is either disposed of or classified as held for sale in accounting periods beginning after December 15, 2004. Applying EITF 03-13 led to the conclusion that the Innovene operations were not discontinued operations for US GAAP (see Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 55 on page F-191).
     Revenue. In September 2005, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the EITF regarding Issue No. 04-13 ‘Accounting for Purchases and Sales of Inventory with the Same Counterparty’ (EITF 04-13).EITF 04-13addresses accounting issues that arise when a company both sells inventory to and buys inventory from another entity in the same line of business. The purchase and sale transactions may be pursuant to a single contractual arrangement or separate contractual arrangements and the inventory purchased or sold may be in the form of raw material,work-in-process or finished goods. At issue is whether the revenue, inventory cost and cost of sales should be recorded at fair value or whether the transactions should be classified as nonmonetary transactions. EITF 04-13requires purchases and sales of inventory with the same counterparty that are entered into in contemplation of one another be

108


Table of Contents

combined and recorded as exchanges measured at the book value of the item sold. EITF 04-13 is effective for new arrangements entered into and modifications or renewals of existing arrangements in accounting periods beginning after March 15, 2006. The adoption of EITF 04-13 is not expected to have a significant effect on the Group’s profit, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, or shareholders’ equity, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.
     Nonmonetary asset exchanges. In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 153 ‘Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets — an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29’ (SFAS 153). SFAS 153 eliminates the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 29 exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with an exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in accounting periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Group adopted SFAS 153 with effect from January 1, 2005. The adoption of SFAS 153 did not have a significant effect on the Group’s profit, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, or BP shareholders’ equity, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.
     Share-based payments. In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004) ‘Share-Based Payment’ (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R, which is a revision of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 ‘Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation’ (SFAS 123), supersedes APB Opinion No. 25 ‘Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees’. Under SFAS 123R, share-based payments to employees and others are required to be recognized as an expense in the income statement based on their fair value. Pro forma disclosure is no longer a permitted alternative.
      Effective January 1, 2005, as part of the adoption of IFRS, the Group adopted International Financial Reporting Standard 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ (IFRS 2). IFRS 2 requires the recognition of expense when goods or services are received from employees or others in consideration for equity instruments or amounts that are based on the value of an entity’s equity instruments. The recognition and measurement provisions of IFRS 2 are similar to those of SFAS 123R.
      In adopting IFRS 2, the Company elected to restate prior period results to recognize the expense associated with equity-settled share-based payment transactions that were not fully vested as January 1, 2003 and the liability associated with cash-settled share-based payment transactions as of January 1, 2003.
      The Group adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method with effect from January 1, 2005.
     Taxation. In December 2004, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 109-1 ‘Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004’ (FSP 109-1). FSP 109-1, effective upon issuance, requires that the manufacturers’ deduction provided for under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the Jobs Creation Act) be accounted for as special deduction in accordance with FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, ‘Accounting for Income Taxes,’ rather than a tax rate reduction. The manufacturers’ deduction will be recognized by the Group in the year the benefit is earned.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 109-2 ‘Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004’ (FSP 109-2). The Jobs Creation Act provides a special one-time provision allowing earnings of certain non-US companies to be repatriated to a US parent company at a reduced tax rate. FSP 109-2, effective upon issuance, permits additional time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment in order to evaluate the effect of the Jobs Creation Act without undermining an entity’s assertion that repatriation of non-US earnings to a US parent company is not expected within the foreseeable future. The repatriation provision of the Jobs Creation Act did not have a significant effect on the Group’s profit, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, or BP shareholders’ equity, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.

109


Table of Contents

     Provisions. In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47 ‘Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143’ (Interpretation 47). Under Interpretation 47, a conditional asset retirement obligation represents an unconditional obligation to perform an asset retirement activity where the timing or method of settlement is conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. Interpretation 47 clarifies that an entity is required to recognize a liability, when incurred, for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Uncertainty about the timing or method of settlement of a conditional asset retirement obligation is factored into the measurement of the liability when sufficient information exists. SFAS 143 acknowledges that in some cases, sufficient information may not be available to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. Interpretation 47 also clarifies when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. Interpretation 47 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The Group adopted Interpretation 47 with effect from January 1, 2005. The adoption of Interpretation 47 did not have a significant effect on the Group’s profit, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, or BP shareholders’ equity, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.
     Fixed assets. FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 19 ‘Financial Accounting and Reporting by Oil and Gas Producing Companies’ (SFAS 19) requires the cost of drilling an exploratory well (exploration or exploratory-type stratigraphic test wells) to be capitalized pending determination of whether the well has found proved reserves. If this determination cannot be made at the conclusion of drilling, SFAS No. 19 sets out additional requirements for continuing to carry the cost of the well as an asset. These requirements include firm plans for further drilling and a one-year time limitation on continued capitalization in certain situations. Subsequent to the issuance of SFAS 19, as a result of the increasing complexity of oil and gas projects due to drilling in remote and deepwater offshore locations, entities increasingly require more than one year to complete all of the activities that permit recognition of proved reserves. In addition, because of new technologies, in certain situations additional exploratory wells may no longer be required before a project can commence.
      In April 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 19-1 ‘Accounting for Suspended Well Costs’ (FSP 19-1). FSP 19-1 amends SFAS 19 to permit the continued capitalization of exploratory well costs beyond one year if (a) the well found a sufficient quantity of reserves to justify its completion as a producing well and (b) the entity is making sufficient progress assessing the reserves and the economic and operating viability of the project. If either condition is not met, or if an entity obtains information that raises substantial doubt about the economic or operational viability of the project, the exploratory well is assumed to be impaired, and its costs, net of any salvage value, is charged to expense. FSP 19-1 provides a number of indicators that would be considered in order to demonstrate that sufficient progress was being made in assessing the reserves and the economic viability of the project. FSP 19-1 is effective for accounting periods beginning after April 4, 2005. Early application of the guidance is permitted in periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued.
      BP’s accounting policy is that costs directly associated with an exploration well are capitalized as an intangible asset until the drilling of the well is complete and the results have been evaluated. If hydrocarbons are found, and, subject to further appraisal activity which may include the drilling of further wells (exploration or exploratory-type stratigraphic test wells), are likely to be capable of commercial development, the costs continue to be carried as an asset. All such carried costs are subject to technical, commercial and management review at least once a year to confirm the continued intent to develop or otherwise extract value from the discovery. When this is no longer the case, the costs are written off. When proved reserves of oil and natural gas are determined and development is sanctioned, the relevant expenditure is transferred to property, plant and equipment. The Group adopted FSP 19-1 with effect from January 1, 2004. No previously capitalized costs were expensed upon the adoption of FSP 19-1.
     Accounting changes and error corrections. In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154 ‘Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB

110


Table of Contents

Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3’ (SFAS 154). SFAS 154 applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle and changes the requirements for the accounting for, and reporting of, a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior period financial statements of a voluntary change in accounting principle unless it is impracticable. Previously, most voluntary changes in accounting principle were recognized by including in net income of the period of the change the cumulative effect of changing to the new accounting principle. SFAS 154 also requires that a change in the method of depreciation, amortization or depletion for long-lived nonfinancial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate that is effected by a change in accounting principle. Previously, such changes were reported as a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in accounting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS 154 is not expected to have a significant effect on profit, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, or BP shareholders’ equity, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.

111


Table of Contents

ITEM 6 —DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT
      The following lists the Company’s directors and senior management as at June 28, 2006.
     
    Initially elected
Name   or appointed
 
P D Sutherland
 Non-executive chairman (a)(e) Chairman since May 1997
    Director since July 1995
Sir Ian Prosser
 Non-executive deputy Deputy chairman since
  chairman (a)(b)(c)(e) February 1999
    Director since May 1997
The Lord Browne of Madingley
 Executive director (group chief executive) September 1991
Dr D C Allen
 Executive director (group chief of staff) February 2003
P B P Bevan
 Group general counsel September 1992
S Bott
 Executive vice president, human resources March 2005
I C Conn
 Executive director, (group executive officer, strategic resources) July 2004
V Cox
 Executive vice president, Gas, Power & Renewables July 2004
Dr B E Grote
 Executive director (chief financial officer) August 2000
Dr A B Hayward
 Executive director (chief executive, Exploration and Production) February 2003
A G Inglis
 Deputy chief executive, Exploration and Production July 2004
J A Manzoni
 Executive director (chief executive, Refining and Marketing) February 2003
J H Bryan
 Non-executive director (a)(b)(c) December 1998
A Burgmans
 Non-executive director (a)(d) February 2004
E B Davis, Jr
 Non-executive director (a)(b)(c) December 1998
D J Flint
 Non-executive director (a)(c) January 2005
Dr D S Julius
 Non-executive director (a)(b)(e) November 2001
Sir Tom McKillop
 Non-executive director (a)(b)(d) July 2004
Dr W E Massey
 Non-executive director (a)(d)(e) December 1998
 
(a)Member of the chairman’s committee.
 
(b)Member of the remuneration committee.
 
(c)Member of the audit committee.
 
(d)Member of the ethics and environment assurance committee.
 
(e)Member of the nomination committee
      Mr M H Wilson resigned as a non-executive director on February 28, 2006. Mr H M P Miles retired as a non-executive director on April 20, 2006. At the Company’s Annual General Meeting (AGM) the following directors retired, offered themselves for re-election and were duly re-elected: Dr D C Allen, The Lord Browne of Madingley, Mr J H Bryan, Mr A Burgmans, Mr I C Conn, Mr E B Davis, Jr, Mr D J Flint, Dr B E Grote, Dr A B Hayward, Dr D S Julius, Sir Tom McKillop, Mr J A Manzoni, Dr W E Massey, Sir Ian Prosser, and Mr P D Sutherland.
      The biographies of the directors and senior management are set out below.

112


Table of Contents

      P D Sutherland, KCMG — Peter Sutherland (60) rejoined BP’s board in 1995, having been a non-executive director from 1990 to 1993, and was appointed chairman in 1997. He is non-executive chairman of Goldman Sachs International and a non-executive director of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group.
      Sir Ian Prosser — Sir Ian (62) joined BP’s board in 1997 and was appointed non-executive deputy chairman in 1999. He retired as chairman of Intercontinental Hotels Group PLC, previously Bass PLC, in 2003. He was a non-executive director of The Boots Company from 1984 to 1996, of Lloyds Bank PLC from 1988 to 1995 and of Lloyds TSB Group PLC from 1995 to 1999. In 2000, he was appointed a non-executive director of GlaxoSmithKline and in 2004 he was appointed a non-executive director of Sara Lee Corporation.
      The Lord Browne of Madingley, FREng — Lord Browne (58) joined BP in 1966 and subsequently held a variety of Exploration and Production and Finance posts in the US, UK and Canada. He was appointed an executive director in 1991 and group chief executive in 1995. He is a non-executive director of Intel Corporation and Goldman Sachs Group Inc. He was knighted in 1998 and made a life peer in 2001.
      Dr D C Allen — David Allen (51) joined BP in 1978 and subsequently undertook a number of Corporate and Exploration and Production roles in London and New York. He moved to BP’s Corporate Planning function in 1986, becoming group vice president in 1999. He was appointed an executive vice president and group chief of staff in 2000 and an executive director of BP in 2003. He is a director of BP Pension Trustees Ltd.
      P B P Bevan — Peter Bevan (62) joined BP after qualifying as a solicitor with a City of London firm. He worked initially in the law department of BP Chemicals. He became group general counsel in 1992 following roles as manager of the Legal function of BP Exploration, assistant company secretary and deputy group legal adviser. He was appointed an executive vice president of BP p.l.c. in 1998.
      S Bott — Sally Bott (57) joined BP in March 2005 as an executive vice president responsible for human resources management. She joined Citibank in 1970 and following a variety of roles, was appointed a vice president in human resources in 1979 subsequently holding a series of positions as a human resources director to sectors of Citibank. In 1994, she joined BZW, an investment bank, as head of human resources and in 1996 became group human resources director of Barclays Group. From 2000 to early 2005, she was managing director and head of global human resources at Marsh Inc., insurance brokers.
      I C Conn — Iain Conn (43) joined BP in 1986. Following a variety of roles in oil trading, commercial refining, marketing, Exploration and Production, in 2000 he became group vice president of BP’s Refining and Marketing business. From 2002 to 2004, he was chief executive of Petrochemicals. He was appointed group executive officer with a range of regional and functional responsibilities and an executive director in July 2004. He was appointed to the board of Rolls-Royce Group plc in January 2005. He is chairman of BP Pension Trustees Ltd.
      V Cox — Vivienne Cox (47) joined BP in 1981. Following a series of commercial roles, she was appointed chief executive of Air BP in 1998. From 1999 until 2001 she was group vice president in BP Oil responsible for business to business marketing in oil, supply and trading. In 2001, she became group vice president integrated supply and trading and in 2004 she was appointed an executive vice president, additionally responsible for Gas, Power and Renewables. She also became responsible for BP Alternative Energy following its launch in late 2005.
      Dr B E Grote — Byron Grote (58) joined BP in 1987 following the acquisition of The Standard Oil Company of Ohio, where he had worked since 1979. He became group treasurer in 1992 and in 1994 regional chief executive in Latin America. In 1999, he was appointed an executive vice president of Exploration and Production, and chief executive of Chemicals in 2000. He was appointed an executive director of BP in 2000 and chief financial officer in 2002. He was appointed to the boards of Unilever PLC and Unilever NV in May 2006.

113


Table of Contents

      Dr A B Hayward — Tony Hayward (49) joined BP in 1982. He became a director of Exploration and Production in 1997, the segment in which he had previously held a series of roles. In 2000, he was made group treasurer and an executive vice president in 2002. He was appointed chief operating officer for Exploration and Production in 2002 and an executive director of BP in 2003. He is a non-executive director of Corus Group.
      A G Inglis — Andrew Inglis (47) joined BP in 1980 working on various North Sea Projects. Following a series of commercial roles in BP Exploration, in 1996 he became chief of staff, Exploration and Production. From 1997 until 1999, he was responsible for leading BP’s activities in the Deepwater Gulf of Mexico. In 1999, he was appointed vice president of BP’s US western gas business unit and in 2004 he became executive vice president and deputy chief executive of Exploration and Production.
      J A Manzoni — John Manzoni (46) joined BP in 1983. He became group vice president for European marketing in 1999 and BP regional president for the eastern US in 2000. In 2001, he became an executive vice president and chief executive for BP’s Gas and Power segment. He was appointed chief executive of the Refining and Marketing segment in 2002 and an executive director of BP in 2003. He is a non-executive director of SABMiller plc.
      J H Bryan — John Bryan (69) joined BP’s board in 1998, having previously been a director of Amoco. He serves on the boards of General Motors Corporation and Goldman Sachs Group Inc. He retired as chairman of Sara Lee Corporation in 2001. He is chairman of Millennium Park Inc. in Chicago.
      A Burgmans — Antony Burgmans (59) joined BP’s board in 2004. He was appointed to the board of Unilever in 1991. In 1999, he became chairman of Unilever NV and vice chairman of Unilever PLC. He was appointed non-executive chairman of Unilever NV and Unilever PLC in 2005. He is also a member of the supervisory board of ABN AMRO Bank NV.
      E B Davis, Jr — Erroll B Davis, Jr (61) joined BP’s board in 1998, having previously been a director of Amoco. He was chairman and chief executive officer of Alliant Energy, relinquishing this dual appointment in July 2005. He continued as chairman of Alliant Energy until February 1, 2006, leaving to become chancellor of the University System of Georgia. He is a non-executive director of PPG Industries, Union Pacific Corporation and the US Olympic Committee.
      D J Flint, CBE — Douglas Flint (50) joined BP’s board in January 2005. He trained as a chartered accountant and became a partner at KPMG in 1988. In 1995, he was appointed group finance director of HSBC Holdings plc. He was chairman of the Financial Reporting Council’s review of the Turnbull Guidance on Internal Control. Between 2001 and 2004, he served on the Accounting Standards Board and the advisory council of the International Accounting Standards Board.
      Dr D S Julius, CBE — DeAnne Julius (57) joined BP’s board in 2001. She began her career as a project economist with the World Bank in Washington. From 1986 until 1997, she held a succession of posts, including chief economist at British Airways and Royal Dutch Shell Group. From 1997 to 2001, she was a full-time member of the Monetary Policy Committee of the Bank of England. She is chairman of the Royal Institute of International Affairs and a non-executive director of Lloyds TSB Group PLC, Serco and Roche Holdings SA.
      Sir Tom McKillop — Sir Tom (63) joined BP’s board in July 2004. Sir Tom was chief executive of AstraZeneca PLC from the merger of Astra AB and Zeneca Group PLC in 1999 until December 31, 2005. He was a non-executive director of Lloyds TSB Group PLC until 2004 and is chairman of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group.
      Dr W E Massey — Walter Massey (68) joined BP’s board in 1998, having previously been a director of Amoco. He is president of Morehouse College, a non-executive director of Motorola, Bank of America and McDonald’s Corporation and a member of President Bush’s Council of Advisors on Science & Technology.

114


Table of Contents

COMPENSATION
      The remuneration committee determines the terms of engagement and remuneration of the executive directors and monitors the policies applied by the group chief executive in remunerating other senior executives.
Policy on Executive Directors’ Remuneration
      During 2004, the committee carried out a comprehensive and independent review of all elements of remuneration policy for executive directors, culminating in a shareholder resolution at the 2005 AGM approving the renewal of the Executive Directors’ Incentive Plan (EDIP).
      The committee seeks to ensure that, in determining remuneration policy, there is a clear link between the Company’s purpose, the business plans and executive reward. The following key principles guide its policy:
 — Policy for the remuneration of executive directors will be determined and regularly reviewed independently of executive management and will set the tone for the remuneration of other senior executives.
 
 — The remuneration structure will support and reflect BP’s stated purpose to maximize long-term shareholder value.
 
 — The remuneration structure will reflect a just system of rewards for the participants.
 
 — The overall quantum of all potential remuneration components will be determined by the exercise of informed judgement of the independent remuneration committee, taking into account the success of BP and the competitive global market.
 
 — The majority of the remuneration will be linked to the achievement of demanding performance targets that are independently set and reflect the creation of long-term shareholder value.
 
 — A significant personal shareholding will be developed in order to align executive and shareholder interests.
 
 — Assessment of performance will be quantitative and qualitative and will include exercise of informed judgement by the remuneration committee within a framework that takes account of sector characteristics and is approved by shareholders.
 
 — The committee will be proactive in obtaining an understanding of shareholder preferences.
 
 — Remuneration policy and practices will be as transparent as possible, both for participants and shareholders.
 
 — The wider scene, including pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Group, will be taken into account, especially when determining annual salary increases.
Elements of Remuneration
      The executive directors’ total remuneration will consist of salary, annual bonus, long-term incentives, pensions and other benefits. This reward structure will be regularly reviewed by the committee to ensure that it is achieving its objectives.
      In 2006, over three-quarters of executive directors’ potential direct remuneration will again be performance-related.
Salary
      The committee expects to review salaries in 2006. In doing so, the committee considers both top Europe-based global companies and the US oil and gas sector; each of these groups is defined and

115


Table of Contents

analysed by the committee’s independent external remuneration advisers. The committee then assesses the market information and advice and applies its judgement in setting the salary levels.
Annual Bonus
      Each executive director is eligible to participate in an annual performance-based bonus scheme. The committee reviews and sets bonus targets and levels of eligibility annually.
      For 2006, the target level is 120% of base salary (except for Lord Browne, for whom, as group chief executive, it is considered appropriate to have a target of 130%). In normal circumstances, the maximum payment level for substantially exceeding targets will continue to be 150% (165% for the group chief executive) of base salary. In exceptional circumstances, outstanding performance may be recognized by bonus payments moderately above the 150% (and 165%) levels at the discretion of the remuneration committee. Similarly, bonuses may be reduced where the committee considers that this is warranted and, in exceptional circumstances, bonuses can be reduced to zero.
      The committee recognizes that it is responsible to shareholders to use its discretion in a reasonable and informed manner in the best interests of the Company and that it has a corresponding duty to be accountable and transparent as to the manner in which it exercises its discretion. The committee will explain any significant exercise of discretion in the subsequent directors’ remuneration report.
      Executive directors’ annual bonus awards for 2006 will be based on a mix of demanding financial targets, based on the Company’s annual plan and leadership objectives established at the beginning of the year, in accordance with the following weightings:
 — 50% financial and operational metrics from the annual plan, principally earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) and return on average capital employed (ROACE).
 
 — 30% annual strategic milestones taken from the five-year Group business plan, including those relating to technology, operational actions and business development.
 
 — 20% individual performance against leadership objectives and living the values of the Group, which incorporates BP’s Code of Conduct.
      In assessing the final outcome of the individual bonuses each year, the committee will also carefully review the underlying performance of the Group in the context of the five-year Group business plan, as well as looking at competitor results, analysts’ reports and the views from the chairmen of other BP board committees. All the calculations are reviewed by Ernst & Young.
Long-term Incentives
      Long-term incentives will continue to be provided under the EDIP. It has three elements within its framework: a share element, a share option element and a cash element. The committee does not currently intend to use either the share option or cash elements but, in exceptional circumstances, may do so.
      Each executive director participates in the EDIP. The committee’s policy, subject to unforeseen circumstances, is that this should continue until the EDIP expires or is renewed in 2010.
      The committee’s policy continues to be that each executive director should hold shares equivalent in value to 5 x the director’s base salary within five years of being appointed an executive director. This policy is reflected in the terms of the EDIP, as shares awarded under the share element will only be released at the end of the three-year retention period (as described below) if the minimum shareholding guidelines have been met.

116


Table of Contents

Share Element
      The committee may make conditional share awards (performance shares) to executive directors, which will only vest to the extent that a demanding performance condition imposed by the committee is met at the end of a three-year performance period.
      The maximum number of performance shares that may be awarded to an executive director in any one year will be determined at the discretion of the remuneration committee and will not normally exceed 5.5 x base salary and, in the case of the group chief executive, 7.5 x base salary.
      In addition to the performance condition described below, the committee will have an overriding discretion, in exceptional circumstances, to reduce the number of shares that vest (or to provide that no shares vest).
      The shares that vest will normally be subject to a compulsory retention period determined by the committee, which will not normally be less than three years. This gives executive directors a six-year incentive structure and is designed to ensure that their interests are aligned with those of shareholders. Where shares vest under awards made in 2005 and future years, the executive director will receive additional shares representing the value of reinvested dividends on these shares.
      For share element awards in 2006, the performance condition will (as in 2005) relate to BP’s total shareholder return (TSR) performance against the other oil majors (ExxonMobil, Shell, Total and Chevron) over a three-year period. The committee will have the discretion to amend this peer group in appropriate circumstances, for example, in the case of any significant consolidations in the industry. TSR is calculated by taking the share price performance of a company over the period, assuming dividends to be reinvested in the Company’s shares. All share prices will be averaged over the three months before the beginning and end of the performance period and will be measured in US dollars. At the end of the performance period, the TSR performance of each of the companies will be ranked to establish the relative total return to shareholders over the period. Shares under the award will vest as to 100%, 70% and 35% if BP achieves first, second or third place respectively; no shares will vest if BP achieves fourth or fifth place.
      The committee considers that relative TSR is the most appropriate measure of performance for BP’s long-term incentives for executive directors as it best reflects the creation of long-term shareholder value. Relative performance of the peer group is particularly key in order to minimize the influence of sector-specific effects, including oil price.
      The committee is mindful of the possibility that a simple ranking system may in some circumstances give rise to distorted results in view of the broad similarity of the oil majors’ underlying businesses, the small size of the comparator group and inherent imperfections in measurement. To counter this, the committee will have the ability to exercise discretion in a reasonable and informed manner to adjust (upwards or downwards) the vesting level derived from the ranking if it considers that the ranking does not fairly reflect BP’s underlying business performance relative to the comparator group.
      The exercise of this discretion would be made after a broad analysis of the underlying health of BP’s business relative to competitors, as shown by a range of other measures including, but not limited to, ROACE, earnings per share (EPS) growth, reserves replacement and cash flow. This will enable a more comprehensive review of long-term performance, with the aims of tempering anomalies created by relying solely on a formula-based approach and ensuring that the objectives of the plan are met.
      It is anticipated that the need to use discretion is most likely to arise where the TSR performance of some companies is clustered, so that a relatively small difference in TSR performance would produce a major difference in vesting levels. In these circumstances, the committee will have power to adjust the vesting level, normally by determining an average vesting level for the companies affected by the clustering.

117


Table of Contents

      In line with its policy on transparency, the committee will explain any adjustment to the relative TSR ranking in the next directors’ remuneration report following the vesting.
      The committee may amend the performance conditions if events occur that would make the amended condition a fairer measure of performance and provided that any amended condition is no easier to satisfy.
      For 2006, all executive directors will receive performance share awards on the above basis, over a maximum number of shares set by reference to 5.5 x base salary. For awards under the share element in future years, the committee may continue with the same performance condition or may impose a different condition, which it considers to be no less demanding.
      As group chief executive, Lord Browne is eligible for performance share awards of up to 7.5 x base salary. The committee has determined that, while the largest part of this should relate to the TSR measure described above, it continues to be appropriate that a specific part (up to 2 x base salary) should be based on long-term leadership measures. These will focus on sustaining BP’s financial, strategic and organizational health and will include, but not be limited to, maintenance of BP’s performance culture and the continued development of BP’s business strategy, executive talent and internal organization. As with the TSR part of his award, this part will be measured over a three-year performance period.
Share Element Awards Made in Previous Years
      Awards for the period 2005-2007 were made on the same basis as described above. For outstanding awards of performance units made under the plans for the periods 2003-2005 and 2004-2006, the previous performance conditions will apply for the three-year performance periods in each of the plans. The primary measure is BP’s shareholder return against the market (SHRAM), which accounts for nearly two-thirds of the potential total award, the remainder being assessed on BP’s relative ROACE and EPS growth.
      BP’s SHRAM is measured against the companies in the FTSE All World Oil & Gas Index. Companies within the index are weighted according to their market capitalization at the beginning of each three-year period in order to give greatest emphasis to oil majors. BP’s ROACE and EPS growth are measured against ExxonMobil, Shell, Total and Chevron. All calculations are reviewed by Ernst & Young to ensure that they meet an independent objective standard. The relative position of the Company within the comparator group determines the number of shares awarded per performance unit, subject to a maximum of two shares per unit.
Share Option Element
      The share option element of the EDIP permits options to be granted to executive directors at an exercise price no lower than the market value of a share at the date the option is granted. The committee does not currently intend to use this element.
Cash Element
      The cash element allows the committee to grant long-term cash-based incentives. This element has not been used since the EDIP was established in 2000 and the committee would only do so in special circumstances.
Pensions
      Executive directors are eligible to participate in the appropriate pension schemes applying in their home countries.

118


Table of Contents

Other Benefits
Benefits and Other Share Schemes
      Executive directors are eligible to participate in regular employee benefit plans and in all-employee share schemes and savings plans applying in their home countries. Benefits in kind are not pensionable.
Resettlement Allowance
      Expatriates may receive a resettlement allowance for a limited period.
2005 Remuneration for Executive Directors
      Amounts shown are in the currency received by executive directors. For information, the average exchange rate for 2005 was £1 = $1.82. Annual bonus is shown in the year it was earned.
                                         
  Annual remuneration Long-term remuneration
 
  Share element of EDIP/ LTPPs
 
      2005-2007
  2002-2004 plan 2003-2005 plan plan
  (vested in Feb (vested in Feb (awarded in
  2005) 2006) Apr 2005)
 
  2005  
  Non-cash  
  benefits   Potential
  2005 2005 annual and other 2005 2004 Actual   Actual   maximum
  Salary performance emoluments total total Shares Value shares Value performance
  ‘000 bonus ‘000 ‘000 ‘000 ‘000 vested(b) ‘000(a) vested (b) ‘000(c) shares (d)
 
The Lord Browne of Madingley
  £1,451   £1,750   £90   £3,291   £3,744   356,667   £1,958   474,384   £3,064   2,006,767 
Dr D C Allen
  £431   £480   £12   £923   £1,036   60,000   £329   147,783   £955   436,623 
I C Conn(e)
  £421   £450   £43   £914   £542   51,750   £284   68,250   £441   415,832 
Dr B E Grote
  $923   $1,100    —   $2,023   $2,103   136,960   $1,419   175,229   $1,979   501,782 
Dr A B Hayward
  £431   £460   £14   £905   £1,061   55,125   £303   147,783   £955   436,623 
J A Manzoni
  £431   £440   £47   £918   £1,071   60,000   £329   147,783   £955   436,623 
 
(a)Based on market price on date of award (£5.49 per share/$62.15 per ADS).
 
(b)Gross award of shares based on a performance assessment by the remuneration committee and on the other terms of the plan. Sufficient shares are sold to pay for tax applicable. Remaining shares are held in trust for current directors for the three-year retention period, when they are released to the individual.
 
(c)Based on the market price on date of award (£6.46 per share/$67.76 per ADS).
 
(d)Maximum potential shares that could vest at the end of the three-year period depending on performance.
 
(e)2004 remuneration reflects that received by Mr Conn from his appointment as executive director on July 1, 2004.
Salary
      Base salaries for all executive directors were reviewed relative to top Europe-based global companies and the US oil and gas sector. Having taken account of market movements and performance, the committee awarded a 5% increase in base salaries with effect from July 1, 2005 for all executive directors except Mr Conn, whose increase was slightly higher to bring him to the same level as his peers.
Annual Bonus
      The measures and weightings described earlier form the framework within which the remuneration committee determined the annual bonuses for the executive directors.

119


Table of Contents

      The committee made evaluations against each of the measures: financial, metrics and milestones, and individual. The financial measures were taken from the annual plan principally on cash flow. Cash flow was strong. Amounts received from the divestment of non-strategic assets significantly exceeded internal targets (principally due to the Innovene disposal) and these, along with other actions and successes, more than offset reductions in cash flow caused by adverse events. Production rates, allowing for the impact of oil prices on production-sharing contracts and weather-related downtime, were within internal expectations.
      Annual strategic metrics and milestones were taken from the five-year Group business plan. There is a wide range of measures, including those relating to people, safety, environment, technology and organization as well as operations and business development. The Group continued to perform well, developing business in Russia, India and elsewhere. New fields came on stream in the US, Angola, Azerbaijan and Trinidad & Tobago. A new Code of Conduct was launched and employees were trained in its application. Safety performance was impaired by the incident at the Texas City refinery.
      Individual performance against leadership objectives was reviewed by the committee, as was the underlying performance of the Group in the context of the five-year plan, together with competitor results and positioning. Results are in line with or exceed expectations.
      The committee also considered this performance in the light of the significant events during the year, both positive and negative. These included the high prices of oil and gas; the overall financial performance of the Group; the disposal of non-strategic assets, principally Innovene; the financial and other consequences of the incident at the Texas City refinery and the repairs to the Thunder Horse platform; and the effects of the hurricanes in the Gulf of Mexico. The scale and the impact of all of these events were taken into account in determining the annual bonuses.
Long-term Performance-based Components
Share Element of EDIP and Long Term Performance Plans (LTPPs)
      Under the share element of the EDIP and the Long Term Performance Plans (LTPPs), performance units were until 2004 granted at the beginning of the three-year period and converted into an award of shares at the end of the period, depending on performance. There is a maximum of two shares per performance unit. For 2005 and future years, grants of performance shares are made, being the maximum number of shares that could vest (as described in compensation — Elements of Remuneration — Long-Term Incentives — Share Element in this Item on page 117). In the table following, performance units that have yet to convert to shares are expressed as the maximum number of shares into which they could convert (based on the maximum 2:1 ratio). This achieves consistency of disclosure between the two periods.
      For the 2003-2005 share element of the EDIP and the LTPPs, BP’s performance was assessed in terms of SHRAM, ROACE and EPS growth. BP’s three-year SHRAM was measured against the companies in the FTSE All World Oil & Gas Index. Companies within the index are weighted according to their market capitalization at the beginning of each three-year period in order to give greatest emphasis to oil majors. BP’s ROACE and EPS were measured against ExxonMobil, Shell, Total and Chevron. Based on a performance assessment of 75 points out of 200 (0 for SHRAM, 50 for ROACE and 25 for EPS growth), the committee made awards of shares to executive directors as highlighted in the 2003-2005 lines of the table following.

120


Table of Contents

      The following table summarizes the LTPPs and share elements of the executive directors’ remuneration for 2005.
                                     
        Share element/ LTPP interests Interests vested in 2005
 
  Market price Potential maximum   Market
  of each share performance shares (a)   price of
  Date of at date of   Number of   each
  award of award of   ordinary   share at
  Performance performance performance At Jan 1, Awarded At Dec 31, shares   vesting
  period shares shares £ 2005 2005 2005 vested (b) Vesting date date £
 
The Lord Browne of Madingley
  2002-2004   Feb 18, 2002   5.73   951,112    —    —   356,667   Feb 9, 2005   5.49 
   2003-2005   Feb 17, 2003   3.96   1,265,024    —   1,265,024   474,384   Feb 13, 2006   6.46 
   2004-2006   Feb 25, 2004   4.25   1,268,894    —   1,268,894    —    —    — 
   2005-2007   Apr 28, 2005   5.33    —   2,006,767   2,006,767    —    —    — 
Dr D C Allen
  2002-2004   Mar 6, 2002   5.99   160,000    —    —   60,000   Feb 9, 2005   5.49 
   2003-2005   Feb 17, 2003   3.96   394,088    —   394,088   147,783   Feb 13, 2006   6.46 
   2004-2006   Feb 25, 2004   4.25   376,470    —   376,470    —    —    — 
   2005-2007   Apr 28, 2005   5.33    —   436,623   436,623    —    —    — 
I C Conn (c)
  2002-2004   Mar 6, 2002   5.99   138,000    —    —   51,750   Feb 9, 2005   5.49 
   2003-2005   Feb 17, 2003   3.96   182,000    —   182,000   68,250   Feb 13, 2006   6.46 
   2004-2006   Feb 25, 2004   4.25   182,000    —   182,000    —    —    — 
   2005-2007   Apr 28, 2005   5.33    —   415,832   415,832    —    —    — 
Dr B E Grote
  2002-2004   Feb 18, 2002   5.73   365,226    —    —   136,960   Feb 9, 2005   5.49 
   2003-2005   Feb 17, 2003   3.96   467,276    —   467,276   175,229   Feb 13, 2006   6.46 
   2004-2006   Feb 25, 2004   4.25   425,338    —   425,338    —    —    — 
   2005-2007   Apr 28, 2005   5.33    —   501,782   501,782    —    —    — 
Dr A B Hayward
  2002-2004   Mar 6, 2002   5.99   147,000    —    —   55,125   Feb, 9 2005   5.49 
   2003-2005   Feb 17, 2003   3.96   394,088    —   394,088   147,783   Feb 13, 2006   6.46 
   2004-2006   Feb 25, 2004   4.25   376,470    —   376,470    —    —    — 
   2005-2007   Apr 28, 2005   5.33    —   436,623   436,623    —    —    — 
J A Manzoni
  2002-2004   Mar 6, 2002   5.99   160,000    —    —   60,000   Feb 9, 2005   5.49 
   2003-2005   Feb 17, 2003   3.96   394,088    —   394,088   147,783   Feb 13, 2006   6.46 
   2004-2006   Feb 25, 2004   4.25   376,470    —   376,470    —    —    — 
   2005-2007   Apr 28, 2005   5.33    —   436,623   436,623    —    —    — 
Former Directors
                                    
R L Olver
  2002-2004   Feb 18, 2002   5.73   392,592    —    —   147,222   Feb 9, 2005   5.49 
   2003-2005   Feb 17, 2003   3.96   548,276    —   548,276   205,604   Feb 13, 2006   6.46 
 
(a)BP’s performance is measured against the oil sector. For the periods 2003-2005 and 2004-2006, the performance measure is SHRAM, which is measured against the FTSE All World Oil & Gas Index, and ROACE and EPS growth, which are measured against ExxonMobil, Shell, Total and Chevron. For the 2005-2007 period, the performance condition is TSR measured against ExxonMobil, Shell, Total and Chevron. Each performance period ends on December 31 of the third year.
 
(b)Represents awards of shares made at the end of the relevant performance period based on performance achieved under rules of the plan.
 
(c)Mr Conn elected to defer to 2006 the determination of whether LTPP awards should be made for the 2000-2002 performance period. As this period ended prior to his appointment as a director, the award is not included in this table.

121


Table of Contents

Share Options
      The table below represents the interests of executive directors in options over ordinary shares during 2005.
                                     
              Market    
              price at Date from  
  Option At Jan 1,     At Dec 31, Option date of which first Expiry
  type 2005 Granted Exercised 2005 price exercise exercisable date
 
The Lord Browne of Madingley
  SAYE   4,550         4,550   £3.50      Sept 1, 08   Feb 28, 09 
   EDIP   408,522         408,522   £5.99      May 15, 01   May 15, 07 
   EDIP   1,269,843         1,269,843   £5.67      Feb 19, 02   Feb 19, 08 
   EDIP   1,348,032         1,348,032   £5.72      Feb 18, 03   Feb 18, 09 
   EDIP   1,348,032         1,348,032   £3.88      Feb 17, 04   Feb 17, 10 
   EDIP   1,500,000         1,500,000   £4.22      Feb 25, 05   Feb 25, 11 
Dr D C Allen
  EXEC   37,000         37,000   £5.99      May 15, 03   May 15, 10 
   EXEC   87,950         87,950   £5.67      Feb 23, 04   Feb 23, 11 
   EXEC   175,000         175,000   £5.72      Feb 18, 05   Feb 18, 12 
   EDIP   220,000         220,000   £3.88      Feb 17, 04   Feb 17, 10 
   EDIP   275,000         275,000   £4.22      Feb 25, 05   Feb 25, 11 
I C Conn
  SAYE   1,355      1,355      £4.98   £6.38   Sep 1, 05   Feb 28, 06 
   SAYE   1,456         1,456   £3.50      Sep 1, 08   Feb 28, 09 
   SAYE   1,186         1,186   £3.86      Sep 1, 09   Feb 28, 10 
   SAYE      1,498      1,498   £4.41      Sep 1, 10   Feb 28, 11 
   EXEC   72,250         72,250   £5.67      Feb 23, 04   Feb 23, 11 
   EXEC   130,000         130,000   £5.72      Feb 18, 05   Feb 18, 12 
   EXEC   160,000         160,000   £3.88      Feb 17, 06   Feb 17, 13 
   EXEC   126,000         126,000   £4.22      Feb 25, 07   Feb 25, 14 
Dr B E Grote (a)
  SAR   35,200         35,200  $25.27      Mar 6, 99   Mar 6, 06 
   SAR   40,000         40,000  $33.34      Feb 28, 00   Feb 28, 07 
   BPA   10,404         10,404  $53.90      Mar 15, 00   Mar 14, 09 
   BPA   12,600         12,600  $48.94      Mar 28, 01   Mar 27, 10 
   EDIP   40,182         40,182  $49.65      Feb 19, 02   Feb 19, 08 
   EDIP   58,173         58,173  $48.82      Feb 18, 03   Feb 18, 09 
   EDIP   58,173         58,173  $37.76      Feb 17, 04   Feb 17, 10 
   EDIP   58,333         58,333  $48.53      Feb 25, 05   Feb 25, 11 
Dr A B Hayward
  SAYE   3,302         3,302   £5.11      Sept 1, 06   Feb 28, 07 
   EXEC   34,000         34,000   £5.99      May 15, 03   May 15, 10 
   EXEC   77,400         77,400   £5.67      Feb 23, 04   Feb 23, 11 
   EXEC   160,000         160,000   £5.72      Feb 18, 05   Feb 18, 12 
   EDIP   220,000         220,000   £3.88      Feb 17, 04   Feb 17, 10 
   EDIP   275,000         275,000   £4.22      Feb 25, 05   Feb 25, 11 
J A Manzoni
  SAYE   878         878   £4.52      Sept 1, 07   Feb 28, 08 
   SAYE   2,548         2,548   £3.50      Sept 1, 08   Feb 28, 09 
   SAYE   847         847   £3.86      Sept 1, 09   Feb 28, 10 
   EXEC   12,000      12,000      £2.04   £5.52   Feb 28, 98   Feb 28, 05 
   EXEC   34,000         34,000   £5.99      May 15, 03   May 15, 10 
   EXEC   72,250         72,250   £5.67      Feb 23, 04   Feb 23, 11 
   EXEC   175,000         175,000   £5.72      Feb 18, 05   Feb 18, 12 
   EDIP   220,000         220,000   £3.88      Feb 17, 04   Feb 17, 10 
   EDIP   275,000         275,000   £4.22      Feb 25, 05   Feb 25, 11 

122


Table of Contents

     The closing market prices of an ordinary share and of an ADS on December 31, 2005 were £6.19 and $64.22 respectively. During 2005, the highest closing market prices were £6.84 and $72.27 respectively and the lowest closing market prices were £5.04 and $56.61 respectively.
     
EDIP
  Executive Directors’ Incentive Plan adopted by shareholders in April 2005 as described in Compensation — Elements of Remuneration — Long-Term Incentives in this Item on page 116.
BPA
  BP Amoco share option plan, which applied to US executive directors prior to the adoption of the EDIP.
SAR
  Stock Appreciation Rights under BP America Inc. Share Appreciation Plan.
SAYE
  Save As You Earn employee share scheme.
EXEC
  Executive Share Option Scheme. These options were granted to the relevant individuals prior to their appointments as directors and are not subject to performance conditions.
 
(a)Numbers shown are ADSs under option. One ADS is equivalent to six ordinary shares.
Pensions
      In the table below, amounts are shown in the currency received. For information, the average exchange rate for 2005 was £1 = $1.82. Lord Browne, Dr Allen, Mr Conn, Dr Hayward and Mr Manzoni accrued pension benefits in pounds sterling (the currency of payment). Similarly, Dr Grote accrued pension benefits in US dollars.
                         
        Transfer Transfer Amount of
      Additional value of value of B-A less
    Accrued pension earned accrued accrued contributions
    pension during the year benefit (b) at benefit (b) at made by the
  Service at entitlement at ended Dec 31, 2004 Dec 31, 2005 director in
  Dec 31, 2005 Dec 31, 2005 Dec 31, 2005 (a) A B 2005
 
  (thousand)
The Lord Browne of Madingley (UK)
  39 years   £991   £47   £17,170   £19,979   £2,809 
Dr D C Allen (UK)
  27 years   £200   £17   £2,754   £3,433   £679 
I C Conn (UK)
  20 years   £147   £20   £1,542   £2,124   £582 
Dr B E Grote (US)
  26 years   $570   $105   $5,529   $6,681   $1,152 
Dr A B Hayward (UK)
  24 years   £207   £19   £2,680   £3,408   £728 
J A Manzoni (UK)
  22 years   £163   £15   £1,958   £2,518   £560 
 
(a)Additional pension earned during the year includes an inflation increase of 3.5%.
 
(b)Transfer values have been calculated in accordance with version 8.1 of guidance note GN11 issued by the actuarial profession.
UK Directors
      UK directors are members of the regular BP Pension Scheme. Scheme members’ core benefits are non-contributory. They include a pension accrual of 1/60th of basic salary for each year of service, subject to a maximum of two-thirds of final basic salary, and a dependant’s benefit of two-thirds of the member’s pension. Bonuses are not pensionable for UK directors. The scheme pension is not integrated with state pension benefits.
      Normal retirement age is 60, but scheme members who have 30 or more years’ pensionable service at age 55 can elect to retire early without an actuarial reduction being applied to their pension.
      In accordance with the Company’s past practice for executive directors who retire from BP on or after age 55 having accrued at least 30 years’ service, Lord Browne remains eligible for consideration for a payment from the Company of an ex-gratia lump-sum superannuation payment equal to one year’s

123


Table of Contents

base salary following his retirement. All matters relating to such superannuation payments are considered by the remuneration committee. Any such payment would be additional to his pension entitlements referred to above. No other executive director is eligible for consideration for a superannuation payment on retirement, because the remuneration committee decided in 1996 that appointees to the board after that time should cease to be eligible for consideration for such a payment.
      The UK government has made important changes to the operation and taxation of UK pensions, which come into effect from April 6, 2006 and affect all UK employees. The remuneration committee has reviewed and approved proposals by the Company that maintain the pension promise for all UK employees but that deliver pension benefits in excess of the new lifetime allowance of £1.5 million (or personal lifetime allowance as at April 6, 2006 under statute if higher) via an unapproved, unfunded pension arrangement paid by the Company direct.
      The trustee directors of the BP Pension Scheme have reviewed, in accordance with its statutory obligation, the actuarial basis under which cash equivalent transfer values are payable to all UK employees who participate in that scheme. Consistent with evolving actuarial practice, the trustee directors have resolved to base cash equivalent transfer values on a similar basis to that underlying the Company’s accounts, including allowance for improving longevity in accordance with standard tables; this has the effect of increasing cash equivalent transfer values for the UK executive directors on average by about 15%. Although the change became effective in January 2006, the table above shows both December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2005 transfer value figures on the new basis.
US Director
      As a US director, Dr Grote participates in the US BP Retirement Accumulation Plan (US plan), which features a cash balance formula. The current design of the US plan became effective on July 1, 2000.
      Consistent with US tax regulations, pension benefits are provided through a combination of tax-qualified and non-qualified benefit restoration plans, as applicable.
      The Supplemental Executive Retirement Benefit (supplemental plan) is a non-qualifiedtop-up arrangement that became effective on January 1, 2002 for US employees above a specified salary level.
      The benefit formula is 1.3% of final average earnings, which comprise base salary and bonus in accordance with standard US practice (as specified under the qualified arrangement) multiplied by years of service, with an offset for benefits payable under all other BP qualified and non-qualified pension arrangements. This benefit is unfunded and therefore paid from corporate assets.
      Dr Grote is an eligible participant under the supplemental plan and his pension accrual for 2005 includes the total amount that may become payable under all plans.

124


Table of Contents

Executive Directors’ Shareholdings
             
      At
Executive directors’ interest in BP ordinary At At June 28,
shares or calculated equivalents January 1, 2005 December 31, 2005 2006
 
Current directors
            
Dr D C Allen
  408,342   443,742   530,933 (a
The Lord Browne of Madingley
  2,031,279   2,242,954   2,522,840 (b
I C Conn
  121,187   156,349   206,642 (c)
Dr B E Grote
  888,213   988,906   1,092,292 (d
Dr A B Hayward
  206,084   305,543   399,466 
J A Manzoni
  196,336   275,743   369,191 
 
(a)Includes 25,368 shares held as ADSs.
 
(b)Includes 58,713 shares held as ADSs.
 
(c)Includes 39,466 shares held as ADSs.
 
(d)Held as ADSs
      In disclosing the above interests to the Company under the Companies Act 1985, directors did not distinguish their beneficial and non-beneficial interests.
      Executive directors are also deemed to have an interest in such shares of the Company held from time to time by The BP Employee Share Ownership Plan (No. 2) to facilitate the operation of the Company’s option schemes.
      No director has any interest in the preference shares or debentures of the Company, or in the shares or loan stock of any subsidiary company.
Past Directors
      During 2005, Mr Olver continued as a consultant to BP in relation to its activities in Russia and served as a BP-nominated director of TNK-BP Limited, a joint venture company owned 50% by BP. Under the consultancy agreement, he received £300,000 in fees in 2005 as well as reimbursement of costs and support for his role. He is also entitled to retain fees paid to him by TNK-BP up to a maximum of $120,000 a year for his role as a director, deputy chairman and chairman of the audit committee of TNK-BP Limited.
Policy on Non-Executive Directors Remuneration
      The board sets the level of remuneration for all non-executive directors within the limit approved from time to time by shareholders. In line with BP’s governance policies, the remuneration of the chairman is set by the board rather than the remuneration committee, since the performance of the chairman is a matter for the board as a whole rather than any one committee.
      The board has adopted the following policies to guide its current and future decision-making with regard to non-executive directors’ remuneration:
 — Within the limits set by the shareholders from time to time, remuneration should be sufficient to attract, motivate and retain world-class non-executive talent.
 
 — Remuneration of non-executive directors is set by the board and should be proportional to their contribution towards the interests of the Company.
 
 — Remuneration practice should be consistent with recognized best-practice standards for non-executive directors’ remuneration.
 
 — Remuneration should be in the form of cash fees, payable monthly.

125


Table of Contents

 — Non-executive directors should not receive share options from the Company.
 
 — Non-executive directors should be encouraged to establish a holding in BP shares broadly related to one year’s base fee, to be held directly or indirectly in a manner compatible with their personal investment activities, and any applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Elements of Remuneration
      Non-executive directors’ pay comprises cash fees, paid monthly, with increments for positions of additional responsibility, reflecting additional workload and consequent potential liability. For all non-executive directors, except the chairman, a fixed sum allowance is paid for transatlantic travel (or equivalent intercontinental travel) undertaken for the purpose of attending a board or board committee meeting. In addition, non-executive directors receive reimbursement of reasonable travel and related business expenses. No share or share option awards are made to any non-executive director in respect of service on the board.
Letters of Appointment
      Non-executive directors have letters of appointment, which recognize that, subject to the Articles of Association, their service is at the discretion of the shareholders. All directors stand for re-election at each annual general meeting.
Non-Executive Directors’ Annual Fee Structure
      The fees paid to non-executive directors are set by the board within the limit set by shareholders in accordance with the Articles. Shareholders approved an increase to this limit in 2004. All fees are fixed and paid in pounds sterling. Fees payable to non-executive directors were reviewed in 2005 by an ad hoc board committee comprising Mr Bryan (chairman), Dr Julius and Mr Burgmans. This ad hoc committee recommended an increase in fees to reflect the increase in director workload as well as increases in global market rates for independent/non-executive directors, since these fees were last reviewed in 2002. The board duly approved the recommended increases with effect from January 1, 2005.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  (£ thousands)
Chairman (a)
  500 (a)  390 
Deputy chairman (b)
  100 (b)  85 
Board member
  75   65 
Committee chairmanship fee
  20   15 
Transatlantic attendance allowance (c)
  5   5 
 
(a)The chairman is not eligible for committee chairmanship fees or transatlantic attendance allowance but has the use of a fully maintained office for Company business and a chauffeured car.
 
(b)The deputy chairman receives a £25,000 (2004 £20,000) increment on top of the standard board fee. In addition, he is eligible for committee chairmanship fees and the transatlantic attendance allowance. The deputy chairman is currently chairman of the audit committee.
 
(c)This allowance is payable to non-executive directors undertaking transatlantic or equivalent intercontinental travel for the purpose of attending a board meeting or board committee meeting.

126


Table of Contents

                 
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors        
($($- )
   
  thousand (£ thousands thousands (£ thousands
J H Bryan
  200   110   183   100 
A Burgmans
  164   90   97   53 
E B Davis, Jr
  200   110   192   105 
D J Flint (c)
  164   90   n/a   n/a 
Dr D S Julius
  195   107   137   75 
Sir Tom McKillop
  164   90   70   38 
Dr W E Massey
  237   130   210   115 
H M P Miles *
  164   90   137   75 
Sir Ian Prosser
  246   135   201   110 
P D Sutherland
  910   500   714   390 
M H Wilson †
  191   105   174   95 
Directors who left the board in 2005
                
C F Knight (d)(e)
  55   30   165   90 
Sir Robin Nicholson (d)(f)(g)
  58   32   165   90 
 
(a)Sterling payments converted at the average 2005 exchange rate of £1 = $1.82.
 
(b)Sterling payments converted at the average 2004 exchange rate of £1 = $1.83.
 
(c)Appointed on January 1, 2005
 
(d)Retired at AGM on April 14, 2005
 
(e)Also received a superannuation gratuity of £79,000 following his retirement.
 
(f)Also received £20,000 each year for serving as the board’s representative on the BP technology advisory council.
 
(g)Also received a superannuation gratuity of £84,000 following his retirement.
 
*Retired at AGM on April 20, 2006
 
Resigned as a non-executive director on February 28, 2006
Long-Term Incentives (Residual)
      Non-executive directors of Amoco Corporation were allocated restricted stock in the Amoco Non-Employee Directors’ Restricted Stock Plan by way of remuneration for their service on the board of Amoco Corporation prior to its merger with BP in 1998. On merger, interests in Amoco shares in the plan were converted into interests in BP ADSs. Under the terms of the plan, the restricted stock will vest on the retirement of the non-executive director having reached age 70 or on earlier retirement at the discretion of the board. Since the merger, no further entitlements have accrued to any director under the plan.

127


Table of Contents

Amoco Non-Employee Directors’ Restricted Stock Plan
      The table below sets out the residual entitlements of non-executive directors who were formerly non-executive directors of Amoco Corporation under the Amoco Non-Employee Directors’ Restricted Stock Plan.
         
  Interest in BP ADSs  
  at January 1, 2005 Date on which
  and December 31, director reaches
  2005 (a) age 70 (b)
 
J H Bryan
  5,546   October 5, 2006 
E B Davis, Jr
  4,490   August 5, 2014 
Dr W E Massey
  3,346   April 5, 2008 
Director who left the board in 2006
        
M H Wilson (c)
  3,170   November 4, 2007 
 
(a)No awards were granted and no awards lapsed during the year. The awards were granted over Amoco stock prior to the merger but their notional weighted average market value at the date of grant (applying the subsequent merger ratio of 0.66167 of a BP ADS for every Amoco share) was $27.87 per BP ADS.
 
(b)For the purposes of the regulations, the date on which the director retires from the board at or after the age of 70 is the end of the qualifying period. If the director retires prior to this date, the board may waive the restrictions.
 
(c)Mr Wilson resigned from the board on February 28, 2006. In accordance with the terms of the plan, the board exercised its discretion to waive the restrictions on May 11, 2006 (when BP ADS closing price was $75.52) without payment by him. These awards over BP ADSs derived from awards over Amoco shares granted between April 26, 1994 and April 28, 1998.
Superannuation Gratuities
      In accordance with the Company’s long-standing practice, non-executive directors who retired from the board after at least six years’ service are, at the time of their retirement, eligible for consideration for a superannuation gratuity. The board is authorized to make such payments under the Company’s Articles. The amount of the payment is determined at the board’s discretion (having regard to the director’s period of service as a director and other relevant factors).
      The board made superannuation gratuity payments during the year to the following former directors: Mr Knight £79,000 and Sir Robin Nicholson £84,000 (who both retired in 2005) and Mr Maljers £18,000 (who retired in 2004). These payments were in line with the policy arrangements agreed in 2002.
      In May 2006, the board also approved superannuation gratuity payments to two directors, Mr Miles £46,000 and Mr Wilson £21,000, who each left the board in 2006.
      In 2002, the board revised its policy with respect to superannuation gratuities so that: (i) non-executive directors appointed to the board after July 1, 2002 would not be eligible for consideration for such a payment; and (ii) while non-executive directors in service at July 1, 2002 would remain eligible for consideration for a payment, service after that date would not be taken into account by the board in considering the amount of any such payment.

128


Table of Contents

Non-Executive Directors’ Shareholdings
             
Non-Executive Directors’      
interest in BP ordinary shares At January 1, At December 31, At June 28,
or calculated equivalents 2005 2005 2006
 
J H Bryan
  158,760 (a)  158,760 (a)  158,760 (a)
A Burgmans
  10,000   10,000   10,000 
E B Davis, Jr
  66,349 (a)  67,610 (a)  68,271 (a)
D J Flint
     15,000   15,000 
Dr D S Julius
  15,000   15,000   15,000 
Sir Tom McKillop
  20,000   20,000   20,000 
Dr W E Massey
  49,722 (a)  49,722  (a)  49,722 (a)
H M P Miles (b)
  22,145   22,145   22,145 (d)
Sir Ian Prosser
  16,301   16,301   16,301 
P D Sutherland
  30,079   30,079   30,079 
M H Wilson (c)
  60,000 (a)  60,000 (a)  60,000 (a)(e)
Directors who left the board in 2005
  At January 1, 2005   At Retirement     
C F Knight
  98,578 (a)  98,782 (a)    
Sir Robin Nicholson
  4,020   4,052     
 
(a)Held as ADSs.
 
(b)Retired at AGM on April 20, 2006
 
(c)Resigned as a Director on February 28, 2006
 
(d)At date of retirement.
 
(e)At date of resignation.
      In disclosing the above interests to the Company under the Companies Act 1985, directors did not distinguish their beneficial and non-beneficial interests.
      No director has any interest in the preference shares or debentures of the Company, or in the shares or loan stock of any subsidiary company.
Total Remuneration
Remuneration of Directors and Senior Management
      The table below details remuneration of all directors and senior management as a group (21 persons at December 31, 2005).
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Short-term employee benefits
  25   24   20 
Postretirement benefits
  4   3   2 
Share-based payment
  27   20   20 
Short-term Employee Benefits
      In addition to fees paid to the non-executive chairman and non-executive directors, these amounts comprise, for executive directors and senior management, salary and benefits earned during the year, plus bonuses awarded for the year.

129


Table of Contents

Postretirement Benefits
      The amounts represent the estimated cost to the Group of providing pensions and other post-retirement benefits to key management in respect of the current year of service measured in accordance with IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’.
Share-based Payments
      This is the cost to the Group of key management’s participating in share-based payment plans, as measured by the fair value of options and shares granted accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2 ‘Share-based payments’. The main plans in which key management have participated are the Executive Directors’ Incentive Plan (EDIP) (see Compensation — Policy on Executive Directors’ Remuneration — Elements of Remuneration — Long-Term Incentives in this Item on page 116), the Medium Term Performance Plan (MTPP) and the Long Term Performance Plan (LTPP) (described below).
Plans for Senior Employees
Medium Term Performance Plan (MTPP) (2005 onwards)
      An equity-settled incentive share plan for senior employees driven by two performance measures over a three-year performance period. The award of shares is determined by comparing BP’s TSR against the other oil majors and, additionally, by comparing free cash flow (FCF) against a threshold established for the period. For a small group of particularly senior employees, only the TSR measure is applicable in determining the award. The number of shares awarded is increased to take account of the net dividends that would have been received during the performance period, assuming that such dividends had been reinvested. With regard to leaver provisions, the general rule is that leaving employment during the performance period will preclude an award of shares. However, special arrangements apply where the participant leaves for a qualifying reason and employment ceases after completion of the first year of the performance period.
Long Term Performance Plan (LTPP) (pre-2005)
      An equity-settled incentive share plan for senior employees driven by three performance measures over a three-year performance period. The primary measure is BP’s SHRAM versus that of the companies within the FTSE All World Oil & Gas Index. This accounts for nearly two-thirds of the potential total award, with the remainder being assessed on BP’s relative ROACE and EPS growth compared with the other oil majors. Shares are awarded at the end of the performance period and are then subject to a three-year restriction period. With regard to leaver provisions, the general rule is that leaving during the performance period will preclude an award of shares. However, special arrangements apply where the participant leaves for a qualifying reason and employment ceases after completion of the first year of the performance period. This plan was replaced by the MTPP for 2005 onwards.
Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (DAB)
      An equity-settled restricted share plan for senior employees. The award value is equal to 50% of the annual cash bonus awarded for the preceding performance year (the ‘performance period’). The shares are restricted for a period of three years (the ‘restriction period’). Shares accrue dividends during the restriction period and these are reinvested. With regard to leaver provisions, if a participant ceases to be employed by BP prior to the end of the performance period, then the general rule is that this will preclude an award of shares. However, special arrangements apply where the participant leaves for a qualifying reason. Similarly, if a participant ceases to be employed by BP prior to the end of the restriction period, the general rule is that the restricted shares will be forfeited. Special arrangements apply where the participant leaves for a qualifying reason.

130


Table of Contents

Restricted Share Plan (RSP)
      An equity-settled restricted share plan used predominantly for senior employees in special circumstances (such as recruitment and retention). There are no performance conditions but the shares are subject to a three-year restriction period. During the restriction period, shares accrue dividends, which are reinvested. With regard to leaver provisions, the general rule is that ceasing employment during the restriction period will result in the forfeit of shares. However, special arrangements apply where the participant leaves for a qualifying reason.
BP Share Option Plan (BPSOP)
      An equity-settled share option plan that applies to certain categories of employees. Participants are granted share options with an exercise price no lower than market price of a share immediately preceding the date of grant. There are no performance conditions and the options are exercisable between the third and 10th anniversaries of the grant date. The general rule is that the options will lapse if the participant leaves employment before the end of the third calendar year from the date of grant (and that vested options are exercisable within 31/2 years from the date of leaving). However, special arrangements apply where the participant leaves for a qualifying reason and employment ceases after the end of the calendar year of the date of grant. Share options are no longer offered to the most senior employees.

131


Table of Contents

BOARD PRACTICES
         
    Period during which the
    director has served in this
  Date of expiration of office (from appointment
Directors’ Terms of Office current term of office (a) to June 2006)
 
Dr D C Allen
  April 2007   3 years 4 months 
The Lord Browne of Madingley
  April 2007   14 years 9 months 
J H Bryan (b)
  April 2007   7 years 6 months 
A Burgmans
  April 2007   2 years 4 months 
I C Conn
  April 2007   1 year 11 months 
E B Davis, Jr (b)
  April 2007   7 years 6 months 
D J Flint
  April 2007   1 year 5 months 
Dr B E Grote
  April 2007   5 years 10 months 
Dr A B Hayward
  April 2007   3 years 4 months 
Dr D S Julius
  April 2007   4 years 7 months 
Sir Tom McKillop
  April 2007   1 year 11 months 
J A Manzoni
  April 2007   3 years 4 months 
Dr W E Massey (b)
  April 2007   7 years 6 months 
Sir Ian Prosser
  April 2007   9 years 1 month 
P D Sutherland
  April 2007   10 years 11 months 
 
(a)Shareholders approved an amendment to the Articles of Association such that at each AGM held after December 31, 2004, all directors shall retire from office and may offer themselves for re-election. Therefore all directors retired and offered themselves for re-election in accordance with the Articles of Association at the 2006 AGM.
 
(b)Does not include service on the board of Amoco Corporation
Directors’ Service Contracts Providing for Benefits upon Termination of Employment
      The service contracts of Dr Allen, Mr Conn, Dr Hayward and Mr Manzoni may be terminated by the Company at any time with immediate effect on payment in lieu of notice equivalent to one year’s salary or the amount of salary that would have been paid if the contract had terminated on the expiry of the remainder of the notice period.
      Dr Grote’s service contract is with BP Exploration (Alaska) Inc. He is seconded to BP p.l.c. under a secondment agreement dated August 7, 2000 that had an unexpired term of two years at December 31, 2005. The secondment may be terminated by one month’s notice by either party and terminates automatically on the termination of Dr Grote’s service contract.
      There are no other provisions for compensation payable on early termination of the above contracts. In the event of early termination under any of the above contracts by the Company other than for cause (or under a specific termination provision), the relevant director’s then current salary and benefits would be taken into account in calculating any liability of the Company.
      Since January 2003, the committee has included a provision in new service contracts to allow for severance payments to be phased, where appropriate to do so. It will also consider mitigation to reduce compensation to a departing director, where appropriate to do so.
Governance and the Role of Our Board
      The governance of companies continues to be under scrutiny. Regulators and commentators maintain their focus on structural elements. We believe too little attention is paid to the underlying

132


Table of Contents

purpose of governance. Governance lies at the heart of all the board does and it is the task our owners entrust to the board.
      Governance is not an exercise in compliance nor is it a higher form of management. Governance is a more powerful concept. It has a clear objective: ensuring the pursuit of the Company’s purpose. The board’s activity is focused on this task, which is unique to it as the representative of BP’s owners. This task is discharged by the board through undertaking such activities as are necessary for the effective promotion of long-term shareholder interest. In promoting the long-term interest of shareholders, the board has to ensure that the business is responsive to the views of those with whom it comes into contact. This can include gaining an understanding of the environmental and social consequences of the Company’s actions. However, it remains a matter of business judgement as to how these consequences are properly taken into account in maximizing shareholder value.
      Governance is the system by which the Company’s owners and their representatives on the board ensure that it pursues, does not deviate from and only allocates resources to its defined purpose.
      As a Company, we recognize the importance of good governance and that it is a discrete task from management. Clarity of roles is key to our approach. Policies and processes depend on the people who operate them. Governance requires distinct skills and processes. Governance is overseen by the BP board, while management is delegated to the group chief executive by means of the board governance policies.
      Our board governance policies use a coherent, principles-based approach, which anticipated many developments in UK governance regulation. These policies ensure that our board and management operate within a clear and efficient governance framework that places long-term shareholder interest at the heart of all we do.
      To that end, our board exercises judgement in carrying out its work in policy-making, in monitoring executive action and in its active consideration of Group strategy. The board’s judgements seek to maximize the expected value of shareholders’ interest in the Company, rather than eliminate the possibility of any adverse outcomes.
Accountability to Shareholders
      Our board is accountable in a variety of ways. It is required to be proactive in obtaining an understanding of shareholder preferences and to evaluate systematically the economic, social, environmental and ethical matters that may influence or affect the interests of our shareholders.
Reporting
      A number of formal communication channels are used to account to shareholders for the performance of the Company. These include the Annual Report and Accounts, the Annual Review, the Annual Report on Form 20-F,quarterly Forms 6-K and announcements made through stock exchanges on which BP shares are listed, as well as through the annual general meeting (AGM). BP is keen to promote the use of electronic platforms in the reporting arena.
Dialogue with Directors
      Presentations given at appropriate intervals to representatives of the investment community are available to all shareholders by internet broadcast or open conference call, details of which are given on www.bp.com. Less formal processes include contacts with institutional shareholders by the chairman and other directors. This is supported by the dialogue with shareholders concerning the governance and operation of the Group maintained by the company secretary’s office, investor relations and other BP teams, which meet with investors and shareholder groups representing both large and small investors.

133


Table of Contents

      Our board is accountable to shareholders for the performance and activities of the entire BP Group. It embeds shareholder interest in the goals established for the Company.
AGM and Voting
      The chairman and board committee chairmen were present at the 2005 and 2006 AGMs to answer shareholders’ questions and hear their views during the meeting. Members of the board met informally with shareholders afterwards. Given the size and geographical diversity of our shareholder base, we recognize that opportunities for shareholder interaction at the AGM are limited. However, all votes at shareholder meetings, whether by proxy or in person, are counted, since votes on all matters, except procedural issues, are taken by way of a poll. In 2005, we were pleased to note that voting levels increased to 62%, with more than 98% of votes being cast in line with the board’s recommendations, a trend that continued at the 2006 AGM.
Directors’ Elections
      Directors stand for re-election each year. New directors are subject to election at the first opportunity following their appointment. All names submitted to shareholders for election are accompanied by biographies. Voting levels demonstrate continued support for all our directors and affirm the board’s assertion of the independence of all our non-executive directors.
How our Board Governs the Company
      The board’s governance policies outline its relationship with shareholders, the conduct of board affairs and the board’s relationship with the group chief executive. The policies recognize the board’s separate and unique role as the link in the chain of authority between the shareholders and the group chief executive. It is this unique task that gives the board its central role in governance.
      The dual role played by the group chief executive and executive directors as both members of the board and leaders of the executive management is also recognized and addressed. The policies require a majority of the board to be composed of independent non-executive directors. To assure the integrity of the governance process, the relationship between the board and the group chief executive is governed by the non-executive directors, particularly through the work of the board committees they populate.
      Recognizing that as a group its capacity is limited, our board reserves to itself the making of broad policy decisions. It delegates more detailed considerations involved in meeting its stated requirements either to board committees and officers (in the case of its own processes) or to the group chief executive (in the case of the management of the Company’s business activities). The board governs BP through setting general policy for the conduct of business (and, critically, by clearly articulating its goals) and by monitoring its implementation by the group chief executive.
      To discharge its governance function in the most effective manner, our board has laid down rules for its own activities in a governance process policy. The process policy covers:
 — The conduct of members at meetings.
 
 — The cycle of board activities and the setting of agendas.
 
 — The provision of timely information to the board.
 
 — Board officers and their roles.
 
 — Board committees — their tasks and composition.
 
 — Qualifications for board membership and the process of the nomination committee.
 
 — The evaluation and assessment of board performance.
 
 — The remuneration of non-executive directors.

134


Table of Contents

 — The process for directors to obtain independent advice.
 
 — The appointment and role of the company secretary.
      The responsibility for implementation of this policy is placed on the chairman.
      The board-executive linkage policy sets out how the board delegates authority to the group chief executive and the extent of that authority. In its board goals policy, the board states what it expects the group chief executive to deliver.
      The restrictions on the manner in which the group chief executive may achieve the required results are set out in the executive limitations policy. This policy sets boundaries on executive action, requiring due consideration of internal controls, risk preferences, financing, ethical behaviour, health, safety, the environment, treatment of employees and political considerations in any and all action taken in the course of our business. Through the goals and executive limitations policies, the board shapes BP’s values and standards.
Accountability in our Business
      Our group chief executive outlines how he intends to deliver the required outcome in annual and medium-term plans, which also address a comprehensive assessment of the Group’s risks. Progress towards the expected outcome forms the basis of regular reports to the board that cover actual results and a forecast of results for the current year. The board considers annual and five-year plans for the Group and, in doing so, reviews the major influences and risks affecting the Group’s business.
      The group chief executive is obliged through dialogue and systematic review to discuss with the board all material matters currently or prospectively affecting the Company and its performance and all strategic projects or developments. This key dialogue specifically includes any materially under-performing business activities and actions that breach the executive limitations policy and material matters of a social, environmental and ethical nature.
      The board-executive linkage policy also sets out how the group chief executive’s performance will be monitored and recognizes that, in the multitude of changing circumstances, judgement is always involved. The systems set out in the board-executive linkage policy are designed to manage, rather than to eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve the goals or observe the executive limitations policy. They provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss.
Who is on the Board?
      The board is composed of nine non-executive directors, including the chairman and six executive directors. In total, four nationalities are represented on the board. Directors’ biographies are set out in this Item — Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Directors and Senior Management on page 112.
      Governance policies and processes depend on the quality and commitment of the people who operate them.
      As reported last year, the board is actively engaged in succession planning issues for both executive and non-executive roles. We reported in the past two years on our pursuit of an orderly process of evolution to refresh the composition of the board without compromising its continued effectiveness. To that end, we were delighted to welcome Mr Douglas Flint to the board in January 2005. At the AGM in April 2005, Sir Robin Nicholson and Mr Charles (Chuck) Knight retired and Mr Michael Miles stood down at the 2006 AGM. The chairmanships of the principal board committees were also reviewed during 2005; Dr Julius became chairman of the remuneration committee, succeeding Sir Robin Nicholson. The board committee reports in Board Practices — Board Committees in this Item on page 138 provide details on the chairmen and composition of these committees.

135


Table of Contents

      The efficiency and effectiveness of the board are of paramount importance. Our board is large but this is necessary to allow sufficient executive director representation to cover the breadth of the Group’s business activities and sufficient non-executive representation to reflect the scale and complexity of BP and to staff our board committees. A board of this size allows orderly succession planning for key roles.
Board Independence
      The qualification for board membership includes a requirement that all our non-executive directors be free from any relationship with the executive management of the Company that could materially interfere with the exercise of their independent judgement. In the board’s view, all our non-executive directors fulfil this requirement. It determined all non-executive directors who served during 2005 to be independent. All have received overwhelming endorsement at successive AGMs, at which they are now subject to annual election.
      Mr Knight and Sir Robin Nicholson were appointed to the BP board in 1987 and Mr Miles was appointed in 1994. The length of their respective service on the board exceeds the nine years referred to in the Combined Code. The board considers that the experience and long-term perspective of each of these directors on BP’s business during its recent period of growth has provided a valuable contribution to the board, given the long-term nature of our business. The integrity and independence of character of these directors are beyond doubt. Both Mr Knight and Sir Robin retired at the 2005 AGM and Mr Miles retired at the 2006 AGM.
      Those directors who joined the BP board in 1998 after service on the board of Amoco Corporation (Messrs Bryan, Massey, Wilson and Davis) are considered independent since the most senior executive management of BP comprises individuals who were not previously Amoco employees. While Amoco businesses and assets are a key part of the Group, the scope and scale of BP since its acquisition of the ARCO, Burmah Castrol and Veba businesses are fundamentally different from those of the former Amoco Corporation.
      Annual elections for all directors and the provision of independent support to our board and board committees underscore our commitment to good governance practice.
      The board has satisfied itself that there is no compromise to the independence of those directors who serve together as directors on the boards of outside entities (or who have other appointments in outside entities). Where necessary, our board ensures appropriate processes are in place to manage any possible conflict of interest.
      Sir Robin Nicholson received fees during 2005 for representing the board on the BP technology advisory council. Since these fees relate to board representation, they did not compromise Sir Robin’s independence. Full details of these fees are disclosed in Compensation — Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors in this Item on page 127.
Directors’ Appointments, Retirement Policies and Insurance
      The chairman and non-executive directors of BP are elected each year and, subject to BP’s Articles of Association, serve on the basis of letters of appointment. Executive directors of BP have service contracts with the Company. Details of all payments to directors are set out in Compensation in this Item on pages 115-131.
      BP’s policy on directors’ retirement is as follows: executive directors retire at age 60, while non-executive directors ordinarily retire at the AGM following their 70th birthday. It is the board’s policy that non-executive directors are not generally expected to hold office for more than 10 years.
      In accordance with BP’s Articles of Association, directors are granted an indemnity from the Company in respect of liabilities incurred as a result of their office, to the extent permitted by law. In respect of those liabilities for which directors may not be indemnified, the Company purchased and

136


Table of Contents

maintained a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy throughout 2005. This insurance cover was renewed at the beginning of 2006. Although their defence costs may be met, neither the Company’s indemnity nor insurance provides cover in the event that the director is proved to have acted fraudulently or dishonestly.
Board and Committees: Meetings and Attendance
      In addition to the 2005 AGM (which 17 directors attended), the board met seven times during 2005: four times in the UK, twice in the US and once in China. Two of these meetings were two-day strategy discussions. 2005 saw a continued high number of committee meetings, a trend we expect to continue.
      The board requires all members to devote sufficient time to the work of the board to discharge the office of director and to use their best endeavours to attend meetings.
Serving as a Director: Induction, Training and Evaluation
Induction
      Directors receive induction on their appointment to the board as appropriate, covering matters such as the operation and activities of the Group (including key financial, business, social and environmental risks to the Group’s activities), the role of the board and the matters reserved for its decision, the tasks and membership of the principal board committees, the powers delegated to those committees, the board’s governance policies and practices, and the latest financial information about the Group. The chairman is accountable for the induction of new board members.
Training
      Our directors are updated on BP’s business, the environment in which it operates and other matters throughout their period in office. Our directors are advised on their appointment of the legal and other duties and obligations they have as directors of a listed company. The board regularly considers the implications of these duties under the board governance policies. Our non-executive directors also receive training specific to the tasks of the particular board committees on which they serve.
Outside Appointments
      As part of their ongoing development, our executive directors are permitted to take up an external board appointment, subject to the agreement of our board. Executive directors retain any fees received in respect of such external appointments. Generally, outside appointments for executive directors are limited to one outside company board only, although our group chief executive, by exception, serves on two outside company boards. Our board is satisfied that these appointments do not conflict with his duties and commitment to BP. Non-executive directors may serve on a number of outside boards, always provided they continue to demonstrate the requisite commitment to discharge effectively their duties to BP. The nomination committee keeps the extent of directors’ other interests under review to ensure that the effectiveness of our board is not compromised.
Evaluation
      The board continued its ongoing evaluation processes to assess its performance and identify areas in which its effectiveness, policies or processes might be enhanced. A formal evaluation of board process and effectiveness was undertaken, drawing on internal resources. Individual questionnaires and interviews were completed; no individual performance problems were identified. The results showed an improvement from the previous evaluation, particularly in board committee process and activities, while also identifying areas for further improvement.

137


Table of Contents

      Regular evaluation of board effectiveness underpins our confidence in BP’s governance policies and processes and affords opportunity for their development.
      Separate evaluations of the remuneration, ethics and environment and audit assurance committees took place during the year. The use of external providers in the context of board evaluation is being kept under review.
The Chairman and Senior Independent Director
      BP’s board governance policies require that neither the chairman nor deputy chairman are to be employed executives of the Group; throughout 2005 the posts were held by Mr Sutherland and Sir Ian Prosser respectively. Sir Ian also acts as our senior independent director and is the director whom shareholders may contact if they feel their concerns are not being addressed through normal channels.
      Between board meetings, the chairman has responsibility for ensuring the integrity and effectiveness of the board/executive relationship. This requires his interaction with the group chief executive between board meetings, as well as his contact with other board members and shareholders. The chairman represents the views of the board to shareholders on key issues, not least in succession planning issues for both executive and non-executive appointments. The chairman and all the non-executive directors meet periodically as the chairman’s committee (see Board Practices — Board Committees in this Item on page 138). The performance of the chairman is evaluated each year at a meeting of the chairman’s committee, for which item of business he is not present. The company secretary reports to the chairman and has no executive functions.
Board Committees
      The governance process policy allocates the tasks of monitoring executive actions and assessing performance to certain board committees. These tasks, rather than any terms of reference, prescribe the authority and the role of the board committees. Reports for each of the committees for 2005 appear below. In common with the board, each committee has access to independent advice and counsel as required and each is supported by the company secretary’s office, which is demonstrably independent of the executive management of the Group.
Audit Committee Report
Schedule and Composition
      The committee met 12 times during 2005 and comprised the following directors: Sir Ian Prosser (chairman), J H Bryan, E B Davis, Jr, D J Flint, H M P Miles, M H Wilson.
      All members of the audit committee are non-executive directors whom the board has determined to be independent and who meet the requirements of the UK Combined Code and Rule 10A-3 of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Together, the audit committee members continue to have the recent and relevant financial experience required to discharge the committee’s duties. Following his appointment to the committee this year, the board satisfied itself that Mr Flint as an individual possesses the financial experience identified in the UK Combined Code guidance and may be regarded as an audit committee financial expert as defined for purposes of disclosure in Item 16A of Form 20-F. See Item 16A — Audit Committee Financial Expert on page 174.
      The external auditors’ lead partner, the BP general auditor (head of internal audit), together with the group chief financial officer, the chief accounting officer and the group controller, attend each meeting at the request of the committee chairman. During the year, the committee meets with the external auditor, without the executive management being present, and also meets in private session with the BP general auditor.

138


Table of Contents

Role and Authority
      The audit committee’s tasks are considered by the committee to be broader than those envisaged under Combined Code Provision C.3.2. The committee is satisfied that it addresses each of those matters identified as properly falling within an audit committee’s purview. The committee has full delegated authority from the board to address those tasks assigned to it. In common with the board and all committees, it may request any information from the executive management necessary to discharge its functions and may, where it considers it necessary, seek independent advice and counsel.
Process
      The committee structures its work programme so as to discharge its tasks, which include systematic monitoring and obtaining assurance that the legally required standards of disclosure are being fully and fairly observed and that the executive limitations relating to financial matters are being observed. Forward agendas are set each year to meet these requirements and to allow the committee to monitor (and seek assurance on) the management of the financial risks identified in the Company’s annual business plan. The committee chairman reports on the committee’s activities to the board meeting immediately following a committee meeting. Between meetings, the committee chairman reviews emerging issues as appropriate with the group chief financial officer, the external auditor and the BP general auditor. He is supported in this task by the company secretary’s office. During the year, external specialist legal and regulatory advice has also been provided to the committee by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP.
Activities in 2005
Financial Reports
      During the year, the committee reviewed all annual and quarterly financial reports before recommending their publication on behalf of the board. In particular, the committee reviewed the implementation of International Financial Reporting Standards and their impact on the Group’s financial results and the restatement of comparative information. The committee discussed and constructively challenged judgements related to critical accounting policies and estimates drawing on prepared reports, presentations and independent advice from the external auditors.
Internal Control and Risk Management
      During the year, specific reports on risk management and internal control were reviewed for the Exploration and Production, Refining and Marketing, and Gas, Power and Renewables segments, along with the controls and systems underpinning the trading functions that service all BP’s businesses. Reviews were undertaken of the reporting interface between the Group and TNK-BP and of the planned disposal of the Innovene petrochemicals business. On a quarterly basis, the committee also monitored the Company’s progress in evaluating its internal controls in response to applicable requirements of Section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Regular advice was also provided by the internal audit function, including an annual assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s enterprise level controls.
      Special topics considered during the year included capital project selection processes, the assessment of environmental and litigation provisions and accounting for long-term contractual commitments.
Employee Concerns Reporting/Whistleblowing
      The committee received regular reports of the matters raised through the employee concerns programme, OpenTalk, and, through this process, together with the receipt of quarterly fraud reports from internal audit, was alerted to instances of actual or potential concern related to the finances and financial accounting of the Group.

139


Table of Contents

External Auditors
      In addition to the lead partner’s attendance at all meetings, the committee regularly invited other relevant audit partners to participate during business segment reviews. Private meetings were held without executive management present.
      The committee evaluated the performance of the external auditors and enquired into their independence, objectivity and viability. Independence was safeguarded by limiting non-audit services provided by the auditor to defined audit-related work and tax services that fall within specific categories. All such services were pre-approved by the committee and monitored quarterly. A new lead audit partner is appointed every five years, with other senior audit staff rotating every seven years; no senior staff connected with the BP audit may transfer to the Company.
      After review of the audit engagement terms and proposed fees, the committee advised the board of its assessment and recommended that reappointment of the auditors be proposed at the AGM. Their reappointment was duly approved by shareholders at the AGM on April 14, 2005, and at the Company’s most recent AGM on April 20, 2006.
Internal Audit
      The committee agreed with the BP general auditor the programme to be undertaken during the year and the resources required. Twice-yearly reports of audit findings and management responses were reviewed in detail. Discussions of these reports contributed to the committee’s view of the effectiveness of the Company’s system of internal controls and hence its advice to the board on this matter. The committee also met privately with the BP general auditor, without the presence of executive management, and evaluated the performance of the function.
Performance Evaluation
      On an annual basis, the committee conducts a review of its process and performance. The form of review varies to encourage fresh thinking and this year involvedface-to-face interviews with individual members and with others in regular attendance. Outcomes were discussed at the committee’s November meeting. The committee concluded that few substantive changes were required but used the discussion to help shape the 2006 forward agenda and in particular to increase the frequency of the committee’s private meetings.
Ethics and Environment Assurance Committee Report
Schedule and Composition
      The committee met seven times during 2005 and comprised the following directors: Dr W E Massey (chairman), A Burgmans, H M P Miles, M H Wilson. Sir Tom McKillop joined the committee in May 2006, following the departures of Mr Miles and Mr Wilson.
      All members of the ethics and environment assurance committee are independent non-executive directors. The external auditors’ lead partner and the BP general auditor (head of internal audit) attend each meeting at the request of the committee chairman.
Role and Authority
      The task of the committee is to monitor on behalf of the board matters relating to the executive management’s processes to address environmental, health and safety, security and ethical behaviour issues. The committee monitors the observance of the executive limitations relating to nonfinancial risks to the Group. Just as for the audit committee, it has the right to request any information from the executive management that it considers necessary to discharge its functions. The committee chairman reports on the committee’s activities to the board meeting immediately following a committee meeting.

140


Table of Contents

Process and Activities in 2005
      This committee has a broad remit because it covers all nonfinancial risks and must necessarily be selective in setting its agendas. These are focused on regular reports — such as health, safety and environment (HSE) reviews and compliance and ethics certification reports — that allow the committee to monitor and assess the observance of the executive limitations. In addition, the committee reviews specific risks that are identified in the Company’s annual plan and developments in business and functional areas that may emerge during the year. During 2005, the committee met specially to consider the incident at the Texas City refinery. It reviewed the causes of the accident and the implications for the Group of the lessons to be learned. The committee continues to monitor the executive management’s response and the strengthening of its safety and operational capability.
      Other areas of specific focus during the year included:
Business Continuity and Crisis Management
      The committee received reports and reviewed the Group’s enhanced focus on bringing more consistency and resilience to these linked topics across all business segments and functions.
Health, Safety and Environmental Performance
      While overshadowed by events at Texas City, the progress in addressing road safety, employee health, greenhouse gas emissions, oil spills and plant integrity was considered during 2005. Specific attention was given to the progress made by TNK-BP in improving HSE standards in its operations in Russia.
Regional Reviews
      Most board-level monitoring is conducted through a business segment or functional dimension, but the committee also examines risks that require management at regional or country level. In 2005, risk reviews were undertaken for Africa, the Middle East and Alaska.
Digital Security
      The committee considered the Company’s response to the increasing international threats to communications and computing, threats heightened by the convergence and increased interconnectivity of technology infrastructure.
Remuneration Committee
Schedule and Composition
      The committee members are all non-executive directors. Dr Julius (chairman), Mr Bryan, Mr Davis, Sir Tom McKillop and Sir Ian Prosser were members of the committee throughout the year. Sir Robin Nicholson and Mr Knight retired from the committee at the 2005 AGM. Each member is now subject to annual re-election as a director of the Company. The board has determined all committee members to be independent. They have no personal financial interest, other than as shareholders, in the committee’s decisions. The committee met six times in the period under review. There was a full attendance record, except for Mr Davis and Sir Robin Nicholson who were each unable to attend one meeting and Mr Knight who was unable to attend two meetings. Mr Sutherland, as chairman of the board, attended all committee meetings.
      The committee is accountable to shareholders through its annual report on executive directors’ remuneration. It will consider the outcome of the vote at the AGM on the directors’ remuneration report and take into account the views of shareholders in its future decisions. The committee values its dialogue with major shareholders on remuneration matters.

141


Table of Contents

Advice
      Advice is provided to the committee by the company secretary’s office, which is independent of executive management and reports to the chairman of the board. Mr Aronson, an independent consultant, is the committee’s secretary and special adviser. Advice was also received from Mr Jackson (company secretary) and Mrs Martin (senior counsel, company secretary’s office).
      The committee also appoints external professional advisers to provide specialist advice and services on particular remuneration matters. The independence of advice is subject to annual review.
      The committee continued the engagement of Towers Perrin as its principal external adviser during 2005. Towers Perrin also provided limited ad hoc remuneration and benefits advice to parts of the Group, mainly comprising pensions advice in Canada, as well as providing some market information on pay structures. The committee also continued the engagement of Kepler Associates to advise on performance measurement. Kepler Associates also provided performance data and limited ad hoc advice on performance measurement to the Group.
      Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer provided legal advice on specific matters to the committee as well as providing some legal advice to the Group.
      Ernst & Young reviewed the calculations in respect of financial-based targets that form the basis of the performance-related pay for the executive directors.
      Lord Browne (group chief executive) was consulted on matters relating to the other executive directors who report to him and on matters relating to the performance of the Company. He was not present when matters affecting his own remuneration were considered.
Role and Authority
      The committee’s tasks are:
 — To determine, on behalf of the board, the terms of engagement and remuneration of the group chief executive and the executive directors and to report on those to the shareholders.
 
 — To determine, on behalf of the board, matters of policy over which the Company has authority relating to the establishment or operation of the Company’s pension scheme of which the executive directors are members.
 
 — To nominate, on behalf of the board, any trustees (or directors of corporate trustees) of such scheme.
 
 — To monitor the policies being applied by the group chief executive in remunerating senior executives other than executive directors.
Remuneration Committee Report
      Full details of executive directors’ remuneration is set out under Compensation in this Item on pages 115-131.
Chairman’s Committee report
Schedule and Composition
      The chairman’s committee met four times during 2005 and comprised all the non-executive directors.

142


Table of Contents

Role and Authority
      The task of the committee is to consider broad issues of governance, including the performance of the chairman and the group chief executive, succession planning, the organization of the Group and any matters referred to it for an opinion from another board committee.
Process and Activities in 2005
      At its various meetings, the committee evaluated the performance of the chairman and the group chief executive, considered the plan for executive succession and considered a number of other broad matters of governance, including issues that spanned the remit of the other principal committees. Additionally, the committee addressed non-executive succession planning issues in co-ordination with the nomination committee.
Nomination Committee Report
Schedule and Composition
      The committee met twice during 2005 and comprised the following directors: P D Sutherland (chairman), Dr D S Julius (from the 2005 AGM), Dr W E Massey, Sir Robin Nicholson (retired at the 2005 AGM), Sir Ian Prosser. All members of the nomination committee have been determined by the board to be independent.
Role and Authority
      The task of the nomination committee is to identify and evaluate candidates for appointment and reappointment as director or company secretary of BP.
Process
      During the year, the nomination committee carried out a detailed review of the skills and expertise of the non-executive directors as part of the board succession planning described earlier. The committee receives external assistance as required. The committee consults with the group chief executive concerning the identification and appointment of new executive directors. External search consultants are retained in theUK/ Europe and in the US to assist the committee to identify potential candidates as non-executive directors.
Activities in 2005
      The committee considered the composition of the board and board committees in the context of forthcoming work programmes, BP’s strategy and business activities and retirements from the board. In its succession planning for both executive and nonexecutive directors, the committee is mindful of the requirements of the Group’s strategy and five-year plan. Board and committee evaluation processes informed its work in identifying the skills and experiences sought from potential candidates. Evaluations of the balance of skills and experience on the board are carried out in conjunction with the chairman’s committee. The committee keeps under review contingency planning for key executive and non-executive director roles. The nomination committee recommended to the board that 17 incumbent directors be proposed for re-election at the AGM.
      All directors recommended for re-election were subsequently elected by shareholders at the 2005 AGM. All directors, save Mr Wilson, who resigned from the board on February 28, 2006, stood for election at the 2006 AGM and were re-elected by shareholders.

143


Table of Contents

EMPLOYEES
                     
    Rest of   Rest of  
  UK Europe USA World Total
 
Number of employees at December 31,
                    
2005
                    
Exploration and Production
  3,100   700   5,600   7,600   17,000 
Refining and Marketing
  11,300   19,700   25,200   14,600   70,800 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  200   700   1,500   1,700   4,100 
Other businesses and corporate
  1,900   200   2,100   100   4,300 
 
   16,500   21,300   34,400   24,000   96,200 
 
2004
                    
Exploration and Production
  2,900   600   5,000   7,100   15,600 
Refining and Marketing
  10,400   19,500   26,500   13,400   69,800 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  200   800   1,400   1,600   4,000 
Other businesses and corporate
  4,000   5,000   4,000   500   13,500 
 
   17,500   25,900   36,900   22,600   102,900 
 
2003
                    
Exploration and Production
  3,000   700   4,600   6,800   15,100 
Refining and Marketing
  10,300   18,800   27,000   12,900   69,000 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  200   800   1,400   1,400   3,800 
Other businesses and corporate
  3,600   5,000   6,100   1,100   15,800 
 
   17,100   25,300   39,100   22,200   103,700 
 
      Employee numbers decreased in 2005 compared with 2004 primarily due to the sale of Innovene.
      The Company seeks to maintain constructive relationships with labour unions.

144


Table of Contents

SHARE OWNERSHIP
Directors and Senior Management
      As at June 28, 2006, the following directors of BP p.l.c. held interests in BP ordinary shares of 25 cents each or their calculated equivalent as set out below:
         
Dr D C Allen
  530,933   819,823 (b)
The Lord Browne of Madingley
  2,522,840   3,768,016 (b)
I C Conn
  206,642   799,032 (b)
Dr B E Grote
  1,092,292   972,210 (b)
Dr A B Hayward
  399,466   819,823 (b)
J A Manzoni
  369,191   819,823 (b)
J H Bryan
  158,760    — 
A Burgmans
  10,000    — 
E B Davis, Jr
  68,271    — 
D J Flint
  15,000    — 
Dr D S Julius
  15,000    — 
Dr W E Massey
  49,722    — 
Sir Tom McKillop
  20,000    — 
Sir Ian Prosser
  16,301    — 
P D Sutherland
  30,079    — 
      As at June 28, 2006, the following directors of BP p.l.c. held options under the BP Group share option schemes for ordinary shares or their calculated equivalent as set out below:
         
Dr D C Allen
  794,950     
The Lord Browne of Madingley
  3,261,104     
I C Conn
  332,390     
Dr B E Grote
  1,427,190   (a)
Dr A B Hayward
  769,702     
J A Manzoni
  780,523     
 
(a)In addition to the above, Dr Grote holds 40,000 Stock Appreciation Rights (equivalent to 240,000 ordinary shares).
 
(b)Performance shares awarded under the BP Executive Directors Incentive Plan. These represent the maximum possible vesting levels. The actual number of shares/ ADSs which vest will depend on the extent to which performance conditions have been satisfied over a three year period.
      There are no directors or members of senior management who own more than 1% of the ordinary Shares outstanding. At June 28, 2006, all directors and senior management as a group held interests in 14,978,547 ordinary shares or their calculated equivalent and 8,541,794 options for ordinary shares or their calculated equivalent under the BP Group share options schemes.
      Additional details regarding the options granted, including exercise price and expiry dates, are found in this item under the heading ‘Compensation — Share Options.’

145


Table of Contents

Employee Share Plans
             
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  (options thousands)
Employee share options granted during the year (a)
  54,482   80,394   104,759 
 
 
(a) As share options are exercised continuously throughout the year, the weighted average share price during the year of $10.77 (2004 $8.95 and 2003 $6.81) is representative of the weighted average share price at the date of exercise. For the options outstanding at December 31, 2005, the exercise price ranges and weighted average remaining contractual lives are shown below.
      BP offers most of its employees the opportunity to acquire a shareholding in the Company through savings-related and/or matching share plan arrangements. BP also uses long-term performance plans (see Item 18 — Financial Statements 18 — Note 46 on page F-133) and the granting of share options as elements of remuneration for executive directors and senior employees.
Savings and Matching Plans
BP ShareSave Plan
      A savings-related share option plan, under which employees save on a monthly basis, over a three- or five-year period, towards the purchase of shares at a fixed price determined when the option is granted. This price is usually set at a 20% discount to the market price at the time of grant. The option must be exercised within six months of maturity of the savings contract; otherwise it lapses. The plan is run in the UK and options are granted annually, usually in June. Until 2003, a three-year savings plan was also run in a small number of other countries. Options will remain outstanding in respect of these countries until the end of June 2007. Participants leaving for a qualifying reason will have six months in which to use their savings to exercise their options on a pro-rated basis.
BP ShareMatch Plans
      Matching share plans, under which BP matches employees’ own contributions of shares up to a predetermined limit. The plans are run in the UK and in over 70 other countries. The UK plan is run on a monthly basis with shares being held in trust for five years before they can be released free of any income tax and national insurance liability. In other countries, the plan is run on an annual basis with shares being held in trust for three years. The plan is operated on a cash basis in those countries where there are regulatory restrictions preventing the holding of BP shares. When the employee leaves BP, all shares must be removed from trust and units under the plan operated on a cash basis must be encashed.
Cash Plans
Cash Options/ Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs)
      These are cash-settled share-based payments available to certain employees that require the Group to pay the intrinsic value of the cash option/ SAR to the employee at the date of exercise. There are no performance conditions; however, participants must continue in employment with BP for the first three calendar years of the plan for the options/ SARs to vest. Special arrangements may apply for qualifying leavers. The options/ SARs are exercisable between the third and 10th anniversaries of the grant date.
Employee Share Ownership Plans (ESOP)
      ESOPs have been established to acquire BP shares to satisfy any awards made to participants under EDIP, LTPP, MTPP, DAB and the BP ShareMatch Plans. The ESOPs have waived their rights to dividends on shares held for future awards and are funded by the Group. Until such time as the Company’s own shares held by the ESOP trusts vest unconditionally in employees, the amount paid for those shares is

146


Table of Contents

deducted in arriving at shareholders’ equity. See Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 46 on page F-133. Assets and liabilities of the ESOPs are recognized as assets and liabilities of the Group.
      At December 31, 2005, the ESOPs held 14,560,003 shares (2004 8,621,219 shares and 2003 11,930,379 shares) for potential future awards, which had a market value of $156 million (2004 $84 million and 2003 $96 million).
      Pursuant to the various BP Group share option schemes, the following options for ordinary shares of the Company were outstanding at June 28, 2006:
     
  Expiry Exercise
Options dates of price
outstanding options per share
 
(shares)  
436,611,63 6 2006-2016 $4.31-$11.92
      Further details on share options appear in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 46 on page F-133.

147


Table of Contents

ITEM 7 — MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
      At June 28, 2006, the Company has been notified that JPMorgan Chase Bank, as depositary for American Depositary Shares (ADSs), holds interests through its nominee, Guaranty Nominees Limited, in 6,187,041,879 ordinary shares (30.92% of the Company’s ordinary share capital). Legal and General plc hold interests in 698,383,277 ordinary shares (3.49% of the Company’s share capital).
      At the date of this report the Company has also been notified of the following interests in preference shares. Co-operative Insurance Society Limited holds interests in 1,572,538 8% cumulative first preference shares (21.74% of that class) and 1,789,796 9% cumulative second preference shares (32.70% of that class). The National Farmers Union Mutual Insurance Society Ltd holds 945,000 8% cumulative first preference shares (13.07% of that class) and 987,000 9% cumulative second preference shares (18.03% of that class). Prudential plc holds interests in 528,150 8% cumulative first preference shares (7.30% of that class) and 644,450 9% cumulative second preference shares (11.77% of that class). Royal & SunAlliance Insurance plc holds interests in 287,500 8% cumulative first preference shares (3.97% of that class) and 250,000 9% cumulative second preference shares (4.57% of that class). Ruffer Limited Liability Partnership holds interests in 685,000 9% preference shares (12.51% of that class).
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
      The Group had no material transactions with joint ventures and associated undertakings during the period commencing January 1, 2005 to the date of this filing. Transactions between the Group and its significant joint ventures and associates are summarized in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 30 on page F-75 and Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 31 on page F-78.
      In the ordinary course of its business the Group has transactions with various organizations with which certain of its directors are associated but, except as described in this report, no material transactions responsive to this item have been entered into in the period commencing January 1, 2005 to June 28, 2006.
ITEM 8 —FINANCIAL INFORMATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Financial Statements
      See Item 18 — Financial Statements.
Dividends
      The total dividends announced and paid in 2005 were $7,359 million, compared with $6,041 million in 2004 and $5,654 million in 2003. Dividends per share for 2005 were 34.85 cents, compared with 27.70 cents per share in 2004 (an increase of 26%) and 25.50 cents per share in 2003 (an increase of 8.6% over 2003). For information on our policy on distributions to shareholders, refer to Item 5 — Operating and Financial Review — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Dividends and Other Distributions to Shareholders and Gearing on page 95.
Legal Proceedings
      Save as disclosed in the following paragraphs, no member of the Group is a party to, and no property of a member of the Group is subject to, any pending legal proceedings which are significant to the Group.
      On June 28, 2006, the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) announced the filing of a civil enforcement action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois

148


Table of Contents

against BP Products North America, Inc. (BP Products), a wholly owned subsidiary of BP, alleging that BP Products manipulated the price of February 2004 TET physical propane. The CFTC also charges BP Products with attempting to manipulate the price of April 2003 TET physical propane. The CFTC is seeking permanent injunctive relief, disgorgement, restitution, and payment of civil monetary penalties. Concurrently, the U.S. Department of Justice filed a criminal complaint against a former BP Products employee, who entered a guilty plea. The former employee had previously been terminated by BP Products for failure to adhere to BP Group policies. BP denies that BP Products engaged in market manipulation and intends to defend the CFTC claims vigorously. BP believes that it has cooperated fully with the CFTC in its investigation of this matter and intends to assist the Department of Justice in its ongoing investigation.
      On March 23, 2005, an explosion and fire occurred in the Isomerization Unit of BP Products’ Texas City refinery as the unit was coming out of planned maintenance. Fifteen contractors died in the incident and many others were injured. In 2005, BP Products finalized, or is currently in process of negotiating, settlements in respect of fatalities and personal injury claims arising from the incident. The first trial of the unresolved claims is scheduled for September, 2006. The US Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), the US Chemical Safety and Hazard Investigation Board (CSB), the US Environmental Protection Agency and the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, among other agencies, have conducted or are conducting investigations. At the conclusion of their investigation, OSHA issued citations alleging more than 300 violations of 13 different OSHA standards, and BP Products agreed not to contest the citations. BP Products settled that matter with OSHA on September 22, 2005, paying a $21.3 million penalty and undertaking a number of corrective actions designed to make the refinery safer. OSHA referred the matter to the US Department of Justice for criminal investigation, and the Department of Justice has opened an investigation. At the recommendation of the CSB, BP appointed an independent safety panel, the BP US Refineries Independent Safety Review Panel, under the chairmanship of James A Baker III. Other government legal actions are pending.
      Approximately 200 lawsuits were filed in State and Federal Courts in Alaska seeking compensatory and punitive damages arising out of the Exxon Valdez oil spill in Prince William Sound in March 1989. Most of those suits named Exxon (now ExxonMobil), Alyeska Pipeline Service Company (Alyeska), which operates the oil terminal at Valdez, and the other oil companies which own Alyeska. Alyeska initially responded to the spill until the response was taken over by Exxon. BP owns a 47% interest (reduced during 2001 from 50% by a sale of 3% to Phillips) in Alyeska through a subsidiary of BP America Inc. and briefly indirectly owned a further 20% interest in Alyeska following BP’s combination with Atlantic Richfield. Alyeska and its owners have settled all the claims against them under these lawsuits. Exxon has indicated that it may file a claim for contribution against Alyeska for a portion of the costs and damages which it has incurred. If any claims are asserted by Exxon which affect Alyeska and its owners, BP will defend the claims vigorously.
      Since 1987, Atlantic Richfield Company, a current subsidiary of BP, has been named as aco-defendant in numerous lawsuits brought in the United States alleging injury to persons and property caused by lead pigment in paint. The majority of the lawsuits have been abandoned or dismissed as against Atlantic Richfield. Atlantic Richfield is named in these lawsuits as alleged successor to International Smelting and Refining which, along with a predecessor company, manufactured lead pigment during the period 1920-1946. Plaintiffs include individuals and governmental entities. Several of the lawsuits purport to be class actions. The lawsuits (depending on plaintiff) seek various remedies including: compensation to lead-poisoned children; cost to find and remove lead paint from buildings; medical monitoring and screening programmes; public warning and education of lead hazards; reimbursement of government healthcare costs and special education for lead-poisoned citizens; and punitive damages. No lawsuit against Atlantic Richfield has been settled nor has Atlantic Richfield been subject to a final adverse judgement in any proceeding. The amounts claimed and, if such suits were successful, the costs of implementing the remedies sought in the various cases could be substantial. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of these legal actions, Atlantic Richfield believes that it

149


Table of Contents

has valid defenses and it intends to defend such actions vigorously and thus the incurrence of liability by Atlantic Richfield is remote. Consequently, BP believes that the impact of these lawsuits on the Group’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity will not be material.
      For certain information regarding environmental proceedings see Item 4 — Environmental
Protection — United States Regional Review on page 71.
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
      None.

150


Table of Contents

ITEM 9 —THE OFFER AND LISTING
Markets and Market Prices
      The primary market for BP’s ordinary shares is the London Stock Exchange (LSE). BP’s ordinary shares are a constituent element of the Financial Times Stock Exchange 100 Index. BP’s ordinary shares are also traded on stock exchanges in France, Germany, Japan and Switzerland.
      Trading of BP’s shares on the LSE is primarily through the use of the Stock Exchange Electronic Trading Service (SETS), introduced in 1997 for the largest companies in terms of market capitalization whose primary listing is the LSE. Under SETS, buy and sell orders at specific prices may be sent to the exchange electronically by any firm which is a member of the LSE, on behalf of a client or on behalf of itself acting as a principal. The orders are then anonymously displayed in the order book. When there is a match on a ‘buy’ and a ‘sell’ order, the trade is executed and automatically reported to the LSE. Trading is continuous from 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. UK time, but in the event of a 20% movement in the share price either way the LSE may impose a temporary halt in the trading of that company’s shares in the order book, to allow the market to re-establish equilibrium. Dealings in ordinary shares may also take place between an investor and a market-maker, via a member firm, outside the electronic order book.
      In the United States and Canada the Company’s securities are traded in the form of ADSs, for which JPMorgan Chase Bank is the depositary (the Depositary) and transfer agent. The Depositary’s address is 1 Chase Manhattan Plaza, 40th Floor, New York, NY 10081, USA. Each ADS represents six ordinary shares. ADSs are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, and are also traded on the Chicago, Pacific and Toronto Stock Exchanges. ADSs are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs, which may be issued in either certificated or book entry form.

151


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the highest and lowest middle market quotations for the ordinary shares of BP p.l.c. for the periods shown. These are derived from the Daily Official List of the LSE, and the highest and lowest sales prices of ADSs as reported on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape.
                 
      American
    Depositary
  Ordinary shares Shares (a)
 
  High Low High Low
 
  (Pence) (Dollars)
Year ended December 31,
                
2001
  647.00   478.00   55.20   42.20 
2002
  625.00   387.00   53.98   36.25 
2003
  458.00   348.75   49.59   34.67 
2004
  561.00   407.75   62.10   46.65 
2005
  686.00   499.00   72.75   56.60 
Year ended December 31,
                
2004:  First quarter
  465.75   407.75   51.48   46.65 
        Second quarter
  508.25   451.25   54.99   50.75 
        Third quarter
  545.00   476.25   59.04   51.95 
        Fourth quarter
  561.00   497.00   62.10   57.31 
2005:  First quarter
  579.50   499.00   66.65   56.60 
        Second quarter
  600.00   516.00   64.94   57.95 
        Third quarter
  686.00   580.50   72.75   62.84 
        Fourth quarter
  679.00   599.00   71.25   63.26 
2006:  First quarter
  693.00   623.00   72.88   65.35 
        Second quarter (through June 28)
  723.00   581.00   76.85   64.19 
Month of
                
December 2005
  667.00   610.50   69.25   63.26 
January 2006
  693.00   623.00   72.88   65.47 
February 2006
  677.50   630.00   72.58   66.01 
March 2006
  676.50   627.00   70.68   65.35 
April 2006
  723.00   662.00   76.85   69.49 
May 2006
  693.50   606.50   76.67   68.50 
June (through June 28)
  643.50   581.00   72.38   64.19 
 
(a) An ADS is equivalent to six ordinary shares.
      Market prices for the ordinary shares on the LSE and in after-hours trading off the LSE, in each case while the New York Stock Exchange is open, and the market prices for ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange and other North American stock exchanges, are closely related due to arbitrage among the various markets, although differences may exist from time to time due to various factors including UK stamp duty reserve tax. Trading in ADSs began on the LSE on August 3, 1987.
      On June 28, 2006, 1,031,125,732 ADSs (equivalent to 6,186,754,395 ordinary shares or some 30.92% of the total) were outstanding and were held by approximately 153,236 ADR holders. Of these, about 151,659 had registered addresses in the USA at that date. One of the registered holders of ADSs represents some 850,381 underlying holders.

152


Table of Contents

      On June 28, 2006, there were approximately 329,764 holders of record of ordinary shares. Of these holders, around 1,458 had registered addresses in the USA and held a total of some 4,068,149 ordinary shares.
      Since certain of the ordinary shares and ADSs were held by brokers and other nominees, the number of holders of record in the USA may not be representative of the number of beneficial holders or of their country of residence.

153


Table of Contents

ITEM 10 —ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
      The following summarizes certain provisions of BP’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and applicable English law. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the UK Companies Act and BP’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. Information on where investors can obtain copies of the Memorandum and Articles of Association is described under the heading ‘Documents on Display’ under this Item.
      On April 24, 2003, the shareholders of BP voted at the AGM to adopt new Articles of Association to consolidate amendments which have been necessary to implement legislative changes since the previous Articles of Association were adopted in 1983.
      At the AGM held on April 15, 2004, shareholders approved an amendment to the Articles of Association such that at each AGM held after December 31, 2004, all directors shall retire from office and may offer themselves for re-election. There have been no further amendments to the Articles of Association.
Objects and Purposes
      BP is incorporated under the name BP p.l.c. and is registered in England and Wales with registered number 102498. Clause 4 of BP’s Memorandum of Association provides that its objects include the acquisition of petroleum bearing lands; the carrying on of refining and dealing businesses in the petroleum, manufacturing, metallurgical or chemicals businesses; the purchase and operation of ships and all other vehicles and other conveyances; and the carrying on of any other businesses calculated to benefit BP. The memorandum grants BP a range of corporate capabilities to effect these objects.
Directors
      The business and affairs of BP shall be managed by the directors.
      The Articles of Association place a general prohibition on a director voting in respect of any contract or arrangement in which he has a material interest other than by virtue of his interest in shares in the Company. However, in the absence of some other material interest not indicated below, a director is entitled to vote and to be counted in a quorum for the purpose of any vote relating to a resolution concerning the following matters:
 — the giving of security or indemnity with respect to any money lent or obligation taken by the director at the request or benefit of the Company;
 
 — any proposal in which he is interested concerning the underwriting of Company securities or debentures;
 
 — any proposal concerning any other company in which he is interested, directly or indirectly (whether as an officer or shareholder or otherwise) provided that he and persons connected with him are not the holder or holders of 1% or more of the voting interest in the shares of such company;
 
 — proposals concerning the modification of certain retirement benefits schemes under which he may benefit and which has been approved by either the UK Board of Inland Revenue or by the shareholders; and
 
 — any proposal concerning the purchase or maintenance of any insurance policy under which he may benefit.
      The UK Companies Act requires a director of a company who is in any way interested in a contract or proposed contract with the company to declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of the directors of the company. The definition of ‘interest’ now includes the interests of spouses, children,

154


Table of Contents

companies and Trusts. The directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money, except that the amount remaining undischarged of all moneys borrowed by the company shall not, without approval of the shareholders, exceed the amount paid up on the share capital plus the aggregate of the amount of the capital and revenue reserves of the company. Variation of the borrowing power of the board may only be effected by amending the Articles of Association.
      Remuneration of non-executive directors shall be determined in the aggregate by resolution of the shareholders. Remuneration of executive directors is determined by the remuneration committee. This committee is made up of non-executive directors only. Any director attaining the age of 70 shall retire at the next AGM. There is no requirement of share ownership for a director’s qualification.
Dividend Rights; Other Rights to Share in Company Profits; Capital Calls
      If recommended by the directors of BP, BP shareholders may, by resolution, declare dividends but no such dividend may be declared in excess of the amount recommended by the directors. The directors may also pay interim dividends without obtaining shareholder approval. No dividend may be paid other than out of profits available for distribution, as determined under IFRS and the UK Companies Act. Dividends on ordinary shares are payable only after payment of dividends on BP preference shares. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of twelve years from the date of declaration of such dividend shall be forfeited and reverts to BP.
      The directors have the power to declare and pay dividends in any currency provided that a sterling equivalent is announced. It is not the Company’s intention to change its current policy of paying dividends in US dollars.
      Apart from shareholders’ rights to share in BP’s profits by dividend (if any is declared), the Articles of Association provide that the directors may set aside:
 — a special reserve fund out of the balance of profits each year to make up any deficit of cumulative dividend on the BP preference shares; and
 
 — a general reserve out of the balance of profits each year, which shall be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may properly be applied. This may include capitalization of such sum, pursuant to an ordinary shareholders’ resolution, and distribution to shareholders as if it were distributed by way of a dividend on the ordinary shares or in paying up in full unissued ordinary shares for allotment and distribution as bonus shares.
      Any such sums so deposited may be distributed in accordance with the manner of distribution of dividends as described above.
      Holders of shares are not subject to calls on capital by the Company, provided that the amounts required to be paid on issue have been paid off. All shares are fully paid.
Voting Rights
      The Articles of Association of BP provide that voting on resolutions at a shareholders’ meeting will be decided on a poll other than resolutions of a procedural nature, which may be decided on a show of hands. If voting is on a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every ordinary share held and two votes for every £5 in nominal amount of BP preference shares held. If voting is on a show of hands, each shareholder who is present at the meeting in person or whose duly appointed proxy is present in person will have one vote, regardless of the number of shares held, unless a poll is requested. Shareholders do not have cumulative voting rights.
      Holders of record of ordinary shares may appoint a proxy, including a beneficial owner of those shares, to attend, speak and vote on their behalf at any shareholders’ meeting.
      Record holders of BP ADSs also are entitled to attend, speak and vote at any shareholders’ meeting of BP by the appointment by the approved depositary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, of them as proxies in

155


Table of Contents

respect of the ordinary shares represented by their ADSs. Each such proxy may also appoint a proxy. Alternatively, holders of ADSs are entitled to vote by supplying their voting instructions to the depositary, who will vote the ordinary shares represented by their ADSs in accordance with their instructions.
      Proxies may be delivered electronically.
      Matters are transacted at shareholders’ meetings by the proposing and passing of resolutions, of which there are three types: ordinary, special or extraordinary.
      An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of those persons voting at a meeting at which there is a quorum. Special and extraordinary resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three-fourths of the persons voting at a meeting at which there is a quorum. Any AGM at which it is proposed to put a special or ordinary resolution requires 21 days’ notice. An extraordinary resolution put to the AGM requires no notice period. Any extraordinary general meeting at which it is proposed to put a special resolution requires 21 days’ notice; otherwise, the notice period for an extraordinary general meeting is 14 days.
Liquidation Rights; Redemption Provisions
      In the event of a liquidation of BP, after payment of all liabilities and applicable deductions under UK laws and subject to the payment of secured creditors, the holders of BP preference shares would be entitled to the sum of (i) the capital paid up on such shares plus, (ii) accrued and unpaid dividends and (iii) a premium equal to the higher of (a) 10% of the capital paid up on the BP preference shares and (b) the excess of the average market price over par value of such shares on the London Stock Exchange during the previous six months. The remaining assets (if any) would be divided pro rata among the holders of ordinary shares.
      Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any class of shares, BP may issue any share with such preferred, deferred or other special rights, or subject to such restrictions as the shareholders by resolution determine (or, in the absence of any such resolutions, by determination of the directors), and may issue shares which are to be or may be redeemed.
Variation of Rights
      The rights attached to any class of shares may be varied with the consent in writing of holders of 75% of the shares of that class or upon the adoption of an extraordinary resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of the Articles of Association relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that the quorum with respect to a meeting to change the rights attached to the preference shares is 10% or more of the shares of that class, and the quorum to change the rights attached to the ordinary shares is one third or more of the shares of that class.
Shareholders’ Meetings and Notices
      Shareholders must provide BP with a postal or electronic address in the UK in order to be entitled to receive notice of shareholders’ meetings. In certain circumstances, BP may give notices to shareholders by advertisement in UK newspapers. Holders of BP ADSs are entitled to receive notices under the terms of the deposit agreement relating to BP ADSs. The substance and timing of notices is described above under the heading Voting Rights.
      Under the Articles of Association, the AGM of shareholders will be held within 15 months after the preceding AGM. All other general meetings of shareholders shall be called Extraordinary General Meetings and all general meetings shall be held at a time and place determined by the directors within the United Kingdom. If any shareholders’ meeting is adjourned for lack of quorum, notice of the time and place of the meeting may be given in any lawful manner, including electronically. Powers exist for

156


Table of Contents

action to be taken either before or at the meeting by authorized officers to ensure its orderly conduct and safety of those attending.
Limitations on Voting and Shareholding
      There are no limitations imposed by English law or BP’s Memorandum or Articles of Association on the right of non-residents or foreign persons to hold or vote the Company’s ordinary shares or ADSs, other than limitations that would generally apply to all of the shareholders.
Disclosure of Interests in Shares
      The UK Companies Act permits a public company, on written notice, to require any person whom the company believes to be or, at any time during the previous three years prior to the issue of the notice, to have been interested in its voting shares, to disclose certain information with respect to those interests. Failure to supply the information required may lead to disenfranchisement of the relevant shares and a prohibition on their transfer and receipt of dividends and other payments in respect of those shares. In this context the term ‘interest’ is widely defined and will generally include an interest of any kind whatsoever in voting shares, including any interest of a holder of BP ADSs.
MATERIAL CONTRACTS
      None.
EXCHANGE CONTROLS AND OTHER LIMITATIONS AFFECTING SECURITY HOLDERS
      There are currently no UK foreign exchange controls or restrictions on remittances of dividends on the ordinary shares or on the conduct of the Company’s operations.
      There are no limitations, either under the laws of the UK or under the Articles of Association of BP p.l.c., restricting the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote BP ordinary or preference shares in the Company.

157


Table of Contents

TAXATION
      This section describes the material United States federal income tax and UK taxation consequences of owning ordinary shares or ADSs to a US holder that holds the ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes. It does not apply, however, to members of special classes of holders subject to special rules and holders that, directly or indirectly, hold 10% or more of the Company’s voting stock.
      A US holder is any beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is for United States federal income tax purposes (i) a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a United States domestic corporation, (iii) an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if a United States court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more United States persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
      This section is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, and the taxation laws of the United Kingdom, all as currently in effect, as well as the income tax convention between the United States and the United Kingdom that entered into force on March 31, 2003 (the ‘Treaty’). These laws are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.
      For purposes of the Treaty and the estate and gift tax Convention (the ‘Estate Tax Convention’), and for United States federal income tax and UK taxation purposes, a holder of ADRs evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owner of the Company’s ordinary shares represented by those ADRs. Exchanges of ordinary shares for ADRs, and ADRs for ordinary shares, generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax or to UK taxation, other than stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax, as described below.
      This section is further based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and assumes that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.
      Investors should consult their own tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state and local, the UK and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares and ADSs in their particular circumstances, and in particular whether they are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty.
Taxation of Dividends
United Kingdom Taxation
      Under current UK taxation law, no withholding tax will be deducted from dividends paid by the Company, including dividends paid to US holders. A shareholder that is a company resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom generally will not be taxable on a dividend it receives from the Company. A shareholder who is an individual resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom is entitled to a tax credit on cash dividends paid on ordinary shares or ADSs of the Company equal to one-ninth of the cash dividend.
United States Federal Income Taxation
      A US holder is subject to United States federal income taxation on the gross amount of any dividend paid by the Company out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes). Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to the holder at a maximum tax rate of 15%, provided that the holder has a holding period in the ordinary shares or ADSs of more than 60 days during the121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meets other holding period requirements. Dividends paid by the Company with respect to the shares or ADSs will generally be qualified dividend income.

158


Table of Contents

      As noted above in this Item — United Kingdom Taxation, a US holder will not be subject to UK withholding tax. A US holder will include in gross income for United States federal income tax purposes the amount of the dividend actually received from the Company, and the receipt of a dividend will not entitle the US holder to a foreign tax credit.
      For United States federal income tax purposes, a dividend must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of ordinary shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, actually or constructively receives the dividend, and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to United States corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations. Dividends will be income from sources outside the United States, and generally will be ‘passive income’ or, in the case of certain US holders, ‘financial services income’ (or, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2006, ‘general category income’), which is treated separately from other types of income for purposes of computing the allowable foreign tax credit.
      The amount of the dividend distribution on the ordinary shares or ADSs that is paid in pounds sterling will be the US dollar value of the pounds sterling payments made, determined at the spot pounds sterling/ US dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the pounds sterling dividend payment is includible in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. The gain or loss generally will be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
      Distributions in excess of the Company’s earnings and profits, as determined for United States federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the US holder’s basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain, subject to taxation as described in this Item — Taxation of Capital Gains — United States Federal Income Taxation.
Taxation of Capital Gains
United Kingdom Taxation
      A US holder may be liable for both United Kingdom and United States tax in respect of a gain on the disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs if the US holder is (i) a citizen of the United States resident or ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom, (ii) a United States domestic corporation resident in the United Kingdom by reason of its business being managed or controlled in the United Kingdom or (iii) a citizen of the United States or a corporation that carries on a trade or profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch or agency or, in respect of corporations for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2003, through a permanent establishment, and that have used, held, or acquired the ordinary shares or ADSs for the purposes of such trade, profession or vocation of such branch, agency or permanent establishment. However, such persons may be entitled to a tax credit against their United States federal income tax liability for the amount of United Kingdom capital gains tax or UK corporation tax on chargeable gains (as the case may be) which is paid in respect of such gain.
      Under the Treaty, capital gains on dispositions of ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be subject to tax only in the jurisdiction of residence of the relevant holder as determined under both the laws of the United Kingdom and the United States and as required by the terms of the Treaty.
      Under the Treaty, individuals who are residents of either the United Kingdom or the United States and who have been residents of the other jurisdiction (the United States or the United Kingdom, as the case may be) at any time during the six years immediately preceding the relevant disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs may be subject to tax with respect to capital gains arising from a disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs of the Company not only in the jurisdiction of which the holder is resident at the time of the disposition but also in the other jurisdiction.

159


Table of Contents

United States Federal Income Taxation
      A US holder that sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognize a capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realized and the holder’s tax basis, determined in US dollars, in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a non-corporate US holder that is recognized in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011, is generally taxed at a maximum rate of 15% if the holder’s holding period for such ordinary shares or ADSs exceeds one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.
Additional Tax Considerations
UK Inheritance Tax
      The Estate Tax Convention applies to inheritance tax. ADSs held by an individual who is domiciled for the purposes of the Estate Tax Convention in the US and is not for the purposes of the Estate Tax Convention a national of the UK will not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on transfer during the individual’s lifetime unless, among other things, the ADSs are part of the business property of a permanent establishment situated in the UK used for the performance of independent personal services. In the exceptional case where ADSs are subject both to inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Estate Tax Convention generally provides for tax payable in the US to be credited against tax payable in the UK or for tax paid in the UK to be credited against tax payable in the US, based on priority rules set forth in the Estate Tax Convention.
UK Stamp Duty and Stamp Duty Reserve Tax
      The statements below relate to what is understood to be the current practice of the UK Inland Revenue under existing law.
      Provided that the instrument of transfer is not executed in the UK and remains at all times outside the UK, and the transfer does not relate to any matter or thing done or to be done in the UK, no UK stamp duty is payable on the acquisition or transfer of ADSs. Neither will an agreement to transfer ADSs in the form of ADRs give rise to a liability to stamp duty reserve tax.
      Purchases of ordinary shares, as opposed to ADSs, through the CREST system of paperless share transfers will be subject to stamp duty reserve tax at 0.5%. The charge will arise as soon as there is an agreement for the transfer of the shares (or, in the case of a conditional agreement, when the condition is fulfilled). The stamp duty reserve tax will apply to agreements to transfer ordinary shares even if the agreement is made outside the UK between two non-residents. Purchases of ordinary shares outside the CREST system are subject either to stamp duty at a rate of 50 pence per £100 (or part), or stamp duty reserve tax at 0.5%. Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax are generally the liability of the purchaser. A subsequent transfer of ordinary shares to the Depositary’s nominee will give rise to further stamp duty at the rate of £1.50 per £100 (or part) or stamp duty reserve tax at the rate of 1.5% of the value of the ordinary shares at the time of the transfer.
      A transfer of the underlying ordinary shares to an ADR holder upon cancellation of the ADSs without transfer of beneficial ownership will give rise to UK stamp duty at the rate of £5 per transfer.
      An ADR holder electing to receive ADSs instead of a cash dividend will be responsible for the stamp duty reserve tax due on issue of shares to the Depositary’s nominee and calculated at the rate of 1.5% on the issue price of the shares. Current UK Inland Revenue practice is to calculate the issue price by reference to the total cash receipt (i.e, cash dividend plus the Refund if any) to which a US Holder would have been entitled had the election to receive ADSs instead of a cash dividend not been made. ADR holders electing to receive ADSs instead of the cash dividend authorize the Depositary to sell sufficient shares to cover this liability.

160


Table of Contents

DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
      It is possible to read and copy documents referred to in this annual report on Form 20-F that have been filed with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference rooms and their copy charges. The SEC filings are also available to the public from commercial document retrieval services and, for most recent BP periodic filings only, at the Internet world wide web site maintained by the SEC at www.sec.gov.

161


Table of Contents

ITEM 11 —QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
      The Group is exposed to a number of different market risks arising from its normal business activities. Market risk is the possibility that changes in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, or oil and natural gas or power prices, will affect adversely affect the value of the Group’s financial assets, liabilities or expected future cash flows. The Group has developed policies aimed at managing the volatility inherent in certain of these natural business exposures and in accordance with these policies the Group enters into various transactions using derivative financial and commodity instruments (derivatives). Derivatives are contracts whose value is derived from one or more underlying financial or commodity instruments, indices or prices which are defined in the contract. The Group also trades derivatives in conjunction with its risk management activities.
      All derivative activity, whether for risk management or trading, is carried out by specialist teams that have the appropriate skills, experience and supervision. These teams are subject to close financial and management control, meeting generally accepted industry practice and reflecting the principles of the Group of Thirty Global Derivatives Study recommendations. Independent control functions monitor compliance with the Group’s policies. A Trading Risk Management Committee has oversight of the quality of internal control in the Group’s trading function. The control framework includes prescribed trading limits that are reviewed regularly by senior management, daily monitoring of risk exposure using value-at-risk principles, marking trading exposures to market and stress testing to assess the exposure to potentially extreme market situations. The Group’s operational, risk management and trading activities in oil, natural gas, power and financial markets are managed within a single integrated function that has the responsibility for ensuring high and consistent standards of control, making investments in the necessary systems and supporting infrastructure and providing professional management oversight.
      In market risk management and trading, conventional exchange-traded derivatives such as futures and options are used, as well as non-exchange-traded instruments such as‘over-the-counter’ swaps, options and forward contracts.
      IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ (IAS 39) prescribes strict criteria for hedge accounting, whether as a cash flow or fair value hedge, and requires that any derivative that does not meet these criteria should be classified as held for trading purposes andmarked-to-market. BP adopted IAS 32 and IAS 39 with effect from January 1, 2005 without restating prior periods. Consequently, the Group’s accounting policy under UK GAAP has been used for 2004 and 2003. The policy under UK GAAP and the disclosures required by UK GAAP for derivative financial instruments are shown in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 38 on page F-97.
      Where derivatives constitute a fair value hedge, the Group’s exposure to market risk created by the derivative is offset by the opposite exposure arising from the asset, liability or transaction being hedged. Gains and losses relating to derivatives designated as part of a cash flow hedge are taken to reserves and recycled through income as the hedged item is recognized. By contrast, where derivatives are held for trading purposes, realized and unrealized gains and losses are recognized in the period in which they occur.
      The Group also has embedded derivatives held for trading. Prior to the development of an active gas trading market, UK gas contracts were priced using a basket of available price indices, primarily relating to oil products. Post the development of an active UK gas market, certain contracts were entered into or renegotiated using pricing formulae not related directly to gas prices, for example, oil product and power prices. In these circumstances, pricing formulae have been determined to be derivatives, embedded within the overall contractual arrangements that are not clearly and closely related to the underlying commodity. The resulting fair value relating to these contracts is recognized on the balance sheet with gains or losses recognized in the income statement.
      Further information about BP’s use of derivatives, their characteristics and the IFRS accounting treatment thereof is given in Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 1 and Note 37 on pagesF-12 andF-83.

162


Table of Contents

      There are minor differences in the criteria for hedge accounting under IFRS and SFAS No. 133 ‘Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities’. Prior to January 1, 2005, the Group did not designate any of its derivative financial instruments as part of hedged transactions under SFAS 133. As a result, all changes in fair value were recognized through earnings. See Item 18 — Financial Statements — Note 55 on page F-191 for further information.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
      Fluctuations in exchange rates can have significant effects on the Group’s reported results. The effects of most exchange rate fluctuations are absorbed in business operating results through changing cost competitiveness, lags in market adjustment to movements in rates, and conversion differences accounted for on specific transactions. For this reason, the total effect of exchange rate fluctuations is not identifiable separately in the Group’s reported results.
      The main underlying economic currency of the Group’s cash flows is the US dollar. This is because BP’s major product, oil, is priced internationally in US dollars. BP’s foreign exchange management policy is to minimize economic and material transactional exposures arising from currency movements against the US dollar. The Group co-ordinates the handling of foreign exchange risks centrally, by netting off naturally occurring opposite exposures wherever possible, to reduce the risks, and then dealing with any material residual foreign exchange risks. The most significant residual exposures are capital expenditure and UK and European operational requirements. In addition, most of the Group’s borrowings are in US dollars or are hedged with respect to the US dollar. At December 31, 2005, the total of foreign currency borrowings not swapped into US dollars amounted to $424 million. The principal elements of this are $150 million of borrowings in euros, $76 million in sterling, $81 million in Canadian dollars and $83 million in Trinidad and Tobago dollars.
      The following table provides information about the Group’s foreign currency derivative financial instruments. These include foreign currency forward exchange agreements (forwards), cylinder option contracts (cylinders), and purchased call options that are sensitive to changes in the sterling/ US dollar and euro/ US dollar exchange rates. Where foreign currency denominated borrowings are swapped into US dollars using forwards or cross currency swaps such that currency risk is completely eliminated, neither the borrowing nor the derivative are included in the table.
      For forwards, the tables present the notional amounts and weighted average contractual exchange rates by contractual maturity dates and exclude forwards that have offsetting positions. Only significant forward positions are included in the tables. The notional amounts of forwards are translated into US dollars at the exchange rate included in the contract at inception. The fair value represents an estimate of the gain or loss which would be realized if the contracts were settled at the balance sheet date.
      Cylinders consist of purchased call option and written put option contracts. For cylinders and purchased call options, the tables present the notional amounts of the option contracts at December 31, 2005 and the weighted average strike rates.

163


Table of Contents

      The fair values for the foreign exchange contracts in the table below are based on market prices of comparable instruments (forwards) and pricing models which take into account relevant market data (options). These derivative contracts constitute a hedge; any change in the fair value or expected cash flows is offset by an opposite change in the market value or expected cash flows of the asset, liability or transaction being hedged.
                                   
  Notional amount by expected maturity date    
 
  Fair value
  Beyond   asset/
  2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2010 Total (liability)
 
  ($ million)
At December 31, 2005
                                
Forwards
                                
 
Receive sterling/pay US dollars
                                
  
Contract amount
  1,749   128   25   6   5   22   1,935   (66)
  
Weighted average contractual exchange rate
  1.78                             
 
Receive sterling/pay euro
                                
  
Contract amount
  67   1               68   1 
  
Weighted average contractual exchange rate
 £0.70                             
 
Receive euro/pay US dollars
                                
  
Contract amount
  1,253   102   26   11   8   30   1,430   (13)
  
Weighted average contractual exchange rate
  1.22                             
Cylinders
                                
 
Receive sterling/pay US dollars
                                
 
Purchased call
                                
  
Contract amount
  717                  717   3 
  
Weighted average strike price
  1.84                             
 
Sold put
                                
  
Contract amount
  717                  717   (27)
  
Weighted average strike price
  1.77                             
 
Receive Euro/pay US dollars
                                
 
Purchased call
                                
  
Contract amount
  706                  706   3 
  
Weighted average strike price
  1.29                             
 
Sold put
                                
  
Contract amount
  706                  706   (23)
  
Weighted average strike price
  1.21                             
Purchased call options
                                
 
Receive sterling/pay US dollars
                                
 
Purchased call
                                
  
Contract Amount
  533                  533   0 
  
Weighted average strike price
  1.97                             
 
Receive euro/pay US dollars
                                
 
Purchased call
                                
  
Contract Amount
  207                  207   0 
  
Weighted average strike price
  1.42                             
 
(a) Weighted average contractual exchange rates are expressed as US dollars per non-US dollar currency unit.

164


Table of Contents

                                   
  Notional amount by expected maturity date    
 
  Fair value
  Beyond   asset/
  2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2009 Total (liability)
 
  ($ million)
At December 31, 2004
                                
Forwards
                                
 
Receive sterling/pay US dollars
                                
  
Contract amount
  2,559   136   61   21   9   35   2,821   253 
  
Weighted average contractual exchange rate
  1.75                             
 
Receive sterling/pay euro
                                
  
Contract amount
  24   29   15            68   (2)
  
Weighted average contractual exchange rate
  £0.72                             
 
Receive euro/pay US dollars
                                
  
Contract amount
  237   78   28   11   10   36   400   69 
  
Weighted average contractual exchange rate
  1.18                             
 
Pay euro/receive US dollars
                                
  
Contract amount
  1,829   5               1,834   (5)
  
Weighted average contractual exchange rate
  1.35                             
 
Receive Norwegian krone/pay US dollars
                                
  
Contract amount
  232   4               236   22 
  
Weighted average contractual exchange rate (a)
  6.66                             
Cylinders
                                
 
Receive sterling/pay US dollars
                                
 
Purchased call
                                
  
Contract amount
  904                  904   32 
  
Weighted average strike price
  1.87                             
 
Sold put
                                
  
Contract amount
  904                  904   (3)
  
Weighted average strike price
  1.75                             
Purchased call options
                                
 
Receive sterling/pay US dollars
                                
 
Purchased call
                                
  
Contract amount
  1,467                  1,467   18 
  
Weighted average strike price
  1.97                             
 
Receive euro/pay US dollars
                                
 
Purchased call
                                
  
Contract Amount
  1,182                  1,182   9 
  
Weighted average strike price
  1.44                             
 
(a) Weighted average contractual exchange rates are expressed as US dollars per non-US dollar currency unit except Norwegian krone which are expressed as krone per US dollar.

165


Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk
      BP is exposed to interest rate risk on short- and long-term floating rate instruments and as a result of the refinancing of fixed rate finance debt. The Group is exposed predominantly to US dollar LIBOR (London Inter-Bank Offer Rate) interest rates as borrowings are mainly denominated in, or are swapped into, US dollars. To manage the balance between fixed and floating rate debt, the Group enters into interest rate and cross-currency swaps in which the Group agrees to exchange, at specified intervals, the difference between fixed and variable rate interest amounts calculated by reference to an agreed notional principal amount. The proportion of floating rate debt at December 31, 2005 was 96% of total finance debt outstanding.
      The following table shows, by major currency, the Group’s finance debt at December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the weighted average interest rates achieved at those dates through a combination of borrowings and other interest rate sensitive instruments entered into to manage interest rate exposure.
                         
  Fixed rate debt Floating rate debt  
 
  Weighted Weighted   Weighted  
  average average time   average  
  interest for which   interest  
  rate rate is fixed Amount rate Amount Total
 
  (%) (years) ($ million) (%) ($ million) ($ million)
At December 31, 2005
                        
US dollar
  7   11   665   5   18,073   18,738 
Sterling
           6   76   76 
Euro
           3   150   150 
Other currencies
  9   14   157   12   41   198 
 
Total loans
          822       18,340   19,162 
 
At December 31, 2004
                        
US dollar
  7   11   707   3   21,789   22,496 
Sterling
           5   96   96 
Euro
           3   297   297 
Other currencies
  9   15   167   8   35   202 
 
Total loans
          874       22,217   23,091 
 
      The Group’s earnings are sensitive to changes in interest rates over the forthcoming year as a result of the floating rate instruments included in the Group’s finance debt at December 31, 2005. These include the effect of interest rate and currency swaps and forwards utilized to manage interest rate risk. If the interest rates applicable to floating rate instruments were to have increased by 1% on January 1, 2006, the Group’s 2006 earnings before taxes would decrease by approximately $180 million. This assumes that the amount and mix of fixed and floating rate debt, including finance leases, remains unchanged from that in place at December 31, 2005 and that the change in interest rates is effective from the beginning of the year. Where the interest rate applicable to an instrument is reset during a quarter it is assumed that this occurs at the beginning of the quarter and remains unchanged for the rest of the year. In reality, the fixed/floating rate mix will fluctuate over the year and interest rates will change continually. Furthermore the effect on earnings shown by this analysis does not consider the effect of an overall reduction in economic activity which could accompany such an increase in interest rates.
Derivatives Held For Trading
      In conjunction with the risk management activities discussed above the Group also trades interest rate and foreign exchange rate derivatives and, in addition, undertakes trading and risk management of certain specified commodities. In order to disclose a complete picture of activities in relation to

166


Table of Contents

commodity derivatives, all activity (trading and risk management) is included in aggregate in the following tables.
      The Group’s operational, risk management and trading activities in oil, natural gas, power and financial markets are managed within a single integrated function. The Group’s risk management policy requires the management of only certain short-term exposures in respect of its equity share of production and certain of its refinery and marketing activities. These risks are managed in combination with the Group’s supply and trading activities.
      To this end, the Group’s supply and trading function uses the full range of conventional financial and commodity derivatives available in the related commodity markets. Natural gas swaps, options and futures are used to convert specific sale and purchase contracts from fixed prices to market prices. Swaps are also used to manage exposures to gas price differentials between locations. The Group’s oil supply and trading activities undertake the full range of conventional derivative financial and commodity instruments and physical cargoes available in the commodity markets. Power trading is undertaken using a combination of over-the-counter forward contracts and other derivative contracts including options and futures. This activity is on both a standalone basis and in conjunction with gas derivatives in relation to gas generated power margin. In addition, NGL’s are traded around certain US inventory locations using over-the-counter forward contracts in conjunction with over-the-counter swaps, options and physical inventories.
      The Group measures its market risk exposure, i.e., potential gain or loss in fair value, on its trading activity using value-at-risk techniques. These techniques are based on a variance/ covariance model or a Monte Carlo simulation and make a statistical assessment of the market risk arising from possible future changes in market values over a24-hour period. The calculation of the range of potential changes in fair value takes into account a snapshot of theend-of-day exposures, and the history of one-day price movements, together with the correlation of these price movements. The Group calculates value-at-risk for the bulk of instruments and exposures in the held-for-trading category, other than the UK North Sea natural gas embedded derivatives, for which a sensitivity analysis is calculated.
      The Group has calculated previously and published value-at-risk expressed to three standard deviations for the internal delegation of market risk limits and control purposes. This is equivalent to a 99.7% confidence interval or a probability of one day per year where the daily gain or loss will exceed the calculated value-at-risk if the portfolio was left unchanged. In order to improve the practical application of this tool, the Group has adopted a 95% confidence level, or calculation to 1.65 standard deviations. This has the effect of increasing the expected frequency of occasions when the daily gain or loss may exceed the calculated value-at-risk to one per month if the portfolio is left unchanged. This provides a better opportunity for verifying models and assumptions and improving accuracy of the value-at-risk calculation. For completeness, 2005 value-at-risk data has been disclosed using both the 99.7% and 95% confidence levels but in future only value-at-risk data on a 95% basis will be disclosed.
      The value-at-risk model takes account of derivative financial instrument types such as interest rate forward and futures contracts, swap agreements, options and swaptions, foreign exchange forward and futures contracts, swap agreements and options, and oil, natural gas and power price futures, swap agreements and options. Financial assets and liabilities and physical crude oil and refined products that are treated as held for trading positions are also included in these calculations. The value-at-risk calculation for oil, natural gas, NGL and power price exposure also includes cash-settled commodity contracts such as forward contracts. For options, a linear approximation is included in the value-at-risk models.

167


Table of Contents

      The following table shows values-at-risk for held for trading activities described above.
                 
        At
  High Low Average December 31,
 
  ($ million)
Value at risk on three standard deviations:
                
2005
                
Interest rate trading
  2          
Foreign exchange trading
  9   2   4   2 
Oil price trading
  145   31   60   56 
Natural gas and NGL price trading
  71   9   26   30 
Power price trading
  30   4   14   16 
2004
                
Interest rate trading
  1          
Foreign exchange trading
  4   1   1   1 
Oil price trading
  55   18   29   45 
Natural gas and NGL price trading
  42   11   23   18 
Power price trading
  18   2   8   7 
2003
                
Interest rate trading
  1          
Foreign exchange trading
  4      2   1 
Oil price trading
  34   17   26   27 
Natural gas and NGL price trading
  29   4   16   18 
Power price trading
  13      4   6 
                 
        At
  High Low Average December 31,
 
  ($ million)
Value at risk on 1.65 standard deviations:
                
2005
                
Interest rate trading
  1          
Foreign exchange trading
  5   1   2   1 
Oil price trading
  80   17   33   31 
Natural gas and NGL price trading
  39   6   15   17 
Power price trading
  16   2   7   9 
2004
                
Interest rate trading
  1          
Foreign exchange trading
  2   1   1   1 
Oil price trading
  30   10   16   25 
Natural gas and NGL price trading
  23   6   13   10 
Power price trading
  10   1   4   4 
2003
                
Interest rate trading
  1          
Foreign exchange trading
  2      1   1 
Oil price trading
  19   9   14   15 
Natural gas and NGL price trading
  16   2   9   10 
Power price trading
  7      2   3 

168


Table of Contents

Sensitivity Analysis of Embedded Derivatives
      Detailed below for the embedded derivatives is a sensitivity of the fair value to immediate 10% favourable and adverse changes in the key assumptions.
     
  At December 31, 2005
 
Remaining contract terms
  3 to 13 years 
Contractual/notional amount
  8,220 million therms 
Discount rate — nominal risk free
  4.5% 
Fair value liability
  $2,590 million 
                 
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Gas oil  
  Natural and fuel Power Discount
  gas price oil price price rate
 
  ($ million)
Favourable 10% change
  408   30   (63)  34 
Unfavourable 10% change
  (427)  (45)  58   (34)
     
  At December 31, 2004
 
Remaining contract terms
  4 to 14 years 
Contractual/ notional amount
  10,409 million therms 
Discount rate — nominal risk free
  4.5% 
Fair value liability
  $817 million 
                 
  At December 31, 2004
 
  Gas oil  
  Natural and fuel Power Discount
  gas price oil price price rate
 
  ($ million)
Favourable 10% change
  129   9   (20)  11 
Unfavourable 10% change
  (135)  (14)  18   (11)
      These sensitivities are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. Changes in fair value generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of change in assumption to change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the embedded derivatives is calculated independently of any change in another assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may contribute to changes in another, which may magnify or counteract the sensitivities. Furthermore, the estimated fair values as disclosed should not be considered indicative of future earnings on these contracts.

169


Table of Contents

      The following tables show the changes during the year in the net fair value of derivatives held for trading purposes for the years 2005 and 2004.
                     
        Fair value  
  Fair value Fair value Fair value natural gas Fair value
  interest exchange oil and NGL power
  rate rate price price price
  contracts contracts contracts contracts contracts
 
  ($ million)
Fair value of contracts at January 1, 2005
     (54)  (171)  558   177 
Contracts realized or settled in the year
     23   175   (735)  76 
Fair value of new contracts when entered into during the year
           24   10 
Fair value of over-the-counter options at inception
        (73)  (65)  (9)
Change in fair value due to changes in valuation techniques or key assumptions
               
Other changes in fair values
     54   8   747   (71)
 
Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2005
     23   (61)  529   183 
 
Fair value of contracts at January 1, 2004
     (24)  (169)  302   134 
Contracts realized or settled in the year
     9   173   230   54 
Fair value of new contracts when entered into during the year
           15    
Fair value of over-the-counter options at inception
        (33)  58   (3)
Change in fair value due to changes in valuation techniques or key assumptions
               
Other changes in fair values
     (39)  (142)  (47)  (8)
 
Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2004
     (54)  (171)  558   177 
 
      The following tables show the changes during the year in the net fair value of embedded derivatives held for trading purposes for the years 2005 and 2004.
         
  Fair value Fair value
  interest natural
  rate gas price
  contracts contracts
 
  ($ million)
Fair value of contracts at January 1, 2005
  (17)  (659)
Contracts realized or settled in the year
     138 
Fair value of new contracts when entered into during the year
      
Change in fair value due to changes in valuation techniques or key assumptions
      
Other changes in fair values
  (13)  (1,990)
 
Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2005
  (30)  (2,511)
 
Fair value of contracts at January 1, 2004
  (12)  (301)
Contracts realized or settled in the year
      
Fair value of new contracts when entered into during the year
      
Change in fair value due to changes in valuation techniques or key assumptions
      
Other changes in fair values
  (5)  (358)
 
Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2004
  (17)  (659)
 

170


Table of Contents

      The following table shows the fair value of ‘day one profit’ deferred on the balance sheet.
         
  Fair value  
  natural Fair value
  gas and power
  NGL price price
  contracts contracts
 
  ($ million)
Fair value of contracts not recognized through the income statement at January 1, 2005
  (15)   
Fair value of new contracts at inception not recognized in the income statement
  (14)  (10)
Fair value recycled from equity into the income statement
      
Other changes in fair values
      
 
Fair value of contracts not recognized through profit at December 31, 2005
  (29)  (10)
 
         
  Fair value  
  natural Fair value
  gas and power
  NGL price price
  contracts contracts
 
  ($ million)
Fair value of contracts not recognized through the income statement at January 1, 2004
      
Fair value of new contracts at inception not recognized in the income statement
  (15)   
Fair value recycled from equity into the income statement
      
Other changes in fair values
      
 
Fair value of contracts not recognized through profit at December 31, 2004
  (15)   
 
      The following tables show the net fair value of derivatives held for trading at December 31, 2005 and 2004 analyzed by maturity period and by methodology of fair value estimation.
                             
  Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2005
 
  Maturity   Total
  less than Maturity Maturity Maturity Maturity Over fair
  1 year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years 4-5 years 5 years value
 
  ($ million)
Prices actively quoted
  (100)  (86)  46   42   33   (8)  (73)
Prices sourced from observable data or market corroboration
  660   (48)  (41)  60   (11)     620 
Prices based on models and other valuation methods
  3   (2)  3   75   2   46   127 
 
   563   (136)  8   177   24   38   674 
 
                             
  Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2004
 
  Maturity   Total
  less than Maturity Maturity Maturity Maturity Over fair
  1 year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years 4-5 years 5 years value
 
  ($ million)
Prices actively quoted
  105   (90)  13   21   17   15   81 
Prices sourced from observable data or market corroboration
  128   130   39   28   34      359 
Prices based on models and other valuation methods
  4   2   1   2   (1)  62   70 
 
   237   42   53   51   50   77   510 
 

171


Table of Contents

      Prices actively quoted refers to the fair value of contracts valued in whole using prices actively quoted, for example, exchange-traded and UK National Balancing Point (NBP) contracts. Prices provided by other external sources refers to the fair value of contracts valued in part using active quotes and in part using observable, market-corroborated data or internal inputs, for example, swaps and physical forward contracts. Prices based on models and other valuation methods refers to the fair value of a contract valued in part using internal models due to the absence of quoted prices, includingover-the-counter options. The net change in fair value of contracts based on models and other valuation methods during the year is a gain of $130 million.
      The following tables show the net fair value of embedded derivatives held for trading at December 31, 2005 and 2004 analyzed by maturity period and by methodology of fair value estimation.
                             
  Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2005
 
  Maturity   Total
  less than Maturity Maturity Maturity Maturity Over fair
  1 year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years 4-5 years 5 years value
 
  ($ million)
Prices actively quoted
                     
Prices sourced from observable data or market corroboration
  51   28               79 
Prices based on models and other valuation methods
  (674)  (542)  (426)  (231)  (182)  (565)  (2,620)
 
   (623)  (514)  (426)  (231)  (182)  (565)  (2,541)
 
                             
  Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2004
 
  Maturity   Total
  less than Maturity Maturity Maturity Maturity Over fair
  1 year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years 4-5 years 5 years value
 
  ($ million)
Prices actively quoted
                     
Prices sourced from observable data or market corroboration
  150   9               159 
Prices based on models and other valuation methods
  (247)  (206)  (141)  (102)  (57)  (82)  (835)
 
   (97)  (197)  (141)  (102)  (57)  (82)  (676)
 
ITEM 12 —DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
      Not applicable

172


Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 13 —DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
      None.
ITEM 14 —MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
      None.
ITEM 15 —CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
      The Company maintains ‘disclosure controls and procedures’ as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e),that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Company’s group chief executive and chief financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
      In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management, including the group chief executive and chief financial officer, recognize that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. Further, in the design and evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures our management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Also, we have investments in certain unconsolidated entities. As we do not control these entities, our disclosure controls and procedures with respect to such entities are necessarily substantially more limited than those we maintain with respect to our consolidated subsidiaries. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, mis-statements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to meet, and management believe that they meet, reasonable assurance standards.
      During 2005, a review was undertaken into the accounting treatment under US GAAP forover-the-counter forward contracts in oil, gas, NGLs and power in the context of the review undertaken for final transition to IFRS. As a result of this review the Group reassessed its recognition of revenues associated with these contracts under US GAAP and determined that these contracts should be reported net. Under the provisions of APB 20 the Company’s management concluded that the change represented the correction of an accounting error. In addition, in connection with the preparation of the Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2005, the Company identified additional transactions which should also have been presented net under US GAAP. As a result of these matters, revenues and cost of sales for US GAAP were restated, and the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004 was amended. The restatement for US GAAP purposes did not impact the Group’s profit for the year as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, profit per ordinary share, cash flow or financial position.
      Following the review of the accounting treatment for over-the counter forward contracts under US GAAP, the Group improved its disclosure controls and procedures by changing its US GAAP accounting policy for OTC forward contracts to conform to US GAAP, training the accounting staff regarding the policy change, implementing changes in its internal reporting systems to process and

173


Table of Contents

report sale and purchase contracts, in accordance with Group US GAAP accounting policy for such transactions and increasing management oversight of compliance therewith.
      The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s group chief executive and the chief financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. While the improvements in the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures described in the preceding paragraph had largely been implemented by the end of 2005, the Group subsequently identified additional transactions which should also have been presented net under US GAAP. As a result of the identification of these additional transactions which should have been presented net under US GAAP, the group chief executive and the chief financial officer have determined that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2005 were not effective to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act was recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time period specified in the rules and forms of the SEC.
      Apart from the failure to account for certain OTC forward contracts on a net basis under US GAAP, the Company’s management has not identified any other deficiencies that would have led the Company’s management to conclude that the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures were ineffective for the period covered by this annual report. As the Company is not currently required to report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting the Company has not undertaken the kind of review of such controls that would be required in order to make such a report.
Changes in Internal Controls
      The improvements in disclosure controls and procedures relating to the accounting treatment for OTC forward contracts under US GAAP implemented during 2005, as described above, also constituted changes in the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting.
      Aside from these improvements, there were no changes in the Group’s internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this Form 20-F that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect our internal controls over financial reporting.
ITEM 16A — AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
      Douglas Flint joined the board as a non-executive director on January 1, 2005 and joined the audit committee on March 16, 2005. He is group finance director of HSBC Holdings plc, and a former member of the Accounting Standards Board and the Standards Advisory Council of the International Accounting Standards Board. The Board determined that Mr Flint met the independence criteria provisions of Rule 10A-3 of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that Mr Flint may be regarded as an audit committee financial expert as defined for purposes of disclosure in Item 16A of Form 20-F.
ITEM 16B — CODE OF ETHICS
      The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics for its group chief executive, deputy group chief executive, chief financial officer, the general auditor, group chief accounting officer and group controller as required by the provisions of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules issued by the SEC. There have been no amendments to, or waivers from, the Code of Ethics relating to any of those officers. The Code of Ethics has been filed as an exhibit to this report.
      In June 2005, BP published a Code of Conduct which is applicable to all employees.
ITEM 16C — PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
      The Audit Committee has established policies and procedures for the engagement of the independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, to render audit and certain

174


Table of Contents

assurance and tax services. The policies provide for pre-approval by the audit committee of specifically defined audit, audit-related, tax and other services that are not prohibited by regulatory or other professional requirements. Ernst & Young is engaged for these services when its expertise and experience of BP are important. Most of this work is of an audit nature. Tax services were awarded either through a full competitive tender process or following an assessment of the expertise of Ernst & Young relative to that of other potential service providers. These services are for a fixed term.
      Under the policy, pre-approval is given for specific services within the following categories: advice on accounting, auditing and financial reporting matters; internal accounting and risk management control reviews (excluding any services relating to information systems design and implementation); non-statutory audit; project assurance and advice on business and accounting process improvement (excluding any services relating to information systems design and implementation relating to BP’s financial statements or accounting records); due diligence in connection with acquisitions, disposals and joint ventures; income tax and indirect tax compliance and advisory services; and employee tax services (excluding tax services that could impair independence); and provision of Ernst & Young publications. Additionally, any proposed service not included in the pre-approved services, must be approved in advance prior to commencement of the engagement. The Audit Committee has delegated to the Chair of the Audit Committee authority to approve permitted services provided that the Chair reports any decisions to the committee at its next scheduled meeting.
              
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Audit fees — Ernst & Young
            
 
Group audit
  47   27   18 
 
Audit-related regulatory reporting
  6   7   5 
 
Statutory audit of subsidiaries
  23   16   13 
 
   76   50   36 
Innovene operations
  (8)  (2)  (2)
 
Continuing operations
  68   48   34 
 
Fees for other services — Ernst & Young
            
Further assurance services
            
 
Acquisition and disposal due diligence
  2   7   9 
 
Pension scheme audits
  1   1   1 
 
Other further assurance services
  7   9   9 
 
   10   17   19 
Tax services
            
 
Compliance services
  10   13   17 
 
Advisory services
     1   2 
 
   10   14   19 
Innovene operations
  (1)  (1)   
 
Continuing operations
  19   30   38 
 
      The audit fees payable to Ernst & Young are reviewed by the Audit Committee in the context of other global companies for cost effectiveness. The committee keeps under review the scope and results of audit work, its cost-effectiveness and the independence and objectivity of the auditors. It requires the auditors to rotate their lead audit partner every five years.

175


Table of Contents

      Other further assurance services within Further assurance services include $4 million (2004 $3 million and 2003 $2 million) in respect of advice on accounting, auditing and financial reporting matters; $nil (2004 $1 million and 2003 $1 million) in respect of internal accounting and risk management control reviews; $3 million (2004 $3 million and 2003 $2 million) in respect of non-statutory audits and $nil (2004 $2 million and 2003 $3 million) in respect of project assurance and advice on business and accounting process improvement.
      The tax compliance services relate to income tax and indirect tax compliance and employee tax services.
      Fees paid to major firms of accountants other than Ernst & Young for other services amount to $151 million (2004 $82 million and 2003 $44 million).
ITEM 16D — EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
      Not applicable.
ITEM 16E —PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
      The following table provides details of ordinary shares repurchased.
                 
      Total number  
      of shares purchased as Maximum number
      part of publicly of shares that may yet
  Total number of Average price paid announced be purchased under
  shares purchased (a) per share programmes the programme (b)
 
  ($)  
2005
                
January (c)
  57,900,000   9.71   57,900,000     
February (d)
  69,500,000   10.41   69,500,000     
March
  65,725,000   10.86   65,725,000     
April
  62,656,000   10.38   62,656,000     
May
  63,627,000   10.13   63,627,000     
June
  76,385,000   10.53   76,385,000     
July
  161,074,724   11.02   161,074,724     
August
  108,525,357   11.56   108,525,357     
September
  62,517,400   11.99   62,517,400     
October
  133,833,000   11.12   133,833,000     
November
  121,578,400   11.23   121,578,400     
December
  76,384,600   11.32   76,384,600     
2006
                
January
  70,000,000   11.67   70,000,000     
February
  139,785,200   11.41   139,785,200     
March
  139,294,200   11.41   139,294,200     
April
  107,608,638   12.22   107,608,638     
May
  149,312,153   12.33   149,312,153     
June (through June 28)
  118,823,000   11.31   118,823,000     
 
(a) All share purchases were open market transactions.
(b) At the AGM on April 20, 2006, authorization was given to repurchase up to 2 billion ordinary shares in the period to the next AGM or July 19, 2007, the latest date by which an AGM must be held. This authorization is renewed annually at the AGM.
(c) Shares repurchased for cancellation.
(d) Includes 18,900,000 shares repurchased for cancellation and 50,600,000 shares held in treasury.

176


Table of Contents

      The following table provides details of share purchases made by ESOP Trusts.
                 
      Total number  
      of shares purchased as Maximum number of
      part of publicly shares that may yet
  Total number of Average price paid announced be purchased under
  shares purchased per share programmes (a) the programme (a)
 
  ($)  
2005
                
January
  143,789   9.79         
February
  7,128,864   10.47         
March
  6,271,709   10.39         
April
  239   9.53         
May
              
June
  3,690   10.82         
July
  10,000,000   11.69         
August
              
September
  2,030   10.33         
October
              
November
              
December
  3,028   9.35         
2006
                
January
  41,068   11.24         
February
  1,638,669   11.33         
March
  6,198,758   11.47         
April
              
May
  13,829   12.37         
June (through June 28)
  10,001,371   10.93         
 
(a) No shares were repurchased pursuant to a publicly announced plan. Transactions represent the purchase of ordinary shares by ESOP Trusts to satisfy future requirements of employee share schemes.

177


Table of Contents

PART III
ITEM 17 —FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      Not applicable.
ITEM 18 —FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
      The following financial statements, together with the reports of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon, are filed as part of this annual report:
      
  Page
   
  F-1 
  F-2 
  F-3 
  F-4 
  F-5 
  F-6 
  F-7 
  F-12 
 
The following supplementary information is filed as part of this annual report:
    
  S-1 
  S-15 
ITEM 19 — EXHIBITS
      The following documents are filed as part of this annual report:
     
 Exhibit 1.  Memorandum and Articles of Association of BP p.l.c.*
 Exhibit 4.1  The BP Executive Directors’ Incentive Plan**
 Exhibit 4.2  Directors’ Service Contracts**
 Exhibit 4.3  Medium Term Performance Plan
 Exhibit 4.4  Deferred Annual Bonus Plan
 Exhibit 7.  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (Unaudited)
 Exhibit 8.  Subsidiaries
 Exhibit 11.  Code of Ethics*
 Exhibit 12.  Rule 13a — 14(a) Certifications
 Exhibit 13.  Rule 13a — 14(b) Certifications#
 
*Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003.
 
**Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2004.
#Furnished only.
      The total amount of long-term debt securities of the Registrant and its subsidiaries authorized under any one instrument does not exceed 10% of the total assets of BP p.l.c. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The Company agrees to furnish copies of any or all such instruments to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

178


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To:The Board of Directors
BP p.l.c.
      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of BP p.l.c. as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows, recognized income and expense, and changes in BP shareholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 18. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of BP p.l.c. at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of its operations and its consolidated cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union which differ in certain respects from United States generally accepted accounting principles (see Note 55 of Notes to Financial Statements). Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
      As discussed in Note 37 of Notes to Financial Statements, the Group changed its method of accounting for derivative financial instruments in 2005.
              /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
 
                       Ernst & Young LLP
London, England
June 30, 2006

F-1


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
      We consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated June 30, 2006, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of BP p.l.c. included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F)for the year ended December 31, 2005 in the following Registration Statements:
      Registration Statements on Form F-3 (File Nos. 333-9790,333-65996 and333-110203) of BP p.l.c.;
      Registration Statement on Form F-3 (File No. 333-83180) of BP Australia Capital Markets Limited, BP Canada Finance Company, BP Capital Markets p.l.c., BP Capital Markets America Inc. and BP p.l.c.; and
      Registration Statements on Form S-8 (File Nos. 33-21868,333-9020,333-9798,333-79399,333-34968,333-67206,333-74414,333-102583,333-103923,333-103924,333-119934,333-123482,333-123483,333-132619,333-131584 and333-131583) of BP p.l.c.
              /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
 
                       Ernst & Young LLP
London, England
June 30, 2006

F-2


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME
                  
    Years ended December 31,
 
  Note 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million, except per share amounts)
Sales and other operating revenues
  7   239,792   192,024   164,653 
Earnings from jointly controlled entities — after interest and tax
  8   3,083   1,818   826 
Earnings from associates — after interest and tax
  8   460   462   388 
Interest and other revenues
  9   613   615   746 
 
Total revenues
      243,948   194,919   166,613 
Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  10   1,538   1,685   1,895 
 
Total revenues and other income
      245,486   196,604   168,508 
Purchases
      163,026   128,055   111,190 
Production and manufacturing expenses
      21,592   17,330   14,130 
Production and similar taxes
  11   3,010   2,149   1,723 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  12   8,771   8,529   8,076 
Impairment and losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  13   468   1,390   1,801 
Exploration expense
  19   684   637   542 
Distribution and administration expenses
  15   13,706   12,768   12,270 
Fair value (gain) loss on embedded derivatives
  37   2,047       
 
Profit before interest and taxation from
continuing operations
      32,182   25,746   18,776 
Finance costs
  21   616   440   513 
Other finance expense
  22   145   340   532 
 
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
      31,421   24,966   17,731 
Taxation
  23   9,288   7,082   5,050 
 
Profit from continuing operations
      22,133   17,884   12,681 
Profit (loss) from Innovene operations
  5   184   (622)  (63)
 
Profit for the year
      22,317   17,262   12,618 
 
Attributable to
                
 
BP shareholders
      22,026   17,075   12,448 
 
Minority interest
      291   187   170 
 
       22,317   17,262   12,618 
 
Profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders*
      22,026   17,075   12,448 
Dividend requirements on preference shares*
      2   2   2 
 
Profit for the year applicable to ordinary shares*
      22,024   17,073   12,446 
 
Profit per ordinary share — cents
                
Basic
  26   104.25   78.24   56.14 
Diluted
  26   103.05   76.87   55.61 
 
Dividends announced and paid per ordinary share — cents
      34.85   27.70   25.50 
 
Average number outstanding of 25 cents ordinary shares (in thousands)
      21,125,902   21,820,535   22,170,741 
 
 
A summary of the adjustments to profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders which would be required if generally accepted accounting principles in the United States had been applied instead of International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU is given in Note 55.
The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this Statement.

F-3


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
                  
    December 31,
 
  Note 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Noncurrent assets
                
 
Property, plant and equipment
  27   85,947   93,092   88,607 
 
Goodwill
  28   10,371   10,857   10,592 
 
Intangible assets
  29   4,772   4,205   4,471 
 
Investments in jointly controlled entities
  30   13,556   14,556   12,909 
 
Investments in associates
  31   6,217   5,486   4,868 
 
Other investments
  32   967   394   1,452 
 
 
Fixed assets
      121,830   128,590   122,899 
 
Loans
      821   811   852 
 
Other receivables
  34   770   429   495 
 
Derivative financial instruments
  37   3,652   898   534 
 
Prepayments and accrued income
      1,269   354   957 
 
Defined benefit pension plan surplus
  44   3,282   2,105   1,680 
 
       131,624   133,187   127,417 
 
Current assets
                
 
Loans
      132   193   182 
 
Inventories
  33   19,760   15,645   11,597 
 
Trade and other receivables
  34   40,902   37,099   27,881 
 
Derivative financial instruments
  37   9,726   5,317   1,891 
 
Prepayments and accrued income
      1,598   1,671   1,375 
 
Current tax receivable
      212   159   92 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  35   2,960   1,359   2,056 
 
       75,290   61,443   45,074 
 
Total assets
      206,914   194,630   172,491 
 
Current liabilities
                
 
Trade and other payables
  36   42,136   38,540   29,740 
 
Derivative financial instruments
  37   9,083   5,074   4,145 
 
Accruals and deferred income
      5,970   4,482   2,266 
 
Finance debt
  41   8,932   10,184   9,456 
 
Current tax payable
      4,274   4,131   3,441 
 
Provisions
  43   1,602   715   735 
 
       71,997   63,126   49,783 
 
Noncurrent liabilities
                
 
Other payables
  36   1,935   3,581   4,630 
 
Derivative financial instruments
  37   3,696   158   344 
 
Accruals and deferred income
      3,164   699   864 
 
Finance debt
  41   10,230   12,907   12,869 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
  23   16,258   16,701   16,051 
 
Provisions
  43   9,954   8,884   7,864 
 
Defined benefit pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan deficits
  44   9,230   10,339   9,822 
 
       54,467   53,269   52,444 
 
Total liabilities
      126,464   116,395   102,227 
 
Net assets
      80,450   78,235   70,264 
 
Equity
                
 
Share capital
      5,185   5,403   5,552 
 
Reserves
      74,476   71,489   63,587 
 
BP shareholders’ equity*
      79,661   76,892   69,139 
Minority interest
      789   1,343   1,125 
 
Total equity
      80,450   78,235   70,264 
 
 
A summary of the adjustments to BP shareholders’ equity which would be required if generally accepted accounting principles in the United States had been applied instead of International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU is given in Note 55.
The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this Balance Sheet.

F-4


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
                   
    Years ended December 31,
 
  Note 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Operating activities
                
 
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
      31,421   24,966   17,731 
  
Adjustments to reconcile profits before tax to net cash provided by operating activities
                
  
Exploration expenditure written off
  19   305   274   297 
  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  12   8,771   8,529   8,076 
  
Impairment and (gain) loss on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  10, 13   (1,070)  (295)  (94)
  
Earnings from jointly controlled entities and associates
  8   (3,543)  (2,280)  (1,214)
  
Dividends received from jointly controlled entities and associates
      2,833   2,199   548 
  
Interest receivable
      (479)  (284)  (212)
  
Interest received
      401   331   186 
  
Finance costs
  21   616   440   513 
  
Interest paid
      (1,127)  (698)  (1,007)
  
Other finance expense
  22   145   340   532 
  
Share-based payments
      278   224   208 
  
Net operating charge for pensions and other postretirement benefits, less contributions
      (435)  (84)  (2,913)
  
Net charge for provisions, less payments
      1,100   (110)  171 
  
(Increase) decrease in inventories
      (6,638)  (3,182)  (657)
  
(Increase) decrease in other current and noncurrent assets
      (16,427)  (10,225)  (2,981)
  
Increase (decrease) in other current and noncurrent liabilities
      18,628   10,290   1,575 
  
Income taxes paid
      (9,028)  (6,388)  (4,804)
 
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations
      25,751   24,047   15,955 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of Innovene operations
  5   970   (669)  348 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
      26,721   23,378   16,303 
 
Investing activities
                
 
Capital expenditures
      (12,281)  (12,286)  (11,885)
 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
      (60)  (1,503)  (211)
 
Investment in jointly controlled entities
      (185)  (1,648)  (2,630)
 
Investment in associates
      (619)  (942)  (987)
 
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
  6   2,803   4,236   6,177 
 
Proceeds from disposal of businesses
  6   8,397   725   179 
 
Proceeds from loan repayments
      123   87   76 
 
Other
      93       
 
Net cash used in investing activities
      (1,729)  (11,331)  (9,281)
 
Financing activities
                
 
Net repurchase of shares
      (11,315)  (7,208)  (1,889)
 
Proceeds from long-term financing
      2,475   2,675   4,322 
 
Repayments of long-term financing
      (4,820)  (2,204)  (3,560)
 
Net increase (decrease) in short-term debt
      (1,457)  (24)  (2)
 
Dividends paid
                
  
BP shareholders
  25   (7,359)  (6,041)  (5,654)
  
Minority interest
      (827)  (33)  (20)
 
Net cash used in financing activities
      (23,303)  (12,835)  (6,803)
 
Currency translation differences relating to cash and cash equivalents
      (88)  91   121 
 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
      1,601   (697)  340 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
      1,359   2,056   1,716 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
      2,960   1,359   2,056 
 
The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this Statement.

F-5


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF RECOGNIZED INCOME AND EXPENSE
                  
    Years ended December 31,
 
  Note 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Currency translation differences
      (2,502)  2,283   3,656 
Exchange gain on translation of foreign operations transferred to gain or loss on sale of businesses and fixed assets
      (315)  (78)   
Actuarial gain relating to pensions and other postretirement benefits
      975   107   76 
Available-for-sale investments marked to market
      322       
Available-for-sale investments — recycled to the income statement
      (60)      
Cash flow hedges marked to market
      (212)      
Cash flow hedges — recycled to the income statement
      36       
Cash flow hedges — recycled to the balance sheet
             
Unrealized gain on acquisition of further investment in
equity-accounted investments
         94    
Tax on currency translation differences
      11   (208)  (37)
Tax on exchange gain on translation of foreign operations transferred to gain or loss on sale of businesses and fixed assets
      95       
Tax on actuarial gain (loss) relating to pensions and other postretirement benefits
      (356)  96   (16)
Tax on available-for-sale investments
      (72)      
Tax on cash flow hedges
      63       
Tax on share-based payment accrual
         39   5 
 
Net income recognized directly in equity
      (2,015)  2,333   3,684 
Profit for the year
      22,317   17,262   12,618 
 
Total recognized income and expense relating to the year
      20,302   19,595   16,302 
         
Change in accounting policy — adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39 on January 1, 2005
  52   (243)        
       
Total recognized income and expense since last annual accounts
      20,059         
       
Attributable to
                
 
BP shareholders
      19,768   19,408   16,132 
 
Minority interest
      291   187   170 
 
       20,059   19,595   16,302 
 
The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this Statement.

F-6


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN BP SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
      The Company’s authorized ordinary share capital at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was 36 billion shares of 25 cents each, amounting to $9 billion. In addition the Company has authorized preference share capital of 12,750,000 shares of £1 each ($21 million).
      The allotted, called up and fully paid share capital at December 31, was as follows:
                          
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  Shares   Shares   Shares  
Issued (thousands) ($ million) (thousands) ($ million) (thousands) ($ million)
 
8% cumulative first preference shares of £1 each
  7,233   12   7,233   12   7,233   12 
9% cumulative second preference shares of £1 each
  5,473   9   5,473   9   5,473   9 
 
       21       21       21 
 
Ordinary shares of 25 cents each January 1,
  21,525,978   5,382   22,122,610   5,531   22,378,651   5,595 
 
Employee share schemes
  68,500   17   62,224   16   32,889   8 
 
Atlantic Richfield
  13,644   3   29,288   7   9,786   2 
 
Issue of ordinary share capital for TNK-BP
  108,629   27   139,096   35       
 
Repurchase of ordinary share capital
  (1,059,706)  (265)  (827,240)  (207)  (298,716)  (74)
 
December 31,
  20,657,045   5,164   21,525,978   5,382   22,122,610   5,531 
 
       5,185       5,403       5,552 
 
Authorized
                        
8% cumulative first preference shares of £1 each
  7,250       7,250       7,250     
9% cumulative second preference shares of £1 each
  5,500       5,500       5,500     
Ordinary shares of 25 cents each
  36,000,000       36,000,000       36,000,000     
 
 
(a) Voting on substantive resolutions tabled at a general meeting is on a poll. On a poll, shareholders present in person or by proxy have two votes for every £5 in nominal amount of the first and second preference shares held and one vote for every ordinary share held. On ashow-of-hands vote on other resolutions (procedural matters) at a general meeting, shareholders present in person or by proxy have one vote each.
  
        In the event of the winding up of the Company, preference shareholders would be entitled to a sum equal to the capital paid up on the preference shares, plus an amount in respect of accrued and unpaid dividends and a premium equal to the higher of (i) 10% of the capital paid up on the preference shares and (ii) the excess of the average market price of such shares on the London Stock Exchange during the previous six months over par value.
The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this Statement.

F-7


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN BP SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)
                             
    Share Capital        
  Share premium redemption Merger Other Own Treasury
  capital account reserve reserve reserve shares shares
 
  ($ million)
At December 31, 2004
  5,403   5,636   730   27,162   44   (82)   
Adoption of IAS 39
                     
 
At January 1, 2005
  5,403   5,636   730   27,162   44   (82)   
Currency translation differences (net of tax)
                 12    
Exchange gain on translation of foreign operations transferred to (profit) or loss on sale (net of tax)
                     
Actuarial gain (loss) (net of tax)
                     
Employee share schemes (a)
  17   436               3 
Atlantic Richfield (b)
  3   76      28   (28)      
Issue of ordinary share capital for TNK-BP (c)
  27   1,223                
Purchase of shares by ESOP trusts
                 (251)   
Available-for-sale investments marked to market (net of tax)
                     
Available-for-sale investments recycling (net of tax)
                     
Repurchase of ordinary share capital (d)
  (265)     19            (10,601)
Share-based payments (net of tax) (e)
                 181    
Cash flow hedges marked to market (net of tax)
                     
Cash flow hedges recycling (net of tax)
                     
Profit for the year
                     
Dividends (f)
                     
 
At December 31, 2005
  5,185   7,371   749   27,190   16   (140)  (10,598)
 
At January 1, 2004
  5,552   3,957   523   27,077   129   (96)   
Currency translation differences (net of tax)
                 (7)   
Exchange gain on translation of foreign operations transferred to (profit) or loss on sale (net of tax)
                     
Actuarial gain (loss) (net of tax)
                     
Unrealized gain on acquisition of further investment in equity-accounted investments
                     
Employee share schemes (a)
  16   311                
Atlantic Richfield (b)
  7   153      85   (85)      
Issue of ordinary share capital for TNK-BP (c)
  35   1,215                
Purchase of shares by ESOP trusts
                 (147)   
Repurchase of ordinary share capital (d)
  (207)     207             
Share-based payments (net of tax) (e)
                 168    
Profit for the year
                     
Dividends (f)
                     
 
At December 31, 2004
  5,403   5,636   730   27,162   44   (82)   
 
At January 1, 2003
  5,616   3,794   449   27,033   173   (159)   
Currency translation differences (net of tax)
                 (8)   
Actuarial gain (loss) (net of tax)
                     
Employee share schemes (a)
  8   127                
Atlantic Richfield (b)
  2   36      44   (44)      
Purchase of shares by ESOP trusts
                 (63)   
Repurchase of ordinary share capital (d)
  (74)     74             
Share-based payments (net of tax) (e)
                 134    
Increased minority participation
                     
Profit for the year
                     
Dividends (f)
                     
 
At December 31, 2003
  5,552   3,957   523   27,077   129   (96)   
 

F-8


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN BP SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)
                           
Foreign            
currency   Cash        
translation Available-for-sale flow Retained BP shareholders’ Minority Total
reserve investments hedges earnings (g) equity interest equity
 
  ($ million)
 5,616         32,383   76,892   1,343   78,235 
    230   (118)  (355)  (243)     (243)
 
 5,616   230   (118)  32,028   76,649   1,343   77,992 
 
(2,453
)  (35)  (3)     (2,479)  (18)  (2,497)
 

(220
)           (220)     (220)
          619   619      619 
          (1)  455      455 
             79      79 
 
            1,250      1,250 
             (251)     (251)
 
   232         232      232 
 
   (42)        (42)     (42)
          (750)  (11,597)     (11,597)
          231   412      412 
 
      (149)     (149)     (149)
       36      36      36 
          22,026   22,026   291   22,317 
          (7,359)  (7,359)  (827)  (8,186)
 
 2,943   385   (234)  46,794   79,661   789   80,450 
 
 3,619         28,378   69,139   1,125   70,264 
 
2,075
            2,068   64   2,132 
 

(78
)           (78)     (78)
          203   203      203 
 

         94   94      94 
             327      327 
             160      160 
 
            1,250      1,250 
             (147)     (147)
          (7,548)  (7,548)     (7,548)
          222   390      390 
          17,075   17,075   187   17,262 
          (6,041)  (6,041)  (33)  (6,074)
 
 5,616         32,383   76,892   1,343   78,235 
 
          23,323   60,229   638   60,867 
 
3,619
            3,611   20   3,631 
          60   60      60 
             135      135 
             38      38 
             (63)     (63)
          (1,999)  (1,999)     (1,999)
          200   334      334 
                317   317 
          12,448   12,448   170   12,618 
          (5,654)  (5,654)  (20)  (5,674)
 
 3,619         28,378   69,139   1,125   70,264 
 

F-9


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN BP SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Continued)
     Share capital. The balance on the share capital account represents the aggregate nominal value of all ordinary and preference shares in issue.
     Share premium account. The balance on the share premium account represents the amounts received in excess of the nominal value of the ordinary and preference shares.
     Capital redemption reserve. The balance on the capital redemption reserve represents the aggregate nominal value of all the ordinary shares repurchased and cancelled.
     Merger reserve. The balance on the merger reserve represents the fair value of the consideration given in excess of the nominal value of the ordinary shares issued in an acquisition made by the issue of shares.
     Other reserve. The balance on the other reserve represents the fair value of the consideration given in excess of the nominal value of the ordinary shares to be issued in the ARCO acquisition on the exercise of ARCO share options.
     Own shares. Own shares represent BP shares held in Employee Share Ownership Plans (ESOPs) to meet the future requirements of the employee share-based payment arrangements.
     Treasury shares. Treasury shares represent BP shares repurchased and available for issue.
     Foreign currency translation reserve. The foreign currency translation reserve is used to record exchange differences arising from the translations of the financial statements of foreign operations. It is also used to record the effect of hedging net investments in foreign operations.
     Available-for-sale investments. This reserve records the changes in fair value on available-for-sale investments. On disposal, the cumulative changes in fair value are recycled to the income statement.
     Cash flow hedges. This reserve records the portion of the gain or loss on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that is determined to be an effective hedge. On maturity, the cumulative gain or loss is recycled to the income statement or balance sheet as appropriate.
     Retained earnings. The balance held on this reserve is the accumulated retained profits of the Group.
 
(a) Employee share schemes. During the year 68,499,852 ordinary shares (2004 62,224,092 and 2003 32,889,234 ordinary shares) were issued under the BP, Amoco and Burmah Castrol employee share schemes.
(b) Atlantic Richfield. During the year 13,644,462 ordinary shares (2004 29,288,178 and 2003 9,786,396 ordinary shares) were issued in respect of Atlantic Richfield employee share option schemes.
(c) Issue of ordinary share capital for TNK-BP. During the year the company issued 108,628,984 ordinary shares (2004 139,095,888 ordinary shares) as the second (2004 first) tranche of deferred consideration for the acquisition of the investment in TNK-BP.
(d) Repurchase of ordinary share capital. During the year the company purchased 1,059,706,481 ordinary shares (2004 827,240,360 and 2003 298,716,391 ordinary shares) for a total consideration of $11,597 million (2004 $7,548 million and 2003 $1,999 million), of which 76,800,000 were cancelled and 982,906,481 were retained in treasury. All the shares repurchased in 2004 and 2003 were cancelled. At December 31, 2005, 982,624,971 shares of nominal value $246 million were held in treasury. Transaction costs of share repurchases amounted to $63 million (2004 $43 million and 2003 $11 million).

F-10


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN BP SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (Concluded)
(e)  See Note 46 —Share-based payments.
 
(f)  See Note 25 — Dividends.
 
(g)  See Note 45 — Retained earnings.
The Notes to Financial Statements are an integral part of this Statement.

F-11


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies
Presentation of financial information
      The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005 were authorized on June 30, 2006. BP p.l.c. is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England and Wales. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (IFRS). International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union differ in certain respects from International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). However, the consolidated financial statements for the years presented would be no different had the Group applied International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB.
Basis of preparation
      This is the first year in which the Group has prepared its financial statements under IFRS and the comparative financial information has been restated from UK generally accepted accounting practice (UK GAAP) to comply with IFRS. Reconciliations to IFRS from the previously published UK GAAP primary financial statements are shown in Note 52. The accounting policies that follow set out those policies that apply in preparing the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2005. The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest million dollars ($ million), except where otherwise indicated.
Basis of consolidation
      The Group financial statements consolidate the financial statements of BP p.l.c. and the entities it controls (its subsidiaries) drawn up to December 31 each year. Control comprises the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the investee so as to obtain benefit from its activities and is achieved through direct and indirect ownership of voting rights; currently exercisable or convertible potential voting rights; or by way of contractual agreement. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date of their acquisition, being the date on which the Group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases. The financial statements of subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting year as the parent company, using consistent accounting policies. All intercompany balances and transactions, including unrealized profits arising from intragroup transactions, have been eliminated in full. Unrealized losses are eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Minority interests represent the portion of profit or loss and net assets in subsidiaries that is not held by the Group and is presented separately within equity in the consolidated balance sheet.
Interests in joint ventures
      A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties (venturers) undertake an economic activity that is subject to joint control. Joint control exists only when the strategic financial and operating decisions relating to the activity require the unanimous consent of the venturers. A jointly controlled entity is a joint venture that involves the establishment of a company, partnership or other entity to engage in economic activity that the Group jointly controls with its fellow venturers.
      The results, assets and liabilities of a jointly controlled entity are incorporated in these financial statements using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, the investment in a jointly controlled entity is carried in the balance sheet at cost, plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the jointly controlled entity, less distributions received and less any impairment in

F-12


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
value of the investment. The Group income statement reflects the Group’s share of the results after tax of the jointly controlled entity. The Group statement of recognized income and expense reflects the Group’s share of any income and expense recognized by the jointly controlled entity outside profit and loss.
      Financial statements of jointly controlled entities are prepared for the same reporting year as the Group. Where necessary, adjustments are made to those financial statements to bring the accounting policies used into line with those of the Group.
      Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its jointly controlled entities are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the jointly controlled entities. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.
      The Group ceases to use the equity method of accounting on the date from which it no longer has joint control over, or significant influence in the joint venture, or when the interest becomes held for sale.
      Certain of the Group’s activities, particularly in the Exploration and Production segment, are conducted through joint ventures where the venturers have a direct ownership interest in and jointly control the assets of the venture. The income, expenses, assets and liabilities of these jointly controlled assets are included in the consolidated financial statements in proportion to the Group’s interest.
Interests in associates
      An associate is an entity over which the Group is in a position to exercise significant influence through participation in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee, but which is not a subsidiary or a jointly controlled entity.
      The results, assets and liabilities of an associate are incorporated in these financial statements using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, the investment in an associate is carried in the balance sheet at cost, plus post-acquisition changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the associate, less distributions received and less any impairment in value of the investment. The Group income statement reflects the Group’s share of the results after tax of the associate. The Group statement of recognized income and expense reflects the Group’s share of any income and expense recognized by the associate outside profit and loss.
      The financial statements of associates are prepared for the same reporting year as the Group. Where necessary, adjustments are made to those financial statements to bring the accounting policies used into line with those of the Group.
      Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associates. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.
      The Group ceases to use the equity method of accounting on the date from which it no longer has significant influence in the associate or when the interest becomes held for sale.
Foreign currency translation
      In individual companies, transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency by applying the rate of exchange ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and

F-13


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the functional currency at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Any resulting exchange differences are included in the income statement. Nonmonetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using the rates of exchange as at the dates of the initial transactions. Nonmonetary assets and liabilities measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated into the functional currency using the rate of exchange at the date the fair value was determined.
      In the consolidated financial statements, the assets and liabilities of non-US dollar functional currency subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates, including related goodwill, are translated into US dollars at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. The results and cash flows of non-US dollar functional currency subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates are translated into US dollars using average rates of exchange. Exchange adjustments arising when the opening net assets and the profits for the year retained by non-US dollar functional currency subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates are translated into US dollars are taken to a separate component of equity and reported in the statement of recognized income and expense. Exchange gains and losses arising on long-term foreign currency borrowings used to finance the Group’s non-US dollar investments are also taken to equity. On disposal of a non-US dollar functional currency subsidiary, jointly controlled entity or associate, the deferred cumulative amount recognized in equity relating to that particular non-US dollar operation is recognized in the income statement.
Business combinations and goodwill
      Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of an acquisition is measured as the cash paid and the fair value of other assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange, plus costs directly attributable to the acquisition. The acquired identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are measured at their fair values at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the cost of acquisition over the net fair value of the identifiable assets acquired is recognized as goodwill. Any deficiency of the cost of acquisition below the fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired (i.e. discount on acquisition) is credited to the income statement in the period of acquisition. Where the Group does not acquire 100% ownership of the acquired company, the interest of minority shareholders is stated at the minority’s proportion of the fair values of the assets and liabilities recognized. Subsequently, any losses applicable to the minority shareholders in excess of the minority interest are allocated against the interests of the parent.
      Goodwill on acquisition is initially measured at cost being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the acquirer’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired.
      As at the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is allocated to each of the cash-generating units expected to benefit from the combination’s synergies. For this purpose, cash-generating units are set at one level below a business segment. Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized.
      Goodwill arising on business combinations prior to January 1, 2003 is stated at the previous UK GAAP carrying amount.

F-14


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
      Goodwill may also arise upon investments in jointly controlled entities and associates, being the surplus of the cost of investment over the Group’s share of the net fair value of the identifiable assets. Such goodwill is recorded within investments in jointly controlled entities and associates, and any impairment of the goodwill is included within the income from jointly controlled entities and associates.
Noncurrent assets held for sale
      Noncurrent assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.
      Noncurrent assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Management must be committed to the sale, which should be expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year from the date of classification.
      Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets once classified as held for sale are not depreciated.
Intangible assets
      Intangible assets are stated at cost, less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Intangible assets include expenditure on the exploration for and evaluation of oil and natural gas resources, computer software, patents, licences, trademarks and product development costs.
      Intangible assets acquired separately from a business are carried initially at cost. The initial cost is the aggregate amount paid and the fair value of any other consideration given to acquire the asset. An intangible asset acquired as part of a business combination is recognized separately from goodwill if the asset is separable or arises from contractual or other legal rights and its fair value can be measured reliably.
      Product development costs are capitalized as intangible assets when a project has obtained internal sanction and the future recoverability of such costs can reasonably be regarded as assured.
      Intangible assets with a finite life are amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives. For patents, licences and trademarks, expected useful life is the lower of the duration of the legal agreement and economic useful life, which can range from three to 15 years. Computer software costs have a useful life of three to five years.
      The expected useful lives of the assets are reviewed on an annual basis and, if necessary, changes in useful lives are accounted for prospectively.
      The carrying value of intangible assets is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. In addition, the carrying value of capitalized product development expenditure is reviewed for impairment annually before being brought into use.

F-15


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
Oil and natural gas exploration and development expenditure
      Oil and natural gas exploration and development expenditure is accounted for using the successful efforts method of accounting.
     Licence and property acquisition costs. Exploration and property leasehold acquisition costs are capitalized within intangible fixed assets and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated period of exploration. Each property is reviewed on an annual basis to confirm that drilling activity is planned and it is not impaired. If no future activity is planned, the remaining balance of the licence and property acquisition costs is written off. Upon determination of economically recoverable reserves (‘proved reserves’ or ‘commercial reserves’), amortization ceases and the remaining costs are aggregated with exploration expenditure and held on a field-by-field basis as proved properties awaiting approval within other intangible assets. When development is approved internally, the relevant expenditure is transferred to property, plant and equipment.
     Exploration expenditure. Geological and geophysical exploration costs are charged against income as incurred. Costs directly associated with an exploration well are capitalized as an intangible asset until the drilling of the well is complete and the results have been evaluated. These costs include employee remuneration, materials and fuel used, rig costs, delay rentals and payments made to contractors. If hydrocarbons are not found, the exploration expenditure is written off as a dry hole. If hydrocarbons are found and, subject to further appraisal activity, which may include the drilling of further wells (exploration or exploratory-type stratigraphic test wells), are likely to be capable of commercial development, the costs continue to be carried as an asset. All such carried costs are subject to technical, commercial and management review at least once a year to confirm the continued intent to develop or otherwise extract value from the discovery. When this is no longer the case, the costs are written off. When proved reserves of oil and natural gas are determined and development is sanctioned, the relevant expenditure is transferred to property, plant and equipment.
     Development expenditure. Expenditure on the construction, installation or completion of infrastructure facilities such as platforms, pipelines and the drilling of development wells, including unsuccessful development or delineation wells, is capitalized within property, plant and equipment.
Property, plant and equipment
      Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses.
      The initial cost of an asset comprises its purchase price or construction cost, any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset into operation, the initial estimate of any decommissioning obligation, if any, and, for qualifying assets, borrowing costs. The purchase price or construction cost is the aggregate amount paid and the fair value of any other consideration given to acquire the asset. The capitalized value of a finance lease is also included within property, plant and equipment.
      Exchanges of assets are measured at the fair value of the asset given up unless the exchange transaction lacks commercial substance or the fair value of neither the asset received nor the asset given up is reliably measurable.
      Expenditure on major maintenance refits or repairs comprises the cost of replacement assets or parts of assets, inspection costs and overhaul costs. Where an asset or part of an asset that was separately depreciated and is now written off is replaced and it is probable that future economic

F-16


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group, the expenditure is capitalized. Inspection costs associated with major maintenance programmes are capitalized and amortized over the period to the next inspection. Overhaul costs for major maintenance programmes are expensed as incurred. All other maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.
      Oil and natural gas properties are depreciated using aunit-of-production method. The cost of producing wells is amortized over proved developed reserves. Licence acquisition, decommissioning and field development costs are amortized over total proved reserves. Theunit-of-production rate for the amortization of field development costs takes into account expenditures incurred to date, together with sanctioned future development expenditure.
      Other property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over its expected useful life.
      The useful lives of the Group’s other property, plant and equipment are as follows:
   
Land improvements
 15 to 25 years
Buildings
 20 to 40 years
Refineries
 20 to 30 years
Petrochemicals plants
 20 years
Pipelines
 Unit-of-throughput 10 to 50 years
Service stations
 15 years
Office equipment
 3 to 7 years
Fixtures and fittings
 5 to 15 years
      The expected useful lives of property, plant and equipment are reviewed on an annual basis and, if necessary, changes in useful lives are accounted for prospectively.
      The carrying value of property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable.
      An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the item) is included in the income statement in the period the item is derecognized.
Impairment of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment
      The Group assesses assets or groups of assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Individual assets are grouped for impairment assessment purposes at the lowest level at which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. If any such indication of impairment exists or when annual impairment testing for an asset group is required, the Group makes an estimate of its recoverable amount. An asset group’s recoverable amount is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. Where the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset group is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are adjusted for the risks specific to

F-17


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
the asset group and are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money.
      An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the recoverable amount is estimated. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized. If that is the case, the carrying amount of the asset is increased to its recoverable amount. That increased amount cannot exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognized in profit or loss. After such a reversal, the depreciation charge is adjusted in future periods to allocate the asset’s revised carrying amount, less any residual value, on a systematic basis over its remaining useful life.
Financial assets
      Financial assets are classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss; loans and receivables;held-to-maturity investments; or as available-for-sale financial assets, as appropriate. Financial assets include cash and cash equivalents; trade receivables; other receivables; loans; other investments; and derivative financial instruments. The Group determines the classification of its financial assets at initial recognition. When financial assets are recognized initially, they are measured at fair value, normally being the transaction price plus, in the case of financial assets not at fair value through profit or loss, directly attributable transaction costs. As explained in Note 52, the Group has not restated comparative amounts, on first applying IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, as permitted in IFRS 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’.
      All regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognized on the trade date, being the date that the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Regular way transactions require delivery of assets within the timeframe generally established by regulation or convention in the marketplace. The subsequent measurement of financial assets depends on their classification, as follows:
     Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss.Financial assets classified as held for trading and other assets designated as such on inception are included in this category. Financial assets are classified as held for trading if they are acquired for sale in the short term. Derivatives are also classified as held for trading unless they are designated as hedging instruments. Assets are carried on the balance sheet at fair value with gains or losses recognized in the income statement.
     Loans and receivables. Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, do not qualify as trading assets and have not been designated as either fair value through profit and loss or available-for-sale. Such assets are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method if the time value of money is significant. Gains and losses are recognized in income when the loans and receivables are derecognized or impaired, as well as through the amortization process.
     Held-to-maturity investments. Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity are classified asheld-to-maturity when the Group has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity.Held-to-maturity investments are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Gains and losses are recognized in income when the investments are derecognized or

F-18


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
impaired, as well as through the amortization process. Investments intended to be held for an undefined period are not included in this classification.
     Available-for-sale financial assets. Available-for-sale financial assets are those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as such or are not classified in any of the three preceding categories. After initial recognition, available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value, with gains or losses being recognized as a separate component of equity until the investment is derecognized or until the investment is determined to be impaired, at which time the cumulative gain or loss previously reported in equity is included in the income statement.
     Fair values. The fair value of quoted investments is determined by reference to bid prices at the close of business on the balance sheet date. Where there is no active market, fair value is determined using valuation techniques. These include using recent arm’s-length market transactions; reference to the current market value of another instrument which is substantially the same; discounted cash flow analysis; and pricing models. Otherwise assets are carried at cost.
Impairment of financial assets
      The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired.
     Assets carried at amortized cost. If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on loans and receivables carried at amortized cost has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced, with the amount of the loss recognized in administration costs.
      If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized, the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed. Any subsequent reversal of an impairment loss is recognized in the income statement, to the extent that the carrying value of the asset does not exceed its amortized cost at the reversal date.
     Assets carried at cost. If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on an unquoted equity instrument that is not carried at fair value because its fair value cannot be reliably measured, or on a derivative asset that is linked to and must be settled by delivery of such an unquoted equity instrument, has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the current market rate of return for a similar financial asset.
     Available-for-sale financial assets. If an available-for-sale asset is impaired, an amount comprising the difference between its cost (net of any principal payment and amortization) and its fair value is transferred from equity to the income statement.
      Reversals of impairment losses on debt instruments are taken through the income statement if the increase in fair value of the instrument can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in profit or loss. Reversals in respect of equity instruments classified as available-for-sale are not recognized in the income statement.

F-19


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
Inventories
      Inventories, other than inventory held for trading purposes, are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined by thefirst-in first-out method and comprises direct purchase costs, cost of production, transportation and manufacturing expenses.
      Inventories held for trading purposes are stated at fair value less costs to sell and any changes in net realizable value are recognized in the income statement.
      Supplies are valued at cost to the Group mainly using the average method or net realizable value, whichever is the lower.
Trade and other receivables
      Trade and other receivables are carried at the original invoice amount, less allowances made for doubtful receivables. Where the time value of money is material, receivables are carried at amortized cost. Provision is made when there is objective evidence that the Group will be unable to recover balances in full. Balances are written off when the probability of recovery is assessed as being remote.
Cash and cash equivalents
      Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand; current balances with banks and similar institutions; and short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash, are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value and have a maturity of three months or less from the date of acquisition.
      For the purpose of the Group cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.
Trade and other payables
      Trade and other payables are carried at payment or settlement amounts. Where the time value of money is material, payables are carried at amortized cost.
Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
      All loans and borrowings are initially recognized at cost, being the fair value of the proceeds received net of issue costs associated with the borrowing.
      After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any issue costs, and any discount or premium on settlement.
      Gains and losses arising on the repurchase, settlement or cancellation of liabilities are recognized respectively in interest and other revenues and other finance expense.
Leases
      Finance leases, which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalized at the inception of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between the finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant

F-20


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly against income.
      Capitalized leased assets are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the lease term.
      Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
     Financial assets. A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is derecognized where:
 — The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired;
 
 — The Group retains the right to receive cash flows from the asset, but has assumed an obligation to pay them in full without material delay to a third party under a ‘pass-through’ arrangement; or
 
 — The Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset and either (a) has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset or (b) has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset but has transferred control of the asset.
      Where the Group has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from an asset and has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset nor transferred control of the asset, the asset is recognized to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in the asset. Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum amount of consideration that the Group could be required to repay.
      Where continuing involvement takes the form of a written and/or purchased option (including a cash-settled option or similar provision) on the transferred asset, the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement is the amount of the transferred asset that the Group may repurchase, except that in the case of a written put option (including a cash-settled option or similar provision) on an asset measured at fair value, the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement is limited to the lower of the fair value of the transferred asset and the option exercise price.
     Financial liabilities. A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, such that the difference in the respective carrying amounts, together with any costs or fees incurred are recognized in profit or loss.
Derivative financial instruments
      The Group uses derivative financial instruments to manage certain exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices. From January 1, 2005, such derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative

F-21


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as assets when the fair value is positive and as liabilities when the fair value is negative.
      Contracts to buy or sell a nonfinancial item that can be settled net in cash or another financial instrument, or by exchanging financial instruments, as if the contracts were financial instruments, with the exception of contracts that were entered into and continue to be held for the purpose of the receipt or delivery of a nonfinancial item in accordance with the Group’s expected purchase, sale or usage requirements, are financial instruments.
      For those derivatives designated as hedges and for which hedge accounting is desired, the hedging relationship is documented at its inception. This documentation identifies the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how effectiveness will be measured throughout its duration. Such hedges are expected at inception to be highly effective.
      For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as:
 — Fair value hedges when hedging the exposure to changes in the fair value of a recognized asset or liability;
 
 — Cash flow hedges when hedging exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction, including intra-group transactions; or
 
 — Hedges of the net investment in a foreign entity.
      Any gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value of all other derivatives, which are classified as held for trading, are taken to the income statement. These may arise from derivatives for which hedge accounting is not applied because they are either not designated or not effective as hedging instruments or from derivatives that are acquired for trading purposes.
      The treatment of gains and losses arising from revaluing derivatives designated as hedging instruments depends on the nature of the hedging relationship, as follows:
     Fair value hedges. For fair value hedges, the carrying amount of the hedged item is adjusted for gains and losses attributable to the risk being hedged; the derivative is remeasured at fair value and gains and losses from both are taken to profit or loss. For hedged items carried at amortized cost, the adjustment is amortized through the income statement such that it is fully amortized by maturity. When an unrecognized firm commitment is designated as a hedged item, this gives rise to an asset or liability in the balance sheet, representing the cumulative change in the fair value of the firm commitment attributable to the hedged risk.
      The Group discontinues fair value hedge accounting if the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting or the Group revokes the designation.
     Cash flow hedges. For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized directly in equity, while the ineffective portion is recognized in profit or loss. Amounts taken to equity are transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction affects profit or loss, such as when a forecast sale or purchase occurs. Where the hedged item is the cost of a nonfinancial asset or liability, the amounts taken to equity are transferred to the initial carrying amount of the nonfinancial asset or liability.

F-22


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
      If the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised without replacement or rollover, the hedged transaction ceases to be highly probable, or if its designation as a hedge is revoked, amounts previously recognized in equity remain in equity until the forecast transaction occurs and are transferred to the income statement or to the initial carrying amount of a nonfinancial asset or liability as above. If a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, amounts previously recognized in equity are transferred to profit or loss.
     Hedges of the net investment in a foreign entity. For hedges of the net investment in a foreign entity, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized directly in equity, while the ineffective portion is recognized in profit or loss. Amounts taken to equity are transferred to the income statement when the foreign entity is sold.
     Embedded derivatives. Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of host contracts and the host contracts are not carried at fair value. Contracts are assessed for embedded derivatives when the Group becomes a party to them, including at the date of a business combination. These embedded derivatives are measured at fair value at each period end. Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value are taken directly to net profit or loss for the period.
Provisions
      Provisions are recognized when the Group has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. Where the Group expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, for example, under an insurance contract, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to any provision is presented in the income statement net of any reimbursement. If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and, where appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. Where discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as other finance expense. Any change in the amount recognized for environmental and litigation and other provisions arising through changes in discount rates is included within other finance expense.
      A contingent liability is disclosed where the existence of an obligation will only be confirmed by future events or where the amount of the obligation cannot be measured with reasonable reliability. Contingent assets are not recognized, but are disclosed where an inflow of economic benefits is probable.
Environmental liabilities
      Environmental expenditures that relate to current or future revenues are expensed or capitalized as appropriate. Expenditures that relate to an existing condition caused by past operations and do not contribute to current or future earnings are expensed.
      Liabilities for environmental costs are recognized when environmental assessments or clean-ups are probable and the associated costs can be reasonably estimated. Generally, the timing of these provisions coincides with the commitment to a formal plan of action or, if earlier, on divestment or on closure of inactive sites.

F-23


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
      The amount recognized is the best estimate of the expenditure required. Where the liability will not be settled for a number of years, the amount recognized is the present value of the estimated future expenditure.
Decommissioning
      Liabilities for decommissioning costs are recognized when the Group has an obligation to dismantle and remove a facility or an item of plant and to restore the site on which it is located, and when a reasonable estimate of that liability can be made. Where an obligation exists for a new facility, such as oil and natural gas production or transportation facilities, this will be on construction or installation. An obligation for decommissioning may also crystallize during the period of operation of a facility through a change in legislation or through a decision to terminate operations. The amount recognized is the present value of the estimated future expenditure determined in accordance with local conditions and requirements.
      A corresponding item of property, plant and equipment of an amount equivalent to the provision is also created. This is subsequently depreciated as part of the capital costs of the facility or item of plant.
      Any change in the present value of the estimated expenditure is reflected as an adjustment to the provision and the corresponding property, plant and equipment.
Employee benefits
      Wages, salaries, bonuses, social security contributions, paid annual leave and sick leave are accrued in the period in which the associated services are rendered by employees of the Group. Deferred bonus arrangements that have a vesting date more than 12 months after the period end are valued on an actuarial basis using the projected unit credit method and amortized on a straight-line basis over the service period until the award vests. The accounting policy for pensions and other postretirement benefits is described below.
Share-based payments
     Equity-settled transactions. The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted and is recognized as an expense over the vesting period, which ends on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award. Fair value is determined by using an appropriate valuation model. In valuing equity-settled transactions, no account is taken of any vesting conditions, other than conditions linked to the price of the shares of the Company (market conditions).
      No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance conditions are satisfied.
      At each balance sheet date before vesting, the cumulative expense is calculated, representing the extent to which the vesting period has expired and management’s best estimate of the achievement or otherwise of non-market conditions and the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest or, in the case of an instrument subject to a market condition, be treated as vesting as described above. The movement in cumulative expense since the previous balance sheet date is recognized in the income statement, with a corresponding entry in equity.

F-24


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
      Where the terms of an equity-settled award are modified or a new award is designated as replacing a cancelled or settled award, the cost based on the original award terms continues to be recognized over the original vesting period. In addition, an expense is recognized over the remainder of the new vesting period for the incremental fair value of any modification, based on the difference between the fair value of the original award and the fair value of the modified award, both as measured on the date of the modification. No reduction is recognized if this difference is negative.
      Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it had vested on the date of cancellation and any cost not yet recognized in the income statement for the award is expensed immediately. Any compensation paid up to the fair value of the award at the cancellation or settlement date is deducted from equity, with any excess over fair value being treated as an expense in the income statement.
     Cash-settled transactions. The cost of cash-settled transactions is measured at fair value using an appropriate option valuation model. Fair value is established initially at the grant date and at each balance sheet date thereafter until the awards are settled. During the vesting period, a liability is recognized representing the product of the fair value of the award and the portion of the vesting period expired as at the balance sheet date. From the end of the vesting period until settlement, the liability represents the full fair value of the award as at the balance sheet date. Changes in the carrying amount for the liability are recognized in profit or loss for the period.
Pensions and other postretirement benefits
      The cost of providing benefits under the defined benefit plans is determined separately for each plan using the projected unit method, which attributes entitlement to benefits to the current period (to determine current service cost) and to the current and prior periods (to determine the present value of defined benefit obligation) and is based on actuarial advice. Past service costs are recognized in profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the vesting period or immediately if the benefits have vested. When a settlement (eliminating all obligations for benefits already accrued) or a curtailment (reducing future obligations as a result of a material reduction in the scheme membership or a reduction in future entitlement) occurs, the obligation and related plan assets are remeasured using current actuarial assumptions and the resultant gain or loss recognized in the income statement during the period in which the settlement or curtailment occurs.
      The interest element of the defined benefit cost represents the change in present value of scheme obligations resulting from the passage of time, and is determined by applying the discount rate to the opening present value of the benefit obligation, taking into account material changes in the obligation during the year. The expected return on plan assets is based on an assessment made at the beginning of the year of long-term market returns on scheme assets, adjusted for the effect on the fair value of plan assets of contributions received and benefits paid during the year. The difference between the expected return on plan assets and the interest cost is recognized in the income statement as other finance income or expense.
      Actuarial gains and losses are recognized in full in the Group statement of recognized income and expense in the period in which they occur.
      The defined benefit pension asset or liability in the balance sheet comprises the total for each plan of the present value of the defined benefit obligation (using a discount rate based on high quality corporate bonds), less any past service cost not yet recognized and less the fair value of plan assets out

F-25


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
of which the obligations are to be settled directly. Fair value is based on market price information and, in the case of quoted securities, is the published bid price. The value of a net pension benefit asset is restricted to the sum of any unrecognized past service costs and the present value of any amount the Group expects to recover by way of refunds from the plan or reductions in the future contributions.
      Contributions to defined contribution schemes are recognized in the income statement in the period in which they become payable.
Corporate taxes
      Tax expense represents the sum of the tax currently payable and deferred tax.
      The tax currently payable is based on the taxable profits for the period. Taxable profit differs from net profit as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other periods and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
      Deferred tax is provided, using the liability method, on all temporary differences at the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.
      Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences:
 — Except where the deferred tax liability arises on goodwill that is not tax deductible or the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and
 
 — In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
      Deferred tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and the carry-forward of unused tax assets and unused tax losses can be utilized:
 — Except where the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and
 
 — In respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates, deferred tax assets are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.
      The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilized.

F-26


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
      Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
      Tax relating to items recognized directly in equity is recognized in equity and not in the income statement.
Customs duties and sales taxes
      Revenues, expenses and assets are recognized net of the amount of customs duties or sales tax except:
 — Where the customs duty or sales tax incurred on a purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the customs duty or sales tax is recognized as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and
 
 — Receivables and payables are stated with the amount of customs duty or sales tax included.
      The net amount of sales tax recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the balance sheet.
Own equity instruments
      The Group’s holding in its own equity instruments, including shares held by Employee Share Ownership Plans (ESOPs), are classified as ‘treasury shares’, and shown as deductions from shareholders’ equity at cost. Consideration received for the sale of such shares is also recognized in equity, with any difference between the proceeds from sale and the original cost being taken to revenue reserves. No gain or loss is recognized in the performance statements on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of equity shares.
Revenue
      Revenue arising from the sale of goods is recognized when the significant risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the buyer and it can be reliably measured. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods provided in the normal course of business, net of discounts, customs duties and sales taxes.
      Revenues associated with the sale of oil, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, petroleum and chemicals products and all other items are recognized when the title passes to the customer. Supply buy/sell arrangements with common counterparties are reported net as are physical exchanges. Similarly, realized and unrealized gains and losses on exchange traded and over-the-counter commodity derivative contracts held for trading purposes and sales/purchases of trading inventory are included on a net basis in sales and other operating revenues. Generally, revenues from the production of oil and natural gas properties in which the Group has an interest with other producers are recognized on the basis of the Group’s working interest in those properties (the entitlement method). Differences between the production sold and the Group’s share of production are not significant.
      Interest income is recognized as the interest accrues (using the effective interest rate method that is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument) to the net carrying amount of the financial asset.

F-27


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 —Significant accounting policies (continued)
      Dividend income from investments is recognized when the shareholders’ right to receive the payment is established.
Note 1 — Significant accounting policies (continued)
Research
      Research costs are expensed as incurred.
Finance costs
      Finance costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their intended use.
      All other finance costs are recognized in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.
Use of estimates
      The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual outcomes could differ from those estimates.
Impact of new International Financial Reporting Standards
      In August 2005, the IASB issued IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments – Disclosures’ which is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2007, with earlier adoption encouraged. This standard has been adopted by the EU. Upon adoption, the Group will disclose additional information about its financial instruments, their significance and the nature and extent of risks to which they give rise. More specifically, the Group will be required to disclose the fair value of its financial instruments and its risk exposure in greater detail. There will be no effect on reported income or net assets. No decision has been made on whether to early adopt this standard.
      Also in August 2005, ‘IAS 1 Amendment — Presentation of Financial Statements: Capital Disclosures’ was issued by the IASB, which requires disclosures of an entity’s objectives, policies and processes for managing capital, quantitative data about what the entity regards as capital, whether the entity has complied with any capital requirements, and the consequences of any non-compliance. This is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2007. This standard has been adopted by the EU. There will be no effect on the Group’s reported income or net assets.
      ‘IAS 21 Amendment — Net Investment in a Foreign Operation’ was issued in December 2005. The amendment clarifies the requirements of IAS 21 ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ regarding an entity’s investment in foreign operations. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2006, and was adopted by the European Union (EU) in May 2006. There will be no material impact on the Group’s reported income or net assets as a result of adoption of this amendment.

F-28


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1 — Significant accounting policies (continued)
      The IASB issued an amendment to the fair value option in IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ in June 2005. The option to irrevocably designate, on initial recognition, any financial instruments as ones to be measured at fair value with gains and losses recognized in profit and loss has now been restricted to those financial instruments meeting certain criteria. The criteria are where such designation eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch, when a group of financial assets, financial liabilities or both are managed and their performance is evaluated on a fair value basis in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and when an instrument contains an embedded derivative that meets particular conditions. The Group has not designated any financial instruments as being at-fair-value-through-profit-and-loss, thus there will be no effect on the Group’s reported income or net assets as a result of adoption of this amendment.
      In August 2005, the IASB issued amendments to IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts regarding Financial Guarantee Contracts’. These amendments require the issuer of financial guarantee contracts to account for them under IAS 39 as opposed to IFRS 4 unless an issuer has previously asserted explicitly that it regards such contracts as insurance contracts and has used accounting applicable to insurance contracts. In these instances the issuer may elect to apply either IAS 39 or IFRS 4. Under the amended IAS 39, a financial guarantee contract is initially recognized at fair value and is subsequently measured at the higher of (a) the amount determined in accordance with IAS 37 ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’ and (b) the amount initially recognized, less, when appropriate, cumulative amortization recognized in accordance with IAS 18 “Revenue”. The amendment to IAS 39 is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2006. This standard impacts guarantees given by Group companies in respect of associates and joint ventures as well as in respect of other third parties; these will need to be recorded in the Group’s financial statements at fair value.
      Several interpretations have been issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) that will become effective for future financial reporting periods.
      IFRIC 5 ‘Rights to Interests Arising from Decommissioning, Restoration and Environmental Rehabilitation Funds’ sets out the accounting and disclosures required with regard to decommissioning funds. This interpretation is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2006 and has been adopted by the European Union (EU).
      IFRIC 6 ‘Liabilities Arising from Participating in a Specific Market — Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment’ provides guidance on the recognition of liabilities for waste management under the EU Directive on waste electrical and electronic equipment in respect of sales of household equipment before a certain date. This interpretation is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after December 1, 2005 and has been adopted by the EU.
      IFRIC 7 ‘Applying IAS 29 for the First Time’ provides detailed guidance on the application of IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’ in the accounting period in which hyperinflation is first observed. This interpretation is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after March 1, 2006 and was adopted by the EU in May 2006.
      IFRIC 8 ‘Scope of IFRS 2’ clarifies that IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ is applicable to arrangements where an entity makes share-based payments for nil consideration, or where the consideration is less than the fair value of the options granted. This interpretation is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after May 1, 2006 and has yet to be adopted by the EU. This is expected in summer 2006.

F-29


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
      IFRIC 9 ‘Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives’ clarifies that an entity is required to assess whether an embedded derivative should be separated from the host contract and accounted for as a derivative when the entity first becomes a party to the contract. Subsequent reassessment is prohibited unless there is a change in the terms of the contract that significantly modifies the cash flows that would otherwise be required under the contract, in which case reassessment is required. This interpretation is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after June 1, 2006 and has yet to be adopted by the EU. This is expected in summer 2006.
      It is not anticipated that any of these interpretations will materially affect the Group’s reported income or net assets.
Note 2 — Resegmentation
      With effect from January 1, 2005, there have been the following changes to the business segments reported by the Group:
 (a) The Mardi Gras pipeline system in the Gulf of Mexico has been transferred from Exploration and Production to Refining and Marketing.
 (b) The aromatics and acetyls operations and the petrochemicals assets that are integrated with our Gelsenkirchen refinery in Germany have been transferred from the former Petrochemicals segment to Refining
and Marketing.
 (c) The olefins and derivatives operations have been transferred from the former Petrochemicals segment to the Olefins and Derivatives business. The legacy historical results of other petrochemicals assets that had been divested during 2004 and 2003 are included within Other
businesses and corporate.
 (d) The Grangemouth and Lavéra refineries have been transferred from Refining and Marketing to the Olefins and Derivatives business to maintain existing operating synergies with the co-located olefins and
derivatives operations.
 (e) A small US operation, the Hobbs fractionator, which supplies petrochemicals feedstock, has been transferred from Gas, Power and Renewables to
the Olefins and Derivatives business.
      The Olefins and Derivatives business is reported within Other businesses and corporate. This reorganization was a precursor to seeking to divest the Olefins and Derivatives business. As indicated in Note 5, Discontinued operations, during 2005 we divested Innovene and show its activities as discontinued operations in these accounts. Innovene represented the majority of the Olefins and Derivatives business.
      Comparative financial and operating information is shown after resegmentation and the adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards.
Note 3 — Sales and other operating revenues
      BP uses commodity derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to market price risk associated with oil, natural gas NGLs and power and for trading purposes. These contracts include exchange traded commodity derivatives, such as futures and options traded on a recognized Exchange, over-the-counter swaps, forwards and options. Apart from over-the-counter forward contracts, all realized and unrealized gains and losses on these contracts are included in sales and other operating revenues.

F-30


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 3 — Sales and other operating revenues (continued)
      The Group’s accounting policy has been to present oil, natural gas, NGL and power over-the-counter forward sale and purchase contracts gross in the income statement. Unrealized gains and losses are included in sales and other operating revenues.
      During 2005, a review was undertaken into the presentation of over-the-counter forward contracts and related activity in the context of the final transition to IFRS for the Group’s 2005 year end financial reporting. This review concluded that revenues associated with over-the-counter forward contracts where market mechanisms, similar to exchange traded instruments, have developed for financial net settlement and where frequent buying and selling patterns are present which are not part of the Group’s risk management activities, but are indicative of the intent to generate profits from short term differences in prices, should be presented net.
      The impact of this change is to reduce sales and other operating revenues and purchases, but has no effect on reported profit, cash flows and the balance sheet.
      This change was originally reported in the UK Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2005. Subsequently the Group identified certain further adjustments to Sales and other operating revenues and Purchases. These further adjustments have been reflected in the consolidated statement of income for each of the three years in the period ending December 31, 2005 included herein. The following table sets out the impact on these line items for all periods presented as originally reported and as restated for the subsequent further adjustments. The information presented below includes the impact of the Innovene operations for all periods presented:
              
  Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Sales and other operating revenues
            
 
As originally reported
  261,841   211,155   178,403 
 
As restated
  252,168   203,303   173,615 
Purchases
            
 
As originally reported
  180,786   143,837   122,055 
 
As restated
  171,113   135,985   117,267 
 
      This change is a transition adjustment from UK GAAP to IFRS and should be read in conjunction with Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards.

F-31


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 3 — Sales and other operating revenues (continued)
Sales and other operating revenues
                                     
  Year ended December 31, 2004
   
    Other Consolidation   Consolidation  
  Exploration Refining Gas, Power businesses adjustment   adjustment Total
  and and and and and Total Innovene and continuing
  Production Marketing Renewables corporate eliminations Group operations eliminations operations
 
  ($ million)
By business — as reported in Form 20-F for 2004
                                    
Segment revenues
  34,700   192,917   83,320   17,994   (43,999)  284,932   (17,448)  6,169   273,653 
Less: sales between businesses
  (24,756)  (10,632)  (2,442)  (6,169)  43,999      6,169   (6,169)   
 
Third party sales
  9,944   182,285   80,878   11,825      284,932   (11,279)     273,653 
 
By business — as restated
                                    
Segment revenues
  34,700   170,749   23,859   17,994   (43,999)  203,303   (17,448)  6,169   192,024 
Less: sales between businesses
  (24,756)  (10,632)  (2,442)  (6,169)  43,999      6,169   (6,169)   
 
Third party sales
  9,944   160,117   21,417   11,825      203,303   (11,279)     192,024 
 
                                     
  Year ended December 31, 2003
   
    Other Consolidation   Consolidation  
  Exploration Refining Gas, Power businesses adjustment   adjustment Total
  and and and and and Total Innovene and continuing
  Production Marketing Renewables corporate eliminations Group operations eliminations operations
 
  ($ million)
By business — as reported in Form 20-F for 2004
                                    
Segment revenues
  30,621   159,263   65,639   13,978   (36,993)  232,508   (13,463)  4,501   223,546 
Less: sales between businesses
  (22,885)  (7,644)  (1,963)  (4,501)  36,993      4,501   (4,501)   
 
Third party sales
  7,736   151,619   63,676   9,477      232,508   (8,962)     223,546 
 
By business — as restated
                                    
Segment revenues
  30,621   143,441   22,568   13,978   (36,993)  173,615   (13,463)  4,501   164,653 
Less: sales between businesses
  (22,885)  (7,644)  (1,963)  (4,501)  36,993      4,501   (4,501)   
 
Third party sales
  7,736   135,797   20,605   9,477      173,615   (8,962)     164,653 
 

F-32


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 3 — Sales and other operating revenues (continued)
                     
  Year ended December 31, 2004
   
    Rest of   Rest of  
  UK Europe USA World Total
   
  ($ million)
By geographical area — as reported in Form 20-F for 2004
                    
Segment revenues
  81,155   54,570   130,652   67,777   334,154 
Less: sales attributable to Innovene operations
  (6,067)  (9,712)  (4,060)  (467)  (20,306)
 
Segment revenues from continuing operations
  75,088   44,858   126,592   67,310   313,848 
Less: sales between areas
  (18,846)  (1,396)  (1,539)  (10,188)  (31,969)
Less: sales by continuing operations to Innovene
  (5,263)  (896)  (2,064)  (3)  (8,226)
 
Third party sales of continuing operations
  50,979   42,566   122,989   57,119   273,653 
 
By geographical area — as restated
                    
Segment revenues
  59,615   52,540   86,358   48,534   247,047 
Less: sales attributable to Innovene operations
  (2,365)  (7,682)  (4,109)  (672)  (14,828)
 
Segment revenues from continuing operations
  57,250   44,858   82,249   47,862   232,219 
Less: sales between areas
  (18,846)  (1,396)  (1,539)  (10,188)  (31,969)
Less: sales by continuing operations to Innovene
  (5,263)  (896)  (2,064)  (3)  (8,226)
 
Third party sales of continuing operations
  33,141   42,566   78,646   37,671   192,024 
 
                     
  Year ended December 31, 2003
   
    Rest of   Rest of  
  UK Europe USA World Total
   
  ($ million)
By geographical area — as reported in Form 20-F for 2004
                    
Segment revenues
  54,971   50,703   108,910   52,314   266,898 
Less: sales attributable to Innovene operations
  (5,719)  (8,670)  (3,226)  (374)  (17,989)
 
Segment revenues from continuing operations
  49,252   42,033   105,684   51,940   248,909 
Less: sales between areas
  (6,953)  (3,160)  (714)  (8,258)  (19,085)
Less: sales by continuing operations to Innovene
  (3,947)  (876)  (1,455)     (6,278)
 
Third party sales of continuing operations
  38,352   37,997   103,515   43,682   223,546 
 
By geographical area — as restated
                    
Segment revenues
  36,253   48,138   79,092   38,316   201,799 
Less: sales attributable to Innovene operations
  (1,879)  (6,105)  (3,265)  (534)  (11,783)
 
Segment revenues from continuing operations
  34,374   42,033   75,827   37,782   190,016 
Less: sales between areas
  (6,953)  (3,160)  (714)  (8,258)  (19,085)
Less: sales by continuing operations to Innovene
  (3,947)  (876)  (1,455)     (6,278)
 
Third party sales of continuing operations
  23,474   37,997   73,658   29,524   164,653 
 

F-33


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 3 — Sales and other operating revenues (concluded)
Purchases
                 
  Year ended Year ended
  December 31, 2004 December 31, 2003
     
  Total Continuing Total Continuing
  Group operations Group operations
 
  ($ million)
As reported in Form 20-F for 2004
  217,614   209,684   176,160   170,083 
As restated
  135,985   128,055   117,267   111,190 
 
Note 4 — Acquisitions
Acquisitions in 2005
      BP made a number of minor acquisitions in 2005 for a total consideration of $84 million. All these business combinations were accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. No significant fair value adjustments were made to the acquired assets and liabilities. Goodwill of $27 million arose on these acquisitions. There was also additional goodwill on the Solvay acquisition of $59 million (see below).
Acquisitions in 2004
             
  Year ended December 31, 2004
 
  Book value on Fair value  
  acquisitions adjustments Fair value
 
  ($ million)
Property, plant and equipment
  703   760   1,463 
Intangible assets
  15      15 
Current assets (excluding cash)
  721      721 
Cash and cash equivalents
  36      36 
Trade and other payables
  (329)     (329)
Deferred tax liabilities
     (185)  (185)
Defined benefit pension plan deficits
  (3)     (3)
Net investment in equity-accounted entities transferred to full consolidation
  (547)  (94)  (641)
 
Net assets acquired
  596   481   1,077 
    
Goodwill
          328 
 
Consideration
          1,405 
 
      On November 2, 2004, Solvay exercised its option to sell its interests in BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe and BP Solvay Polyethylene North America to BP. Solvay held 50% of BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe and 51% of BP Solvay Polyethylene North America. On completion, the two entities, which manufacture and market high-density polyethylene, became wholly owned subsidiaries of BP. The total consideration for the acquisition was $1,391 million, subject to final closing adjustments. There were closing adjustments and selling costs in 2005 amounting to $59 million. These created additional goodwill of $59 million, which was written off. See Note 14 — Impairment of goodwill, for further

F-34


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 4 — Acquisitions (continued)
information. Other minor acquisitions were made for a total consideration of $14 million. All business combinations have been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. The fair value of the property, plant and equipment has been estimated by determining the net present value of future cash flows. No significant adjustments were made to the other assets and liabilities acquired. The assets and liabilities acquired as part of the 2004 acquisitions are shown in aggregate in the table above.
Acquisitions in 2003
      BP made a number of minor acquisitions in 2003 for a total consideration of $232 million. All these business combinations were accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. No significant fair value adjustments were made to the acquired assets and liabilities. Goodwill of $5 million arose on these acquisitions.
Note 5 — Discontinued operations
      BP announced on October 7, 2005 its intention to sell Innovene, its olefins, derivatives and refining group, to INEOS. The transaction became unconditional on December 9, 2005 on receipt of European Commission clearance and was completed on December 16, 2005. The transaction included all Innovene’s manufacturing sites, markets and technologies. The equity-accounted investments in China and Malaysia that were part of the Olefins and Derivatives business remain with BP and are included within Other businesses and corporate.
      The Innovene operations represented a separate major line of business for BP. As a result of the sale, these operations have been treated as discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2005. A single amount is shown on the face of the income statement comprising the post-tax result of discontinued operations and the post-tax loss recognized on the remeasurement to fair value less costs to sell and on disposal of the discontinued operation. That is, the income and expenses of Innovene are reported separately from the continuing operations of the BP Group. The table below provides further detail of the amount shown on the income statement. The income statements for prior periods have been restated to conform to this style of presentation.
      In the cash flow statement, the cash provided by the operating activities of Innovene has been separated from that of the rest of the Group and reported as a single line item.
      Gross proceeds received amounted to $8,477 million. There were selling costs of $120 million and initial closing adjustments of $43 million. The proceeds are subject to final closing adjustments. The remeasurement to fair value less costs to sell resulted in a loss of $591 million before tax. The originally announced transaction value of $9,000 million has been reduced by the value of certain liabilities transferred to INEOS and certain assets retained by BP on closing.

F-35


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 5 — Discontinued operations (concluded)
      Financial information for the Innovene operations after Group eliminations is presented below.
              
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Total revenues and other income
  12,441   11,327   8,986 
Expenses
  11,709   12,041   9,034 
 
Profit (loss) before interest and taxation
  732   (714)  (48)
Other finance income (expense)
  3   (17)  (15)
 
Profit (loss) before taxation and loss recognized on remeasurement to fair value less costs to sell and on disposal
  735   (731)  (63)
Loss recognized on remeasurement to fair value less costs to sell and on disposal
  (591)      
 
Profit (loss) before taxation from Innovene operations
  144   (731)  (63)
Tax (charge) credit
            
 
On profit (loss) before loss recognized on remeasurement to fair value less costs to sell and on disposal
  (306)  109    
 
On loss recognized on remeasurement to fair value less costs to sell and on disposal
  346       
 
Profit (loss) from Innovene operations
  184   (622)  (63)
 
Earnings (loss) per share from Innovene operations — cents
            
 
Basic
  0.87   (2.85)  (0.28)
 
Diluted
  0.86   (2.79)  (0.28)
 
The cash flows of Innovene operations are presented below
            
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  970   (669)  348 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
  (524)  (1,731)  (572)
 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
  (446)  2,400   224 
 
      Further information is contained in Note 6 — Disposals.

F-36


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 6 — Disposals
             
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Proceeds from the sale of Innovene operations
  8,304       
Proceeds from the sale of other businesses
  93   725   179 
 
Proceeds from the sale of businesses
  8,397   725   179 
Proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment
  2,803   4,236   6,177 
 
   11,200   4,961   6,356 
 
Exploration and Production
  1,416   914   4,801 
Refining and Marketing
  888   1,007   1,050 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  540   144   67 
Other businesses and corporate
  8,356   2,896   438 
 
   11,200   4,961   6,356 
 
      As part of the strategy to upgrade the quality of its asset portfolio, the Group has an active programme to dispose of non-strategic assets. In the normal course of business in any particular year, the Group may sell interests in exploration and production properties, service stations and pipeline interests as well as non-core businesses.
      Cash received during the year from disposals amounted to $11.2 billion (2004 $5.0 billion and 2003 $6.4 billion). The divestment of Innovene contributed $8.3 billion to this total. The major transactions in 2004 that generated over $2.3 billion of proceeds were the sale of the Group’s investments in PetroChina and Sinopec.
      For 2003, the major disposals representing over $3.0 billion of the proceeds were the divestment of a further 20% interest in BP Trinidad and Tobago LLC, the sale of 50% of our interest in the In Amenas gas condensate project and 49% of our interest in the In Salah gas development in Algeria, and the sale of the UK North Sea Forties oil field, together with a package of 61 shallow-water assets in the Gulf of Mexico. The principal transactions generating the proceeds for each segment are described below.
     Exploration and Production. The Group divested interests in a number of oil and natural gas properties in all three years. During 2005, the major transaction was the sale of the Group’s interest in the Ormen Lange field in Norway. In addition, the Group sold interests in oil and natural gas properties in Venezuela, Canada and the Gulf of Mexico. In 2004, in the US we sold 45% of our interest in King’s Peak in the deepwater Gulf of Mexico to Marubeni Oil & Gas, divested our interest in Swordfish, and additionally, we sold various properties including our interest in the South Pass 60 property in the Gulf of Mexico Shelf. In Canada, BP sold various assets in Alberta to Fairborne Energy. In Indonesia, we disposed of our interest in the Kangean Production Sharing Contract and our participating interest in the Muriah Production Sharing Contract. In 2003, the UK North Sea Forties oil field, together with a package of 61 shallow-water assets in the Gulf of Mexico, were sold to Apache. A 12.5% interest in the Tangguh liquefied natural gas project in Indonesia was sold to CNOOC. Interests in 14 UK Southern North Sea gas fields, together with associated pipelines and onshore processing facilities, including the Bacton terminal, were sold to Perenco. BP sold 50% of its interest in the In Amenas gas condensate project and 49% of its interest in the In Salah gas development in Algeria to Statoil. In January 2003,

F-37


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 6 — Disposals (continued)
Repsol exercised its option to acquire a further 20% interest in BP Trinidad and Tobago LLC. BP’s interest in the company is now 70%. In February 2003, BP called its $420 million Exchangeable Bonds which were exchangeable for Lukoil American Depositary Shares (ADSs). Bondholders converted to ADSs before the redemption date.
     Refining and Marketing. The churn of retail assets represents a significant element of the total in all three years. During 2005, the Group sold a number of regional retail networks in the US and in addition its retail network in Malaysia. During 2004, major asset transactions included the sale of the Singapore refinery, the divestment of the European speciality intermediate chemicals business, and the Cushing and other pipeline interests in the US. As a condition of the approval of the acquisition of Veba in 2002, BP was, amongst other things, required to divest approximately 4% of its retail market share in Germany and a significant portion of its Bayernoil refining interests. The sale of 494 retail sites in the northern and northeastern part of Germany to PKN Orlen and the sale of retail and refinery assets in Germany and Central Europe to OMV in 2003 completed the divestments required.
     Gas, Power and Renewables. In 2005, the Group sold its interest in the Interconnector pipeline. During 2004, the Group sold its interest in two Canadian natural gas liquids plants.
     Other businesses and corporate. 2005 includes the proceeds from the sale of Innovene. The disposal of the Group’s investments in PetroChina and Sinopec were the major transactions in 2004. In addition, the Group sold its US speciality intermediate chemicals and fabrics and fibres businesses. In 2003, the Group sold its 50% interest in Kaltim Prima Coal, an Indonesian company, and completed the divestment of the former Burmah Castrol speciality chemicals business Sericol and Fosroc Mining.
      Summarized financial information for the sale of businesses is shown below.
              
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
The disposals comprise the following
            
 
Noncurrent assets
  6,452   1,046   104 
 
Other current assets
  4,779   477   111 
 
Noncurrent liabilities
  (364)  (44)  (7)
 
Other current liabilities
  (2,488)  (59)  (1)
 
   8,379   1,420   207 
Profit (loss) on sale of businesses
  18   (695)  (28)
 
Total consideration and net cash inflow
  8,397   725   179 
 
Subsequent transactions
      On April 19, 2006, BP announced the sale of its producing properties on the Outer Continental Shelf of the Gulf of Mexico to Apache Corporation for $1.3 billion. The properties are in waters less than 1,200 feet deep and include 18 producing fields (11 which are operated) covering 92 blocks with estimated reserves of 59 million barrels of oil equivalent and average daily production of 27 mboe. Completion of the sale is expected in mid-2006 once regulatory approvals have been received. The assets held for sale at the date of the announcement amounted to $1,160 million and liabilities directly associated with the assets held for sale amounted to $399 million. The gain to be realized on the sale, to be reported in 2006, is expected to be $0.5 billion.

F-38


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 6 — Disposals (concluded)
      On June 27, 2006 BP announced its intention to sell its refinery at Coryton, UK. The assets held for sale at the date of the announcement amounted to approximately $1,200 million and liabilities directly associated with the assets held for sale amounted to approximately $600 million.
Note 7 — Segmental analysis
      The Group’s primary format for segment reporting is business segments and the secondary format is geographical segments. The risks and returns of the Group’s operations are primarily determined by the nature of the different activities that the Group engages in, rather than the geographical location of these operations. This is reflected by the Group’s organizational structure and the Group’s internal financial reporting systems.
      BP has three reportable operating segments: Exploration and Production; Refining and Marketing; and Gas, Power and Renewables. Exploration and Production’s activities include oil and natural gas exploration and field development and production, together with pipeline transportation and natural gas processing. The activities of Refining and Marketing include oil supply and trading as well as refining and petrochemicals manufacturing and marketing. Gas, Power and Renewables activities include marketing and trading of natural gas, natural gas liquids, new market development, liquefied natural gas (LNG) and solar and renewables. The Group is managed on an integrated basis.
      Other businesses and corporate comprises Finance, the Group’s aluminum asset, interest income and costs relating to corporate activities and also the portion of O&D not included in the sale of Innovene to INEOS.
      The accounting policies of operating segments are the same as those described in Note 1 — Significant accounting policies.
      Sales between segments are made at prices that approximate market prices, taking into account the volumes involved. Segment revenue, segment expense and segment result include transactions between business segments. These transactions and any unrealized profits and losses are eliminated on consolidation.
      The Group’s geographical segments are based on the location of the Group’s assets. The UK and US are significant countries of activity for the Group; the other geographical segments are determined by geographical location.
      Sales to external customers are based on the location of the seller, which in most circumstances is not materially different from the location of the customer. Crude oil and LNG are commodities for which there is an international market and buyers and sellers can be widely separated geographically. The UK segment includes the UK-based international activities of Refining and Marketing.

F-39


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7 — Segmental analysis (continued)
                                      
 
  Other Consolidation   Consolidation  
  Exploration Refining Gas, Power businesses adjustment   adjustment Total
  and and and and and Total Innovene and continuing
By business Production Marketing Renewables corporate eliminations Group operations eliminations(a) operations
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2005
                                    
Sales and other operating revenues
                                    
Segment revenues
  47,210   213,465   25,557   21,295   (55,359)  252,168   (20,627)  8,251   239,792 
Less: sales between businesses
  (32,606)  (11,407)  (3,095)  (8,251)  55,359      8,251   (8,251)   
 
Third party sales
  14,604   202,058   22,462   13,044      252,168   (12,376)     239,792 
 
Results
                                    
Profit (loss) before interest and tax
  25,508   6,442   1,104   (523)  (208)  32,323   (668)  527   32,182 
Finance costs and other finance expense
              (758)  (758)  (3)     (761)
 
Profit (loss) before taxation
  25,508   6,442   1,104   (523)  (966)  31,565   (671)  527   31,421 
Taxation
              (9,248)  (9,248)  133   (173)  (9,288)
 
Profit (loss) for the year
  25,508   6,442   1,104   (523)  (10,214)  22,317   (538)  354   22,133 
 
Includes
                                    
 
Equity-accounted income
  3,238   238   19   34      3,529   14      3,543 
 
Assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2005
                                    
Segment assets
  93,479   77,352   28,441   12,756   (5,326)  206,702             
Tax receivable
              212   212             
 
Total assets
  93,479   77,352   28,441   12,756   (5,114)  206,914             
 
Includes
                                    
 
Equity-accounted investments
  14,657   4,012   483   621      19,773             
Segment liabilities
  (20,387)  32,227   (23,346)  (15,358)  4,548   (86,770)            
Current tax payable
              (4,274)  (4,274)            
Finance debt
              (19,162)  (19,162)            
Deferred tax liabilities
              (16,258)  (16,258)            
 
Total liabilities
  (20,387)  (32,227)  (23,346)  (15,358)  (35,146)  (126,464)            
 
Year ended December 31, 2005
                                    
Other segment information
                                    
Capital expenditure
                                    
 
Intangible assets
  989   451   31   10      1,481             
 
Property, plant and equipment
  8,751   2,036   199   779      11,765             
 
Other
  497   285   5   116      903             
 
Total
  10,237   2,772   235   905      14,149             
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  6,033   2,392   225   533      9,183   (412)     8,771 
Impairment
  266   93      59      418   (59)     359 
Loss on remeasurement to fair value less costs to sell and on disposal of Innovene operations
           591      591   (591)      
Losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  39   64      6      109         109 
Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  1,198   241   55   47      1,541   (3)     1,538 
 

F-40


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7 — Segmental analysis (continued)
                                      
 
  Other Consolidation   Consolidation  
  Exploration Refining Gas, Power businesses adjustment   adjustment Total
  and and and and and Total Innovene and continuing
By business Production Marketing Renewables corporate eliminations Group operations eliminations(a) operations
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2004
                                    
Sales and other operating revenues
                                    
Segment revenues
  34,700   170,749   23,859   17,994   (43,999)  203,303   (17,448)  6,169   192,024 
Less: sales between businesses
  (24,756)  (10,632)  (2,442)  (6,169)  43,999      6,169   (6,169)   
 
Third party sales
  9,944   160,117   21,417   11,825      203,303   (11,279)     192,024 
 
Results
                                    
Profit (loss) before interest and tax
  18,087   6,544   954   (362)  (191)  25,032   526   188   25,746 
Finance costs and other finance expense
              (797)  (797)  17      (780)
 
Profit (loss) before taxation
  18,087   6,544   954   (362)  (988)  24,235   543   188   24,966 
Taxation
              (6,973)  (6,973)  (53)  (56)  (7,082)
 
Profit (loss) for the year
  18,087   6,544   954   (362)  (7,961)  17,262   490   132   17,884 
 
Includes
                                    
 
Equity-accounted income
  1,985   259   6   18      2,268   12      2,280 
 
Assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2004
                                    
Segment assets
  85,808   73,581   17,257   22,292   (4,467)  194,471             
Tax receivable
              159   159             
 
Total assets
  85,808   73,581   17,257   22,292   (4,308)  194,630             
 
Includes
                                    
 
Equity-accounted investments
  14,327   4,486   573   656      20,042             
Segment liabilities
  (16,214)  (28,903)  (12,384)  (18,886)  3,915   (72,472)            
Current tax payable
              (4,131)  (4,131)            
Finance debt
              (23,091)  (23,091)            
Deferred tax liabilities
              (16,701)  (16,701)            
 
Total liabilities
  (16,214)  (28,903)  (12,384)  (18,886)  (40,008)  (116,395)            
 
Year ended December 31, 2004
                                    
Other segment information
                                    
Capital expenditure
                                    
 
Intangible assets
  406   670   25   5      1,106             
 
Property, plant and equipment
  8,696   1,960   328   690      11,674             
 
Other
  1,906   189   171   1,605      3,871             
 
Total
  11,008   2,819   524   2,300      16,651             
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  5,583   2,540   210   679      9,012   (483)     8,529 
Impairment
  404   195      891      1,490   (879)     611 
Losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  227   371      416      1,014   (235)     779 
Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  162   104   56   1,365      1,687   (2)     1,685 
 

F-41


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7 — Segmental analysis (continued)
                                      
 
  Other Consolidation   Consolidation  
  Exploration Refining Gas, Power businesses adjustment   adjustment Total
  and and and and and Total Innovene and continuing
By business Production Marketing Renewables corporate eliminations Group operations eliminations(a) operations
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2003
                                    
Sales and other operating revenues
                                    
Segment revenues
  30,621   143,441   22,568   13,978   (36,993)  173,615   (13,463)  4,501   164,653 
Less: sales between businesses
  (22,885)  (7,644)  (1,963)  (4,501)  36,993      4,501   (4,501)   
 
Third party sales
  7,736   135,797   20,605   9,477      173,615   (8,962)     164,653 
 
Results
                                    
Profit (loss) before interest
and tax
  15,084   3,235   578   (108)  (61)  18,728   (145)  193   18,776 
Finance costs and other finance expense
              (1,060)  (1,060)  15      (1,045)
 
Profit (loss) before taxation
  15,084   3,235   578   (108)  (1,121)  17,668   (130)  193   17,731 
Taxation
              (5,050)  (5,050)  54   (54)  (5,050)
 
Profit (loss) for the year
  15,084   3,235   578   (108)  (6,171)  12,618   (76)  139   12,681 
 
Includes
                                    
 
Equity-accounted income
  949   241   (5)  14      1,199   15      1,214 
 
Assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2003
                                    
Segment assets
  79,446   67,546   10,859   19,595   (5,047)  172,399             
Tax receivable
              92   92             
 
Total assets
  79,446   67,546   10,859   19,595   (4,955)  172,491             
 
Includes
                                    
 
Equity-accounted investments
  12,897   3,764   362   754      17,777             
Segment liabilities
  (15,723)  (27,148)  (6,584)  (15,641)  4,686   (60,410)            
Current tax payable
              (3,441)  (3,441)            
Finance debt
              (22,325)  (22,325)            
Deferred tax liabilities
              (16,051)  (16,051)            
 
Total liabilities
  (15,723)  (27,148)  (6,584)  (15,641)  (37,131)  (102,227)            
 
Year ended December 31, 2003
                                    
Other segment information
                                    
Capital expenditure
                                    
 
Intangible assets
  566   131   18         715             
 
Property, plant and equipment
  8,390   2,750   243   266      11,649             
 
Other
  6,236   138   178   707      7,259             
 
Total
  15,192   3,019   439   973      19,623             
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  5,539   2,198   160   708      8,605   (529)     8,076 
Impairment
  1,013               1,013         1,013 
Losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  403   318   17   50      788         788 
Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  1,591   104   11   189      1,895         1,895 
 

F-42


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7 — Segmental analysis (continued)
(a) In the circumstances of discontinued operations, International Accounting Standards require that the profits earned by the discontinued operations, in this case the Innovene operations, on sales to the continuing operations be eliminated on consolidation from the discontinued operations and attributed to the continuing operations and vice versa. This adjustment has two offsetting elements: the net margin on crude refined by Innovene as substantially all crude for its refineries is supplied by BP and most of the refined products manufactured are taken by BP; and the margin on sales of feedstock from BP’s US refineries to Innovene’s manufacturing plants. The profits attributable to individual segments are not affected by this adjustment. Neither does this representation indicate the profits earned by continuing or Innovene operations, as if they were standalone entities, for past periods or likely to be earned in future periods.

F-43


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7 — Segmental analysis (continued)
                          
          Consolidation  
          adjustment  
    Rest of   Rest of and  
By geographical area UK Europe USA World eliminations Total
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2005
                        
Sales and other operating revenues
                        
Segment revenues
  95,375   72,972   101,190   60,314      329,851 
Less: sales attributable to Innovene operations
  (2,610)  (8,667)  (4,309)  (686)     (16,272)
 
Segment revenues from continuing operations
  92,765   64,305   96,881   59,628      313,579 
Less: sales between areas
  (38,081)  (5,013)  (2,362)  (16,541)     (61,997)
Less: sales by continuing operations to Innovene
  (5,599)  (4,640)  (1,508)  (43)     (11,790)
 
Third party sales of continuing operations
  49,085   54,652   93,011   43,044      239,792 
 
Results
                        
Profit (loss) before interest and tax from
continuing operations
  1,167   5,206   12,639   13,170      32,182 
Finance costs and other finance expense
  (80)  (268)  (366)  (47)     (761)
 
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
  1,087   4,938   12,273   13,123      31,421 
Taxation
  (289)  (1,646)  (3,798)  (3,555)     (9,288)
 
Profit for the year from continuing operations
  798   3,292   8,475   9,568      22,133 
Profit (loss) from Innovene operations
  234   109   (165)  6      184 
 
Profit for the year
  1,032   3,401   8,310   9,574      22,317 
 
Includes
                        
 
Equity-accounted income
  (8)  18   86   3,447      3,543 
 
Assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2005
                        
Segment assets
  44,007   26,560   79,838   64,129   (7,832)  206,702 
Tax receivable
  2   158   6   46      212 
 
Total assets
  44,009   26,718   79,844   64,175   (7,832)  206,914 
 
Includes
                        
 
Equity-accounted investments
  74   1,496   1,420   16,783      19,773 
Segment liabilities
  (25,079)  (16,824)  (34,146)  (18,553)  7,832   (86,770)
Current tax payable
  (798)  (1,057)  (678)  (1,741)     (4,274)
Finance debt
  (9,706)  (433)  (6,159)  (2,864)     (19,162)
Deferred tax liabilities
  (2,223)  (936)  (9,400)  (3,699)     (16,258)
 
Total liabilities
  (37,806)  (19,250)  (50,383)  (26,857)  7,832   (126,464)
 
Year ended December 31, 2005
                        
Other segment information
                        
Capital expenditure
                        
 
Intangible assets
  205   43   579   654      1,481 
 
Property, plant and equipment
  1,340   919   4,804   4,702      11,765 
 
Other
  53   18   86   746      903 
 
Total
  1,598   980   5,469   6,102      14,149 
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  2,080   932   3,685   2,074      8,771 
Exploration expense
  32   2   425   225      684 
Impairment
  53   7   238   61      359 
Loss on remeasurement to fair value less costs to sell and on disposal of Innovene operations
  24   273   262   32      591 
Losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
     37   8   64      109 
Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  107   1,017   282   132      1,538 
 

F-44


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7 — Segmental analysis (continued)
                          
 
  Consolidation  
  adjustment  
  Rest of   Rest of and  
By geographical area UK Europe USA World eliminations Total
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2004
                        
Sales and other operating revenues
                        
Segment revenues
  59,615   52,540   86,358   48,534      247,047 
Less: sales attributable to Innovene operations
  (2,365)  (7,682)  (4,109)  (672)     (14,828)
 
Segment revenues from continuing operations
  57,250   44,858   82,249   47,862      232,219 
Less: sales between areas
  (18,846)  (1,396)  (1,539)  (10,188)     (31,969)
Less: sales by continuing operations to Innovene
  (5,263)  (896)  (2,064)  (3)     (8,226)
 
Third party sales of continuing operations
  33,141   42,566   78,646   37,671      192,024 
 
Results
                        
Profit (loss) before interest and tax from continuing operations
  2,875   3,121   9,725   10,025      25,746 
Finance costs and other finance expense
  155   (261)  (513)  (161)     (780)
 
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
  3,030   2,860   9,212   9,864      24,966 
Taxation
  (1,745)  (779)  (2,596)  (1,962)     (7,082)
 
Profit for the year from continuing operations
  1,285   2,081   6,616   7,902      17,884 
Profit (loss) from Innovene operations
  (327)  (110)  (96)  (89)     (622)
 
Profit for the year
  958   1,971   6,520   7,813      17,262 
 
Includes
                        
 
Equity-accounted income
  9   17   92   2,162      2,280 
 
Assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2004
                        
Segment assets
  42,073   31,437   71,272   56,464   (6,775)  194,471 
Tax receivable
     135      24      159 
 
Total assets
  42,073   31,572   71,272   56,488   (6,775)  194,630 
 
Includes
                        
 
Equity-accounted investments
  338   1,951   1,556   16,197      20,042 
Segment liabilities
  (18,031)  (18,049)  (27,124)  (16,043)  6,775   (72,472)
Current tax payable
  (1,588)  (712)  (651)  (1,180)     (4,131)
Finance debt
  (13,237)  (455)  (6,360)  (3,039)     (23,091)
Deferred tax liabilities
  (3,177)  (1,242)  (9,011)  (3,271)     (16,701)
 
Total liabilities
  (36,033)  (20,458)  (43,146)  (23,533)  6,775   (116,395)
 
Year ended December 31, 2004
                        
Other segment information
                        
Capital expenditure
                        
 
Intangible assets
  170   4   404   528      1,106 
 
Property, plant and equipment
  1,480   1,079   4,959   4,156      11,674 
 
Other
  92   814   642   2,323      3,871 
 
Total
  1,742   1,897   6,005   7,007      16,651 
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  2,030   930   3,906   1,663      8,529 
Exploration expense
  26   25   361   225      637 
Impairment
        570   41      611 
Losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  282      177   320      779 
Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets
        133   1,552      1,685 
 

F-45


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
                          
 
  Consolidation  
  adjustment  
  Rest of   Rest of and  
By geographical area UK Europe USA World eliminations Total
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2003
                        
Sales and other operating revenues
                        
Segment revenues
  36,253   48,138   79,092   38,316      201,799 
Less: sales attributable to Innovene operations
  (1,879)  (6,105)  (3,265)  (534)     (11,783)
 
Segment revenues from continuing operations
  34,374   42,033   75,827   37,782      190,016 
Less: sales between areas
  (6,953)  (3,160)  (714)  (8,258)     (19,085)
Less: sales by continuing operations to Innovene
  (3,947)  (876)  (1,455)        (6,278)
 
Third party sales of continuing operations
  23,474   37,997   73,658   29,524      164,653 
 
Results
                        
Profit (loss) before interest and tax from continuing operations
  3,348   1,819   7,008   6,601      18,776 
Finance costs and other finance expense
  52   (258)  (737)  (102)     (1,045)
 
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
  3,400   1,561   6,271   6,499      17,731 
Taxation
  (1,287)  (725)  (1,548)  (1,490)     (5,050)
 
Profit for the year from continuing operations
  2,113   836   4,723   5,009      12,681 
Profit (loss) from Innovene operations
  (150)  166   (83)  4      (63)
 
Profit for the year
  1,963   1,002   4,640   5,013      12,618 
 
Includes
                        
 
Equity-accounted income
  11   39   99   1,065      1,214 
 
Assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2003
                        
Segment assets
  36,282   27,155   64,414   48,835   (4,287)  172,399 
Tax receivable
     84      8      92 
 
Total assets
  36,282   27,239   64,414   48,843   (4,287)  172,491 
 
Includes
                        
 
Equity-accounted investments
  188   2,052   2,146   13,391       17,777 
Segment liabilities
  (15,569)  (16,162)  (20,060)  (12,906)  4,287   (60,410)
Current tax payable
  (1,057)  (522)  (494)  (1,368)     (3,441)
Finance debt
  (11,804)  (393)  (7,295)  (2,833)     (22,325)
Deferred tax liabilities
  (2,973)  (1,017)  (8,636)  (3,425)     (16,051)
 
Total liabilities
  (31,403)  (18,094)  (36,485)  (20,532)  4,287   (102,227)
 
Year ended December 31, 2003
                        
Other segment information
                        
Capital expenditure
                        
 
Intangible assets
  1   77   289   348      715 
 
Property, plant and equipment
  1,528   1,157   5,302   3,662      11,649 
 
Other
     12   376   6,871      7,259 
 
Total
  1,529   1,246   5,967   10,881      19,623 
 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  1,952   819   3,937   1,368      8,076 
Exploration expense
  17   37   204   284      542 
Impairment
  183      343   487      1,013 
Losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  213   410   72   93      788 
Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  931   259      705      1,895 
 

F-46


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 8 — Earnings from jointly controlled entities and associates
                      
 
  Profit (loss)        
  before interest     Minority Profit (loss)
  and tax Interest Tax interest for the year
 
  ($million)
Year ended December 31, 2005
                    
By business
                    
 
Exploration and Production
  4,819   227   1,250   104   3,238 
 
Refining and Marketing
  343   24   81      238 
 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  34   7   8      19 
 
Other businesses and corporate
  65   31         34 
 
   5,261   289   1,339   104   3,529 
Innovene operations
  14            14 
 
Continuing operations
  5,275   289   1,339   104   3,543 
 
Earnings from jointly controlled entities
  4,615   232   1,196   104   3,083 
Earnings from associates
  660   57   143      460 
 
   5,275   289   1,339   104   3,543 
 
Year ended December 31, 2004
                    
By business
                    
 
Exploration and Production
  3,246   189   1,029   43   1,985 
 
Refining and Marketing
  357   15   83      259 
 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  15   7   2      6 
 
Other businesses and corporate
  21   7   (4)     18 
 
   3,639   218   1,110   43   2,268 
Innovene operations
  9   (3)        12 
 
Continuing operations
  3,648   215   1,110   43   2,280 
 
Earnings from jointly controlled entities
  3,017   167   989   43   1,818 
Earnings from associates
  631   48   121      462 
 
   3,648   215   1,110   43   2,280 
 
Year ended December 31, 2003
                    
By business
                    
 
Exploration and Production
  1,222   120   153      949 
 
Refining and Marketing
  275   17   17      241 
 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  (3)  2         (5)
 
Other businesses and corporate
  29   5   10      14 
 
   1,523   144   180      1,199 
Innovene operations
  15            15 
 
Continuing operations
  1,538   144   180      1,214 
 
Earnings from jointly controlled entities
  1,028   102   100      826 
Earnings from associates
  510   42   80      388 
 
   1,538   144   180      1,214 
 

F-47


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 9 — Interest and other revenues
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Dividends
  52   37   36 
Interest from loans and other investments
  73   34   121 
Other interest
  324   244   184 
Miscellaneous income
  240   358   444 
 
   689   673   785 
Innovene operations
  (76)  (58)  (39)
 
Continuing operations
  613   615   746 
 
Note 10 — Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets
              
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Gains on sale of businesses
            
 
Refining and Marketing
  18       
 
   18       
 
Gains on sale of fixed assets
            
 
Exploration and Production
  1,198   162   1,591 
 
Refining and Marketing
  223   104   104 
 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  55   56   11 
 
Other businesses and corporate
  47   1,365   189 
 
   1,523   1,687   1,895 
 
   1,541   1,687   1,895 
Innovene operations
  (3)  (2)   
 
Continuing operations
  1,538   1,685   1,895 
 
      The principal transactions giving rise to these gains for each segment are described below.
Gains on sale of fixed assets
     Exploration and Production. The Group divested interests in a number of oil and natural gas properties in all three years. The major divestment during 2005 was the sale of the Group’s interest in the Ormen Lange field in Norway. BP also sold various oil and gas properties in Trinidad & Tobago, Canada and the Gulf of Mexico. For 2004, divestments included interests in oil and natural gas properties in Australia, Canada and the Gulf of Mexico. In 2003, transactions included the divestment of a further 20% interest in BP Trinidad and Tobago LLC to Repsol, the sale of the Group’s 96.14% interest in the Forties oil field in the UK North Sea, the sale of a package of UK Southern North Sea gas fields and the divestment of our interest in the In Amenas gas condensate project in Algeria to Statoil.

F-48


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 10 — Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets (concluded)
     Refining and Marketing. During 2005, the Group divested a number of regional retail networks in the US. For 2004, divestments included the sale of the Cushing and other pipeline interests in the US and the churn of retail assets. In 2003, disposals included the sale of pipeline interests in the US.
     Gas, Power and Renewables. In 2005, transactions included the disposal of the Group’s interest in the Interconnector pipeline. During 2004, the Group divested its interest in two natural gas liquids plants in Canada.
     Other businesses and corporate. For 2004, the major disposals were the divestment of the Group’s investments in PetroChina and Sinopec. In 2003, the Group sold its 50% interest in Kaltim Prima Coal, an Indonesian company, its interest in AG International Chemical Company, a purified isophthalic acid associate in Japan, and certain other investments.
      Additional information on the sale of businesses and fixed assets is given in Note 6 — Disposals.
Note 11 — Production and similar taxes
             
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
UK
  495   335   300 
Overseas
  2,515   1,814   1,423 
 
Continuing operations
  3,010   2,149   1,723 
 

F-49


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 12 — Depreciation, depletion and amortization
              
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
By business
            
Exploration and Production
            
 
UK
  1,663   1,642   1,612 
 
Rest of Europe
  228   184   168 
 
USA
  2,426   2,407   2,627 
 
Rest of World
  1,716   1,350   1,132 
 
   6,033   5,583   5,539 
 
Refining and Marketing
            
 
UK (a)
  316   318   252 
 
Rest of Europe
  687   645   606 
 
USA
  1,092   1,246   1,063 
 
Rest of World
  297   331   277 
 
   2,392   2,540   2,198 
 
Gas, Power and Renewables
            
 
UK
  47   37   34 
 
Rest of Europe
  20   24   22 
 
USA
  99   80   69 
 
Rest of World
  59   69   35 
 
   225   210   160 
 
Other businesses and corporate
            
 
UK
  203   251   294 
 
Rest of Europe
  130   204   166 
 
USA
  187   199   205 
 
Rest of World
  13   25   43 
 
   533   679   708 
 
By geographical area
            
UK (a)
  2,229   2,248   2,192 
Rest of Europe
  1,065   1,057   962 
USA
  3,804   3,932   3,964 
Rest of World
  2,085   1,775   1,487 
 
   9,183   9,012   8,605 
Innovene operations
  (412)   (483)   (529) 
 
Continuing operations
  8,771   8,529   8,076 
 
(a) UK area includes the UK-based international activities of Refining and Marketing.

F-50


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 13 — Impairment and losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
              
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Impairment
            
 
Exploration and Production
  266   404   1,013 
 
Refining and Marketing
  93   195    
 
Other businesses and corporate
  59   891    
 
   418   1,490   1,013 
 
Loss on sale of businesses or termination of operations
Refining and Marketing
     279   28 
 
Other businesses and corporate
     416    
 
      695   28 
 
Loss on sale of fixed assets
            
 
Exploration and Production
  39   227   403 
 
Refining and Marketing
  64   92   290 
 
Gas, Power and Renewables
        17 
 
Other businesses and corporate
  6      50 
 
   109   319   760 
Loss on remeasurement to fair value less costs to sell and on disposal of Innovene operations
  591       
 
   1,118   2,504   1,801 
Innovene operations
  (650)   (1,114)    
 
Continuing operations
  468   1,390   1,801 
 
Impairment
      In assessing whether a write-down is required in the carrying value of a potentially impaired asset, its carrying value is compared with its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. Given the nature of the Group’s activities, information on the fair value of an asset is usually difficult to obtain unless negotiations with potential purchasers are taking place. Consequently, unless indicated otherwise, the recoverable amount used in assessing the impairment charges described below is value in use. The Group generally estimates value in use using a discounted cash flow model. The future cash flows are usually adjusted for risks specific to the asset and discounted using a pre-tax discount rate of 10% (2004 9% and 2003 9%). This discount rate is derived from the Group’s post-tax weighted average cost of capital. A different pre-tax discount rate is used where the local tax rate is significantly different from the UK or US corporate tax rates.
     Exploration and Production. During 2005, Exploration and Production recognized total charges of $266 million for impairment in respect of producing oil and gas properties. The major element of this was a charge of $226 million relating to fields in the Shelf and Coastal areas of the Gulf of Mexico. The triggers for the impairment tests were primarily the effect of Hurricane Rita, which extensively damaged certain offshore and onshore production facilities, leading to repair costs and higher estimates of the eventual cost of decommissioning the production facilities and, in addition, reduced estimates of

F-51


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 13 — Impairment and losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets (continued)
the quantities of hydrocarbons recoverable from some of these fields. The recoverable amount was based on management’s estimate of fair value less costs to sell consistent with recent transactions in the area. The remainder related to fields in the UK North Sea, which were tested for impairment following a review of the economic performance of these assets. During 2004, as a result of impairment triggers, reviews were conducted that have resulted in impairment charges of $83 million in respect of King’s Peak in the Gulf of Mexico, $20 million in respect of two fields in the Gulf of Mexico Shelf Matagorda Island area and $184 million in respect of various US onshore fields. A charge of $88 million was reflected in respect of a gas processing plant in the US and a charge of $60 million following the blow-out of the Temsah platform in Egypt. In addition, following the lapse of the sale agreement for oil and gas properties in Venezuela, $31 million of the previously booked impairment charge was released. The 2003 charge for impairment includes a charge of $296 million for four fields in the Gulf of Mexico, following technical reassessment and re-evaluation of future investment options; charges of $133 million and $49 million respectively for the Miller and Viscount fields in the UK North Sea as a result of a decision not to proceed with waterflood and gas import options and a reserve write-down respectively; a charge of $105 million for the Yacheng field in China; a charge of $108 million for the Kepadong field in Indonesia; and $47 million for the Eugene Island/ West Cameron fields in the US as a result of reserve write-downs following completion of our routine full technical reviews. In addition, there were impairment charges of $217 million and $58 million for oil and gas properties in Venezuela and Canada respectively, based on fair value less costs to sell for transactions expected to complete in early 2004.
     Refining and Marketing. During 2005, certain retail assets were written down to fair value less costs to sell. With the formation of Olefins and Derivatives at the end of 2004, certain agreements and assets were restructured to reflect the arm’s-length relationship that would exist in the future. This has resulted in an impairment of the petrochemicals facilities at Hull, UK.
     Other businesses and corporate. The impairment charge for 2005 relates to the write-off of additional goodwill on the Solvay transactions. In 2004, in connection with the Solvay transactions, the Group recognized impairment charges of $325 million for goodwill and $270 million for property, plant and equipment in BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe. As part of a restructuring of the North American Olefins and Derivatives businesses, decisions were taken to exit certain businesses and facilities, resulting in impairments and write-downs of $294 million.
Loss on sale of businesses or termination of operations
      The principal transactions that give rise to these losses for each segment are described below.
     Refining and Marketing. In 2004, activities included the closure of two manufacturing plants at Hull, UK, which produced acids; the sale of the European speciality intermediate chemicals business; and the closure of the lubricants operation of the Coryton refinery in the UK and of refining operations at the ATAS refinery in Mersin, Turkey. For 2003, divestments included the sale of the Group’s European oil speciality products business.
     Other businesses and corporate. For 2004, activities included the sale of the US speciality intermediate chemicals business; the sale of the fabrics and fibres business; and the closure of the linear alpha-olefins production facility at Pasadena, Texas.

F-52


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 13 — Impairment and losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets (concluded)
Loss on sale of fixed assets
      The principal transactions that give rise to these losses for each segment are described below.
     Exploration and Production. The Group divested interests in a number of oil and natural gas properties in all three years. For 2004, this included interests in oil and natural gas properties in Indonesia and the Gulf of Mexico. In 2003, this included losses on exploration and production properties in China, Norway and the US.
     Refining and Marketing. For 2004, the principal transactions contributing to the loss were divestment of the Singapore refinery and retail churn. For 2003, loss arose from retail churn and the sale of refinery and retail interests in Germany and central Europe.
Note 14 — Impairment of goodwill
             
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Exploration and Production
  4,371   4,371   4,371 
Refining and Marketing
  5,955   6,418   6,151 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  45   43   49 
Other businesses and corporate
     25   21 
 
Goodwill as at December 31
  10,371   10,857   10,592 
 
      Goodwill acquired through business combinations has been allocated first to segments and then down to the next level of cash-generating unit that is expected to benefit from the synergies of the acquisition. For Exploration and Production, goodwill has been allocated to each geographic region, that is UK, Rest of Europe, US and Rest of World, and for Refining and Marketing, goodwill has been allocated to strategic performance units (SPUs), namely Refining, Retail, Lubricants, Aromatics and Acetyls and Business Marketing.
      In assessing whether goodwill has been impaired, the carrying amount of the cash-generating unit (including goodwill) is compared with the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In the absence of any information about the fair value of a cash-generating unit, the recoverable amount is deemed to be the value in use.
      The Group generally estimates value in use using a discounted cash flow model. The future cash flows are usually adjusted for risks specific to the asset and discounted using a pre-tax discount rate of 10% (2004 9% and 2003 9%). This discount rate is derived from the Group’s post-tax weighted average cost of capital. A different pre-tax discount rate is used where the local tax rate is significantly different from the UK or US corporate tax rates.
      The five-year Group plan, which is approved on an annual basis by senior management, is the source for information for the determination of the various values in use. It contains implicit forecasts for oil and natural gas production, refinery throughputs, sales volumes for various types of refined products (e.g. gasoline and lubricants), revenues, costs and capital expenditure. As an initial step to the preparation of this plan, various environmental assumptions, such as oil prices, natural gas prices, refining margins, refined product margins and cost inflation rates, are set by senior management. These

F-53


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 14 — Impairment of goodwill (continued)
environmental assumptions take account of existing prices, global supply-demand equilibrium for oil and natural gas, other macroeconomic factors and historical trends and variability.
      For the purposes of impairment testing, the Group’s oil price assumption is for the Brent oil price to drop from an average 2005 price of $55 per barrel in equal annual steps over the next three years to $25 per barrel in 2009 and to remain flat thereafter (2004 $38 per barrel stepping down to $20 per barrel in 2008 and beyond and 2003 $29 per barrel stepping down to $20 per barrel in 2007 and beyond). Similarly, Henry Hub natural gas prices drop from an average $8.65 per mmBtu in 2005 to $4.00 per mmBtu in 2009 and beyond (2004 $6.15 per mmBtu stepping down to $3.50 per mmBtu in 2008 and beyond and 2003 $5.35 per mmBtu stepping down to $3.50 per mmBtu in 2007 and beyond). These prices are adjusted to arrive at appropriate consistent price assumptions for different qualities of oil and gas.
Exploration and Production
      The value in use is based on the cash flows expected to be generated by the projected oil or natural gas production profiles up to the expected dates of cessation of production of each producing field. The date of cessation of production depends on the interaction of a number of variables, such as the recoverable quantities of hydrocarbons, the production profile of the hydrocarbons, the cost of the development of the infrastructure necessary to recover the hydrocarbons, the production costs, the contractual duration of the production concession and the selling price of the hydrocarbons produced. As each producing field has specific reservoir characteristics and economic circumstances, the cash flows of the fields are computed using appropriate individual economic models and key assumptions agreed by BP’s management for the purpose. Cash outflows and hydrocarbon production quantities for the first five years are agreed as part of the annual planning process. Thereafter, estimated production quantities and cash outflows up to the date of cessation of production are developed to be consistent with this.
      The following table shows the carrying value of the goodwill allocated to each of the regions of the Exploration and Production segment and the amount by which the recoverable amount (value in use) exceeds the carrying amount of the goodwill and other noncurrent assets in the cash-generating units to which the goodwill has been allocated. No impairment charge is required.
                     
    Rest of   Rest of  
  UK Europe USA World Total
 
  ($ million)
At December 31, 2005
                    
Goodwill
  341      3,515   515   4,371 
Excess of recoverable amount over carrying amount
  3,205   n/a   6,421   28,088    
 
At December 31, 2004
                    
Goodwill
  341      3,515   515   4,371 
Excess of recoverable amount over carrying amount
  2,045   n/a   3,332   14,094    
 
At December 31, 2003
                    
Goodwill
  341      3,515   515   4,371 
Excess of recoverable amount over carrying amount
  3,466   n/a   4,734   15,119    
 

F-54


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 14 — Impairment of goodwill (continued)
      The key assumptions required for the value in use estimation are the oil and natural gas prices, production volumes and the discount rate. To test the sensitivity of the excess of the recoverable amount over the carrying amount of goodwill and other noncurrent assets shown above (the headroom) to changes in production volumes and oil and natural gas prices, management has developed ‘rules of thumb’ for these two key assumptions. Applying these gives an indication of the impact on the headroom of possible changes in the key assumptions.
      On the basis of the rules of thumb using estimated 2006 production profiles extrapolated over an average 15-yearproduction life, it is estimated that a long-term decrease of $1 per barrel in the price of Brent crude or $0.1 per mmBtu of Henry Hub gas with corresponding adjustments to other prices would cause the above excess of recoverable amount over carrying amount to be reduced by $3.3 billion in respect of oil production and $0.6 billion for gas production. Consequently, it is estimated that the long-term price of Brent crude that would cause the total recoverable amount to be equal to the total carrying amount of the goodwill and related noncurrent assets for individual cash-generating units would be of the order of $25 per barrel for the UK and $26 per barrel for the US. No reasonably possible change in oil or gas prices would cause the headroom in Rest of World to be reduced to zero.
      Estimated production volumes are based on detailed data for the fields and take into account development plans for the fields agreed by management as part of the long-term planning process. It is estimated that, if all our production were to be reduced by 10% for the whole of the next 15 years, this would not be sufficient to reduce the excess of recoverable amount over the carrying amounts of the individual cash-generating units to zero. Consequently, management believes no reasonably possible change in the production assumption would cause the carrying amount of goodwill and other noncurrent assets to exceed their recoverable amount.
Refining and Marketing
      For all cash-generating units, the cash flows for the next five years are derived from the five-year Group plan. The cost inflation rate is assumed to be 2.5% (2004 2.5% and 2003 2.5%) throughout the period. For determining the value in use for each of the SPUs, cash flows for a period of 10 years have been discounted and aggregated with its terminal value.
     Refining. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 2% growth rate (2004 4% and 2003 2%).
      The key assumptions to which the calculation of value in use for the Refining unit is most sensitive are gross margins, production volumes and the terminal value. The value assigned to the gross margin is based on $5.25 per barrel global indicator margin (GIM), which is then adjusted for specific refinery configurations (2004 $2.70 per barrel and 2003 $2.70 per barrel), except in the first year of the plan period when a GIM of $7.25 is used, reflecting market conditions expected in the near term. The value assigned to the production volume is 900mmbbl a year (2004 900mmbbl and 2003 1,100mmbbl) and remains constant over the plan period. The value assigned to the terminal value assumption is 5 times earnings (2004 5 times and 2003 5 times), which is indicative of similar assets in the current market. These key assumptions reflect past experience and are consistent with external sources.
      The Refining unit’s recoverable amount exceeds its carrying amount by $13.6 billion. Based on sensitivity analysis, it is estimated that if the GIM changes by $1 per barrel, the Refining unit’s value in use changes by $7.7 billion and, if there is an adverse change in the GIM of $1.75 per barrel, the

F-55


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 14 — Impairment of goodwill (continued)
recoverable amount of the Refining unit would equal its carrying amount. If the volume assumption changes by 5% the Refining unit’s value in use changes by $3.1 billion and if there is an adverse change in Refining volumes of 200mmbbl a year, the recoverable amount of the Refining unit would equal its carrying amount. If the multiple of earnings used in the terminal value changes by 1 then the Refining unit’s value in use changes by $1.7 billion. Management believes no reasonably possible change in the multiple of earnings used in the terminal value would lead to the Refining value in use being equal to its carrying amount.
     Retail. The cash flows beyond the five-year period assume no growth in fuel margins (2004 1% decline and 2003 no growth), reflecting a competitive marketplace.
      The key assumptions to which the calculation of value in use for the Retail unit is most sensitive are unit gross margins, branded marketing volumes, the terminal value and discount rate. The value assigned to the unit gross margin varies between markets. For the purpose of planning, each market develops a gross margin based on a market-specific reference price adjusted for the different income streams within the market and other market specific factors. The weighted average Retail reference margin used in the plan was 5.4 cents per litre (2004 4.6 cents per litre and 2003 4.3 cents per litre). The value assigned to the branded marketing volume assumption is 101 billion litres a year (2004 106 billion litres a year and 2003 107 billion litres a year). The unit gross margin assumptions decline on average by 0.8% a year over the plan period and marketing volume assumptions grow by an average of 2% a year over the plan period. The value assigned to the terminal value assumption is 6.5 times earnings (2004 6.5 times and 2003 6.5 times), which is indicative of similar assets in the current market. These key assumptions reflect past experience and are consistent with external sources.
      The Retail unit’s recoverable amount exceeds its carrying amount by $1.5 billion. It is estimated that, if there is an adverse change in the unit gross margin of 7.5%, the recoverable amount of the Retail unit would equal its carrying amount. It is estimated that, if the volume assumption changes by 5%, the Retail unit’s value in use changes by $1 billion and, if there is an adverse change in Retail volumes of 8 billion litres a year, the recoverable amount of the Retail unit would equal its carrying amount. If the multiple of earnings used in the terminal value changes by 1 then the Retail unit’s value in use changes by $0.5 billion and, if the multiple of earnings falls to 3 times, then the Retail value in use would equal its carrying amount. A change of 1% in the discount rate would change the Retail value in use by $0.7 billion and, if the discount rate increases to 12%, the value in use of the Retail unit would equal its carrying amount.
     Lubricants. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 3% sales volume growth rate (2004 3% and 2003 3%), which is lower than the long-term average growth rate for the first five years. The terminal value for the Lubricants unit represents cash flows discounted to perpetuity. For the Lubricants unit, the key assumptions to which the calculation of value in use is most sensitive are operating margin, sales volumes and the discount rate. The values assigned to the operating margin and sales volumes are 49 cents per litre (2004 51 cents per litre and 2003 55 cents per litre) and 3.3 billion litres a year (2004 3.3 billion litres and 2003 3.4 billion litres). These key assumptions reflect past experience.
      The Lubricants unit’s recoverable amount exceeds its carrying amount by $4.0 billion. If there is an adverse change in the operating gross margin of 10 cents per litre, the recoverable amount of the Lubricants unit would equal its carrying amount. If the sales volume assumption changes by 5%, the Lubricants unit’s value in use changes by $1.1 billion and, if there is an adverse change in Lubricants sales volumes of 600 million litres, the recoverable amount of the Lubricants unit would equal its

F-56


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 14 — Impairment of goodwill (concluded)
carrying amount. A change of 1% in the discount rate would change the Lubricants unit’s value in use by $0.7 billion and, if the discount rate increases to 17%, the value in use of the Lubricants unit would equal its carrying amount.
                     
  Refining Retail Lubricants Other Total
 
  ($ million)
At December 31, 2005
                    
Goodwill
  1,388   832   3,612   123   5,955 
Excess of recoverable amount over carrying amount
  13,593   1,511   3,953   n/a    
 
At December 31, 2004
                    
Goodwill
  1,404   878   4,008   128   6,418 
Excess of recoverable amount over carrying amount
  13,250   4,111   4,082   n/a    
 
At December 31, 2003
                    
Goodwill
  1,398   907   3,703   143   6,151 
Excess of recoverable amount over carrying amount
  12,728   3,083   3,685   n/a    
 
Other businesses and corporate
      In November 2004, Solvay exercised its option to sell its interests in BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe and BP Solvay Polyethylene North America to BP. Solvay held 50% of BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe and 51% of BP Solvay Polyethylene North America. The total consideration for the acquisition was $1,391 million. See Note 4 — Acquisitions, for more information.
      The methodology to determine the option exercise price was laid out in the original agreement creating the polyethylene joint venture. Management believed that this price was high compared with the likely recoverable amount for the businesses and conducted an impairment test.
      The cash flows for the next five years were derived from the five-year Group plan. Cost inflation rate was assumed to be 2% throughout the period. For determining the value in use for each of the businesses, a period of 20 years was used, with a terminal value based on the value of working capital releases. Cash flows beyond the five-year period were extrapolated based on the final year of the five-year Group plan using unchanged margin and volume assumptions for the subsequent years.
      The key assumptions to which the calculations of value in use were most sensitive were variable contribution margin, production volumes and discount rate. The values assigned to the variable contribution margin were rising across the plan period from $175 to $179 per tonne for Europe and $153 to $194 per tonne for US and annual sales volumes were also rising in the plan period from 1,065,000 tonnes to 1,273,000 tonnes in Europe and from 882,000 tonnes to 907,000 tonnes in the US. These key assumptions reflected past experience and were consistent with external sources.
      The recoverable amount of the European business was $631 million lower than the acquisition fair values. This impairment was first applied to the goodwill amount of $325 million and the balance recognized against the carrying value of property, plant and equipment. The recoverable amount of the US business exceeded its carrying amount by $289 million. There were additional selling costs and closing adjustments of $59 million in 2005, which created additional goodwill of $59 million. This was impaired in 2005.

F-57


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 15 — Distribution and administration expenses
             
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Distribution
  13,187   12,325   11,570 
Administration
  1,325   1,284   1,384 
 
   14,512   13,609   12,954 
Innovene operations
  (806)  (841)  (684)
 
Continuing operations
  13,706   12,768   12,270 
 
Note 16 — Currency exchange gains and losses
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Currency exchange (gains) and losses charged (credited) to income
  94   55   (129)
Innovene operations
  (80)  (13)  (3)
 
Continuing operations
  14   42   (132)
 
Note 17 — Research
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Expenditure on research
  502   439   349 
Innovene operations
  (128)  (139)  (115)
 
Continuing operations
  374   300   234 
 
Note 18 — Operating leases
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Minimum lease payments
  1,841   1,840   1,447 
Sub-lease rentals
  (110)  (109)  (128)
 
   1,731   1,731   1,319 
Innovene operations
  (49)  (89)  (68)
 
Continuing operations
  1,682   1,642   1,251 
 

F-58


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 18 — Operating leases (concluded)
      The minimum future lease payments excluding executory costs (before deducting related rental income from operating sub-leases of $718 million) were as follows:
              
  At December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Payable within
            
 
1 year
  1,643   1,534   1,369 
 
2 to 5 years
  4,666   3,778   3,783 
 
Thereafter
  4,579   3,275   3,572 
 
   10,888   8,587   8,724 
 
      The Group has entered into operating leases on ships, plant and machinery, commercial vehicles, land and buildings, including service station sites and office accommodation. The ship leases represent approximately 52% of the minimum future lease payments. The typical durations of the leases are as follows:
     
  Years
 
Ships
  Up to 25 
Plant and machinery
  Up to 10 
Commercial vehicles
  Up to 15 
Land and buildings
  Up to 40 
 
      Generally these leases have no renewal options. There are no financial restrictions placed upon the lessee by entering into these leases. The Group also routinely enters into time charters and spot charters for ships on standard industry terms.
      The following information is presented in compliance with the requirements of US GAAP.
      The minimum future lease payments including executory costs of $439 million (after deducting related rental income from operating sub-leases of $718 million) were as follows:
     
  At December 31,
  2005
 
  ($ million)
2006
  1,569 
2007
  1,473 
2008
  1,069 
2009
  1,009 
2010
  953 
Thereafter
  4,536 
 
   10,609 
 

F-59


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 19 — Exploration for and evaluation of oil and natural gas resources
      The following financial information represents the amounts included within the corresponding group and Exploration and Production segment totals for the exploration for and evaluation of oil and natural gas resources activity.
              
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Exploration and evaluation costs
            
 
Exploration expenditure written off
  305   274   297 
 
Other exploration costs
  379   363   245 
 
Exploration expense for the year
  684   637   542 
 
Intangible assets
  4,008   3,761   4,236 
 
Net assets
  4,008   3,761   4,236 
 
Capital expenditure
  950   754   579 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
  379   363   245 
Net cash used in investing activities
  950   754   579 
 
Note 20 — Auditors’ remuneration
                           
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  UK Total UK Total UK Total
 
  ($ million)
Audit fees — Ernst & Young
                        
 
Group audit
  25   47   13   27   8   18 
 
Audit-related regulatory reporting
  3   6   4   7   2   5 
 
Statutory audit of subsidiaries
  7   23   4   16   3   13 
 
   35   76   21   50   13   36 
Innovene operations
  (8)  (8)  (2)  (2)  (2)  (2)
 
Continuing operations
  27   68   19   48   11   34 
 
Fees for other services — Ernst & Young
                        
 
Further assurance services
                        
  
Acquisition and disposal due diligence
  2   2   6   7   9   9 
  
Pension scheme audits
     1      1      1 
  
Other further assurance services
  6   7   6   9   5   9 
 
Tax services
                        
  
Compliance services
  5   10   3   13   3   17 
  
Advisory services
           1      2 
 
   13   20   15   31   17   38 
Innovene operations
     (1)     (1)      
 
Continuing operations
  13   19   15   30   17   38 
 

F-60


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 20 — Auditors’ remuneration (concluded)
      Audit fees for 2005 include $4 million of additional fees for 2004. Audit fees are included in the income statement within distribution and administration expenses.
      The audit committee has established pre-approval policies and procedures for the engagement of Ernst & Young to render audit and certain assurance and tax services. The audit fees payable to Ernst & Young are reviewed by the audit committee in the context of other global companies for cost-effectiveness. Ernst & Young performed further assurance and tax services that were not prohibited by regulatory or other professional requirements and were pre-approved by the committee. Ernst & Young is engaged for these services when its expertise and experience of BP are important. Most of this work is of an audit nature. Tax services were awarded either through a full competitive tender process or following an assessment of the expertise of Ernst & Young relative to that of other potential service providers. These services are for a fixed term.
      Fees paid to major firms of accountants other than Ernst & Young for other services amount to $151 million (2004 $82 million and 2003 $44 million).
Note 21 — Finance costs
             
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Bank loans and overdrafts
  44   34   38 
Other loans
  828   573   600 
Finance leases
  38   37   34 
 
Interest payable
  910   644   672 
Capitalized at 4.25% (2004 3% and 2003 3%) (a)
  (351)  (204)  (190)
Early redemption of borrowings and finance leases
  57      31 
 
Continuing operations
  616   440   513 
 
 
(a) Tax relief on capitalized interest is $123 million (2004 $73 million and 2003 $68 million).

F-61


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 22 — Other finance expense
             
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Interest on pension and other postretirement benefit plan liabilities
  2,022   2,012   1,840 
Expected return on pension and other postretirement benefit plan assets
  (2,138)  (1,983)  (1,500)
 
Interest net of expected return on plan assets
  (116)  29   340 
Unwinding of discount on provisions
  201   196   173 
Unwinding of discount on deferred consideration for acquisition of investment in TNK-BP
  57   91   34 
Change in discount rate for provisions (a)
     41    
 
   142   357   547 
Innovene operations
  3   (17)  (15)
 
Continuing operations
  145   340   532 
 
 
(a) Revaluation of environmental and litigation and other provisions at a different discount rate.
Note 23 — Taxation
Tax on profit
              
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Current tax
            
 
Charge for the year
  10,511   7,217   5,061 
 
Adjustment in respect of prior years
  (977)  (308)  (392)
 
   9,534   6,909   4,669 
Innovene operations
  (910)  (48)  54 
 
Continuing operations
  8,624   6,861   4,723 
 
Deferred tax
            
 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences in the current year
  164   138   448 
 
Adjustment in respect of prior years
  (450)  (74)  (67)
 
   (286)  64   381 
Innovene operations
  950   157   (54)
 
Continuing operations
  664   221   327 
 
Tax on profit from continuing operations
  9,288   7,082   5,050 
 

F-62


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 23 — Taxation (continued)
      Tax on profit from continuing operations may be analysed as follows:
              
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Current tax charge
            
 
UK
  880   1,839   1,142 
 
Overseas
  7,744   5,022   3,581 
 
   8,624   6,861   4,723 
 
Deferred tax charge
            
 
UK
  (489)  (218)  289 
 
Overseas
  1,153   439   38 
 
   664   221   327 
 
Total
            
 
UK
  391   1,621   1,431 
 
Overseas
  8,897   5,461   3,619 
 
   9,288   7,082   5,050 
 

F-63


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 23 — Taxation (continued)
Tax included in statement of recognized income and expense
              
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Current tax
            
 
Charge for the year
  45   23   (11)
 
   45   23   (11)
Innovene operations
         
 
Continuing operations
  45   23   (11)
 
Deferred tax
            
 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences in the current year
  309   50   59 
 
Adjustment in respect of prior years
  (95)      
 
   214   50   59 
Innovene operations
         
 
Continuing operations
  214   50   59 
 
Tax included in statement of recognized income and expense
  259   73   48 
 
This comprises:
            
 
Currency translation differences
  (11)  208   37 
 
Exchange gain on translation of foreign operations transferred to loss on sale of businesses
  (95)      
 
Actuarial gain relating to pensions and other postretirement benefits
  356   (96)  16 
 
Share-based payment accrual
     (39)  (5)
 
Net (gain) loss on revaluation of cash flow hedges
  (63)      
 
Unrealized (gain) loss on available-for-sale financial assets
  72       
 
Tax included in statement of recognized income and expense
  259   73   48 
 

F-64


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 23 — Taxation (continued)
Reconciliation of the effective tax rate
      The following table provides a reconciliation of the UK statutory corporation tax rate to the effective tax rate of the Group on profit before taxation from continuing operations.
              
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
  31,421   24,966   17,731 
 
Tax on profit from continuing operations
  9,288   7,082   5,050 
 
Effective tax rate
  30%  28%  28%
 
  % of profit before tax from continuing operations
UK statutory corporation tax rate
  30   30   30 
Increase (decrease) resulting from
            
 
UK supplementary and overseas taxes at higher rates
  9   8   8 
 
Tax reported in equity-accounted entities
  (3)  (3)  (3)
 
Adjustments in respect of prior years
  (3)  (1)  (1)
 
Restructuring benefits
  (1)  (2)  (2)
 
Current year losses unrelieved (prior year losses utilized)
  (3)  (3)  (3)
 
Other
  1   (1)  (1)
 
Effective tax rate
  30   28   28 
 

F-65


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 23 — Taxation (continued)
Deferred tax
                          
  Income statement Balance sheet
 
  2005 2004 2003 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Deferred tax liability
                        
 
Depreciation
  (778)  492   (716)  18,529   19,873   18,783 
 
Pension plan surplus
  170   10   199   957   520   468 
 
Other taxable temporary differences
  887   (113)  132   3,864   2,979   2,956 
 
   279   389   (385)  23,350   23,372   22,207 
 
Deferred tax asset
                        
 
Petroleum revenue tax
  121   77   26   (407)  (581)  (613)
 
Pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan deficits
  220   92   501   (1,822)  (2,068)  (2,530)
 
Decommissioning, environmental and other provisions
  (329)  106   76   (2,218)  (2,015)  (2,015)
 
Derivative financial instruments
  (629)        (807)      
 
Tax credit and loss carry-forward
  (245)  6   231   (253)  (5)  (12)
 
Other deductible temporary differences
  297   (606)  (68)  (1,585)  (2,002)  (986)
 
   (565)  (325)  766   (7,092)  (6,671)  (6,156)
 
Net deferred tax liability
  (286)  64   381   16,258   16,701   16,051 
 
             
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Analysis of movements during the year
            
At January 1,
  16,701   16,051   15,045 
Adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39
  (112)      
 
Restated
  16,589   16,051   15,045 
Exchange adjustments
  (178)  358   566 
Charge for the year on ordinary activities
  (286)  64   381 
Charge for the year in the statement of recognized income and expense
  214   50   59 
Other movements
  (81)  178    
 
At December 31,
  16,258   16,701   16,051 
 
Factors that may effect future tax charges
      The Group earns income in many different countries and, on average, pays taxes at rates higher than the UK statutory rate. The overall impact of these higher taxes, which include the supplementary charge of 10% on UK North Sea profits, is subject to changes in enacted tax rates and the country mix of the Group’s income. The UK government has announced that the supplementary charge will be increased to 20% with effect from January 1, 2006. If this change is enacted, it will increase the

F-66


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 23 — Taxation (continued)
Group’s ongoing effective tax rate by 1-2%, and will also require a deferred tax adjustment resulting in a further 2% increase in the tax rate for 2006. The impact of this increase, together with the other factors outlined below, is likely to increase the effective tax rate by around 4-5% in future years.
      Under International Financial Reporting Standards, the results of equity-accounted entities are reported within the Group’s profit before taxation on a post-tax basis. The impact of this treatment is to reduce the reported effective tax rate by around 3%. This effect is expected to continue for the foreseeable future.
      In 2005, the Group released around $1 billion of income tax provisions that had been set up in previous years, reflecting a revised assessment of risks. It is unlikely that a similar release of provisions will occur in future years.
      At December 31, 2005, deferred tax liabilities were recognized for all taxable temporary differences:
 — Except where the deferred tax liability arises on goodwill that is not tax deductible or the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and
 
 — In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.
      At December 31, 2005, deferred tax assets were recognized for all deductible temporary differences, carry forward of unused tax assets and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences and the carry forward of unused tax assets and unused tax losses can be utilized:
 — Except where the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; and
 
 — In respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled entities, deferred tax assets are only recognized to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.
      The Group has around $5.1 billion (2004 $7.7 billion and 2003 $4.5 billion) of carry-forward tax losses in the UK and Germany, which would be available to offset against future taxable income. At the end of 2005, $176 million of deferred tax assets were recognized on these losses (2004 no tax asset and 2003 $86 million of assets were recognized). Tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is considered more likely than not that suitable taxable income will arise. Carry-forward losses in other taxing jurisdictions have not been recognized as deferred tax assets and are unlikely to have a significant effect on the Group’s tax rate in future years.
      The major component of temporary differences in the current year are tax depreciation, US inventory holding gains (classified under other taxable temporary differences) and derivative financial

F-67


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 23 — Taxation (concluded)
instruments. Based on current capital investment plans, the Group expects that temporary differences arising in future years from differences between tax allowances and depreciation will be at levels similar to the current year.
Note 24 — Quarterly results of operations (unaudited)
                 
        Profit from
  Sales and Profit before Profit continuing
  other interest and taxation from operations
  operating from continuing continuing per ordinary
  revenues operations operations share
 
  ($ million)   (cents)
Year ended December 31, 2005
                
First quarter
  52,346   9,040   6,359   29.37 
Second quarter
  58,320   8,010   5,556   25.81 
Third quarter
  66,716   10,052   7,197   33.87 
Fourth quarter
  62,410   5,080   3,021   14.33 
 
Total
  239,792   32,182   22,133   103.38 
 
Year ended December 31, 2004
                
First quarter
  45,639   6,989   4,920   22.12 
Second quarter
  51,549   6,198   4,323   19.55 
Third quarter
  43,756   6,627   4,791   21.85 
Fourth quarter
  51,080   5,932   3,850   17.57 
 
Total
  192,024   25,746   17,884   81.09 
 
      As indicated in Note 3, the Group identified a further transition adjustment in respect of its basis of accounting for over-the-counter forward sales and purchases of oil, gas, NGLs and power subsequent to the publication of its quarterly earnings releases for the first, second and third quarters of 2005. The sales and other operating revenues for the total group (including Innovene operations) included in those earnings releases are shown below:
          
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
As originally reported
        
 
First quarter
  78,998   68,461 
 
Second quarter
  86,817   70,314 
 
Third quarter
  99,677   68,427 
As revised
        
 
First quarter
  58,552   50,244 
 
Second quarter
  64,050   55,756 
 
Third quarter
  72,467   48,151 
 

F-68


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 25 — Dividends
                                       
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003 2005 2004 2003 2005 2004 2003
 
  (pence per share) (cents per share) ($ million)
Dividends announced and paid
                                    
 
Preference shares
                          2   2   2 
 
Ordinary shares
                                    
  
March
  4.522   3.674   3.815   8.50   6.75   6.25   1,823   1,492   1,397 
  
June
  4.450   3.807   3.947   8.50   6.75   6.25   1,808   1,477   1,385 
  
September
  5.119   3.860   4.039   8.925   7.10   6.50   1,871   1,536   1,433 
  
December
  5.061   3.910   3.857   8.925   7.10   6.50   1,855   1,534   1,437 
 
   19.152   15.251   15.658   34.85   27.70   25.50   7,359   6,041   5,654 
 
Dividend announced per ordinary share, payable in March 2006
  5.288         9.375         1,923       
 
      The Group does not account for dividends until they have been paid. The accounts for the year ended December 31, 2005 do not reflect the dividend announced on February 7, 2006 and payable in March 2006; this will be treated as an appropriation of profit in the year ended December 31, 2006.
Note 26 — Profit per ordinary share
             
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  (cents per share)
Basic earnings per share
  104.25   78.24   56.14 
Diluted earnings per share
  103.05   76.87   55.61 
 
      Basic earnings per ordinary share amounts are calculated by dividing the profit for the year attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. The average number of shares outstanding excludes treasury shares and the shares held by the Employee Share Ownership Plans.
      For the diluted earnings per share calculation, the profit attributable to ordinary shareholders is adjusted for the unwinding of the discount on the deferred consideration for the acquisition of our interest in TNK-BP. The weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year is adjusted for the number of shares to be issued for the deferred consideration for the acquisition of our interest in

F-69


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 26 — Profit per ordinary share (concluded)
TNK-BP and the number of shares that would be issued on conversion of outstanding share options into ordinary shares using the treasury stock method.
              
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders
            
 
Continuing operations
  21,842   17,697   12,511 
 
Discontinued operations
  184   (622)  (63)
 
   22,026   17,075   12,448 
Unwinding of discount on deferred consideration for acquisition of investment in TNK-BP (net of tax)
  40   64   24 
 
Diluted profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders
  22,066   17,139   12,472 
 
             
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  (shares thousand)
Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares
  21,125,902   21,820,535   22,170,741 
Potential dilutive effect of ordinary shares issuable under employee share schemes
  87,743   56,985   65,931 
Potential dilutive effect of ordinary shares issuable as consideration for BP’s interest in the TNK-BP joint venture
  197,802   415,016   186,980 
 
   21,411,447   22,292,536   22,423,652 
 
      The number of ordinary shares outstanding at December 31, 2005 was 20,657,044,719. Between the reporting date and June 28, 2006 there has been a net decrease of 646,632,990 in the number of ordinary shares outstanding as a result of share buybacks net of share issues. The number of potential ordinary shares through the exercise of employee share options was 108,596,993 at December 31, 2005. There has been an increase of 2,556,613 in the number of potential ordinary shares between the reporting date and June 28, 2006.
      Earnings (loss) per share for the discontinued operations is derived from the net profit (loss) attributable to ordinary shareholders from discontinued operations of $184 million profit (2004 $622 million loss and 2003 $63 million loss), divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares for both basic and diluted amounts as shown above.

F-70


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 27 — Property, plant and equipment
                                     
              Oil depots,    
        Plant, Fixtures   storage   Of which:
      Oil and machinery fittings and   tanks and   Assets
      gas and office Transport- service   under
  Land Buildings properties equipment equipment ation stations Total construction
 
  ($ million)
Cost
                                    
At January 1, 2005
  5,471   1,965   103,967   42,302   1,694   13,588   14,435   183,422   15,038 
Exchange adjustments
  (387)  (136)  (15)  (2,364)  (180)  (4)  (1,117)  (4,203)  (66)
Acquisitions
  19   3         1         23   27 
Additions
  41   191   8,773   2,451   383   133   816   12,788   10,467 
Transfers
        325               325   (8,668)
Deletions
  (568)  (69)  (2,675)  (13,609)  (784)  (451)  (885)  (19,041)  (683)
 
At December 31, 2005
  4,576   1,954   110,375   28,780   1,114   13,266   13,249   173,314   16,115 
 
Depreciation
                                    
At January 1, 2005
  863   538   54,012   19,556   726   7,141   7,494   90,330     
Exchange adjustments
  (17)  (60)  (7)  (916)  (67)  (76)  (496)  (1,639)    
Charge for the year
  79   143   5,696   1,691   399   309   704   9,021     
Impairment losses
        266   590         42   898     
Transfers
        6               6     
Deletions
  (216)  (65)  (1,819)  (7,504)  (741)  (270)  (634)  (11,249)    
 
At December 31, 2005
  709   556   58,154   13,417   317   7,104   7,110   87,367     
 
Net book amount at December 31, 2005
  3,867   1,398   52,221   15,363   797   6,162   6,139   85,947   16,115 
 
Cost
                                    
At January 1, 2004
  4,799   2,191   96,991   39,840   1,458   13,099   13,529   171,907   13,957 
Exchange adjustments
  477   68   1,641   1,916   37   182   725   5,046   158 
Acquisitions
  10         1,453            1,463    
Additions
  308   121   8,048   1,863   513   672   869   12,394   10,084 
Transfers
        1,036               1,036   (8,879)
Deletions
  (123)  (415)  (3,749)  (2,770)  (314)  (365)  (688)  (8,424)  (282)
 
At December 31, 2004
  5,471   1,965   103,967   42,302   1,694   13,588   14,435   183,422   15,038 
 
Depreciation
                                    
At January 1, 2004
  815   700   50,028   17,363   796   7,031   6,567   83,300     
Exchange adjustments
  87   27   948   1,193   3   83   369   2,710     
Charge for the year
  50   96   5,203   2,142   197   229   917   8,834     
Impairment losses
        404   761            1,165     
Transfers
        196               196     
Deletions
  (89)  (285)  (2,767)  (1,903)  (270)  (202)  (359)  (5,875)    
 
At December 31, 2004
  863   538   54,012   19,556   726   7,141   7,494   90,330     
 
Net book amount at December 31, 2004
  4,608   1,427   49,955   22,746   968   6,447   6,941   93,092   15,038 
 

F-71


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 27 — Property, plant and equipment (concluded)
                                     
              Oil depots,    
        Plant, Fixtures   storage   Of which:
      Oil and machinery fittings and   tanks and   Assets
      gas and office Transport- service   under
  Land Buildings properties equipment equipment ation stations Total construction
 
  ($ million)
Cost
                                    
At January 1, 2003
  3,838   2,048   98,250   36,214   1,141   12,398   12,184   166,073   12,127 
Exchange adjustments
  713   102   2,461   3,831   56   283   1,073   8,519   216 
Acquisitions
           34            34    
Additions
  297   113   8,737   1,693   497   672   799   12,808   10,800 
Transfers
        820   184            1,004   (7,359)
Fair value adjustment
        (76)              (76)   
Deletions
  (49)  (72)  (13,201)  (2,116)  (236)  (254)  (527)  (16,455)  (1,827)
 
At December 31, 2003
  4,799   2,191   96,991   39,840   1,458   13,099   13,529   171,907   13,957 
 
Depreciation
                                    
At January 1, 2003
  677   612   51,731   15,159   620   6,826   5,505   81,130     
Exchange adjustments
  114   10   1,041   1,383   15   97   430   3,090     
Charge for the year
  44   112   5,310   1,687   290   244   841   8,528     
Impairment losses
        1,013               1,013     
Transfers
        66   (9)           57     
Deletions
  (20)  (34)  (9,133)  (857)  (129)  (136)  (209)  (10,518)    
 
At December 31, 2003
  815   700   50,028   17,363   796   7,031   6,567   83,300     
 
Net book amount at December 31, 2003
  3,984   1,491   46,963   22,477   662   6,068   6,962   88,607   13,957 
 
      Assets held under finance leases at net book amount included above
                                 
              Oil depots  
        Plant, Fixtures   storage  
      Oil and machinery fittings and   tanks and  
      gas and office Transport- service  
  Land Buildings properties equipment equipment ation stations Total
 
  ($ million)
At December 31, 2005
  8   24   46   315   2   9   35   439 
At December 31, 2004
  12   7   45   1,583   7   10   40   1,704 
At December 31, 2003
  14   8   48   1,648   8   12   44   1,782 
      Decommissioning asset at net book amount included above
             
  Cost Depreciation Net
 
  ($ million)
At December 31, 2005
  5,398   2,342   3,056 
At December 31, 2004
  4,425   1,908   2,517 
At December 31, 2003
  3,686   1,606   2,080 

F-72


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 28 — Goodwill
             
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Cost
            
At January 1
  11,182   10,592   10,440 
Exchange adjustments
  (488)  332   476 
Acquisitions
  86   328   5 
Fair value adjustment
        (289)
Deletions
  (409)  (70)  (40)
 
At December 31
  10,371   11,182   10,592 
 
Impairment losses
            
At January 1
  325       
Exchange adjustments
         
Impairment in the year
  59   325    
Deletions
  (384)      
 
At December 31
     325    
 
Net book amount at December 31
  10,371   10,857   10,592 
 

F-73


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 29 — Intangible assets
                                     
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  Exploration Other   Exploration Other   Exploration Other  
  expenditure intangibles Total expenditure intangibles Total expenditure intangibles Total
 
  ($ million)
Cost
                                    
At January 1
  4,311   1,377   5,688   4,977   950   5,927   5,630   900   6,530 
Exchange adjustments
  (66)  (44)  (110)  41   60   101   72   2   74 
Acquisitions
              15   15          
Additions
  950   531   1,481   754   352   1,106   579   136   715 
Transfers
  (325)     (325)  (1,036)     (1,036)  (820)     (820)
Deletions
  (209)  (124)  (333)  (425)     (425)  (484)  (88)  (572)
 
At December 31
  4,661   1,740   6,401   4,311   1,377   5,688   4,977   950   5,927 
 
Amortization
                                    
At January 1
  550   933   1,483   741   715   1,456   686   717   1,403 
Exchange adjustments
  (8)  (32)  (40)  1   40   41   10   2   12 
Charge for the year
  305   161   466   274   178   452   297   77   374 
Transfers
  (6)     (6)  (196)     (196)  (66)     (66)
Deletions
  (188)  (86)  (274)  (270)     (270)  (186)  (81)  (267)
 
At December 31
  653   976   1,629   550   933   1,483   741   715   1,456 
 
Net book amount at December 31
  4,008   764   4,772   3,761   444   4,205   4,236   235   4,471 
 

F-74


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 30 — Investments in jointly controlled entities
      The significant jointly controlled entities of the BP Group at December 31, 2005 are shown in Note 51. The principal joint venture is the TNK-BP joint venture. Summarized financial information for the Group’s share of jointly controlled entities is shown below.
                                      
  2005 2004 2003
 
  TNK-BP Other Total TNK-BP Other Total TNK-BP Other Total
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31,
                                    
Sales and other operating revenues
  15,122   4,255   19,377   7,839   2,225   10,064   1,864   1,795   3,659 
 
Profit before interest and taxation
  3,817   779   4,596   2,421   586   3,007   521   489   1,010 
Finance costs and other finance expense
  128   104   232   101   69   170   37   65   102 
 
Profit before taxation
  3,689   675   4,364   2,320   517   2,837   484   424   908 
Taxation
  976   220   1,196   675   314   989   43   57   100 
Minority interest
  104      104   43      43          
 
Profit for the year
  2,609   455   3,064   1,602   203   1,805   441   367   808 
Innovene operations
     19   19      13   13      18   18 
 
Continuing operations
  2,609   474   3,083   1,602   216   1,818   441   385   826 
 
At December 31,
                                    
Noncurrent assets
  11,564   6,310   17,874   11,715   5,112   16,827   10,312   3,663   13,975 
Current assets
  4,278   1,682   5,960   2,565   1,283   3,848   1,950   1,427   3,377 
 
Total assets
  15,842   7,992   23,834   14,280   6,395   20,675   12,262   5,090   17,352 
 
Current liabilities
  3,617   914   4,531   1,959   981   2,940   1,575   773   2,348 
Noncurrent liabilities
  3,553   2,550   6,103   3,485   560   4,045   3,062   68   3,130 
 
Total liabilities
  7,170   3,464   10,634   5,444   1,541   6,985   4,637   841   5,478 
Minority interest
  583      583   542      542   527      527 
 
   8,089   4,528   12,617   8,294   4,854   13,148   7,098   4,249   11,347 
 
Group investment in jointly controlled entities
                                    
 
Group share of net assets (as above)
  8,089   4,528   12,617   8,294   4,854   13,148   7,098   4,249   11,347 
 
Loans made by Group companies to jointly controlled entities
     939   939      1,408   1,408      1,562   1,562 
 
   8,089   5,467   13,556   8,294   6,262   14,556   7,098   5,811   12,909 
 
      On August 29, 2003, BP and the Alfa Group and Access-Renova (AAR) combined certain of their Russian and Ukrainian oil and gas businesses to create TNK-BP, a new company owned and managed 50:50 by BP and AAR. TNK-BP is a jointly controlled entity accounted for under the equity method. BP contributed its 29% interest in Sidanco, its 29% interest in Rusia Petroleum and its holding in the BP Moscow retail network. There was additional consideration from BP to AAR comprising an immediate $2,604 million in cash (which was subsequently reduced by receipt of pre-acquisition dividends, net of other adjustments, of $298 million) together with annual tranches of $1,250 million in BP shares payable in 2004, 2005 and 2006. There were costs of $45 million in connection with the transaction. The first two tranches were issued in September 2004 and 2005.
      BP also agreed with AAR to incorporate AAR’s 50% interest in Slavneft into TNK-BP in return for $1,418 million in cash (which was subsequently reduced by receipt of pre-acquisition dividends of $64 million to $1,354 million). This transaction was completed on January 16, 2004.

F-75


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 30 — Investments in jointly controlled entities (continued)
      BP’s share of the gross profit of TNK-BP for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $4,413 million (2004 $2,935 million and 2003 $634 million).
      BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe became a subsidiary with effect from November 2, 2004. See Note 4 — Acquisitions, for further information. In 2005, it was sold as part of the Innovene operations.
      During 2004, BP China and Sinopec announced the establishment of the BP-Sinopec (Zhejiang) Petroleum Co. Ltd, a retail joint venture between BP and Sinopec. Based on the existing service station network of Sinopec, the joint venture will build, operate and manage a network of 500 service stations in Hangzhou, Ningbo and Shaoxing. Also during 2004, BP China and PetroChina announced the establishment of BP-PetroChina Petroleum Company Ltd. Located in Guangdong, one of the most developed provinces in China, the joint venture will acquire, build, operate and manage 500 service stations in the province. The initial investment in both joint ventures amounted to $106 million.
      Transactions between the significant jointly controlled entities and the Group are summarized below. In addition to the amount receivable at December 31, 2005 shown below, a further $771 million was receivable from TNK-BP in respect of dividends.
Sales to jointly controlled entities
                             
    2005 2004 2003
 
  Amount   Amount   Amount
  receivable at   receivable at   receivable at
  Product Sales December 31 Sales December 31 Sales December 31
 
  ($ million)
BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe (a)
  Chemicals feedstocks         230      259   33 
Pan American Energy
  Crude oil   75   2   118   4   171   5 
Ruhr Oel
  Employee services   169   527   192   780   188   587 
TNK-BP
  Employee services   125   14   49          
Watson Cogeneration
  Natural gas   272   31   214   10   73   6 
 

F-76


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 30 — Investments in jointly controlled entities (concluded)
Purchases from jointly controlled entities
                             
    2005 2004 2003
 
  Amount   Amount   Amount
  payable at   payable at   payable at
  Product Purchases December 31 Purchases December 31 Purchases December 31
 
  ($ million)
BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe (a)
  Chemicals feedstocks               18   14 
Pan American Energy
  Crude oil   661   81   481   43   381   48 
Ruhr Oel
  Refinery operating   384   134   477   249   435   131 
   costs                         
TNK-BP (b)
  Crude oil and oil   908   17   1,809   80   349   52 
   products                         
Watson Cogeneration
  Electricity and steam   185   19   149   14   248   12 
 
(a)The 2004 BP Solvay Polyethylene Europe sales and purchases shown above relate to the period to November 2, 2004.
 
(b)The 2003 TNK-BP sales and purchases shown above relate to the period from August 29, to December 31, 2003.

F-77


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 31 — Investments in associates
      The significant associates of the Group are shown in Note 51. Summarized financial information for the Group’s share of the aggregate total of revenues, profit, assets and liabilities of associates is set out below.
              
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Sales and other operating revenues
  6,879   5,509   4,101 
 
Profit before interest and taxation
  665   632   513 
Finance costs and other finance expense
  57   48   42 
 
Profit before taxation
  608   584   471 
Taxation
  143   121   80 
 
Profit for the year
  465   463   391 
Innovene operations
  (5)  (1)  (3)
 
Continuing operations
  460   462   388 
 
Noncurrent assets
  5,514   6,023   5,143 
Current assets
  2,248   2,212   1,720 
 
Total assets
  7,762   8,235   6,863 
Current liabilities
  1,755   1,988   1,614 
Noncurrent liabilities
  2,037   2,171   1,280 
 
Total liabilities
  3,792   4,159   2,894 
 
Net assets
  3,970   4,076   3,969 
 
Group investment in associates
Group share of net assets (as above)
  3,970   4,076   3,969 
 
Loans made by Group companies to associates
  2,247   1,410   899 
 
   6,217   5,486   4,868 
 
      BP Solvay Polyethylene North America became a subsidiary with effect from November 2, 2004. See Note 4 — Acquisitions, for further information. In 2005, it was sold as part of the Innovene operations.
      Transactions between the significant associates and the Group are summarized below.

F-78


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 31 — Investments in associates (concluded)
Sales to associates
                             
    2005 2004 2003
 
  Amount   Amount   Amount
  receivable at   receivable at   receivable at
  Product Sales December 31 Sales December 31 Sales December 31
 
  ($ million)
Atlantic LNG Company of Trinidad and Tobago
  LNG   579      414      348    
Atlantic LNG 2/3 Company of Trinidad and Tobago
  LNG   1,157      532      420    
BP Solvay Polyethylene North America(a)
  Chemicals feedstocks         217      241   17 
China American Petrochemical Co. 
  Chemicals feedstocks   393   48   385   81   240   67 
Samsung Petrochemical Co. 
  Chemicals feedstocks   92   13   62   8   55   10 
 
Purchases from associates
                             
    2005 2004 2003
 
  Amount   Amount   Amount
  payable at   payable at   payable at
  Product Purchases December 31 Purchases December 31 Purchases December 31
 
  ($ million)
Abu Dhabi Marine Areas
  Crude oil   1,355   164   866   91   661   61 
Abu Dhabi Petroleum Co. 
  Crude oil   2,260   214   1,547   145   1,122   118 
Atlantic LNG 2/3 Company of Trinidad and Tobago
  Natural gas   190      120      83   10 
BP Solvay Polyethylene North America(a)
  Chemicals feedstocks         9      11   1 
China American Petrochemical Co. 
  Petrochemicals   547   109   455   111   197   83 
Samsung Petrochemical Co. 
  Chemicals feedstocks   626   140   290   17   187   38 
 
(a)The 2004 BP Solvay Polyethylene North America sales and purchases shown above relate to the period to November 2, 2004.

F-79


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 32 — Other investments
              
  At December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
At fair value
            
 
Listed
  830       
 
Unlisted
  137       
 
   967       
 
At cost
            
 
Listed
  508   263   1,284 
 
Unlisted
  173   131   168 
 
   681   394   1,452 
 
Carrying amount at December 31
  967   394   1,452 
 
Fair value at December 31
  967       
 
      Other investments comprise equity investments that have no fixed maturity date or coupon rate.
      For IFRS, these investments are classified as available-for-sale financial assets and as such are recorded at fair value with the gain or loss arising as a result of the change in fair value being recorded directly in equity.
      Prior to 2005, these investments were stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
      The fair value of listed investments has been determined by reference to quoted market bid prices.
      The fair value of the unlisted available-for-sale equity investments are stated at cost as their fair value cannot be reliably measured as they do not have a quoted price in an active market.
Note 33 — Inventories
             
  At December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Crude oil
  5,457   3,659   2,044 
Natural gas
  164   75   605 
Refined petroleum and petrochemicals products
  10,700   8,103   6,080 
 
   16,321   11,837   8,729 
Supplies
  919   911   938 
 
   17,240   12,748   9,667 
Trading inventories
  2,520   2,897   1,930 
 
   19,760   15,645   11,597 
 
Cost of inventories expensed in the income statement
  172,699   135,907   115,978 
 

F-80


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 34 — Trade and other receivables
                         
  At December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  Current Noncurrent Current Noncurrent Current Noncurrent
 
  ($ million)
Trade
  33,565      30,657      23,449    
Jointly controlled entities
  1,345      886      122    
Associates
  186      210   23   337   53 
Other
  5,806   770   5,346   406   3,973   442 
 
   40,902   770   37,099   429   27,881   495 
 
      Trade and other receivables of the Group at December 31, 2005 in currencies other than the functional currency of individual operating units are summarized below.
                      
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Other  
  US dollar Sterling Euro currencies Total
 
  ($ million)
Functional currency
                    
 
US dollar
     404   1,496   458   2,358 
 
Sterling
  1,111      1   1   1,113 
 
Euro
  354   453      1   808 
 
Other currencies
  6,045   15   948      7,008 
 
Total
  7,510   872   2,445   460   11,287 
 
      Trade and other receivables of the Group at December 31, 2005 have the maturities shown below.
     
  At December 31,
  2005
 
  ($ million)
Within one year
  40,902 
1 to 2 years
  129 
2 to 3 years
  82 
3 to 4 years
  56 
4 to 5 years
  51 
Over 5 years
  452 
 
   41,672 
 

F-81


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 34 — Trade and other receivables (concluded)
      The movement in the valuation allowance for trade receivables is set out below.
             
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
At January 1
  526   441   445 
Exchange adjustments
  (30)  6   29 
Charge for the year
  67   254   139 
Utilization
  (189)  (175)  (172)
 
At December 31
  374   526   441 
 
      The carrying amounts of Trade and other receivables approximate their fair value. Trade and other receivables are predominantly non-interest bearing.
Note 35 — Cash and cash equivalents
              
  At December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Cash at bank and in hand
  1,594   1,031   1,871 
Cash equivalents
            
 
Listed
  73   63   79 
 
Unlisted
  1,293   265   106 
 
Carrying amount at December 31
  2,960   1,359   2,056 
 
      For IFRS, cash equivalents are classified as available-for-sale financial assets and as such are recorded at fair value. Prior to 2005, cash equivalents were stated at cost.
Note 36 — Trade and other payables
                         
  At December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  Current Noncurrent Current Noncurrent Current Noncurrent
 
  ($ million)
Trade
  28,614      27,471      20,830    
Jointly controlled entities
  251      637      126    
Associates
  627      865   5   322   4 
Production and similar taxes
  763   1,281   517   1,520   421   1,544 
Social security
  78      122      96    
Other
  11,803   654   8,928   2,056   7,945   3,082 
 
   42,136   1,935   38,540   3,581   29,740   4,630 
 

F-82


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 36 — Trade and other payables (concluded)
      Trade and other payables of the Group at December 31, 2005 in currencies other than the functional currency of individual operating units are summarized below.
                      
  At December 31, 2005
 
  US   Other  
  dollar Sterling Euro currencies Total
 
  ($ million)
Functional currency
                    
 
US dollar
     133   611   339   1,083 
 
Sterling
  1,802      4   12   1,818 
 
Euro
  157   306      38   501 
 
Other currencies
  6,640      17      6,657 
 
Total
  8,599   439   632   389   10,059 
 
      Trade and other payables of the Group at December 31, 2005 have the maturities shown below.
     
  At December 31,
  2005
 
  ($ million)
Within one year
  42,136 
1 to 2 years
  276 
2 to 3 years
  211 
3 to 4 years
  182 
4 to 5 years
  179 
Over 5 years
  1,087 
 
   44,071 
 
      The carrying amounts of Trade and other payables approximate their fair value. Included within other payables is the deferred consideration for the acquisition of our interest in TNK-BP, which was discounted on initial recognition. The remaining Trade and other payables are predominately interest free.
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments
      An outline of the Group’s financial risks and the policies and objectives pursued in relation to those risks is set out in the financial risk management section in Item 11.
      This note contains the disclosures required by IAS 32 for derivative financial instruments. IAS 39 prescribes strict criteria for hedge accounting, whether as a cash flow or fair value hedge, and requires that any derivative that does not meet these criteria should be classified as trading andmarked-to-market. BP adopted IAS 32 and IAS 39 with effect from January 1, 2005 without restating prior periods. Consequently, the Group’s accounting policy under UK GAAP has been used for 2004 and 2003. The policy under UK GAAP and the disclosures required by UK GAAP for derivative financial instruments are shown in Note 39.
      In the normal course of business the Group is a party to derivative financial instruments (derivatives) with off-balance sheet risk, primarily to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign

F-83


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
currency exchange rates and interest rates, including management of the balance between floating rate and fixed rate debt. The Group also manages certain of its exposures to movements in oil, natural gas, NGL and power prices. In addition, the Group trades derivatives in conjunction with these risk management activities.
      The fair value of derivative financial instruments at December 31, 2005 are set out below.
                   
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Fair Contractual Fair Contractual
  value or notional value or notional
  asset amounts liability amounts
 
  ($ million)
Cash flow hedges
                
 
Currency forwards, futures and swaps
  34   666   (94)  3,100 
 
Currency options
     693   (35)  1,470 
 
Commodity futures
  57   274       
 
   91   1,633   (129)  4,570 
 
Fair value hedges
                
 
Currency forwards, futures and swaps
  222   2,566   (124)  1,967 
 
Interest rate swaps
  19   324   (217)  7,521 
 
   241   2,890   (341)  9,488 
 
Hedges of net investments in foreign entities
  63   346       
 
Derivatives held for trading
                
 
Currency derivatives
  41   634   (18)  1,687 
 
Oil derivatives
  2,765   56,394   (2,826)  52,524 
 
Natural gas and NGL derivatives
  6,836   148,794   (6,307)  128,330 
 
Power derivatives
  3,341   25,793   (3,158)  26,618 
 
   12,983   231,615   (12,309)  209,159 
 
   13,378   236,484   (12,779)  223,217 
 
Of which — current
  3,652       (9,083)    
  
 — noncurrent
  9,726       (3,696)    
 
Embedded derivatives held for trading
Natural gas contracts
  587   4,620   (3,098)  8,563 
 
Interest rate contracts
        (30)  150 
 
   587   4,620   (3,128)  8,713 
 
Cash flow hedges
      At December 31, 2005, the Group held forward currency contracts, cylinders and options that were being used to hedge the foreign currency risk of highly probable transactions. Changes in the fair value of instruments used as hedges are not recognized in the accounts until the position matures. The hedges were assessed to be highly effective.

F-84


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
      An analysis of these changes in fair value is as follows:
     
  Net fair
  value
 
  ($ million)
Fair value of cash flow hedges at January 1, 2005
  198 
Change in fair value during the year
  (191)
Fair value recognized in income statement during the year
  (8)
Fair value on capital expenditure hedging recycled into carrying value of assets during the year
  (37)
 
Fair value of cash flow hedges at December 31, 2005
  (38)
 
      Cash flow hedges have the following maturities:
         
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Fair value Fair value
  asset liability
 
  ($ million)
Within one year
  54   (108)
1 to 2 years
  19   (17)
2 to 3 years
  3   (3)
3 to 4 years
  6   (1)
4 to 5 years
  2    
Over 5 years
  7    
 
   91   (129)
 
      Derivative assets related to foreign exchange risks of cash flow hedges are denominated in the following currencies:
                      
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Currencies purchased forward
 
  Other  
  US dollar Sterling Euro currencies Total
 
  ($ million)
Currencies sold forward
                    
 
US dollar
  57   15   15   1   88 
 
Sterling
        3      3 
 
   57   15   18   1   91 
 

F-85


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
      Derivative liabilities related to foreign exchange risks of cash flow hedges are denominated in the following currencies:
                      
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Currencies purchased forward
 
  US   Other  
  dollar Sterling Euro currencies Total
-  
  -------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Currencies sold forward
                    
 
US dollar
     (70)  (40)  (19)  (129)
 
Fair value hedges
      At December 31, 2005, the Group held interest rate and currency swap contracts as fair value hedges of the interest rate risk on fixed rate debt issued by the Group. These hedges were assessed to be highly effective. At December 31, 2005, the loss on fair value hedges included in the carrying value of fixed rate debt was $100 million.
      Fair value hedges have the following maturities:
         
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Fair value Fair value
  asset liability
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Within one year
  185   (51)
1 to 2 years
     (110)
2 to 3 years
  15   (66)
3 to 4 years
  23   (68)
4 to 5 years
     (9)
Over 5 years
  18   (37)
 
   241   (341)
 
      Derivative assets related to foreign exchange risks of fair value hedges are denominated in the following currencies:
                      
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Currencies purchased forward
 
  Other  
  US dollar Sterling Euro currencies Total
-  
  ------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Currencies sold forward
                    
 
US dollar
  19   53   96   50   218 
 
Sterling
        17      17 
 
Euro
        6      6 
 
   19   53   119   50   241 
 

F-86


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
      Derivative liabilities related to foreign exchange risks of fair value hedges are denominated in the following currencies:
                      
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Currencies purchased forward
 
  Other  
  US dollar Sterling Euro currencies Total
-  
  ------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Currencies sold forward
                    
 
US dollar
  (217)  (92)     (32)  (341)
 
      The following table shows the fair value of contracts deferred on the balance sheet. This is where, at contract inception, derivatives are required to be recognized on the balance sheet at fair value, but any gain or loss is not recognized immediately but deferred on the balance sheet. The gain or loss is recognized in the income statement only when the full remaining term of the derivative can be valued against market inputs.
         
  Fair value Fair value
  interest rate exchange rate
  contracts contracts
-  
  ----------------------------($-
  million
Fair value of contracts not recognized through the income statement at January 1, 2005
  (73)  247 
Fair value of new contracts at inception not recognized in the income statement
      
Fair value recycled from equity into the income statement
  (3)  (109)
Other changes in fair values
  (122)  (202)
 
Fair values of contracts not recognized through profit at December 31, 2005
  (198)  (64)
 
Hedges of net investments in foreign entities
      At December 31, 2005, the Group held currency swap contracts as a hedge of a long-term investment in a UK subsidiary. The hedge was assessed to be highly effective. At December 31, 2005, the hedge had a fair value of $63 million and the gain on the hedge recognized in equity was $58 million. US dollars have been sold forward for sterling purchased, with a maturity of 3 to 4 years.
Derivatives held for trading
      The Group maintains active trading positions in a variety of derivatives. This activity is undertaken in conjunction with risk management activities. Derivatives held for trading purposes aremarked-to-market and any gain or loss recognized in the income statement. For traded derivatives, many positions have been neutralized, with trading initiatives being concluded by taking opposite positions to fix a gain or loss, thereby achieving a zero net market risk.

F-87


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
      The following table shows the fair value at December 31, of derivatives and other financial instruments held for trading purposes. The fair values at the year end are not materially unrepresentative of the position throughout the year.
      Derivatives held for trading have the following maturities:
         
  At December 31, 2005
 
 
  Fair value Fair value
  asset liability
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Within one year
  9,487   (8,924)
1 to 2 years
  2,019   (2,155)
2 to 3 years
  685   (677)
3 to 4 years
  455   (278)
4 to 5 years
  145   (121)
Over 5 years
  192   (154)
 
   12,983   (12,309)
 
      Derivative assets held for trading are denominated in the following currencies:
                      
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Currency of denomination
 
  Other  
  US dollar Sterling Euro currencies Total
-  
  -------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Functional currency
                    
 
US dollar
  10,232   137      4   10,373 
 
Sterling
     1,106   1,504      2,610 
 
   10,232   1,243   1,504   4   12,983 
 
      Derivative liabilities held for trading are denominated in the following currencies:
                      
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Currency of denomination
 
  Other  
  US dollar Sterling Euro currencies Total
-  
  ---------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Functional currency
                    
 
US dollar
  (9,223)  (110)        (9,333)
 
Sterling
     (1,453)  (1,523)     (2,976)
 
   (9,223)  (1,563)  (1,523)     (12,309)
 

F-88


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
      Derivative assets held for trading have the following contractual or notional values and maturities:
                              
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Total
  Less than   Over fair
  1 Year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years 4-5 years 5 Years value
 
  ($ million
Currency derivatives
                            
 
Fair value
  28   6   1   1   1   4   41 
 
Notional value
  358   73   51   28   32   92   634 
Oil price derivatives
                            
 
Fair value
  2,476   225   37   19   8      2,765 
 
Notional value
  52,260   3,378   676   45   35      56,394 
Natural gas and NGL price derivatives
                            
 
Fair value
  4,509   1,194   528   292   125   188   6,836 
 
Notional value
  113,897   17,562   8,560   4,021   2,068   2,686   148,794 
Power price derivatives
                            
 
Fair value
  2,474   594   119   143   11      3,341 
 
Notional value
  19,149   5,049   857   535   196      25,786 
 
      Derivative liabilities held for trading have the following contractual or notional values and maturities:
                              
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Total
  Less than   Over fair
  1 Year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years 4-5 years 5 Years value
- )
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Currency derivatives
                            
 
Fair value
  (12)  (4)  (1)  (1)        (18)
 
Notional value
  1,013   177   119   170   67   141   1,687 
Oil price derivatives
                            
 
Fair value
  (2,486)  (275)  (26)  (20)  (19)     (2,826)
 
Notional value
  49,732   2,276   446   35   35      52,524 
Natural gas and NGL price derivatives
                            
 
Fair value
  (3,967)  (1,319)  (591)  (187)  (89)  (154)  (6,307)
 
Notional value
  90,916   25,269   6,457   2,903   1,577   1,208   128,330 
Power price derivatives
                            
 
Fair value
  (2,459)  (557)  (59)  (70)  (13)     (3,158)
 
Notional value
  20,030   4,990   778   625   195      26,618 
 

F-89


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
      The following tables show the changes during the year in the net fair value of derivatives held for trading purposes for 2005.
                 
      Fair value  
  Fair value Fair value natural Fair value
  exchange oil gas and power
  rate price NGL price price
  contracts contracts contracts contracts
-  
  ----------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Fair value of contracts at January 1, 2005
  (54)  (171)  558   177 
Contracts realized or settled in the year
  23   175   (735)  76 
Fair value of new contracts when entered into during the year
        24   10 
Fair value of over-the-counter options at inception
     (73)  (65)  (9)
Change in fair value due to changes in valuation techniques or key assumptions
            
Other changes in fair values
  54   8   747   (71)
 
Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2005
  23   (61)  529   183 
 
      The following table shows the fair value of ‘day one profit’ deferred on the balance sheet.
         
  Fair value  
  natural gas Fair value
  and NGL power
  price price
  contracts contracts
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Fair value of contracts not recognized through the income statement at January 1, 2005
  (15)   
Fair value of new contracts at inception not recognized in the income statement
  (14)  (10)
Fair value recycled from equity into the income statement
      
Other changes in fair values
      
 
Fair value of contracts not recognized through profit at December 31, 2005
  (29)  (10)
 

F-90


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
      The following table shows the net fair value of derivatives held for trading at December 31, 2005 analysed by maturity period and by methodology of fair value estimation.
                             
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Total
  Less than   Over fair
  1 Year 1-2 years 2-3 years 3-4 years 4-5 years 5 years value
-  
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Prices actively quoted
  (100)  (86)  46   42   33   (8)  (73)
Prices sourced from observable data or market corroboration
  660   (48)  (41)  60   (11)     620 
Prices based on models and other valuation methods
  3   (2)  3   75   2   46   127 
 
   563   (136)  8   177   24   38   674 
 
      Prices actively quoted refers to the fair value of contracts valued in whole using prices actively quoted, for example, exchange-traded and UK National Balancing Point (NBP) contracts. Prices provided by other external sources refers to the fair value of contracts valued in part using active quotes and in part using observable, market-corroborated data or internal inputs, for example, swaps and physical forward contracts. Prices based on models and other valuation methods refers to the fair value of a contract valued in part using internal models due to the absence of quoted prices, includingover-the-counter options. The net change in fair value of contracts based on models and other valuation methods during the year is a gain of $130 million.
Concentrations of credit risk
      The primary activities of the Group are oil and natural gas exploration and production, gas and power marketing and trading, oil refining and marketing and the manufacture and marketing of chemicals. The Group’s principal customers, suppliers and financial institutions with which it conducts business are located throughout the world. The credit rating of interest rate and currency swap counterparties are all of at least investment grade. The credit quality is actively managed over the life of the swap.
Market risk exposure
      The Group measures its market risk exposure, i.e. potential gain or loss in fair values, on its held-for-trading activity using value-at-risk techniques. These techniques are based on a variance/covariance model or a Monte Carlo simulation and make a statistical assessment of the market risk arising from possible future changes in market values over a24-hour period. The calculation of the range of potential changes in fair value takes into account a snapshot of theend-of-day exposures and the history of one-day price movements, together with the correlation of these price movements. The Group calculates value-at-risk for the bulk of instruments and exposures in the held-for-trading category, other than the UK North Sea natural gas and NGL embedded derivatives, for which a sensitivity analysis is calculated.
      The Group has previously calculated and published value-at-risk expressed to three standard deviations for the internal delegation of market risk limits and control purposes. This is equivalent to a 99.7% confidence interval or a probability of one day per year where the daily gain or loss will exceed the calculated value at risk if the portfolio was left unchanged. In order to improve the practical

F-91


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
application of this tool, the Group has adopted a 95% confidence level, or calculation to 1.65 standard deviations. This has the effect of increasing the expected frequency of occasions when the daily gain or loss may exceed the calculated value-at-risk to one per month if the portfolio is left unchanged. This provides a better opportunity for verifying models and assumptions and improving accuracy of the value-at-risk calculation. For completeness, 2005 value-at-risk data has been disclosed using both the 95% and 99.7% confidence levels. The value-at-risk model takes account of derivative financial instruments types such as interest rate forward and futures contracts, swap agreements, options and swaptions; foreign exchange forward and futures contracts, swap agreements and options, and oil, natural gas and power price futures, swap agreements and options. Financial assets and liabilities and physical crude oil and refined products that are treated as held for trading positions are also included in these calculations. The value-at-risk calculation for oil, natural gas and NGL and power price exposure also includes cash-settled commodity contracts such as forward contracts. For options, a linear approximation is included in the value-at-risk models.
      The following table shows values at risk for held for trading activities described above.
      Value at risk on three standard deviations
                 
  Year ended December 31, 2005
 
  High Low Average Year end
-  
  ----------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Interest rate trading
  2          
Foreign exchange trading
  9   2   4   2 
Oil price trading
  145   31   60   56 
Natural gas and NGL price trading
  71   9   26   30 
Power price trading
  30   4   14   16 
 
      Value at risk on 1.65 standard deviations
                 
  Year ended December 31, 2005
 
  High Low Average Year end
-  
  ----------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Interest rate trading
  1          
Foreign exchange trading
  5   1   2   1 
Oil price trading
  80   17   33   31 
Natural gas and NGL price trading
  39   6   15   17 
Power price trading
  16   2   7   9 
 
      The presentation of held-for-trading results shown in the table below includes the results of the Group’s trading units that involve the use of derivatives in conjunction with physical and paper trading of oil, natural gas and power. It is considered that a more comprehensive representation of the Group’s oil, natural gas and NGL and power price trading activities is given by aggregating the gain or loss on such derivatives, together with the gain or loss arising from the physical and paper trades to which they relate, representing the net result of the trading portfolio. Also included in the net result of the held-for-trading portfolio are broker fees, transportation costs and trader bonuses. Held-for-trading results

F-92


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
include the results of risk management activity in respect of the Group’s supply and marketing activities that do not qualify for hedge accounting.
     
  Year ended
  December 31,
  2005
 
  Net gain (loss)
($- )
   
  million
Interest rate trading
  10 
Foreign exchange trading
  162 
Oil trading
  1,552 
Natural gas and NGL trading
  1,312 
Power trading
  (64)
 
   2,972 
 
      Gains and losses relating to derivative contracts presented net in the income statement are included within other operating revenues. These contract types include futures, options, swaps and certain forward sales and purchase contracts where delivery is routinely obviated by the sale or purchase of offsetting contracts. Also included are the gains and losses relating to the change in the fair value of all derivative contracts held at the balance sheet dates, including derivative contracts presented gross when settled. The gain for the year presented net in the income statement was $838 million (2004 $1,216 million and 2003 $1,081 million).
Embedded derivatives held for trading
      Prior to the development of an active gas trading market, UK gas contracts were priced using a basket of available price indices, primarily relating to oil products. Post the development of an active UK gas market, certain contracts were entered into or renegotiated using pricing formulae not directly related to gas prices, for example, oil product and power prices. In these circumstances, pricing formulae have been determined to be derivatives, embedded within the overall contractual arrangements that are not clearly and closely related to the underlying commodity. The resulting fair value relating to these contracts is recognized on the balance sheet with gains or losses recognized in the income statement.
      These contracts are valued using price curves for each of the different products that are built up from active market pricing data and extrapolated to 2018 using the maximum available external pricing information. Additionally, where limited data exists for certain products, prices are interpolated using historic and long-term pricing relationships.
      The fair values of embedded derivatives are included on the balance sheet within the following headings.
             
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Current Noncurrent Total
-  
  ---------------------------------($-
  million
Prepayments and accrued income
  330   257   587 
Accruals and deferred income
  (953)  (2,175)  (3,128)
 
   (623)  (1,918)  (2,541)
 

F-93


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
      Embedded derivatives have the following maturities:
         
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Fair value Fair value
  asset liability
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Within one year
  330   (953)
1 to 2 years
  176   (703)
2 to 3 years
  76   (502)
3 to 4 years
  5   (237)
4 to 5 years
     (180)
Over 5 years
     (553)
 
   587   (3,128)
 
      Embedded derivative assets are denominated in the following currencies:
                      
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Currency of denomination
 
  Other  
  US dollar Sterling Euro currencies Total
-  
  ------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Functional currency
                    
 
US dollar
  79            79 
 
Sterling
     508         508 
 
   79   508         587 
 
      Embedded derivative liabilities are denominated in the following currencies:
                      
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Currency of denomination
 
  Other  
  US dollar Sterling Euro currencies Total
-  
  -------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Functional currency
                    
 
US dollar
  (30)           (30)
 
Sterling
     (3,098)        (3,098)
 
   (30)  (3,098)        (3,128)
 

F-94


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
      Embedded derivative assets held for trading have the following contractual or notional values and maturities:
                              
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Total
  Less than   Over fair
  1 Year 1-2 Years 2-3 Years 3-4 Years 4-5 Years 5 Years value
-  
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Natural gas embedded derivatives
                            
 
Fair value
  330   176   76   5         587 
 
Notional value
  425   484   465   450   429   2,367   4,620 
 
      Embedded derivative liabilities held for trading have the following contractual or notional values and maturities:
                              
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Total
  Less than   Over fair
  1 Year 1-2 Years 2-3 Years 3-4 Years 4-5 Years 5 Years value
-  
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Natural gas embedded derivatives
                            
 
Fair value
  (953)  (703)  (472)  (237)  (180)  (553)  (3,098)
 
Notional value
  740   870   1,097   832   767   4,257   8,563 
Interest rate embedded derivatives
                            
 
Fair value
        (30)           (30)
 
Notional value
        150            150 
 
      The following table shows the changes during the year in the net fair value of embedded derivatives held for trading purposes for 2005.
         
    Fair value
  Fair value natural gas
  interest rate price
  contracts contracts
-  
  --------------------------($-
  million
Fair value of contracts at January 1, 2005
  (17)  (659)
Contracts realized or settled in the year
     138 
Fair value of new contracts when entered into during the year
      
Change in fair value due to changes in valuation techniques or key assumptions
      
Other changes in fair values
  (13)  (1,990)
 
Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2005
  (30)  (2,511)
 
      There are no fair value amounts for embedded derivatives held for trading that are deferred on the balance sheet.

F-95


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (continued)
      The following table shows the net fair value of embedded derivatives held for trading purposes at December 31, 2005 analysed by maturity period and by methodology of fair value estimation.
                             
  At December 31, 2005
 
  Total
  Less than   Over fair
  1 Year 1-2 Years 2-3 Years 3-4 Years 4-5 Years 5 Years value
-  
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Prices actively quoted
                     
Prices sourced from observable data or market corroboration
  51   28               79 
Prices based on models and other valuation methods
  (674)  (542)  (426)  (231)  (182)  (565)  (2,620)
 
   (623)  (514)  (426)  (231)  (182)  (565)  (2,541)
 
      The net change in fair value of contracts based on models and other valuation methods during the year is a loss of $1,773 million.
Sensitivity analysis
      Detailed below for the embedded derivatives is a sensitivity of the fair value to immediate 10% favourable and adverse changes in the key assumptions.
     
  At December 31, 2005
 
Remaining contract terms
  3 to 13 years 
Contractual/notional amount
  8,220 million therms 
Discount rate — nominal risk free
  4.5% 
Fair value asset (liability)
  $(2,590) million 
 
                 
  Natural gas Gas oil and   Discount
  price fuel oil price Power price rate
 
  ($ million
Favourable 10% change
  408   30   (63)  34 
Unfavourable 10% change
  (427)  (45)  58   (34)
 
      These sensitivities are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance. Changes in fair value generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of change in assumption to change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the embedded derivatives is calculated independently of any change in another assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may contribute to changes in another, which may magnify or counteract the sensitivities. Furthermore, the estimated fair values as disclosed should not be considered indicative of future earnings on these contracts.

F-96


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 37 — Derivative financial instruments (concluded)
      The trading result of embedded derivatives held for trading is shown below.
     
  Year ended
  December 31, 2005
 
  Net gain (loss)
($-  
   
  million)
Natural gas and NGL embedded derivatives
  (2,034) 
Interest rate embedded derivatives
  (13) 
 
   (2,047) 
 
Note 38 — Financial instruments (UK GAAP)
      The following information for 2004 and 2003 shows certain of the disclosures required by UK GAAP (FRS 13 ‘Derivatives and other Financial Instruments: Disclosures’) (FRS 13).
      Financial instruments comprise primary financial instruments (cash and cash equivalents, trade and other receivables, loans, other investments, trade and other payables, finance debt and provisions) and derivative financial instruments (interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts, oil price contracts and natural gas price contracts and power price contracts). Interest rate contracts include futures contracts, swap agreements and options. Foreign exchange contracts include forwards, futures contracts, swap agreements and options. Oil, natural gas, NGL and power price contracts are those that require settlement in cash and include futures contracts, swap agreements and options. Oil, natural gas, NGL and power price contracts that require physical delivery are not financial instruments. However, if it is normal market practice for a particular type of oil, natural gas, NGL and power contract, despite having contract terms that require settlement by delivery, to be extinguished other than by physical delivery (e.g., by cash payment) it is called a cash-settled commodity contract. Contracts of this type are included with derivatives in the disclosures in Notes 39 and 40.
      With the exception of the table of currency exposures shown on page F-100, short-term trade and other receivables and trade and other payables that arise directly from the Group’s operations have been excluded from the disclosures contained in this note, as permitted by FRS 13.
Maturity profile of financial liabilities
      The profile of the maturity of the financial liabilities included in the Group’s balance sheet is shown in the table below.
                             
      At December 31, 2004 At December 31, 2003
 
  Other   Other  
  Finance financial   Finance financial  
  debt liabilities Total debt liabilities Total
-  
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Due within:
 1 year    10,184   5,152   15,336   9,456   4,857   14,313 
  1 to 2 years    3,046   2,640   5,686   2,702   1,617   4,319 
  2 to 5 years    6,105   810   6,915   5,105   2,034   7,139 
  Thereafter    3,756   1,603   5,359   5,062   2,042   7,104 
 
       23,091   10,205   33,296   22,325   10,550   32,875 
 

F-97


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 38 — Financial instruments (UK GAAP) (continued)
Interest rate and currency of financial liabilities
      The interest rate and currency profile of the financial liabilities of the Group, at December 31, after taking into account the effect of interest rate swaps, currency swaps and forward contracts, is set out below.
                                  
  Fixed rate Floating rate Interest free  
 
  Weighted  
  average   Weighted  
  Weighted time for   Weighted   average  
  average which   average   time  
  interest rate is   interest   until  
  rate fixed Amount rate Amount maturity Amount Total
 
  (%) (Years) ($ million) (%) ($ million) (Years) ($ million) ($ million)
At December 31, 2004
                                
Finance debt
                                
 
US dollar
  7   11   707   3   21,789         22,496 
 
Sterling
           5   96         96 
 
Other currencies
  9   15   167   4   332         499 
 
           874       22,217          23,091 
 
Other financial liabilities
                                
 
US dollar
  3   2   1,522   5   573   4   6,561   8,656 
 
Sterling
                 4   716   716 
 
Other currencies
  4   4   15   2   46   4   772   833 
 
           1,537       619       8,049   10,205 
 
Total
          2,411       22,836       8,049   33,296 
 
At December 31, 2003
                                
Finance debt
                                
 
US dollar
  8   14   578   2   20,991         21,569 
 
Sterling
           4   107         107 
 
Other currencies
  9   15   141   3   508         649 
 
           719       21,606          22,325 
 
Other financial liabilities
                                
 
US dollar
  3   3   2,899   6   242   4   5,552   8,693 
 
Sterling
                 5   716   716 
 
Other currencies
  5   4   303         6   838   1,141 
 
           3,202       242       7,106   10,550 
 
Total
          3,921       21,848       7,106   32,875 
 

F-98


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 38 — Financial instruments (UK GAAP) (continued)
          
  At
  December 31,
 
  2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Analysis of the above financial liabilities by balance sheet caption:
        
Current liabilities
        
 
Finance debt
  10,184   9,456 
 
Derivative financial instruments
  5,074   4,145 
 
Provisions
  78   214 
Noncurrent liabilities
        
 
Other payables
  3,581   4,630 
 
Derivative financial instruments
  158   344 
 
Finance debt
  12,907   12,869 
 
Provisions
  1,314   1,217 
 
   33,296   32,875 
 
      The other financial liabilities comprise various accruals, sundry creditors and provisions relating to the Group’s normal commercial operations, with payment dates spread over a number of years.
      The proportion of floating rate debt at December 31, 2004 was 96% of total finance debt outstanding. Aside from debt issued in the US municipal bond markets, interest rates on floating rate debt denominated in US dollars are linked principally to London Inter-Bank Offer Rate (LIBOR), while rates on debt in other currencies are based on local market equivalents. The Group monitors interest rate risk using a process of sensitivity analysis. Assuming no changes to the finance debt and hedges described above, it is estimated that a change of 1% in the general level of interest rates on January 1, 2005 would change 2005 profit before tax by approximately $215 million.
      Interest rate swaps and futures are used by the Group to modify the interest characteristics of its long-term finance debt from a fixed to a floating rate basis or vice versa. The following table indicates the types of instruments used and their weighted average interest rates as at December 31.
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2004 2003
 
  ($ million
  except
  percentages)
Receive fixed rate swaps — notional amount
  8,182   7,432 
Average receive fixed rate
  3.1%  3.1%
Average pay floating rate
  2.3%  1.1%
 

F-99


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 38 — Financial instruments (UK GAAP) (continued)
Currency exchange rate risk
      The monetary assets and monetary liabilities of the Group in currencies other than in the functional currency of individual operating units are summarized below. These currency exposures arise from normal trading activities.
                     
  Net foreign currency monetary assets (liabilities)
 
  Other  
Functional currency US dollar Sterling Euro currencies Total
 
  ($ million)
At December 31, 2004
                    
US dollar
     374   2   (942)  (566)
Sterling
  314      380   66   760 
Other currencies
  (269)  (51)  (25)  (237)  (582)
 
Total
  45   323   357   (1,113)  (388)
 
At December 31, 2003
                    
US dollar
     191   (24)  39   206 
Sterling
  67      308   34   409 
Other currencies
  (1,148)  (25)  (27)  (131)  (1,331)
 
Total
  (1,081)  166   257   (58)  (716)
 
      In accordance with its policy for managing its foreign exchange rate risk, the Group enters into various types of foreign exchange contracts, such as currency swaps, forwards and options. The fair values and carrying amounts of these derivatives are shown in the fair value table in Note 40.

F-100


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 38 — Financial instruments (UK GAAP) (continued)
Interest rate and currency of financial assets
      The following table shows the interest rate and currency profile of the Group’s material financial assets.
                                 
  Fixed rate Floating rate Interest free  
 
  Weighted  
  average   Weighted  
  Weighted time for   Weighted   average  
  average which   average   time  
  interest rate is   interest   until  
  rate fixed Amount rate Amount maturity Amount Total
 
  (%) (Years) ($ million) (%) ($ million) (Years) ($ million) ($ million)
At December 31, 2004
                                
US dollar
  10   11   72   4   661   5   5,224   5,957 
Sterling
  8   2   101   3   428   5   864   1,393 
Other currencies
           3   830   5   1,221   2,051 
 
           173       1,919       7,309   9,401 
 
At December 31, 2003
                                
US dollar
           3   1,015   4   2,060   3,075 
Sterling
  8   2   91   3   947   5   560   1,598 
Other currencies
  3   2   19   4   697   5   2,073   2,789 
 
           110       2,659       4,693   7,462 
 
          
  At
  December 31,
 
  2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Analysis of the above financial assets by balance sheet caption:
        
Noncurrent assets
        
 
Other investments
  394   1,452 
 
Loans
  811   852 
 
Other receivables
  429   495 
 
Derivative financial instruments
  898   534 
Current assets
        
 
Loans
  193   182 
 
Derivative financial instruments
  5,317   1,891 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  1,359   2,056 
 
   9,401   7,462 
 
      The floating rate financial assets earn interest at various rates set principally with respect to LIBOR or the local market equivalent.
      Fixed asset investments included in the table above are held for the long term and have no maturity period. They are excluded from the calculation of weighted average time until maturity.

F-101


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 38 — Financial instruments (UK GAAP) (continued)
      Similarly, cash and cash equivalents and derivative financial instruments, which are highly liquid financial assets, are excluded from the calculation of weighted average time until maturity.
Note 39 — Derivative financial instruments (UK GAAP)
      The following information for 2004 and 2003 shows certain of the disclosures required by UK GAAP (FRS 13 ‘Derivatives and other Financial Instruments: Disclosures’).
      The Group uses derivative financial instruments (derivatives) to manage certain exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates and to manage some of its margin exposure from changes in oil, natural gas, NGL and power prices. Derivatives are also traded in conjunction with these risk management activities.
      The purpose for which a derivative contract is used is identified at inception. To qualify as a derivative for risk management, the contract must be in accordance with established guidelines that ensure it is effective in achieving its objective. All contracts not identified at inception as being for the purpose of risk management are designated as being held for trading purposes and accounted for using the fair value method, as are all oil price derivatives.
      The Group accounts for derivatives using the following methods:
     Fair value method. Derivatives are carried on the balance sheet at fair value (‘marked to market’), with changes in that value recognized in earnings of the period. This method is used for all derivatives that are held for trading purposes. Interest rate contracts traded by the Group include futures, swaps, options and swaptions. Foreign exchange contracts traded include forwards and options. Oil, natural gas, NGL and power price contracts traded include swaps, options and futures.
     Accrual method. Amounts payable or receivable in respect of derivatives are recognized ratably in earnings over the period of the contracts. This method is used for derivatives held to manage interest rate risk. These are principally swap agreements used to manage the balance between fixed and floating interest rates on long-term finance debt. Other derivatives held for this purpose may include swaptions and futures contracts. Amounts payable or receivable in respect of these derivatives are recognized as adjustments to interest expense over the period of the contracts. Changes in the derivative’s fair value are not recognized.
     Deferral method. Gains and losses from derivatives are deferred and recognized in earnings or as adjustments to carrying amounts, as appropriate, when the underlying debt matures or the hedged transaction occurs. This method is used for derivatives used to convert non-US dollar borrowings into US dollars, to hedge significant non-US dollar firm commitments or anticipated transactions, and to manage some of the Group’s exposure to natural gas, NGL and power price fluctuations. Derivatives used to convert non-US dollar borrowings into US dollars include foreign currency swap agreements and forward contracts. Gains and losses on these derivatives are deferred and recognized on maturity of the underlying debt, together with the matching loss or gain on the debt. Derivatives used to hedge significant non-US dollar transactions include foreign currency forward contracts and options and to hedge natural gas, NGL and power price exposures include swaps, futures and options. Gains and losses on these contracts and option premiums paid are also deferred and recognized in the income statement or as adjustments to carrying amounts, as appropriate, when the hedged transaction occurs.
      Where derivatives used to manage interest rate risk or to convert non-US dollar debt or to hedge other anticipated cash flows are terminated before the underlying debt matures or the hedged

F-102


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 39 — Derivative financial instruments (UK GAAP) (continued)
transaction occurs, the resulting gain or loss is recognized on a basis that matches the timing and accounting treatment of the underlying debt or hedged transaction. When an anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur or finance debt is terminated before maturity, any deferred gain or loss that has arisen on the related derivative is recognized in the income statement, together with any gain or loss on the terminated item.
Risk management
      Gains and losses on derivatives used for risk management purposes are deferred and recognized in earnings or as adjustments to carrying amounts, as appropriate, when the underlying debt matures or the hedged transaction occurs. When an anticipated transaction is no longer likely to occur or finance debt is terminated before maturity, any deferred gain or loss that has arisen on the related derivative is recognized in the income statement, together with any gain or loss on the terminated item. Where such derivatives used for hedging purposes are terminated before the underlying debt matures or the hedged transaction occurs, the resulting gain or loss is recognized on a basis which matches the timing and accounting treatment of the underlying hedged item. The unrecognized and carried-forward gains and losses on derivatives used for hedging, and the movements therein, are shown in the following table.
                          
  Not recognized in Carried forward in
  the accounts the balance sheet
 
  Gains Losses Total Gains Losses Total
-    
    ------------------------($-
  million  
Gains and losses at January 1, 2004
  331   (130)  201   1,003   (425)  578 
 
of which accounted for in income in 2004
  98   (28)  70   438   (75)  363 
Gains and losses at December 31, 2004
  487   (408)  79   1,063   (364)  699 
 
of which expected to be recognized in income in 2005
  259   (267)  (8)  265   (77)  188 
 
Gains and losses at January 1, 2003
  526   (450)  76   352   (28)  324 
 
of which accounted for in income in 2003
  96   (51)  45   200   (14)  186 
Gains and losses at December 31, 2003
  331   (130)  201   1,003   (425)  578 
 
of which expected to be recognized in income in 2004
  98   (28)  70   438   (75)  363 
 
Trading activities
      The Group maintains active trading positions in a variety of derivatives. This activity is undertaken in conjunction with risk management activities. Derivatives held for trading purposes aremarked-to-market and any gain or loss recognized in the income statement. For traded derivatives, many positions have been neutralized, with trading initiatives being concluded by taking opposite positions to fix a gain or loss, thereby achieving a zero net market risk.

F-103


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 39 — Derivative financial instruments (UK GAAP) (continued)
      The following table shows the fair value at December 31, of derivatives and other financial instruments held for trading purposes. The fair values at the year end are not materially unrepresentative of the position throughout the year.
                 
  At December 31,
 
  2004 2003
 
  Fair value Fair value Fair value Fair value
  asset liability asset liability
-    
    ----------($-
  million  
Interest rate contracts
            
Foreign exchange contracts
  36   (90)  30   (54)
Oil price contracts
  1,162   (1,177)  586   (667)
Natural gas and NGL price contracts
  802   (624)  858   (711)
Power price contracts
  82   (12)  548   (514)
 
   2,082   (1,903)  2,022   (1,946)
 
      The Group measures its market risk exposure, i.e. potential gain or loss in fair values, on its trading activity using value-at-risk techniques. These techniques are based on a variance/covariance model or a Monte Carlo simulation and make a statistical assessment of the market risk arising from possible future changes in market values over a24-hour period. The calculation of the range of potential changes in fair value takes into account a snapshot of theend-of-day exposures, and the history of one-day price movements over the previous 12 months, together with the correlation of these price movements. The potential movement in fair values is expressed to three standard deviations which is equivalent to a 99.7% confidence level. This means that, in broad terms, one would expect to see an increase or a decrease in fair values greater than the value at risk on only one occasion per year if the portfolio were left unchanged.
      The Group calculates value at risk on all instruments that are held for trading purposes and that therefore give an exposure to market risk. The value-at-risk model takes account of derivative financial instruments such as interest rate forward and futures contracts, swap agreements, options and swaptions; foreign exchange forward and futures contracts, swap agreements and options; and oil, natural gas, NGL and power price futures, swap agreements and options. Financial assets and liabilities and physical crude oil and refined products that are treated as trading positions are also included in these calculations. The value-at-risk calculation for oil, natural gas, NGL and power price exposure also includes cash-settled commodity contracts such as forward contracts.
      The following table shows values at risk for trading activities.
                                 
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2004 2003
 
  High Low Average Year end High Low Average Year end
-  
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Interest rate trading
  1            1          
Foreign exchange trading
  4   1   1   1   4      2   1 
Oil price trading
  55   18   29   45   34   17   26   27 
Natural gas price trading
  42   11   23   18   29   4   16   18 
Power price trading
  18   2   8   7   13      4   6 
 

F-104


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 39 — Derivative financial instruments (UK GAAP) (concluded)
      The presentation of trading results shown in the table below includes certain activities of BP’s trading units that involves the use of derivative financial instruments in conjunction with physical and paper trading of oil, natural gas, NGL and power. It is considered that a more comprehensive representation of the Group’s oil, natural gas, NGL and power price trading activities is given by aggregating the gain or loss on such derivatives together with the gain or loss arising from the physical and paper trades to which they relate, representing the net result of the trading portfolio.
         
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
  2004 2003
 
  Net gain Net gain
  (loss) (loss)
 
  ($ million
Interest rate trading
  4   9 
Foreign exchange trading
  136   118 
Oil price trading
  1,371   825 
Natural gas and NGL price trading
  461   341 
Power price trading
  160   119 
 
   2,132   1,412 
 
Note 40 — Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (UK GAAP)
      The following information for 2004 and 2003 shows certain of the disclosures required by UK GAAP (FRS 13 ‘Derivatives and Other Financial Instruments: Disclosures’) (FRS13).
      The estimated fair value of the Group’s financial instruments is shown in the table below. The table also shows the ‘net carrying amount’ of the financial asset or liability. This amount represents the net book value, i.e. market value when acquired or latermarked-to-market. Interest rate contracts include futures contracts, swap agreements and options. Foreign exchange contracts include forward and futures contracts, swap agreements and options. Oil, natural gas, NGL and power price contracts include futures contracts, swap agreements and options and cash-settled commodity contracts such as forward contracts.
      Short-term trade and other receivables and payables that arise directly from the Group’s operations have been excluded from the disclosures contained in this note, as permitted by FRS 13.
      The fair value and carrying amounts of finance debt shown below exclude the effects of currency swaps, interest rate swaps and forward contracts (which are included for presentation in the balance sheet). Long-term borrowings in the table below include debt that matures in the year from December 31, 2004, whereas in the balance sheet long-term debt of current maturity is reported under

F-105


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 40 — Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (UK GAAP) (continued)
amounts falling due within one year. Long-term borrowings also include US Industrial Revenue/ Municipal Bonds classified on the balance sheet as repayable within one year.
                  
  At December 31,
 
  2004 2003
 
  Net carrying   Net carrying
  Net fair amount Net fair amount
  value asset asset value asset asset
  (liability) (liability) (liability) (liability)
 
  ($ million
Noncurrent assets
                
 
Other investments
  738   394   3,380   1,452 
 
Loans
  811   811   852   852 
 
Other receivables
  429   429   495   495 
 
Derivative financial instruments
  898   898   534   534 
Current assets
                
 
Loans
  193   193   182   182 
 
Derivative financial instruments
  5,317   5,317   1,891   1,891 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  1,359   1,359   2,056   2,056 
Finance debt
                
 
Short-term borrowings
  (5,003)  (5,003)  (5,059)  (5,059)
 
Long-term borrowings
  (16,800)  (16,344)  (16,190)  (15,559)
 
Net obligations under finance leases
  (2,608)  (2,579)  (2,479)  (2,452)
 
Derivative financial instruments
  1,084   835   941   745 
Noncurrent liabilities
                
 
Other payables
  (3,581)  (3,581)  (4,630)  (4,630)
 
Provisions
  (1,314)  (1,314)  (1,217)  (1,217)
 
Derivative financial instruments
  (158)  (158)  (344)  (344)
Current liabilities
                
 
Derivative financial instruments
  (5,074)  (5,074)  (4,145)  (4,145)
 
Provisions
  (78)  (78)  (214)  (214)
 
      The following methods and assumptions were used by the Group in estimating its fair value disclosures for its financial instruments:
     Noncurrent assets — Other investments. The fair value of listed fixed asset investments has been determined by reference to market prices. The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet for unlisted fixed asset investments approximates their fair value.
     Noncurrent assets — Loans. The loans generally bear interest at floating rates, so the fair value of loans is estimated not to be materially different from its carrying value.
     Noncurrent assets — Other receivables. The fair value of other receivables is estimated not to be materially different from its carrying value.
     Current assets — Loans. The loans generally bear interest at floating rates, so the fair value of loans is estimated not to be materially different from its carrying value.

F-106


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 40 — Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (UK GAAP) (concluded)
     Current assets — Cash and cash equivalents. As a result of their short maturities, the carrying value of cash equivalents approximates their fair value.
     Finance debt. The carrying amount of the Group’s short-term borrowings, which mainly comprise commercial paper, bank loans and overdrafts, approximates their fair value. The fair value of the Group’s long-term borrowings and finance lease obligations is estimated using quoted prices or, where these are not available, discounted cash flow analyses, based on the Group’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types and maturities of borrowing. Swaps and forward contracts used to hedge finance debt is offset against the carrying value of the debt.
     Noncurrent liabilities — Other payables.Deferred consideration for the acquisition of our interest in TNK-BP is discounted to the present value of the future payments. The carrying value thus approximates the fair value. The remaining liabilities are predominantly interest-free. In view of their short maturities, the reported carrying amount is estimated to approximate the fair value.
     Noncurrent liabilities — Provisions. Where the liability will not be settled for a number of years, the amount recognized is the present value of the estimated future expenditure. The carrying amount of provisions thus approximates the fair value.
     Current liabilities — Provisions. Where the liability will not be settled for a number of years, the amount recognized is the present value of the estimated future expenditure. The carrying amount of provisions thus approximates the fair value.
     Derivative financial instruments (including cash-settled commodity contracts). The fair values of the Group’s interest rate and foreign exchange contracts are based on pricing models that take into account relevant market data. The fair value of the Group’s oil, natural gas, NGL and power price contracts (future contracts, swap agreements, options and forward contracts) is based on market prices.
Note 41 — Finance debt
                                      
  At December 31, 2005 At December 31, 2004 At December 31, 2003
 
  Within After   Within After   Within After  
  1 year (a) 1 Year Total 1 year (a) 1 Year Total 1 year (a) 1 year Total
-  
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Bank loans
  155   547   702   250   457   707   205   253   458 
Other loans
  8,717   8,962   17,679   9,819   10,167   19,986   9,161   10,524   19,685 
 
Total borrowings
  8,872   9,509   18,381   10,069   10,624   20,693   9,366   10,777   20,143 
Net obligations                                
 under finance leases  60   721   781   115   2,283   2,398   90   2,092   2,182 
 
   8,932   10,230   19,162   10,184   12,907   23,091   9,456   12,869   22,325 
 
 
(a)Amounts due within one year include current maturities of long-term debt.
      Included within Other loans repayable within one year above are US Industrial Revenue/ Municipal Bonds of $2,462 million (2004 $2,344 million and 2003 $2,362 million) with maturity periods ranging

F-107


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 41 — Finance debt (continued)
from 2 to 35 years. They are classified as repayable within one year, as required under IFRS, as the bondholders typically have the option to tender these bonds for repayment on interest reset dates. Any bonds that are tendered are usually remarketed and BP has not experienced any significant repurchases. BP considers these bonds to represent long-term funding when assessing the maturity profile of its finance debt and they are reflected as such in the borrowings repayment schedule below. Other similar loans linked to long-term gas supply contracts of $992 million (2004 $280 million and 2003 nil) that mature over 10 years have been reported in the same way.
      At December 31, 2005, the Group had substantial amounts of undrawn borrowing facilities available, including committed facilities of $4,500 million expiring in 2006 ($4,500 million expiring in 2005 and $3,700 million expiring in 2004). These facilities are with a number of international banks and borrowings under them would be at pre-agreed rates. The Group expects to renew the facilities on an annual basis. Certain of these facilities support the Group’s commercial paper programme.
      At December 31, 2005, the Group’s share of third-party finance debt of jointly controlled entities and associates was $3,266 million (2004 $2,821 million and 2003 $2,151 million) and $970 million (2004 $1,048 million and 2003 $922 million) respectively. These amounts are not reflected in the Group’s debt on the balance sheet.
      We have in place a European Debt Issuance Programme (DIP) under which the Group may raise $8 billion of debt for maturities of one month or longer. At June 28, 2006 the amount drawn down against the DIP was $6,988 million.
      Under UK GAAP, where finance debt is swapped into another currency, the finance debt is accounted in the swap currency and not in the original currency of denomination. Total finance debt in 2004 and 2003 included an asset of $835 million and $745 million respectively for the carrying value of currency swaps and forward contracts.
Fair values of finance debt
      For 2005, the estimated fair value of finance debt is shown in the table below together with the carrying amount as reflected in the balance sheet. Both the fair value and the carrying amount include the effects of currency swaps, interest rate swaps and forward contracts.
      Long-term borrowings in the table below include debt that matures in the year from December 31, 2005, whereas in the balance sheet the amount would be reported under current liabilities. Long-term borrowings also include US Industrial Revenue/ Municipal Bonds classified on the balance sheet as current liabilities.
      The carrying value of the Group’s short-term borrowings, comprising mainly commercial paper, bank loans and overdrafts, approximates their fair value. The fair value of the Group’s long-term borrowings and finance lease obligations is estimated using quoted prices or, where these are not

F-108


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 41 — Finance debt (continued)
available, discounted cash flow analyses based on the Group’s current incremental borrowing rates for similar types and maturities of borrowing.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
  2005
 
  Fair Carrying
  value amount
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Short-term borrowings
  3,297   3,297 
Long-term borrowings
  15,313   15,084 
Net obligations under finance leases
  803   781 
 
Total finance debt
  19,413   19,162 
 
                                         
Analysis of borrowing by year                  
of expected repayment                  
  At December 31, 2005            
    At December 31, 2004 At December 31, 2003
 
  Bank loans Other Total Bank loans Other Total Bank loans Other Total
    loans     loans     loans  
-  
  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Due after
  10  years      2,842   2,842   1   2,845   2,846      2,865   2,865 
Due within
  10  years   18   203   221   29   68   97      24   24 
   9 years   21   182   203   20   83   103      377   377 
   8 years   24   188   212   22   478   500      291   291 
   7 years   26   558   584   28   330   358          
   6 years   34   446   480   36   139   175   7   1,737   1,744 
   5 years   35   537   572   33   1,742   1,775   7   996   1,003 
   4 years   35   2,223   2,258   29   1,579   1,608   8   1,362   1,370 
   3 years   98   2,219   2,317   251   2,510   2,761   193   2,593   2,786 
   2 years   256   3,018   3,274   8   3,017   3,025   38   2,641   2,679 
 
       547   12,416   12,963   457   12,791   13,248   253   12,886   13,139 
   1 year   155   5,263   5,418   250   7,195   7,445   205   6,799   7,004 
 
       702   17,679   18,381   707   19,986   20,693   458   19,685   20,143 
 
      Amounts included above repayable by installments, part of which falls due after five years from December 31, are as follows:
             
  At December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
-  
  --------------------------------------($-
  million
After five years
  192   204   14 
Within five years
  118   76   82 
 
   310   280   96 
 

F-109


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 41 — Finance debt (continued)
      Interest rates on borrowings repayable wholly or partly more than five years from December 31, 2005 range from 2% to 12% with a weighted average of 5%. The weighted average interest rate on finance debt is 5%.
                                 
  Fixed rate Floating rate Interest free  
 
  Weighted  
  average   Weighted  
  Weighted time for   Weighted   average  
  average which   average   time  
  interest rate is   interest   until  
  rate fixed Amount rate Amount maturity Amount Total
($($($($- )
   
  (% (Years million (% million (Years million million
Year ended December 31, 2005
                                
US dollar
  7   11   665   5   18,073         18,738 
Sterling
           6   76         76 
Euro
           3   150         150 
Other currencies
  9   14   157   12   41         198 
 
           822       18,340          19,162 
 
Year ended December 31, 2004
                                
US dollar
  7   11   707   3   21,789         22,496 
Sterling
           5   96         96 
Euro
           3   297         297 
Other currencies
  9   15   167   8   35         202 
 
           874       22,217         23,091 
 
Year ended December 31, 2003
                                
US dollar
  8   14   578   2   20,991         21,569 
Sterling
           4   107         107 
Euro
           3   125         125 
Other currencies
  9   15   141   3   383         524 
 
           719       21,606          22,325 
 
      The proportion of floating rate debt at December 31, 2005 was 96% of total finance debt outstanding. Aside from debt issued in the US municipal bond markets, interest rates on floating rate debt denominated in US dollars are linked principally to London Inter-Bank Offer Rate (LIBOR), while rates on debt in other currencies are based on local market equivalents. The Group monitors interest rate risk using a process of sensitivity analysis. Assuming no changes to the finance debt and hedges described above, it is estimated that a change of 1% in the general level of interest rates on January 1, 2006 would change 2006 profit before tax by approximately $180 million.
      The Group uses finance leases to acquire property, plant and equipment. These leases have terms of renewal but no purchase options and escalation clauses. Renewals are at the option of the lessee.

F-110


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 41 — Finance debt (continued)
During the year, the Group terminated its finance leases on the petrochemicals manufacturing plant at Grangemouth, Scotland. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases are set out below.
Obligations under finance leases
      The future minimum lease payments together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments were as follows:
      
  At December 31,
  2005
($- )
   
  million
2006
  78 
2007
  78 
2008
  80 
2009
  80 
2010
  82 
Thereafter
  838 
 
   1,236 
Less: amount representing lease interest
  455 
 
Present value of net minimum finance lease payments
  781 
 
of which — due within one year
  60 
 
 — due within 2 to 5 years
  133 
 
 — due thereafter
  588 
 
      The following information is presented in compliance with the requirements of US GAAP.
Bank and other loans — long term
                 
  Weighted    
  average    
  interest rate    
  at  
  December 31, At December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2005 2004
 
  (% ($ million
US dollar
  5   3   9,178   10,374 
Sterling
  7   5   29   25 
Euros
  5   4   144   84 
Other currencies
  9   9   158   141 
 
           9,509   10,624 
 

F-111


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 41 — Finance debt (concluded)
Bank and other loans — short term
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
Current maturities of long-term debt
  3,007   2,622 
Commercial paper
  1,911   4,180 
Bank loans
  155   250 
Other
  3,799   3,017 
 
   8,872   10,069 
 
         
  Weighted
  average
  interest rate
  at
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
)
 
  (%
Commercial paper
  4   2 
Bank loans and other borrowings
  7   4 
US Industrial Revenue/ Municipal bonds
  4   2 
 

F-112


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 42 — Analysis of change in net debt
      Net debt is current and noncurrent finance debt less cash and cash equivalents. The net debt ratio is the ratio of net debt to net debt plus total equity. The net debt ratio at December 31, 2005 was 17% (2004 22% and 2003 22%).
Movement in net debt
                                     
  Year ended December 31, 2005 Year ended December 31, 2004 Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  Cash and   Cash and   Cash and  
  Finance cash   Finance cash   Finance cash  
  debt equivalents Net debt debt equivalents Net debt debt equivalents Net debt
 
  ($ million
At January 1
  (23,091)  1,359   (21,732)  (22,325)  2,056   (20,269)  (22,008)  1,716   (20,292)
Adoption of IAS 39
  (147)     (147)                  
 
Restated
  (23,238)  1,359   (21,879)  (22,325)  2,056   (20,269)  (22,008)  1,716   (20,292)
Exchange adjustments
  (44)  (88)  (132)  (403)  91   (312)  (199)  121   (78)
Debt acquired
                    (15)     (15)
Net cash flow
  3,803   1,689   5,492   (431)  (788)  (1,219)  (760)  219   (541)
Fair value hedge adjustment
  171      171                   
Debt transferred to TNK-BP
                    93      93 
Exchange of Exchangeable Bonds for Lukoil American Depositary Shares
                    420      420 
Other movements
  146      146   68      68   144      144 
 
At December 31
  (19,162)  2,960   (16,202)  (23,091)  1,359   (21,732)  (22,325)  2,056   (20,269)
 
Equity
          80,450           78,235           70,264 
 

F-113


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 43 — Provisions
                  
      Litigation  
      and  
  Decommissioning Environmental other Total
-  
  --------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At January 1, 2005
  5,572   2,457   1,570   9,599 
Exchange adjustments
  (38)  (32)  (35)  (105)
New provisions
  1,023   565   1,964   3,552 
Write-back of unused provisions
     (335)  (86)  (421)
Unwinding of discount
  122   47   32   201 
Utilization
  (128)  (366)  (650)  (1,144)
Deletion
  (101)  (25)     (126)
 
At December 31, 2005
  6,450   2,311   2,795   11,556 
 
Of which
                
 
Expected to be incurred within 1 year
  162   489   951   1,602 
 
Expected to be incurred in more than 1 year
  6,288   1,822   1,844   9,954 
 
                  
      Litigation  
      and  
  Decommissioning Environmental other Total
-  
  --------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At January 1, 2004
  4,720   2,298   1,581   8,599 
Exchange adjustments
  213   21   25   259 
New provisions
  286   587   298   1,171 
Write-back of unused provisions
     (151)  (64)  (215)
Unwinding of discount
  118   55   23   196 
Change in discount rate
  434   40   1   475 
Utilization
  (87)  (393)  (294)  (774)
Deletion
  (112)        (112)
 
At December 31, 2004
  5,572   2,457   1,570   9,599 
 
Of which
                
 
Expected to be incurred within 1 year
  124   513   78   715 
 
Expected to be incurred in more than 1 year
  5,448   1,944   1,492   8,884 
 

F-114


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 43 — Provisions (concluded)
                  
      Litigation  
      and  
  Decommissioning Environmental other Total
-  
  --------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At January 1, 2003
  4,168   2,122   1,546   7,836 
Exchange adjustments
  257   28   28   313 
New provisions
  1,159   599   331   2,089 
Write-back of unused provisions
     (84)  (64)  (148)
Unwinding of discount
  107   46   20   173 
Utilization
  (121)  (337)  (273)  (731)
Deletion
  (850)  (76)  (7)  (933)
 
At December 31, 2003
  4,720   2,298   1,581   8,599 
 
Of which
                
 
Expected to be incurred within 1 year
  99   272   364   735 
 
Expected to be incurred in more than 1 year
  4,621   2,026   1,217   7,864 
 
      The Group makes full provision for the future cost of decommissioning oil and natural gas production facilities and related pipelines on a discounted basis on the installation of those facilities. At December 31, 2005, the provision for the costs of decommissioning these production facilities and pipelines at the end of their economic lives was $6,450 million (2004 $5,572 million and 2003 $4,720 million). The provision has been estimated using existing technology, at current prices and discounted using a real discount rate of 2.0% (2004 2.0% and 2003 2.5%). These costs are expected to be incurred over the next 30 years. While the provision is based on the best estimate of future costs and the economic lives of the facilities and pipelines, there is uncertainty regarding both the amount and timing of incurring these costs. The estimated aggregate costs used in assessing the provision were $9,511 million.
      Provisions for environmental remediation are made when aclean-up is probable and the amount reasonably determinable. Generally, this coincides with commitment to a formal plan of action or, if earlier, on divestment or closure of inactive sites. The provision for environmental liabilities at December 31, 2005 was $2,311 million (2004 $2,457 million and 2003 $2,298 million). The provision has been estimated using existing technology, at current prices and discounted using a real discount rate of 2.0% (2004 2.0% and 2003 2.5%). The majority of these costs are expected to be incurred over the next 10 years. The extent and cost of future remediation programmes are inherently difficult to estimate. They depend on the scale of any possible contamination, the timing and extent of corrective actions, and also the Group’s share of liability. The estimated aggregate costs used in assessing the provision were $2,501 million.
      The Group also holds provisions for litigation, expected rental shortfalls on surplus properties, and sundry other liabilities. Included within the new provisions made for 2005 is an amount of $1,200 million in respect of the Texas City incident of which $492 million has been disbursed to claimants by the end of 2005. To the extent that these liabilities are not expected to be settled within the next three years, the provisions are discounted using either a nominal discount rate of 4.5% (2004 4.5% and 2003 4.5%) or a real discount rate of 2.0% (2004 2.0% and 2003 2.5%), as appropriate.

F-115


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits
      Most Group companies have pension plans, the forms and benefits of which vary with conditions and practices in the countries concerned. Pension benefits may be provided through defined contribution plans (money purchase schemes) or defined benefit plans (final salary and other types of schemes with committed pension payments). For defined contribution plans, retirement benefits are determined by the value of funds arising from contributions paid in respect of each employee. For defined benefit plans, retirement benefits are based on such factors as the employees’ pensionable salary and length of service. Defined benefit plans may be externally funded or unfunded. The assets of funded plans are generally held in separately administered trusts.
      Contributions to funded defined benefit plans are based on advice from independent actuaries using actuarial methods, the objective of which is to provide adequate funds to meet pension obligations as they fall due. During 2005, contributions of $340 million (2004 $249 million and 2003 $258 million) and $279 million (2004 $30 million and 2003 $2,189 million) were made to the UK plans and US plans respectively. In addition, contributions of $140 million (2004 $116 million and 2003 $86 million) were made to other funded defined benefit plans. The aggregate level of contributions in 2006 is expected to be approximately $750 million.
      Certain Group companies, principally in the US, provide postretirement healthcare and life insurance benefits to their retired employees and dependants. The entitlement to these benefits is usually based on the employee remaining in service until retirement age and completion of a minimum period of service. The plans are funded to a limited extent.
      The cost of providing pensions and other postretirement benefits is assessed annually by independent actuaries using the projected unit method. The date of the most recent actuarial review was December 31, 2005.

F-116


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
      The material financial assumptions used for estimating the benefit obligations of the various plans are set out below. The assumptions used to evaluate accrued pension and other postretirement benefits at December 31, in any year are used to determine pension and other postretirement expense for the following year, that is, the assumptions at December 31, 2005 are used to determine the pension liabilities at that date and the pension cost for 2006.
              
  At December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  (%
UK plans
            
 
Discount rate for plan liabilities
  4.75   5.25   5.5 
 
Rate of increase in salaries
  4.25   4.0   4.0 
 
Rate of increase for pensions in payment
  2.5   2.5   2.5 
 
Rate of increase in deferred pensions
  2.5   2.5   2.5 
 
Inflation
  2.5   2.5   2.5 
US plans
            
 
Discount rate for plan liabilities
  5.50   5.75   6.0 
 
Rate of increase in salaries
  4.25   4.0   4.0 
 
Rate of increase for pensions in payment
  nil   nil   nil 
 
Rate of increase in deferred pensions
  nil   nil   nil 
 
Inflation
  2.50   2.5   2.5 
Other plans
            
 
Discount rate for plan liabilities
  4.0   5.0   5.5 
 
Rate of increase in salaries
  3.25   4.0   4.0 
 
Rate of increase for pensions in payment
  1.75   2.5   2.5 
 
Rate of increase in deferred pensions
  1.0   2.5   2.5 
 
Inflation
  2.0   2.5   2.5 
 
      In addition to the financial assumptions, we regularly review the demographic and mortality assumptions. Mortality assumptions reflect best practice in the countries in which we provide pensions, and have been chosen with regard to the latest available tables adjusted where appropriate to reflect the experience of the Group. BP’s most substantial pension liabilities are in the UK and US, where these tables lead to a further life expectancy for a male/female currently aged 60 of 23/26 years in the UK and 22/26 years in the US.
                                 
                2013 and
Assumed future US healthcare cost               subsequent
trend rate 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 years
 
  (%
Beneficiaries aged under 65
  9.0   8.0   7.0   6.0   5.5   5.0   5.0   5.0 
Beneficiaries aged over 65
  11.0   9.5   8.5   7.5   6.5   6.0   5.5   5.0 
 

F-117


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
      BP’s postretirement medical plans in the US provide among other things prescription drug coverage for Medicare-eligible retirees. The Group’s obligation for other postretirement benefits at December 31, 2004 and 2005 reflects the effects of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (the Act). The provisions of the Act provide for a federal subsidy for plans that provide prescription drug benefits and meet certain qualifications, and alternatively would allow prescription drug plan sponsors toco-ordinate with the Medicare benefit. BP reflected the impact of the legislation by reducing its actuarially determined obligation for postretirement benefits at December 31, 2004 and reducing the net cost for postretirement benefits in subsequent periods. The reduction in liability was reflected in the 2004 results as an actuarial gain (assumption change).
      Pension plan assets are generally held in trusts. The primary objective of the trusts is to accumulate pools of assets sufficient to meet the obligation of the various plans. The assets of the trusts are invested in a manner consistent with fiduciary obligations and principles that reflect current practices in portfolio management.
      A significant proportion of the assets are held in equities, owing to a higher expected level of return over the long term with an acceptable level of risk. In order to provide reasonable assurance that no single security or type of security has an unwarranted impact on the total portfolio, the investment portfolios are highly diversified. The long-term asset allocation policy for the major plans is as follows:
     
Asset category Policy range
 
  (%
Total equity
  55-85 
Fixed income/cash
  15-35 
Property/real estate
  0-10 
 
      Some of the Group’s pension funds use derivatives to manage their asset mix and the level of risk. The Group’s main pension funds do not directly invest in either securities or real property of the Company or of any affiliate.
      Return on asset assumptions reflect the Group’s expectations built up by asset class and by country. The Group’s expectation is derived from a combination of historical returns over the long term and the forecasts of market professionals.

F-118


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
      The expected long-term rates of return and market values of the various categories of asset held by the significant defined benefit plans at December 31, are set out below.
                          
  At December 31, 2005 At December 31, 2004 At December 31, 2003
 
  Expected   Expected   Expected  
  long-term   long-term   long-term  
  rate of Market rate of Market rate of Market
  return value return value return value
($($($- )
   
  (% million (% million (% million
UK pension plans
                        
 
Equities
  7.50   18,465   7.50   17,329   7.50   14,642 
 
Bonds
  4.25   2,719   4.50   2,859   4.75   2,477 
 
Property
  6.50   1,097   6.50   1,660   6.50   1,336 
 
Cash
  3.50   1,001   4.00   459   4.00   769 
 
   7.00   23,282   7.00   22,307   7.00   19,224 
 
US pension plans
                        
 
Equities
  8.50   5,961   8.50   6,043   8.50   5,650 
 
Bonds
  4.75   1,079   4.75   1,057   4.75   1,018 
 
Property
  8.00   21   8.00   28   8.00   41 
 
Cash
  3.00   256   3.00   55   3.50   148 
 
   8.00   7,317   8.00   7,183   8.00   6,857 
 
US other postretirement benefit plans
                        
 
Equities
  8.50   20   8.50   21   8.50   24 
 
Bonds
  4.75   8   4.75   9   4.75   9 
 
   7.25   28   7.25   30   8.00   33 
 
Other plans
                        
 
Equities
  7.50   991   8.00   933   7.50   686 
 
Bonds
  4.00   943   4.25   857   4.75   737 
 
Property
  5.75   130   5.25   114   6.50   129 
 
Cash
  1.50   216   3.50   288   4.00   187 
 
   5.50   2,280   6.00   2,192   6.00   1,739 
 

F-119


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
      The assumed rate of investment return and discount rate have a significant effect on the amounts reported. A one-percentage-point change in these assumptions for the Group’s plans would have had the following effects:
          
  1-Percentage 1-Percentage
  point increase point decrease
 
  ($ million
Investment return
        
 
Effect on pension expense in 2006
  (346)  348 
Discount rate
        
 
Effect on pension expense in 2006
  (78)  93 
 
Effect on pension obligation at December 31, 2005
  (4,911)  6,379 
 
      The assumed US healthcare cost trend rate has a significant effect on the amounts reported. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed US healthcare cost trend rate would have the following effects:
         
  1-Percentage 1-Percentage
  point increase point decrease
 
  ($ million
Effect on US postretirement benefit expense in 2006
  32   (26)
Effect on US postretirement obligation at December 31, 2005
  388   (319)
 

F-120


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
                     
  Year ended December 31, 2005
 
  US post-  
  UK US retirement  
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
-  
  -------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Analysis of the amount charged to profit before interest and taxation
                    
Current service cost
  379   216   50   140   785 
Past service cost
  5   (10)  (5)  51   41 
Settlement, curtailment and special termination benefits
  37         10   47 
Payments to defined contribution plans
     158      14   172 
 
Total operating charge (income)
  421   364   45   215   1,045 
Innovene operations
  (38)  (24)  (3)  (21)  (86)
 
Continuing operations (a)
  383   340   42   194   959 
 
Analysis of the amount credited (charged) to other finance expense
                    
Expected return on plan assets
  1,456   557   2   123   2,138 
Interest on plan liabilities
  (1,003)  (444)  (207)  (368)  (2,022)
 
Other finance income (expense)
  453   113   (205)  (245)  116 
Innovene operations
  (10)  (5)  2   10   (3)
 
Continuing operations
  443   108   (203)  (235)  113 
 
Analysis of the amount recognized in the Statement of Recognized Income and Expense
                    
Actual return less expected return on pension plan assets
  3,111   96      157   3,364 
Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities
  (14)  (197)  (17)  16   (212)
Change in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities
  (1,884)  (59)  236   (470)  (2,177)
 
Actuarial gain (loss) recognized in Statement of Recognized Income and Expense
  1,213   (160)  219   (297)  975 
 
 
(a) Included within production and manufacturing expenses and distribution and administration expenses.

F-121


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
                      
  Year ended December 31, 2005
 
  US post-  
  UK US retirement  
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
 
  ($ million
Movement in surplus (deficit) during the year
                    
Benefit obligation at January 1,
  20,399   7,826   3,676   8,044   39,945 
Exchange adjustment
  (2,194)        (928)  (3,122)
Current service cost
  379   216   50   140   785 
Plan amendments
  5   (10)  (5)  51   41 
Interest cost
  1,003   444   207   368   2,022 
Special termination benefits
  37         10   47 
Contributions by plan participants
  37         5   42 
Benefit payments
  (923)  (600)  (208)  (430)  (2,161)
Acquisitions
     20   16   3   39 
Disposals
  (578)  (252)  (39)  (303)  (1,172)
Actuarial (gain) loss on obligation
  1,898   256   (219)  454   2,389 
 
Benefit obligation at December 31,
  20,063   7,900   3,478   7,414   38,855 
 
Fair value of plan assets at January 1,
  22,307   7,183   30   2,192   31,712 
Exchange adjustment
  (2,469)        (195)  (2,664)
Expected return on plan assets (a)
  1,456   557   2   123   2,138 
Contributions by plan participants
  37         5   42 
Contributions by employers (funded plans)
  340   279      140   759 
Contributions by employers (unfunded plans)
  1   30   204   314   549 
Benefit payments
  (923)  (600)  (208)  (430)  (2,161)
Acquisitions
     8         8 
Disposals
  (578)  (236)     (26)  (840)
Actuarial gain (loss) on plan assets (a)
  3,111   96      157   3,364 
 
Fair value of plan assets at December 31,
  23,282   7,317   28   2,280   32,907 
 
Surplus (deficit)
  3,219   (583)  (3,450)  (5,134)  (5,948)
 
Represented by
                    
 
Asset recognized
  3,240         42   3,282 
 
Liability recognized
  (21)  (583)  (3,450)  (5,176)  (9,230)
 
   3,219   (583)  (3,450)  (5,134)  (5,948)
 
The surplus (deficit) may be analysed between wholly or partly funded and wholly unfunded plans as follows
                    
 
Funded
  3,240   (226)  (32)  (476)  2,506 
 
Unfunded
  (21)  (357)  (3,418)  (4,658)  (8,454)
 
   3,219   (583)  (3,450)  (5,134)  (5,948)
 
The defined benefit obligation may be analysed between wholly or partly funded and wholly unfunded plans as follows
                    
 
Funded
  (20,042)  (7,543)  (60)  (2,756)  (30,401)
 
Unfunded
  (21)  (357)  (3,418)  (4,658)  (8,454)
 
   (20,063)  (7,900)  (3,478)  (7,414)  (38,855)
 
 
(a) The actual return on plan assets is made up of the sum of the expected return on plan assets and the actuarial gain (loss) on plan assets as disclosed above.

F-122


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
                     
  Year ended December 31, 2004
 
  US post-  
  UK US retirement  
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
-  
  -------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Analysis of the amount charged to profit before interest and taxation
                    
Current service cost
  363   215   61   118   757 
Past service cost
  5      (4)  38   39 
Settlement, curtailment and special termination benefits
  37         27   64 
Payments to defined contribution plans
     150      12   162 
 
Total operating charge (income)
  405   365   57   195   1,022 
Innovene operations
  (35)  (25)  (3)  (22)  (85)
 
Continuing operations (a)
  370   340   54   173   937 
 
Analysis of the amount credited (charged) to other finance expense
                    
Expected return on plan assets
  1,351   526   2   104   1,983 
Interest on plan liabilities
  (981)  (445)  (240)  (346)  (2,012)
 
Other finance income (expense)
  370   81   (238)  (242)  (29)
Innovene operations
  (6)  (3)  14   12   17 
 
Continuing operations
  364   78   (224)  (230)  (12)
 
Analysis of the amount recognized in the Statement of Recognized Income and Expense
                    
Actual return less expected return on pension plan assets
  818   379      152   1,349 
Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities
  83   (22)  33   (562)  (468)
Change in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities
  (795)  (108)  495   (366)  (774)
 
Actuarial gain (loss) recognized in Statement of Recognized Income and Expense
  106   249   528   (776)  107 
 
 
(a) Included within production and manufacturing expenses and distribution and administration expenses.

F-123


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
                      
  Year ended December 31, 2004
 
  US post-  
  UK US retirement  
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
 
  ($ million
Movement in surplus (deficit) during the year
                    
Benefit obligation at January 1
  17,766   7,709   4,143   6,376   35,994 
Exchange adjustment
  1,445         647   2,092 
Current service cost
  363   215   61   118   757 
Plan amendments
  5      (4)  38   39 
Interest cost
  981   445   240   346   2,012 
Special termination benefits
  37         27   64 
Contributions by plan participants
  33         4   37 
Benefit payments
  (943)  (578)  (218)  (383)  (2,122)
Acquisitions
           3   3 
Disposals
     (95)  (18)  (59)  (172)
Actuarial (gain) loss on obligation
  712   130   (528)  928   1,242 
 
Benefit obligation at December 31
  20,399   7,826   3,676   8,045   39,946 
 
Fair value of plan assets at January 1
  19,224   6,857   33   1,739   27,853 
Exchange adjustment
  1,575         175   1,750 
Expected return on plan assets (a)
  1,351   526   2   104   1,983 
Contributions by plan participants
  33         4   37 
Contributions by employers (funded plans)
  249   30      116   395 
Contributions by employers (unfunded plans)
     32   213   285   530 
Benefit payments
  (943)  (578)  (218)  (383)  (2,122)
Acquisitions
               
Disposals
     (63)        (63)
Actuarial gain (loss) on plan assets (a)
  818   379      152   1,349 
 
Fair value of plan assets at December 31
  22,307   7,183   30   2,192   31,712 
 
Surplus (deficit)
  1,908   (643)  (3,646)  (5,853)  (8,234)
 
Represented by
                    
 
Asset recognized
  2,093         12   2,105 
 
Liability recognized
  (185)  (643)  (3,646)  (5,865)  (10,339)
 
   1,908   (643)  (3,646)  (5,853)  (8,234)
 
The surplus (deficit) may be analysed between wholly or partly funded and wholly unfunded plans as follows
                    
 
Funded
  1,942   (296)  (43)  (506)  1,097 
 
Unfunded
  (34)  (347)  (3,603)  (5,347)  (9,331)
 
   1,908   (643)  (3,646)  (5,853)  (8,234)
 
The defined benefit obligation may be analysed between wholly or partly funded and wholly unfunded plans as follows
                    
 
Funded
  (20,365)  (7,479)  (73)  (2,698)  (30,615)
 
Unfunded
  (34)  (347)  (3,603)  (5,347)  (9,331)
 
   (20,399)  (7,826)  (3,676)  (8,045)  (39,946)
 
 
(a) The actual return on plan assets is made up of the sum of the expected return on plan assets and the actuarial gain (loss) on plan assets as disclosed above.

F-124


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
                     
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  US post-  
  UK US retirement  
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
-  
  -------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Analysis of the amount charged to profit before interest and taxation
                    
Current service cost
  290   177   54   116   637 
Past service cost
     14   14      28 
Settlement, curtailment and special termination benefits
     (11)  (669)  87   (593)
Payments to defined contribution plans
     134      36   170 
 
Total operating charge (income)
  290   314   (601)  239   242 
Innovene operations
  (29)  (23)  (3)  (19)  (74)
 
Continuing operations (a)
  261   291   (604)  220   168 
 
Analysis of the amount credited (charged) to other finance expense
                    
Expected return on plan assets
  1,053   351   2   94   1,500 
Interest on plan liabilities
  (848)  (432)  (259)  (301)  (1,840)
 
Other finance income (expense)
  205   (81)  (257)  (207)  (340)
Innovene operations
  (7)  (2)  14   10   15 
 
Continuing operations
  198   (83)  (243)  (197)  (325)
 
Analysis of the amount recognized in the Statement of Recognized Income and Expense
                    
Actual return less expected return on pension plan assets
  1,639   749   2   2   2,392 
Experience gains and losses arising on the plan liabilities
  641   30   67   135   873 
Change in assumptions underlying the present value of the plan liabilities
  (1,437)  (1,030)  (443)  (279)  (3,189)
 
Actuarial gain (loss) recognized in Statement of Recognized Income and Expense
  843   (251)  (374)  (142)  76 
 
 
(a) Included within production and manufacturing expenses and distribution and administration expenses.

F-125


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
                      
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  US post-  
  UK US retirement  
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
 
  ($ million
Movement in surplus (deficit) during the year
                    
Benefit obligation at January 1
  14,822   6,765   4,326   5,141   31,054 
Exchange adjustment
  1,738         910   2,648 
Current service cost
  290   177   54   116   637 
Plan amendments
     14   14      28 
Interest cost
  848   432   259   301   1,840 
Special termination benefits
     (11)  (669)  87   (593)
Contributions by plan participants
  33         2   35 
Benefit payments
  (761)  (668)  (217)  (325)  (1,971)
Acquisitions
           1   1 
Disposals
               
Actuarial (gain) loss on obligation
  796   1,000   376   144   2,316 
 
Benefit obligation at December 31
  17,766   7,709   4,143   6,377   35,995 
 
Fair value of plan assets at January 1
  15,138   4,206   33   1,447   20,824 
Exchange adjustment
  1,864         222   2,086 
Expected return on plan assets (a)
  1,053   351   2   94   1,500 
Contributions by plan participants
  33         2   35 
Contributions by employers (funded plans)
  258   2,189      86   2,533 
Contributions by employers (unfunded plans)
     30   213   209   452 
Benefit payments
  (761)  (668)  (217)  (325)  (1,971)
Acquisitions
           2   2 
Disposals
               
Actuarial gain (loss) on plan assets (a)
  1,639   749   2   2   2,392 
 
Fair value of plan assets at December 31
  19,224   6,857   33   1,739   27,853 
 
Surplus (deficit)
  1,458   (852)  (4,110)  (4,638)  (8,142)
 
Represented by
                    
 
Asset recognized
  1,562         118   1,680 
 
Liability recognized
  (104)  (852)  (4,110)  (4,756)  (9,822)
 
   1,458   (852)  (4,110)  (4,638)  (8,142)
 
The surplus (deficit) may be analysed between wholly or partly Funded and wholly unfunded plans as follows
                    
 
Funded
  1,458   (494)  (72)  (308)  584 
 
Unfunded
     (358)  (4,038)  (4,330)  (8,726)
 
   1,458   (852)  (4,110)  (4,638)  (8,142)
 
The defined benefit obligation may be analysed between wholly or partly funded and wholly unfunded plans as follows
                    
 
Funded
  (17,766)  (7,351)  (105)  (2,047)  (27,269)
 
Unfunded
     (358)  (4,038)  (4,330)  (8,726)
 
   (17,766)  (7,709)  (4,143)  (6,377)  (35,995)
 
 
(a) The actual return on plan assets is made up of the sum of the expected return on plan assets and the actuarial gain (loss) on plan assets as disclosed above.

F-126


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
      Pension and other postretirement benefit surpluses and deficits are disclosed on a pre-tax basis. On a post-tax basis the pension and other postretirement benefit surplus (deficit) at December 31, 2005 would be $(5,083) million (2004 $(6,686) million and 2003 $(6,080) million).
History of experience gains and losses
                      
  Year ended December 31, 2005
 
  US post-  
  UK US retirement  
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
 
Difference between the expected and actual return on plan assets
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  3,111   96      157   3,364 
 
Percentage of plan assets
  13%  1%  0%  7%  10%
Actual return on plan assets
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  4,567   653   2   280   5,502 
 
Percentage of plan assets
  20%  9%  7%  12%  17%
Experience gains and losses on plan liabilities
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  (14)  (197)  (17)  14   (214)
 
Percentage of the present value of plan liabilities
  0%  (2)%  0%  0%  (1)%
Total amount recognized in statement of recognized income and expense
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  1,213   (160)  219   (297)  975 
 
Percentage of the present value of plan liabilities
  6%  (2)%  6%  (4)%  3%
Cumulative amount recognized in statement of recognized income and expense
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  2,162   (162)  373   (1,215)  1,158 
 
Percentage of the present value of plan liabilities
  11%  (2)%  11%  (16)%  3%
 

F-127


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
                      
  Year ended December 31, 2004
 
  US post-  
  UK US retirement  
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
 
Difference between the expected and actual return on plan assets
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  818   379      152   1,349 
 
Percentage of plan assets
  4%  5%  0%  7%  4%
Actual return on plan assets
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  2,169   905   2   256   3,332 
 
Percentage of plan assets
  10%  13%  7%  12%  11%
Experience gains and losses on plan liabilities
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  83   (22)  33   (562)  (468)
 
Percentage of the present value of plan liabilities
  0%  0%  1%  (7)%  (1)%
Total amount recognized in statement of recognized income and expense
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  106   249   528   (776)  107 
 
Percentage of the present value of plan liabilities
  1%  3%  14%  (10)%  0%
Cumulative amount recognized in statement of recognized income and expense
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  949   (2)  154   (918)  183 
 
Percentage of the present value of plan liabilities
  5%  0%  4%  (11)%  0%
 

F-128


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
                      
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  US post-  
  UK US retirement  
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
 
Difference between the expected and actual return on plan assets
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  1,639   749   2   2   2,392 
 
Percentage of plan assets
  9%  11%  6%  0%  9%
Actual return on plan assets
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  2,692   1,100   4   96   3,892 
 
Percentage of plan assets
  14%  16%  12%  6%  14%
Experience gains and losses on plan liabilities
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  641   30   67   135   873 
 
Percentage of the present value of plan liabilities
  4%  0%  2%  2%  2%
Total amount recognized in statement of recognized income and expense
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  843   (251)  (374)  (142)  76 
 
Percentage of the present value of plan liabilities
  5%  (3)%  (9)%  (2)%  0%
Cumulative amount recognized in statement of recognized income and expense
                    
 
Amount ($ million)
  843   (251)  (374)  (142)  76 
 
Percentage of the present value of plan liabilities
  5%  (3)%  (9)%  (2)%  0%
 

F-129


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
      Further information in respect of the Group’s defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans required under FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 132 (R) — ‘Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits’ is set out below.
              
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
- )
  ----------------------------($-
  million
Pension and other postretirement benefits expense
            
Defined benefit plans
            
 
Service cost — benefits earned during year
  785   757   637 
 
Interest cost on projected benefit obligation
  2,022   2,012   1,840 
 
Expected return on plan assets
  (2,115)  (2,161)  (1,884)
 
Amortization of transition asset
  10   9   (69)
 
Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss
  656   445   104 
 
Recognized prior service cost
  79   64   52 
 
Curtailment and settlement (gains) losses
  (38)  (4)  (7)
 
Special termination benefits
  49   60   92 
 
   1,448   1,182   765 
Defined contribution plans
  172   162   170 
 
   1,620   1,344   935 
Innovene operations
  (83)  (102)  (89)
 
Total pension and other postretirement benefits expense for continuing operations
  1,537   1,242   846 
 
Estimated future benefit payments
      The expected benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, through 2015 are as follows:
                     
      US post-    
  UK US retirement    
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
- )
  ------------------------------------------------($-
  million
2006
  864   609   218   407   2,098 
2007
  891   607   225   416   2,139 
2008
  924   625   226   415   2,190 
2009
  961   647   231   409   2,248 
2010
  999   666   236   410   2,311 
2011-2015
  5,477   3,501   1,211   2,055   12,244 
 

F-130


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (continued)
      A summary of benefit obligations and amounts recognized under US GAAP in the financial statements is as below:
                     
  Year ended December 31, 2005
 
  US post-  
  UK US retirement  
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
- )
  ------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Benefit obligation at December 31
  20,063   7,900   3,478   7,414   38,855 
Fair value of plan assets at December 31
  23,282   7,317   28   2,280   32,907 
 
Funded status
  3,219   (583)  (3,450)  (5,134)  (5,948)
Unrecognized transition (asset) obligation
           17   17 
Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss
  222   3,249   793   1,454   5,718 
Unrecognized prior service cost
  490   70   (485)  8   83 
 
Net amount recognized
  3,931   2,736   (3,142)  (3,655)  (130)
 
Prepaid benefit cost (accrued benefit liability)
  3,910   2,535   (3,154)  (4,508)  (1,217)
Intangible asset
     12      15   27 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
  21   189   12   838   1,060 
 
   3,931   2,736   (3,142)  (3,655)  (130)
 
                     
  Year ended December 31, 2004
 
  US post-  
  UK US retirement  
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
- )
  ------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Benefit obligation at December 31
  20,399   7,826   3,676   8,045   39,946 
Fair value of plan assets at December 31
  22,307   7,183   30   2,192   31,712 
 
Funded status
  1,908   (643)  (3,646)  (5,853)  (8,234)
Unrecognized transition (asset) obligation
           29   29 
Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss
  1,681   3,442   1,149   1,359   7,631 
Unrecognized prior service cost
  640   76   (579)  10   147 
 
Net amount recognized
  4,229   2,875   (3,076)  (4,455)  (427)
 
Prepaid benefit cost (accrued benefit liability)
  3,714   2,699   (3,076)  (5,206)  (1,869)
Intangible asset
     13      26   39 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
  515   163      725   1,403 
 
   4,229   2,875   (3,076)  (4,455)  (427)
 

F-131


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 44 — Pensions and other postretirement benefits (concluded)
                     
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  US post-  
  UK US retirement  
  pension pension benefit Other  
  plans plans plans plans Total
- )
  ------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Benefit obligation at December 31
  17,766   7,709   4,143   6,377   35,995 
Fair value of plan assets at December 31
  19,224   6,857   33   1,739   27,853 
 
Funded status
  1,458   (852)  (4,110)  (4,638)  (8,142)
Unrecognized transition (asset) obligation
           37   37 
Unrecognized net actuarial (gain) loss
  1,532   3,918   1,835   635   7,919 
Unrecognized prior service cost
  680   78   (648)  12   122 
 
Net amount recognized
  3,670   3,144   (2,924)  (3,954)  (64)
 
Prepaid benefit cost (accrued benefit liability)
  3,670   2,937   (2,924)  (4,225)  (542)
Intangible asset
     14      29   43 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
     193      242   435 
 
   3,670   3,144   (2,924)  (3,954)  (64)
 
Note 45 — Retained earnings
      Retained earnings of $46,794 million ($32,383 million at December 31, 2004 and $28,378 million at December 31, 2003) include the following amounts, the distribution of which is limited by statutory or other restrictions:
             
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
- )
  -----------------------($-
  million
Parent company
  27,391   25,026   24,107 
Subsidiaries
  2,463   2,927   2,115 
Jointly controlled entities and associates
  492   441   566 
 
   30,346   28,394   26,788 
 
      There were no unrealized currency translation differences for the year on long-term borrowings used to finance equity investments in foreign currencies (2004 nil and 2003 nil).

F-132


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 46 — Share-based payments
             
Effect of share-based payment transactions on the Group’s result and December 31,
ial position
 
  2005 2004 2003
- )
  --------------------($-
  million
Total expense recognized for equity-settled share-based payment transactions
  348   289   268 
Total expense recognized for cash-settled share-based payment transactions
  20   36   25 
 
Total expense recognized for share-based payment transactions
  368   325   293 
 
Closing balance of liability for cash-settled share-based payment transactions
  48   59   51 
Total intrinsic value for vested cash-settled share-based payments
  41   53   50 
 
      For ease of presentation, option and share holdings detailed in the tables within this note are stated as UK ordinary share equivalents in US dollars. US employees are granted American Depositary Shares (ADSs) or options over the Company’s ADSs (one ADS is equivalent to six ordinary shares). The share-based payment plans that existed during the year are detailed below. All plans are ongoing unless otherwise stated.
Plans for executive directors
     Executive Directors’ Incentive Plan (EDIP) — share element (2005 onwards). An equity-settled incentive share plan for executive directors driven by one performance measure over a three-year performance period. The award of shares is determined by comparing BP’s total shareholder return (TSR) against the other oil majors. In addition, for the group chief executive, 27% of the grant is based on long-term leadership (LTL) measures. After the performance period, the shares that vest (net of tax) are then subject to a three-year retention period. Full details of this plan are included in Item 6.
     Executive Directors’ Incentive Plan (EDIP) — share element (pre-2005). An equity-settled incentive share plan for executive directors driven by three performance measures over a three-year performance period. The primary measure is BP’s shareholder return against the market (SHRAM) versus that of the companies within the FTSE All World Oil & Gas Index. This accounts for nearly two-thirds of the potential total award, with the remainder being assessed on BP’s relative return on average capital employed (ROACE) and earnings per share (EPS) growth compared with the other oil majors. After the performance period, the shares that vest (net of tax) are then subject to a three-year retention period. Full details of this plan are included in Item 6. For 2005 and subsequent years, the share element of EDIP was amended as described above.
     Executive Directors’ Incentive Plan (EDIP) — share option element (pre-2005). An equity-settled share option plan for executive directors that permits options to be granted at an exercise price no lower than the market price of a share on the date that the option is granted. Options vest over three years (one-third each after one, two and three years respectively) and must be exercised within seven years of the date of grant. Last grants were made in 2004. For 2005 onwards the remuneration committee’s policy is not to make further grants of share options to executive directors.
Plans for senior employees
     Medium Term Performance Plan (MTPP) (2005 onwards). An equity-settled incentive share plan for senior employees driven by two performance measures over a three-year performance period. The award of shares is determined by comparing BP’s TSR against the other oil majors and, additionally, by

F-133


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 46 — Share-based payments (continued)
comparing free cash flow (FCF) against a threshold established for the period. For a small group of particularly senior employees, only the TSR measure is applicable in determining the award. The number of shares awarded is increased to take account of the net dividends that would have been received during the performance period, assuming that such dividends had been reinvested. With regard to leaver provisions, the general rule is that leaving employment during the performance period will preclude an award of shares. However, special arrangements apply where the participant leaves for a qualifying reason and employment ceases after completion of the first year of the performance period.
     Long Term Performance Plan (LTPP) (pre-2005). An equity-settled incentive share plan for senior employees driven by three performance measures over a three-year performance period. The primary measure is BP’s SHRAM versus that of the companies within the FTSE All World Oil & Gas Index. This accounts for nearly two-thirds of the potential total award, with the remainder being assessed on BP’s relative ROACE and EPS growth compared with the other oil majors. Shares are awarded at the end of the performance period and are then subject to a three-year restriction period. With regard to leaver provisions, the general rule is that leaving during the performance period will preclude an award of shares. However, special arrangements apply where the participant leaves for a qualifying reason and employment ceases after completion of the first year of the performance period. This plan was replaced by the MTPP for 2005 onwards.
     Deferred Annual Bonus Plan (DAB). An equity-settled restricted share plan for senior employees. The award value is equal to 50% of the annual cash bonus awarded for the preceding performance year (the ‘performance period’). The shares are restricted for a period of three years (the ‘restriction period’). Shares accrue dividends during the restriction period and these are reinvested. With regard to leaver provisions, if a participant ceases to be employed by BP prior to the end of the performance period, then the general rule is that this will preclude an award of shares. However, special arrangements apply where the participant leaves for a qualifying reason. Similarly, if a participant ceases to be employed by BP prior to the end of the restriction period, the general rule is that the restricted shares will be forfeited. Special arrangements apply where the participant leaves for a qualifying reason.
     Restricted Share Plan (RSP). An equity-settled restricted share plan used predominantly for senior employees in special circumstances (such as recruitment and retention). There are no performance conditions but the shares are subject to a three-year restriction period. During the restriction period, shares accrue dividends, which are reinvested. With regard to leaver provisions, the general rule is that ceasing employment during the restriction period will result in the forfeit of shares. However, special arrangements apply where the participant leaves for a qualifying reason.
     BP Share Option Plan (BPSOP). An equity-settled share option plan that applies to certain categories of employees. Participants are granted share options with an exercise price no lower than market price of a share immediately preceding the date of grant. There are no performance conditions and the options are exercisable between the third and 10th anniversaries of the grant date. The general rule is that the options will lapse if the participant leaves employment before the end of the third calendar year from the date of grant (and that vested options are exercisable within 31/2 years from the date of leaving). However, special arrangements apply where the participant leaves for a qualifying reason and employment ceases after the end of the calendar year of the date of grant. Share options are no longer offered to the most senior employees.

F-134


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 46 — Share-based payments (continued)
Savings and matching plans
     BP ShareSave Plan. A savings-related share option plan, under which employees save on a monthly basis, over a three- or five-year period, towards the purchase of shares at a fixed price determined when the option is granted. This price is usually set at a 20% discount to the market price at the time of grant. The option must be exercised within six months of maturity of the savings contract; otherwise it lapses. The plan is run in the UK and options are granted annually, usually in June. Until 2003, a three-year savings plan was also run in a small number of other countries. Options will remain outstanding in respect of these countries until the end of June 2007. Participants leaving for a qualifying reason will have six months in which to use their savings to exercise their options on a pro-rated basis.
     BP ShareMatch Plans. Matching share plans, under which BP matches employees’ own contributions of shares up to a predetermined limit. The plans are run in the UK and in over 70 other countries. The UK plan is run on a monthly basis with shares being held in trust for five years before they can be released free of any income tax and national insurance liability. In other countries, the plan is run on an annual basis with shares being held in trust for three years. The plan is operated on a cash basis in those countries where there are regulatory restrictions preventing the holding of BP shares. When the employee leaves BP, all shares must be removed from trust and units under the plan operated on a cash basis must be encashed.
Cash plans
     Cash Options/ Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs). These are cash-settled share-based payments available to certain employees that require the Group to pay the intrinsic value of the cash option/ SAR to the employee at the date of exercise. There are no performance conditions; however, participants must continue in employment with BP for the first three calendar years of the plan for the options/ SARs to vest. Special arrangements may apply for qualifying leavers. The options/ SARs are exercisable between the third and 10th anniversaries of the grant date.
Employee share ownership plans (ESOPS)
      ESOPs have been established to acquire BP shares to satisfy any awards made to participants under EDIP, LTPP, MTPP, DAB and the BP ShareMatch Plans. The ESOPs have waived their rights to dividends on shares held for future awards and are funded by the Group. Until such time as the Company’s own shares held by the ESOP trusts vest unconditionally in employees, the amount paid for those shares is deducted in arriving at shareholders’ equity. See Consolidated Statement of Changes in BP Shareholders’ Equity (pages F-7 to F-11). Assets and liabilities of the ESOPs are recognized as assets and liabilities of the Group.

F-135


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 46 — Share-based payments (continued)
      At December 31, 2005, the ESOPs held 14,560,003 shares (2004 8,621,219 shares and 2003 11,930,379 shares) for potential future awards, which had a market value of $156 million (2004 $84 million and 2003 $96 million).
                         
Year ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  Weighted   Weighted   Weighted
  average   average   average
  Number of exercise Number of exercise Number of exercise
Share option transactions options price options price options price
($($($- )
   
Outstanding at beginning of the period
  470,263,808   7.16   461,885,881   6.76   410,986,179   6.70 
Granted during the period
  54,482,053   10.24   80,394,760   7.93   104,758,602   6.22 
Forfeited during the period
  (4,844,827)  8.30   (7,043,911)  6.77   (20,412,529)  7.11 
Exercised during the period
  (68,687,976)  6.40   (62,625,182)  5.18   (32,988,942)  4.11 
Expired during the period
  (759,556)  6.75   (2,347,740)  7.55   (457,429)  6.40 
 
Outstanding at end of the period
  450,453,502   7.64   470,263,808   7.16   461,885,881   6.76 
 
Exercisable at the end of the period
  222,729,398   7.54   224,627,758   7.00   229,198,494   6.21 
 
Available for grant at December 31,
  955,924,506       966,076,636       1,079,531,345     
 
      As share options are exercised continuously throughout the year, the weighted average share price during the year of $10.77 (2004 $8.95 and 2003 $6.81) is representative of the weighted average share price at the date of exercise. For the options outstanding at December 31, 2005, the exercise price ranges and weighted average remaining contractual lives are shown below.
                     
  Options outstanding Options exercisable
 
  Weighted Weighted   Weighted
  average average   average
  Number of remaining exercise Number of exercise
Range of exercise prices shares life price shares price
($($- )
   
    (years  
$ 4.22 — $ 6.14
  74,255,790   1.88   5.51   52,734,810   5.44 
$ 6.15 — $ 8.06
  151,161,264   6.15   7.02   36,840,758   7.70 
$ 8.07 — $ 9.99
  176,892,928   5.95   8.29   133,128,330   8.32 
$10.00 — $11.92
  48,143,520   9.19   10.45   25,500   10.53 
 
   450,453,502   5.69   7.64   222,729,398   7.54 
 

F-136


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 46 — Share-based payments (continued)
Fair values and associated details for options and shares granted
             
Options granted during the year   ShareSave ShareSave
ended December 31, 2005 BPSOP 3 Year 5 Year
 
Option pricing model used
  Binomial   Binomial   Binomial 
Weighted average fair value
  $2.34   $2.76   $2.94 
Weighted average share price
  $10.85   $10.49   $10.49 
Weighted average exercise price
  $10.63   $7.96   $7.96 
Expected volatility
  18%   18%   18% 
Option life
  10 years   3.5 years   5.5 years 
Expected dividends
  2.72%   3.00%   3.00% 
Risk free interest rate
  4.25%   4.00%   4.25% 
Expected exercise behaviour
  5% years 4-9   100% year 4   100% year 6 
   70% year 10         
 
                 
Options granted during the year ended     ShareSave ShareSave
December 31, 2004 EDIP Options BPSOP 3 Year 5 Year
 
Option pricing model used
  Binomial   Binomial   Binomial   Binomial 
Weighted average fair value
  $1.34   $1.55   $1.94   $2.13 
Weighted average share price
  $8.09   $8.12   $8.75   $8.75 
Weighted average exercise price
  $8.09   $8.09   $7.00   $7.00 
Expected volatility
  22%   22%   22%   22% 
Option life
  7 years   10 years   3.5 years   5.5 years 
Expected dividends
  3.75%   3.75%   3.75%   3.75% 
Risk free interest rate
  3.50%   4.00%   3.00%   3.75% 
Expected exercise behaviour
  5% years 2-6   5% years 4-9   100% year 4   100% year 6 
   75% year 7   70% year 10         
 
                 
Options granted during the year ended     ShareSave ShareSave
December 31, 2003 EDIP Options BPSOP 3 Year 5 Year
 
Option pricing model used
  Binomial   Binomial   Binomial   Binomial 
Weighted average fair value
  $1.37   $1.50   $1.91   $2.02 
Weighted average share price
  $6.29   $6.43   $7.23   $7.23 
Weighted average exercise price
  $6.29   $6.35   $5.79   $5.79 
Expected volatility
  30%   30%   30%   30% 
Option life
  7 years   10 years   3.5 years   5.5 years 
Expected dividends
  4.00%   4.00%   4.00%   4.00% 
Risk free interest rate
  3.50%   3.50%   3.50%   3.50% 
Expected exercise behaviour
  5% years 2-6   5% years 4-9   100% year 4   100% year 6 
   75% year 7   70% year 10         
 

F-137


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 46 — Share-based payments (concluded)
      The Group uses a third party estimate of expected volatility of US ADSs for the quarter within which the grant date of the relevant plan falls. This estimate takes into account the volatility implied by options in the market.
                     
Shares granted in 2005 MTPP — TSR MTPP — FCF EDIP — TSR EDIP — LTL RSP
 
Number of equity
instruments granted (million)
  9.3   8.4   3.7   0.5   0.3 
Weighted average fair
value
  $5.72   $11.04   $3.87   $10.13   $11.04 
Fair value measurement
basis
  Monte Carlo   Market value   Monte Carlo   Market value   Market value 
 
      The Group used a Monte Carlo simulation to fair value the TSR element of the 2005 MTPP and EDIP plans. In accordance with the rules of the plans the model simulates BP’s TSR and compares it against our principal strategic competitors over the three-year period of the plans. The model takes into account the historic dividends, share price volatilities and covariances of BP and each comparator company to produce a predicted distribution of relative share performance. This is applied to the reward criteria to give an expected value of the TSR element.
                     
    LTPP —   EDIP —  
Shares granted in 2004 LTPP — SHRAM EPS/ROACE EDIP — SHRAM EPS/ROACE RSP
 
Number of equity instruments granted (million)
  6.8   4.1   0.9   0.5   0.1 
Weighted average fair value
  $4.06   $7.21   $4.06   $7.21   $8.12 
Fair value measurement basis
  Monte Carlo   Market value   Monte Carlo   Market value   Market value 
 
                     
    LTPP —   EDIP —  
Shares granted in 2003 LTPP — SHRAM EPS/ROACE EDIP — SHRAM EPS/ROACE RSP
 
Number of equity instruments granted (million)
  6.8   4.1   1.1   0.6   0.1 
Weighted average fair value
  $3.53   $5.65   $3.53   $5.65   $6.43 
Fair value measurement basis
  Monte Carlo   Market value   Monte Carlo   Market value   Market value 
 
      The Group used a Monte Carlo simulation to fair value the SHRAM element of the 2003 and 2004 LTPP and EDIP plans. In accordance with the rules of the plans, the model simulates BP’s SHRAM and compares it with the comparator companies (all companies in the FTSE All World Oil & Gas Index) over the three-year period of the plans. The SHRAMs of the comparator companies have been determined from market data over the preceding three-year period. The model takes into account the historic dividend yields, share price volatilities and covariances of BP and each comparator company to

F-138


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 46 — Share-based payments (concluded)
produce a predicted distribution of relative share performance. This is applied to the reward criteria to give an expected value of the SHRAM element.
      Accounting expense does not necessarily represent the actual value of share-based payments made to recipients which are determined by the Remuneration Committee according to established criteria.
Note 47 — Employee costs and numbers
             
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
- )
  ---------------------------($-
  million
Employee costs
            
Wages and salaries
  8,695   7,922   7,142 
Social security costs
  754   667   622 
Share-based payments
  368   325   293 
Pension and other postretirement benefit costs
  929   1,051   582 
 
   10,746   9,965   8,639 
Innovene operations
  (892)  (898)  (882)
 
   9,854   9,067   7,757 
 
             
  At December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
Number of employees at December 31,
            
Exploration and Production
  17,000   15,600   15,100 
Refining and Marketing (a)
  70,800   69,800   69,000 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  4,100   4,000   3,800 
Other businesses and corporate
  4,300   13,500   15,800 
 
   96,200   102,900   103,700 
 
By geographical area
            
UK
  16,500   17,500   17,100 
Rest of Europe
  21,300   25,900   25,300 
USA
  34,400   36,900   39,100 
Rest of World
  24,000   22,600   22,200 
 
   96,200   102,900   103,700 
 
 
(a) Includes 27,800 (2004 27,900 and 2003 27,000) service station staff.

F-139


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 47 — Employee costs and numbers (concluded)
                     
    Rest of   Rest of  
Average number of employees UK Europe USA World Total
 
Year ended December 31, 2005
                    
Exploration and Production
  3,000   600   5,300   7,300   16,200 
Refining and Marketing
  11,100   19,700   26,200   14,000   71,000 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  200   800   1,500   1,400   3,900 
Other businesses and corporate
  3,800   3,900   3,600   300   11,600 
 
   18,100   25,000   36,600   23,000   102,700 
 
Year ended December 31, 2004
                    
Exploration and Production
  2,900   700   4,900   6,900   15,400 
Refining and Marketing
  10,300   19,200   27,200   12,900   69,600 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  200   800   1,400   1,600   4,000 
Other businesses and corporate
  3,700   4,800   5,700   1,000   15,200 
 
   17,100   25,500   39,200   22,400   104,200 
 
Year ended December 31, 2003
                    
Exploration and Production
  3,200   700   5,000   6,900   15,800 
Refining and Marketing
  10,100   20,600   28,300   12,700   71,700 
Gas, Power and Renewables
  200   900   1,500   1,600   4,200 
Other businesses and corporate
  3,700   4,900   6,300   1,500   16,400 
 
   17,200   27,100   41,100   22,700   108,100 
 
Note 48 — Remuneration of directors and key management
Remuneration of directors
              
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
- )
  --------------------($-
  million
Total for all directors
            
 
Emoluments
  18   19   17 
 
Ex-gratia payment to executive director retiring in the year
        1 
 
Gains made on the exercise of share options
     3   1 
 
Amounts awarded under incentive schemes
  8   6   4 
 
     Emoluments. These amounts comprise fees paid to the non-executive chairman and the non-executive directors and, for executive directors, salary and benefits earned during the relevant financial year, plus bonuses awarded for the year.
     Pension contributions. Five executive directors participated in a non-contributory pension scheme established for UK staff by a separate trust fund to which contributions are made by BP based on actuarial advice. One US executive director participated in the US BP Retirement Accumulation Plan during 2005.

F-140


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 48 — Remuneration of directors and key management (concluded)
     Office facilities for former chairmen and deputy chairmen.It is customary for the Company to make available to former chairmen and deputy chairmen, who were previously employed executives, the use of office and basic secretarial facilities following their retirement. The cost involved in doing so is not significant.
Remuneration of key management
              
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
- )
  --------------------($-
  million
Total for all key management
            
 
Short-term employee benefits
  25   24   20 
 
Postretirement benefits
  4   3   2 
 
Share-based payment
  27   20   20 
 
      Key management, in addition to executive and non-executive directors, includes certain senior managers who are members of the Group Chief Executive’s Meeting.
     Short-term employee benefits. In addition to fees paid to the non-executive chairman and non-executive directors, these amounts comprise, for executive directors and senior managers, salary and benefits earned during the year, plus bonuses awarded for the year.
     Postretirement benefits. The amounts represent the estimated cost to the Group of providing pensions and other postretirement benefits to key management in respect of the current year of service measured in accordance with IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’.
     Share-based payments. This is the cost to the Group of key management’s participation in share-based payment plans, as measured by the fair value of options and shares granted accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payments’. The main plans in which key management have participated are the Executive Directors’ Incentive Plan (EDIP), the Medium Term Performance Plan (MTPP) and the Long Term Performance Plan (LTPP). For details of these plans refer to Note 46 — Share-based payments.
Note 49 — Contingent liabilities
      There were contingent liabilities at December 31, 2005 in respect of guarantees and indemnities entered into as part of the ordinary course of the Group’s business. No material losses are likely to arise from such contingent liabilities. Group companies have issued guarantees under which amounts outstanding at December 31, 2005 were $1,228 million (2004 $1,281 million and 2003 $635 million) in respect of borrowings of jointly controlled entities and associates and $736 million (2004 $650 million and 2003 $304 million) in respect of liabilities of other third parties.
      Approximately 200 lawsuits were filed in State and Federal Courts in Alaska seeking compensatory and punitive damages arising out of the Exxon Valdez oil spill in Prince William Sound in March 1989. Most of those suits named Exxon (now ExxonMobil), Alyeska Pipeline Service Company (Alyeska), which operates the oil terminal at Valdez, and the other oil companies that own Alyeska. Alyeska initially responded to the spill until the response was taken over by Exxon. BP owns a 47% interest (reduced during 2001 from 50% by a sale of 3% to Phillips) in Alyeska through a subsidiary of BP

F-141


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 49 — Contingent liabilities (continued)
America Inc. and briefly indirectly owned a further 20% interest in Alyeska following BP’s combination with Atlantic Richfield Company (Atlantic Richfield). Alyeska and its owners have settled all the claims against them under these lawsuits. Exxon has indicated that it may file a claim for contribution against Alyeska for a portion of the costs and damages which it has incurred. If any claims are asserted by Exxon that affect Alyeska and its owners, BP will defend the claims vigorously.
      Since 1987, Atlantic Richfield, a current subsidiary of BP, has been named as a co-defendant in numerous lawsuits brought in the US alleging injury to persons and property caused by lead pigment in paint. The majority of the lawsuits have been abandoned or dismissed as against Atlantic Richfield. Atlantic Richfield is named in these lawsuits as alleged successor to International Smelting & Refining which, along with a predecessor company, manufactured lead pigment during the period 1920-1946. Plaintiffs include individuals and governmental entities. Several of the lawsuits purport to be class actions. The lawsuits (depending on plaintiff) seek various remedies, including: compensation to lead-poisoned children; cost to find and remove lead paint from buildings; medical monitoring and screening programmes; public warning and education on lead hazards; reimbursement of government healthcare costs and special education for lead-poisoned citizens; and punitive damages. No lawsuit against Atlantic Richfield has been settled nor has Atlantic Richfield been subject to a final adverse judgement in any proceeding. The amounts claimed and, if such suits were successful, the costs of implementing the remedies sought in the various cases could be substantial. While it is not possible to predict the outcome of these legal actions, Atlantic Richfield believes that it has valid defences and it intends to defend such actions vigorously and thus the incurrence of a liability by Atlantic Richfield is remote. Consequently, BP believes that the impact of these lawsuits on the Group’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity will not be material.
      In addition, various Group companies are parties to legal actions and claims that arise in the ordinary course of the Group’s business. While the outcome of such legal proceedings cannot be readily foreseen, BP believes that they will be resolved without material effect on the Group’s results of operations, financial position or liquidity.
      The Group is subject to numerous national and local environmental laws and regulations concerning its products, operations and other activities. These laws and regulations may require the Group to take future action to remediate the effects on the environment of prior disposal or release of chemicals or petroleum substances by the Group or other parties. Such contingencies may exist for various sites including refineries, chemical plants, oil fields, service stations, terminals and waste disposal sites. In addition, the Group may have obligations relating to prior asset sales or closed facilities. The ultimate requirement for remediation and its cost are inherently difficult to estimate. However, the estimated cost of known environmental obligations has been provided in these accounts in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. While the amounts of future costs could be significant and could be material to the Group’s results of operations in the period in which they are recognized, BP does not expect these costs to have a material effect on the Group’s financial position or liquidity.
      The Group generally restricts its purchase of insurance to situations where this is required for legal or contractual reasons. This is because external insurance is not considered an economic means of financing losses for the Group. Losses will therefore be borne as they arise rather than being spread over time through insurance premiums with attendant transaction costs. The position is reviewed periodically.

F-142


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 50 — Capital commitments
      Authorized future capital expenditure for property, plant and equipment by Group companies for which contracts had been placed at December 31, 2005 amounted to $7,596 million (2004 $6,765 million and 2003 $6,420 million). Capital commitments of equity-accounted entities amounted to $733 million (2004 $2,056 million and 2003 $1,175 million).

F-143


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 51 —Summarized financial information on jointly controlled entities and associates
      A summarized statement of income and assets and liabilities based on latest information available, with respect to the Group’s equity-accounted joint ventures and associates, is set out below. These figures represent 100% of the Income Statements and Balance Sheets of the joint ventures and associated undertakings, not BP’s ownership interest.
             
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Sales and other operating revenue
  61,698   38,842   21,836 
Gross profit
  14,451   9,063   4,939 
Profit for the year
  8,043   5,466   2,728 
 
         
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
Noncurrent assets
  52,401   49,438 
Current assets
  19,808   13,879 
 
   72,209   63,317 
Current liabilities
  (15,403)  (12,351)
Noncurrent liabilities
  (20,328)  (12,618)
 
Net assets
  36,478   38,348 
 
      The more important joint ventures and associates of the Group at December 31, 2005 and the percentage of ordinary share capital owned or joint venture interest (to nearest whole number) are:
           
    Country of  
Associates % Incorporation Principal activities
 
Abu Dhabi
          
Abu Dhabi Marine Areas
  37   England  Crude oil production
Abu Dhabi Petroleum Co
  24   England  Crude oil production
Azerbaijan
          
The Baku-Tbilisi-Ceyhan Pipeline Co
  30   Cayman Islands  Pipelines
Korea
          
Samsung Petrochemical Co. 
  47   England  Petrochemicals
Taiwan
          
China American Petrochemical Co. 
  61   Taiwan  Petrochemicals
Trinidad and Tobago
          
Atlantic LNG Company of Trinidad and Tobago
  34   Trinidad and Tobago  LNG manufacture
Atlantic LNG 2/3 Company of Trinidad and Tobago
  43   Trinidad and Tobago  LNG manufacture

F-144


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 51 —Summarized financial information on jointly controlled entities and associates (concluded)
           
    Country of  
    incorporation or  
Jointly controlled entities % registration Principal activities
 
CaTO Finance V Limited Partnership
  50   England  Finance
Lukarco
  46   Netherlands  Exploration and production, pipelines
Pan American Energy
  60   USA  Exploration and Production
Ruhr Oel
  50   Germany  Refinining and Marketing and Petrochemicals
Shanghai Secco Petrochemical Co
  50   China  Petrochemicals
TNK-BP
  50   British Virgin Islands  Integrated oil operations
Unimar LLC
  50   USA  Exploration and Production
Watson Cogeneration
  51   USA  Power generation
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards
Introduction
      For all periods up to and including the year ended December 31, 2004, BP prepared its financial statements in accordance with UK generally accepted accounting practice (UK GAAP). BP, together with all other European Union (EU) companies listed on an EU stock exchange, was required to prepare consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (IFRS) with effect from January 1, 2005. The Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended December 31, 2005 comprises BP’s first consolidated financial statements prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards.
      In preparing these financial statements, the Group has complied with all International Financial Reporting Standards applicable for periods beginning on or after January 1, 2005. In addition, BP has also decided to adopt early IFRS 6 ‘Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral Resources’, the amendment to IAS 19 ‘Amendment to International Accounting Standard IAS 19 Employee Benefits: Actuarial Gains and Losses, Group Plans and Disclosures’, the amendment to IAS 39 ‘Amendment to International Accounting Standard IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement: Cash Flow Hedge Accounting of Forecast Intragroup Transactions’ and IFRIC 4 ‘Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease’. The EU has adopted all standards and interpretations adopted by BP for its 2005 reporting.
      The general principle that should be applied on first-time adoption of IFRS is that standards in force at the first reporting date (for BP, December 31, 2005) should be applied retrospectively. However, IFRS 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’ (IFRS 1) contains a number of exemptions which companies are permitted to apply. BP has taken the following exemptions:
 — Comparative information on financial instruments is prepared in accordance with UK GAAP and the Group has adopted IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ (IAS 32) and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ (IAS 39) from January 1, 2005.

F-145


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Introduction (concluded)
 — IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ has not been applied to acquisitions of subsidiaries or of interests in jointly controlled entities and associates that occurred before January 1, 2003.
 
 — Cumulative currency translation differences for all foreign operations are deemed to be zero at January 1, 2003.
 
 — The Group has recognized all cumulative actuarial gains and losses on pensions and other postretirement benefits as at January 1, 2003 directly in equity.
 
 — IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ has been applied retrospectively to all share-based payments that had not vested before January 1, 2003.
      As indicated above, BP adopted IAS 32 and IAS 39 with effect from January 1, 2005 and, as permitted under IFRS 1, the Group has not restated comparative information. Had IAS 32 and IAS 39 been applied from January 1, 2003, the following adjustments would have been necessary in the financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003:
 — All derivatives, including embedded derivatives, would have been brought on to the balance sheet at fair value.
 
 — Available-for-sale investments would have been carried at fair value rather than at cost.
      The principal differences for the Group between reporting on the basis of UK GAAP and IFRS are as follows:
 — Ceasing to amortize goodwill.
 
 — Setting up deferred taxation on: acquisitions; inventory valuation differences; unremitted earnings of subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates.
 
 — Expensing a greater proportion of major maintenance costs.
 
 — No longer recognizing dividends proposed but not declared as a liability at the balance sheet date.
 
 — Recognizing an expense for the fair value of employee share option schemes.
 
 — Recording asset swaps on the basis of fair value.
 
 — Recognizing changes in the fair value of embedded derivatives in the income statement.
      The new accounting policies adopted by the Group are summarized in Note 1 (pages F-12 to F-30).
      The financial information presented in this note does not take account of the Innovene operations treated as discontinued in 2005 (see Note 5 on page F-35), nor the change in the basis of presentation of over-the-counter forward contracts (see Note 3 onF-30).

F-146


Table of Contents

Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
(This page intentionally left blank)

F-147


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Group income statement reconciliation from UK GAAP to IFRS
                          
  UK          
  GAAP in         Major
  IFRS Joint Net equity Goodwill Deferred maintenance
  format arrangements accounting amortization tax expenditure
-  
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
For the year ended December 31, 2004
                        
Sales and other operating revenues
  285,059   (274)            
Earnings from jointly controlled entities — after interest and tax
  2,943   34   (1,251)         
Earnings from associates — after interest and tax
  634      (171)         
Interest and other revenues
  675   (3)            
 
Total revenues
  289,311   (243)  (1,422)         
Gain on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  1,829                
 
Total revenues and other income
  291,140   (243)  (1,422)         
Purchases
  217,659   (82)            
Production and manufacturing expenses
  18,330   (44)           586 
Production and similar taxes
  2,149                
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  10,840   (110)     (1,428)     (296)
Impairment and losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  2,757         (61)  25    
Exploration expense
  637                
Distribution and administration expenses
  13,526   9             
 
Profit before interest and taxation
  25,242   (16)  (1,422)  1,489   (25)  (290)
Finance costs
  642      (206)         
Other finance expense
  357                
 
Profit before taxation
  24,243   (16)  (1,216)  1,489   (25)  (290)
Taxation
  8,282   (16)  (1,173)     49   (73)
 
Profit for the year
  15,961      (43)  1,489   (74)  (217)
 
Attributable to
                        
 
BP shareholders
  15,731         1,489   (74)  (217)
 
Minority interest
  230      (43)         
 
   15,961      (43)  1,489   (74)  (217)
 
For the year ended December 31, 2003
                        
Sales and other operating revenues
  232,571   (185)            
Earnings from jointly controlled entities — after interest and tax
  924   72   (233)         
Earnings from associates — after interest and tax
  514      (125)         
Interest and other revenues
  786   (2)            
 
Total revenues
  234,795   (115)  (358)         
Gain on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  1,894                
 
Total revenues and other income
  236,689   (115)  (358)         
Purchases
  176,185   (93)            
Production and manufacturing expenses
  15,402   (7)           417 
Production and similar taxes
  1,723                
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  10,202   (11)     (1,376)     (216)
Impairment and losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  1,801                
Exploration expense
  542                
Distribution and administration expenses
  12,880                
 
Profit before interest and taxation
  17,954   (4)  (358)  1,376      (201)
Finance costs
  644      (134)         
Other finance expense
  547                
 
Profit before taxation
  16,763   (4)  (224)  1,376      (201)
Taxation
  6,111   (4)  (224)     (708)  (81)
 
Profit for the year
  10,652         1,376   708   (120)
 
Attributable to
                        
 
BP shareholders
  10,482         1,376   708   (120)
 
Minority interest
  170                
 
   10,652         1,376   708   (120)
 

F-148


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
                       
    Recycling      
Share-   foreign      
based Asset exchange on   Total IFRS  
payments swaps disposal Other adjustments IFRS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------)
($
million
          147   (127)  284,932 
          79   (1,138)  1,805 
             (171)  463 
          1   (2)  673 
 
          227   (1,438)  287,873 
       78   (3)  75   1,904 
 
       78   224   (1,363)  289,777 
          37   (45)  217,614 
 28         103   673   19,003 
                2,149 
    (12)     18   (1,828)  9,012 
             (36)  2,721 
                637 
 58         16   83   13,609 
 
 (86)  12   78   50   (210)  25,032 
          4   (202)  440 
                357 
 
 (86)  12   78   46   (8)  24,235 
 (62)  (27)     (7)  (1,309)  6,973 
 
 (24)  39   78   53   1,301   17,262 
 
 (24)  39   78   53   1,344   17,075 
             (43)  187 
 
 (24)  39   78   53   1,301   17,262 
 
          122   (63)  232,508 
          45   (116)  808 
          2   (123)  391 
          1   (1)  785 
 
          170   (303)  234,492 
          1   1   1,895 
 
          171   (302)  236,387 
          68   (25)  176,160 
 25         37   472   15,874 
                1,723 
    (5)     11   (1,597)  8,605 
                1,801 
                542 
 70         4   74   12,954 
 
 (95)  5      51   774   18,728 
          3   (131)  513 
                547 
 
 (95)  5      48   905   17,668 
 (56)  3      9   (1,061)  5,050 
 
 (39)  2      39   1,966   12,618 
 
 (39)  2      39   1,966   12,448 
                170 
 
 (39)  2      39   1,966   12,618 
 

F-149


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Group balance sheet reconciliation from UK GAAP to IFRS
                              
  UK GAAP            
  in IFRS Joint Pension Leasehold Liquid Goodwill Deferred
  format arrangements reclassification premiums resources amortization tax
-  
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At December 31, 2004
                            
Noncurrent assets
                            
 
Property, plant and equipment
  96,748   (2,297)     (102)        159 
 
Goodwill
  7,872               2,985    
 
Other intangible assets
  4,204   (2)               
 
Investments in jointly controlled entities
  12,451   2,088                
 
Investments in associates
  5,488                   
 
Other investments
  394                   
 
 
Fixed assets
  127,157   (211)     (102)     2,985   159 
 
Loans
  799                   
 
Other receivables
  429                   
 
Derivative financial instruments
  898                   
 
Prepayments and accrued income
  248         102          
 
Defined benefit pension plan surplus
  1,475      630             
 
   131,006   (211)  630         2,985   159 
 
Current assets
                            
 
Loans
  193                   
 
Inventories
  15,698   (34)               
 
Trade and other receivables
  37,051   48                
 
Other investments
  328            (328)      
 
Derivative financial instruments
  5,317                   
 
Prepayments and accrued income
  1,675   (4)               
 
Current tax receivable
  159                   
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  1,156   (125)        328       
 
   61,577   (115)               
 
Total assets
  192,583   (326)  630         2,985   159 
 
Current liabilities
                            
 
Trade and other payables
  38,820   (280)               
 
Derivative financial instruments
  5,074                   
 
Accruals and deferred income
  6,316   (13)               
 
Finance debt
  10,184                   
 
Current tax payable
  4,131                   
 
Provisions
  715                   
 
   65,240   (293)               
 
Noncurrent liabilities
                            
 
Other payables
  3,506                   
 
Derivative financial instruments
  158                   
 
Accruals and deferred income
  841   (2)               
 
Finance debt
  12,907                   
 
Deferred tax liabilities
  15,050   (22)  (1,720)           4,145 
 
Provisions
  8,893   (9)               
 
Defined benefit pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan deficits
  7,989      2,350             
 
   49,344   (33)  630            4,145 
 
Total liabilities
  114,584   (326)  630            4,145 
 
Net assets
  77,999               2,985   (3,986)
 
BP shareholders’ equity
  76,656               2,985   (3,986)
Minority interest
  1,343                   
 
Total equity
  77,999               2,985   (3,986)
 

F-150


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
                           
Major            
maintenance Share-based   Dividend   Total IFRS  
expenditure payments Asset swaps accrual Other adjustments IFRS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------)
($
million
 
 (1,148)     (340)     72   (3,656)  93,092 
                2,985   10,857 
             3   1   4,205 
             17   2,105   14,556 
             (2)  (2)  5,486 
                   394 
 
 (1,148)     (340)     90   1,433   128,590 
             12   12   811 
                   429 
                   898 
             4   106   354 
                630   2,105 
 
 (1,148)     (340)     106   2,181   133,187 
 
                   193 
             (19)  (53)  15,645 
                48   37,099 
                (328)   
                   5,317 
                (4)  1,671 
                   159 
                203   1,359 
 
             (19)  (134)  61,443 
 
 (1,148)     (340)     87   2,047   194,630 
 
                (280)  38,540 
                   5,074 
          (1,821)     (1,834)  4,482 
                   10,184 
                   4,131 
                   715 
 
          (1,821)     (2,114)  63,126 
 
             75   75   3,581 
                   158 
       (48)     (92)  (142)  699 
                   12,907 
 (354)  (353)  (102)     57   1,651   16,701 
                (9)  8,884 
                2,350   10,339 
 
 (354)  (353)  (150)     40   3,925   53,269 
 
 (354)  (353)  (150)  (1,821)  40   1,811   116,395 
 
 (794)  353   (190)  1,821   47   236   78,235 
 
 (794)  353   (190)  1,821   47   236   76,892 
                   1,343 
 
 (794)  353   (190)  1,821   47   236   78,235 
 

F-151


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Group balance sheet reconciliation from UK GAAP to IFRS (continued)
                              
  UK GAAP            
  in IFRS Joint Pension Leasehold Liquid Goodwill Deferred
  format arrangements reclassification premiums resources amortization tax
-  
  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At December 31, 2003
                            
Noncurrent assets
                            
 
Property, plant and equipment
  91,911   (2,089)     (205)         
 
Goodwill
  9,169               1,421    
 
Other intangible assets
  4,473   (2)               
 
Investments in jointly controlled entities
  11,009   1,963                
 
Investments in associates
  4,870                   
 
Other investments
  1,452                   
 
 
Fixed assets
  122,884   (128)     (205)     1,421    
 
Loans
  867                   
 
Other receivables
  495                   
 
Derivative financial instruments
  534                   
 
Prepayments and accrued income
  749         205          
 
Defined benefit pension plan surplus
  1,146      534             
 
   126,675   (128)  534         1,421    
 
Current assets
                            
 
Loans
  182                   
 
Inventories
  11,617   (16)               
 
Trade and other receivables
  27,848   32                
 
Other investments
  185            (185)      
 
Derivative financial instruments
  1,891                   
 
Prepayments and accrued income
  1,371   1                
 
Current tax receivable
  92                   
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  1,947   (76)        185       
 
   45,133   (59)               
 
Total assets
  171,808   (187)  534         1,421    
 
Current liabilities
                            
 
Trade and other payables
  29,780   (41)               
 
Derivative financial instruments
  4,145                   
 
Accruals and deferred income
  3,762   (2)               
 
Finance debt
  9,456                   
 
Current tax payable
  3,441                   
 
Provisions
  735                   
 
   51,319   (43)               
 
Noncurrent liabilities
                            
 
Other payables
  4,769   (140)               
 
Derivative financial instruments
  344                   
 
Accruals and deferred income
  917                   
 
Finance debt
  12,869                   
 
Deferred tax liabilities
  14,371   (4)  (1,653)           3,844 
 
Provisions
  7,864                   
 
Defined benefit pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan deficits
  7,635      2,187             
 
   48,769   (144)  534            3,844 
 
Total liabilities
  100,088   (187)  534            3,844 
 
Net assets
  71,720               1,421   (3,844)
 
BP shareholders’ equity
  70,595               1,421   (3,844)
Minority interest
  1,125                   
 
Total equity
  71,720               1,421   (3,844)
 

F-152


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
                           
Major            
maintenance Share-based   Dividend   Total IFRS  
expenditure payments Asset swaps accrual Other adjustments IFRS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------)
($
million
 (818)     (269)     77   (3,304)  88,607 
             2   1,423   10,592 
                (2)  4,471 
             (63)  1,900   12,909 
             (2)  (2)  4,868 
                   1,452 
 
 (818)     (269)     14   15   122,899 
             (15)  (15)  852 
                   495 
                   534 
             3   208   957 
                534   1,680 
 
 (818)     (269)     2   742   127,417 
 
                   182 
             (4)  (20)  11,597 
             1   33   27,881 
                (185)   
                   1,891 
             3   4   1,375 
                   92 
                109   2,056 
 
                (59)  45,074 
 
 (818)     (269)     2   683   172,491 
 
             1   (40)  29,740 
                   4,145 
          (1,494)     (1,496)  2,266 
                   9,456 
                   3,441 
                   735 
 
          (1,494)  1   (1,536)  49,783 
 
             1   (139)  4,630 
                   344 
       (53)        (53)  864 
                   12,869 
 (273)  (235)  (76)     77   1,680   16,051 
                   7,864 
                2,187   9,822 
 
 (273)  (235)  (129)     78   3,675   52,444 
 
 (273)  (235)  (129)  (1,494)  79   2,139   102,227 
 
 (545)  235   (140)  1,494   (77)  (1,456)  70,264 
 
 (545)  235   (140)  1,494   (77)  (1,456)  69,139 
                   1,125 
 
 (545)  235   (140)  1,494   (77)  (1,456)  70,264 
 

F-153


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Group balance sheet reconciliation from UK GAAP to IFRS (concluded)
                              
  UK GAAP            
  in IFRS Joint Pension Leasehold Liquid Goodwill Deferred
  format arrangements reclassification premiums resources amortization tax
 
  ($ million
At January 1, 2003
                            
Noncurrent assets
                            
 
Property, plant and equipment
  87,682   (1,760)     (199)         
 
Goodwill
  10,438                   
 
Other intangible assets
  5,128   (1)               
 
Investments in jointly controlled entities
  4,031   1,565                
 
Investments in associates
  4,626                   
 
Other investments
  1,995                   
 
 
Fixed assets
  113,900   (196)     (199)         
 
Loans
  833                   
 
Other receivables
  1,006                   
 
Derivative financial instruments
  46                   
 
Prepayments and accrued income
  461         199          
 
Defined benefit pension plan surplus
  388      166             
 
   116,634   (196)  166             
 
Current assets
                            
 
Loans
  165                   
 
Inventories
  10,181   (8)               
 
Trade and other receivables
  24,095   (22)               
 
Other investments
  215            (215)      
 
Derivative financial instruments
  995                   
 
Prepayments and accrued income
  1,556                   
 
Current tax receivable
  94                   
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  1,520   (19)        215       
 
   38,821   (49)               
 
Total assets
  155,455   (245)  166             
 
Current liabilities
                            
 
Trade and other payables
  25,853   (245)               
 
Derivative financial instruments
  1,415                   
 
Accruals and deferred income
  5,527                   
 
Finance debt
  10,086                   
 
Current tax payable
  3,420                   
 
Provisions
  716                   
 
   47,017   (245)               
 
Noncurrent liabilities
                            
 
Other payables
  2,410                   
 
Derivative financial instruments
                      
 
Accruals and deferred income
  1,002                   
 
Finance debt
  11,922                   
 
Deferred tax liabilities
  13,514      (2,620)           4,523 
 
Provisions
  7,120                   
 
Defined benefit pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan deficits
  7,998      2,786             
 
   43,966      166            4,523 
 
Total liabilities
  90,983   (245)  166            4,523 
 
Net assets
  64,472                  (4,523)
 
BP shareholders’ equity
  63,834                  (4,523)
Minority interest
  638                   
 
Total equity
  64,472                  (4,523)
 

F-154


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
                           
Major            
maintenance Share-based   Dividend   Total IFRS  
expenditure payments Asset swaps accrual Other adjustments IFRS
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------)
($
million
 (577)     (280)     77   (2,739)  84,943 
             2   2   10,440 
                (1)  5,127 
                1,565   5,596 
             (112)  (112)  4,514 
                   1,995 
 
 (577)     (280)     (33)  (1,285)  112,615 
                   833 
                   1,006 
                   46 
             3   202   663 
                166   554 
 
 (577)     (280)     (30)  (917)  115,717 
 
                   165 
             (18)  (26)  10,155 
                (22)  24,073 
                (215)   
                   995 
             4   4   1,560 
                   94 
                196   1,716 
 
             (14)  (63)  38,758 
 
 (577)     (280)     (44)  (980)  154,475 
 
             1   (244)  25,609 
                   1,415 
          (1,397)     (1,397)  4,130 
                   10,086 
                   3,420 
                   716 
 
          (1,397)  1   (1,641)  45,376 
 
             1   1   2,411 
                    
       (52)        (52)  950 
                   11,922 
 (183)  (179)  (80)     70   1,531   15,045 
                   7,120 
                2,786   10,784 
 
 (183)  (179)  (132)     71   4,266   48,232 
 
 (183)  (179)  (132)  (1,397)  72   2,625   93,608 
 
 (394)  179   (148)  1,397   (116)  (3,605)  60,867 
 
 (394)  179   (148)  1,397   (116)  (3,605)  60,229 
                   638 
 
 (394)  179   (148)  1,397   (116)  (3,605)  60,867 
 

F-155


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Group cash flow reconciliation from UK GAAP to IFRS
                           
  UK GAAP         Major
  in IFRS Joint Net equity Goodwill Deferred maintenance
  format arrangements accounting amortization tax expenditure
-  
  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Year ended December 31, 2004
                        
Operating activities
                        
Profit before taxation
  24,243   (16)  (1,216)  1,489   (25)  (290)
 
Adjustments to reconcile profit before taxation
to net cash provided by operating activities
                        
  
Exploration expenditure written off
  274                
  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  10,840   (110)     (1,428)     (296)
  
Impairment and (gain) loss on sale of
businesses and fixed assets
  928         (61)  25    
  
Earnings from jointly controlled entities
and associates
  (3,577)  (34)  1,422          
  
Dividends received from jointly controlled
entities and associates
  2,199                
  
Interest receivable
  (272)  (12)            
  
Interest received
  332   12             
  
Finance costs
  642      (206)         
  
Interest paid
  (694)               
  
Other finance expense
  357                
  
Share-based payments
  138                
  
Net operating charge for pensions and other postretirement benefits, less contributions
  (67)               
  
Net charge for provisions, less payments
  (110)               
  
(Increase) decrease in inventories
  (3,595)  16             
  
(Increase) decrease in other current and noncurrent assets
  (10,920)  (10)            
  
Increase (decrease) in other current and noncurrent liabilities
  9,726   60             
  
Income taxes paid
  (6,378)  (3)            
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  24,066   (97)           (586)
 
Investing activities
                        
 
Capital expenditure
  (13,035)  158            586 
 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
  (1,503)               
 
Investment in jointly controlled entities
  (1,522)  (126)            
 
Investment in associates
  (942)               
 
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant
and equipment
  4,236                
 
Proceeds from disposal of businesses
  725                
 
Proceeds from loan repayments
  87                
 
Net cash used in investing activities
  (11,954)  32            586 
 
Financing activities
                        
 
Net repurchase of shares
  (7,208)               
 
Proceeds from long-term financing
  2,675                
 
Repayments of long-term financing
  (2,204)               
 
Net (decrease) increase in short-term debt
  (40)  16             
 
Dividends paid
                        
  
BP shareholders
  (6,041)               
  
Minority interest
  (33)               
 
Net cash used in financing activities
  (12,851)  16             
 
Currency translation differences relating to
cash and cash equivalents
  91                
 
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
  (648)  (49)            
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
  2,132   (76)            
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  1,484   (125)            
 

F-156


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
                       
    Recycling      
Share-   foreign      
based Asset exchange   Total IFS  
payments swaps on disposal Other adjustment IFRS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------)
($
million
 (86)  12   78   46   (8)  24,235 
                274 
    (12)     18   (1,828)  9,012 
 
      (78)  3   (111)  817 
 
         (79)  1,309   (2,268)
 
               2,199 
             (12)  (284)
             12   344 
          4   (202)  440 
          (4)  (4)  (698)
                357 
 86            86   224 
 
               (67)
                (110)
          14   30   (3,565)
 
         (7)  (17)  (10,937)
 
            60   9,786 
             (3)  (6,381)
 
          (5)  (688)  23,378 
 
          5   749   (12,286)
                (1,503)
             (126)  (1,648)
                (942)
 
               4,236 
                725 
                87 
 
          5   623   (11,331)
 
                (7,208)
                2,675 
                (2,204)
             16   (24)
                (6,041)
                (33)
 
             16   (12,835)
 
 
               91 
 
             (49)  (697)
             (76)  2,056 
 
             (125)  1,359 
 

F-157


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Group cash flow reconciliation from UK GAAP to IFRS (concluded)
                       
  UK GAAP       Major
  in IFRS Joint Net equity Goodwill maintenance
  format arrangements accounting amortization expenditure
-  
  --------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Year ended December 31, 2003
                    
Operating activities
                    
Profit before taxation
  16,763   (4)  (224)  1,376   (201)
 
Adjustments to reconcile profit before taxation
to net cash provided by operating activities
                    
  
Exploration expenditure written off
  297             
  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  10,202   (11)     (1,376)  (216)
  
Impairment and (gain) loss on sale of
businesses and fixed assets
  (93)            
  
Earnings from jointly controlled entities
and associates
  (1,438)  (72)  358       
  
Dividends received from jointly controlled
entities and associates
  548             
  
Interest receivable
  (201)  (11)         
  
Interest received
  175   11          
  
Finance costs
  644   2   (134)      
  
Interest paid
  (1,006)  (1)         
  
Other finance expense
  547             
  
Share-based payments
  113             
  
Net operating charge for pensions and other
postretirement benefits, less contributions
  (2,913)            
  
Net charge for provisions, less payments
  66             
  
(Increase) decrease in inventories
  (841)  2          
  
(Increase) decrease in other current and
noncurrent assets
  (3,042)  (33)         
  
Increase (decrease) in other current and
noncurrent liabilities
  1,734   87          
  
Income taxes paid
  (4,804)            
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  16,751   (30)        (417)
 
Investing activities
                    
 
Capital expenditure
  (12,377)  74         417 
 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
  (211)            
 
Investment in jointly controlled entities
  (2,529)  (101)         
 
Investment in associates
  (987)            
 
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant
and equipment
  6,177             
 
Proceeds from disposal of businesses
  179             
 
Proceeds from loan repayments
  76             
 
Other
               
 
Net cash used in investing activities
  (9,672)  (27)        417 
 
Financing activities
                    
 
Net repurchase of shares
  (1,889)            
 
Proceeds from long-term financing
  4,322             
 
Repayments of long-term financing
  (3,560)            
 
Net (decrease) increase in short-term debt
  (2)            
 
Dividends paid
                    
  
BP shareholders
  (5,654)            
  
Minority interest
  (20)            
 
Net cash used in financing activities
  (6,803)            
 
Currency translation differences relating to
cash and cash equivalents
  121             
 
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
  397   (57)         
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
  1,735   (19)         
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  2,132   (76)         
 

F-158


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
                       
    Recycling      
Share-   foreign      
based Asset exchange   Total IFRS  
payments swaps on disposal Other adjustments IFRS
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------)
($
million
 (95)  5      48   905   17,668 
 
               297 
    (5)     11   (1,597)  8,605 
 
         (1)  (1)  (94)
 
         (47)  239   (1,199)
 
               548 
             (11)  (212)
             11   186 
          1   (131)  513 
             (1)  (1,007)
                547 
 95            95   208 
 
               (2,913)
                66 
          (14)  (12)  (853)
 
            (33)  (3,075)
 
         1   88   1,822 
                (4,804)
 
          (1)  (448)  16,303 
 
          1   492   (11,885)
                (211)
             (101)  (2,630)
                (987)
 
               6,177 
                179 
                76 
                 
 
          1   391   (9,281)
 
                (1,889)
                4,322 
                (3,560)
                (2)
                (5,654)
                (20)
 
                (6,803)
 
                121 
 
             (57)  340 
             (19)  1,716 
 
             (76)  2,056 
 

F-159


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Differences between UK GAAP and IFRS presentation that have no impact on BP’s reported income or total equity
     Accounting for joint arrangements. Under UK GAAP, certain of the Group’s activities were conducted through joint arrangements and were included in the consolidated financial statements in proportion to the Group’s share of the income, expenses, assets and liabilities of these joint arrangements. However, IFRS requires that, if such joint arrangements comprise a legal entity, they be treated as jointly controlled entities. The Group has chosen to account for jointly controlled entities under the equity method.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Sales and other operating revenues
  (274)  (185)
Earnings from jointly controlled entities — after interest and tax
  34   72 
Interest and other revenues
  (3)  (2)
Purchases
  (82)  (93)
Production and manufacturing expenses
  (44)  (7)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  (110)  (11)
Distribution and administration expenses
  9    
Taxation
  (16)  (4)
Profit for the year
      
 
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million
Property, plant and equipment
  (2,297)  (2,089)  (1,760)
Intangible assets
  (2)  (2)  (1)
Investments in jointly controlled entities
  2,088   1,963   1,565 
Inventories
  (34)  (16)  (8)
Trade and other receivables
  48   32   (22)
Current assets — prepayments and accrued income
  (4)  1    
Cash and cash equivalents
  (125)  (76)  (19)
Trade and other payables
  (280)  (41)  (245)
Current liabilities — accruals and deferred income
  (13)  (2)   
Other payables
     (140)   
Noncurrent liabilities — accruals and deferred income
  (2)      
Deferred tax liabilities
  (22)  (4)   
Provisions
  (9)      
Total equity
         
 

F-160


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Differences between UK GAAP and IFRS presentation that have no impact on BP’s reported income or total equity (continued)
     Presentation of results of equity-accounted entities. UK practice in respect of equity accounting is to present the Group’s share of the profit before interest and tax, finance costs, other finance expense, and tax charge of jointly controlled entities and associates in the corresponding line of the Group’s income statement. IFRS requires the presentation of equity-accounted results as a single net profit item in the income statement. Consequently, the Group’s share of all the individual equity-accounted items has been removed from the relevant lines in the income statement and offset against the results of equity-accounted entities to present them on anet-of-tax basis.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Earnings from jointly controlled entities — after interest and tax
  (1,251)  (233)
Earnings from associates — after interest and tax
  (171)  (125)
Finance costs
  (206)  (134)
Taxation
  (1,173)  (224)
Minority interest
  (43)   
Profit for the year
      
 
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million
Total equity
         
 
     Presentation of pensions and other postretirement benefit obligations. BP adopted the UK standard on retirement benefits, FRS 17, in 2004. Under this standard, retirement benefit obligations and assets are presented on anet-of-tax basis in the balance sheet. IFRS, however, requires that these assets and liabilities be shown gross, with the related deferred tax effects included within the deferred tax captions in the balance sheet. An adjustment has therefore been made to reclassify the deferred tax balances.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Profit for the year
      
 

F-161


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Differences between UK GAAP and IFRS presentation that have no impact on BP’s reported income or total equity (continued)
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million
Defined benefit pension plan surplus
  630   534   166 
Deferred tax liabilities
  (1,720)  (1,653)  (2,620)
Defined benefit pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan deficits
  2,350   2,187   2,786 
Total equity
         
 
     Reclassification of leasehold premiums. In accordance with UK practice, BP included leasehold premiums paid within property, plant and equipment. Under IFRS, the premiums paid on operating leases represent prepaid lease payments and have therefore been reclassified within loans and other receivables as prepayments.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Profit for the year
      
 
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million
Property, plant and equipment
  (102)  (205)  (199)
Noncurrent assets — prepayments and accrued income
  102   205   199 
Total equity
         
 
     Liquid resources. Short-term investments have been reclassified as cash and cash equivalents under IFRS.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Profit for the year
      
 
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million
Other investments
  (328)  (185)  (215)
Cash and cash equivalents
  328   185   215 
Total equity
         
 

F-162


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Differences between UK GAAP and IFRS presentation that have no impact on BP’s reported income or total equity (continued)
     Goodwill amortization. Under UK GAAP, BP capitalized goodwill and amortized it over its estimated useful economic life, which was usually 10 years. Under IFRS, however, goodwill is not amortized but is subject to an annual impairment review. In accordance with IFRS 1, an impairment test was carried out at the date of transition (DoT). No impairment was identified and no other adjustments to the value of goodwill were made. This adjustment reverses the amortization of goodwill charged under UK GAAP after the DoT to IFRS.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  (1,428)  (1,376)
Impairment and losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  (61)   
Profit for the year
  1,489   1,376 
 
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million
Goodwill
  2,985   1,421    
Total equity
  2,985   1,421    
 
     Deferred tax adjustments. Under UK GAAP, deferred tax is provided on timing differences, whereas IFRS requires provision to be made for temporary differences between carrying values and the related tax base. As a result, deferred tax needs to be recognized under IFRS in respect of a number of differences for which no deferred tax was recognized under UK GAAP. The major areas affected by this are described below.
      In accordance with the requirements of IFRS, additional deferred tax has been provided on the temporary difference created by the allocation of fair values to the noncurrent assets acquired in a business combination. The consequent increase in the difference between the carrying value of noncurrent assets and the tax base is not considered to be a timing difference under UK GAAP, but is regarded as a temporary difference for IFRS. An adjustment is therefore required to reflect the increase in the deferred tax liability at the DoT. The resulting deferred tax liability changes due to the depreciation or impairment of the underlying fixed asset.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Impairment and losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  25    
Taxation
  (418)  (873)
Profit for the year
  393   873 
 

F-163


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Differences between UK GAAP and IFRS presentation that have no impact on BP’s reported income or total equity (continued)
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million
Property, plant and equipment
  159       
Deferred tax liabilities
  2,591   2,764   3,608 
Total equity
  (2,432)  (2,764)  (3,608)
 
      Certain subsidiaries, principally in the US, have inventories valued on the last-infirst-out (LIFO) basis for tax purposes. The difference between the book and tax valuation is not a timing difference for UK GAAP but is a temporary difference for IFRS.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Taxation
  438   165 
Profit for the year
  (438)  (165)
 
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million
Deferred tax liabilities
  1,340   894   729 
Total equity
  (1,340)  (894)  (729)
 
      Under UK GAAP, a deferred tax provision is made for tax that would arise on the remittance of the retained earnings of overseas subsidiaries, joint ventures and associated undertakings, only to the extent that dividends have been accrued as receivable. For IFRS, deferred tax is recognized for all retained earnings whose distribution is not within the control of the Group or whose distribution is likely in the foreseeable future, irrespective of whether dividends have actually been accrued or declared.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
-  
  ------------------------($-
   million
Taxation
  29    
Profit for the year
  (29)   
 

F-164


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Differences between UK GAAP and IFRS presentation that have no impact on BP’s reported income or total equity (continued)
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million
Deferred tax liabilities
  214   186   186 
Total equity
  (214)  (186)  (186)
 
     Major maintenance expenditure. Under UK GAAP, the Group capitalized expenditure on major maintenance, refits or repairs where it enhanced or restored the performance of an asset, or replaced an asset or part of an asset that was separately depreciated. Under IFRS, the Group will continue to capitalize expenditure where it enhances the performance of an asset or replaces an asset or part of an asset that meets the Group’s definition of a part of an asset in accordance with IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’. Other elements of expenditure incurred during major plant maintenance shutdowns, such as overhaul costs, are not permitted to be capitalized under IFRS. There is therefore a reduction in the carrying value of property, plant and equipment to reflect this change for expensing overhaul costs that no longer qualify for capitalization.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Production and manufacturing expenses
  586   417 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  (296)  (216)
Taxation
  (73)  (81)
Profit for the year
  (217)  (120)
 
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million
Property, plant and equipment
  (1,148)  (818)  (577)
Deferred tax liabilities
  (354)  (273)  (183)
Total equity
  (794)  (545)  (394)
 
     Share-based payments. Under UK GAAP, BP recognized as an expense the costs of the potential awards for the long-term incentive plans (Executive Directors’ Incentive Plan and the Long Term Performance Plan) and certain other share-based schemes. The costs of awards under the long-term incentive plans were accrued over the performance period of each plan, based on the estimated actual cost of shares, and an adjustment was made to reflect the actual cost when the final award was confirmed. The cost of other share-based schemes was based on the fair value of the awards.
      IFRS requires the fair value of the option and share awards that ultimately vest to be charged to the income statement over the vesting or performance period. The fair value is determined at the date of the grant using an appropriate pricing model (i.e. a binomial model). If an award fails to vest as the result of

F-165


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Differences between UK GAAP and IFRS presentation that have no impact on BP’s reported income or total equity (continued)
certain types of performance condition not being satisfied, the charge to the income statement will be adjusted to reflect this.
      BP has developed a binomial (or lattice-type) pricing model, which has been used to arrive at the fair value at the grant date of the share option schemes and part of the award under the long-term incentive plans. The other part of the long-term incentive plans is based on market conditions and has been valued using a Monte Carlo model.
      Although IFRS 1 allows entities to restrict the recognition of the expense of share-based payments to those schemes granted after November 7, 2002 that have not vested as of January 1, 2005, BP has elected to apply IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ fully retrospectively.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Production and manufacturing expenses
  28   25 
Distribution and administration expenses
  58   70 
Taxation
  (62)  (56)
Profit for the year
  (24)  (39)
 
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million
Deferred tax liabilities
  (353)  (235)  (179)
Total equity
  353   235   179 
 
     Asset swaps and fair value adjustment. Under UK GAAP asset swaps are generally treated as exchanges of assets at net book value, with no gain or loss resulting from them. IFRS requires assets acquired in asset exchanges to be accounted for at fair value at the date of the transaction, with any gain or loss recognized in income.
      In 2000, BP agreed to a transaction with its partners in the Prudhoe Bay field in Alaska whereby it received an increase in its natural gas interest in return for a reduction in its share of liquids production.
      In 2001, BP undertook a transaction with Solvay that led to the exchange of businesses for an interest in a joint venture and an associated undertaking. The transaction has been recorded at fair value for IFRS.

F-166


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Differences between UK GAAP and IFRS presentation that have no impact on BP’s reported income or total equity (continued)
On November 1, 2004 BP acquired Solvay’s interests in these ventures and has accounted for this as a business combination.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  (12)  (5)
Taxation
  (27)  3 
Profit for the year
  39   2 
 
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million  
Property, plant and equipment
  (340)  (269)  (280)
Noncurrent liabilities — accruals and deferred income
  (48)  (53)  (52)
Deferred tax liabilities
  (102)  (76)  (80)
Total equity
  (190)  (140)  (148)
 
     Dividend accrual. The UK GAAP approach to the recognition of proposed dividends was to account for the dividend in the period to which it related, e.g. the dividend proposed in February 2005 in respect of the final quarter of 2004 was accrued for in 2004. Under IFRS, the proposed dividend can be recognized only in the period in which it is properly authorized or paid, which, in the case of BP, is the quarter following that to which the dividend relates, i.e. the dividend proposed in February 2005 in respect of the fourth quarter of 2004 can be accounted for only in the first quarter of 2005. Therefore each balance sheet is adjusted to derecognize the dividend declared after the balance sheet date.
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2003
 
  ($ million
Current liabilities — accruals and deferred income
  (1,821)  (1,494)  (1,397)
Total equity
  1,821   1,494   1,397 
 
     Recycling of cumulative currency translation differences on disposal of net investment in foreign operations. The consolidation of entities with a non-US dollar functional currency results in currency translation differences that are taken directly to equity, where they are accumulated. Under UK GAAP these cumulative currency translation differences remained in equity. IFRS requires that, when an entity is wholly or partially disposed of, such cumulative translation differences be recycled to the income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal. In addition, there is a requirement to maintain such differences as a separate component of equity. In accordance with one of the exemptions in IFRS 1, the

F-167


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Differences between UK GAAP and IFRS presentation that have no impact on BP’s reported income or total equity (concluded)
amount of this component has been deemed by BP to be zero at the DoT. Consequently, only those translation differences that arise after the DoT will be recycled upon disposal of a foreign operation.
         
  Year ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004 2003
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  78    
Profit for the year
  78    
 
             
  At At
  December 31, January 1,
 
  2004 2003 2004
 
  ($ million
Total equity
         
 
     Other. This adjustment includes the IFRS adjustments made to equity-accounted entities.

F-168


Table of Contents

Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
(This page intentionally left blank)

F-169


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Group balance sheet reconciliation from UK GAAP to IFRS
                          
          Other non- Other non-
        Non- financial financial
  IFRS at Fair Cash qualifying contracts contracts no
  December 31, value flow hedge at fair longer at fair
  2004 hedges hedges derivatives value value
-  
  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At January 1, 2005
                        
Noncurrent assets
                        
 
Property, plant and equipment
  93,092                
 
Goodwill
  10,857                
 
Intangible assets
  4,205                
 
Investments in jointly controlled entities
  14,556                
 
Investments in associates
  5,486                
 
Other investments
  394                
 
 
Fixed assets
  128,590                
 
Loans
  811                
 
Other receivables
  429                
 
Derivative financial instruments
  898   112   79   8   110   (34)
 
Prepayments and accrued income
  354                
 
Defined benefit pension plan surplus
  2,105                
 
   133,187   112   79   8   110   (34)
 
Current assets
                        
 
Loans
  193                
 
Inventories
  15,645                
 
Trade and other receivables
  37,099      (2)         
 
Derivative financial instruments
  5,317      141   178   34   47 
 
Prepayments and accrued income
  1,671                
 
Current tax receivable
  159                
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  1,359                
 
   61,443      139   178   34   47 
 
Total assets
  194,630   112   218   186   144   13 
 
Current liabilities
                        
 
Trade and other payables
  38,540                
 
Derivative financial instruments
  5,074      16   210   14    
 
Accruals and deferred income
  4,482                
 
Finance debt
  10,184                
 
Current tax payable
  4,131                
 
Provisions
  715                
 
   63,126      16   210   14    
 
Noncurrent liabilities
                        
 
Other payables
  3,581                
 
Derivative financial instruments
  158   129   4   17   12    
 
Accruals and deferred income
  699                
 
Finance debt
  12,907   (17)            
 
Deferred tax liabilities
  16,701      60   (13)  44   5 
 
Provisions
  8,884                
 
Defined benefit pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan deficits
  10,339                
 
   53,269   112   64   4   56   5 
 
Total liabilities
  116,395   112   80   214   70   5 
 
Net assets
  78,235      138   (28)  74   8 
 
BP shareholders’ equity
  76,892      138   (28)  74   8 
Minority interest
  1,343                
 
Total equity
  78,235      138   (28)  74   8 
 

F-170


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
                   
Available-        
for-sale   Elimination   IFRS at
financial Embedded of deferred Total IAS 39 January 1,
assets derivatives gains/losses adjustments 2005
----------------------------------------------------------------------)
($
million
             93,092 
             10,857 
             4,205 
             14,556 
             5,486 
 344         344   738 
 
 344         344   128,934 
             811 
             429 
       (147)  128   1,026 
    599      599   953 
             2,105 
 
 344   599   (147)  1,071   134,258 
 
             193 
             15,645 
          (2)  37,097 
          400   5,717 
    278      278   1,949 
             159 
             1,359 
 
    278      676   62,119 
 
 344   877   (147)  1,747   196,377 
 
             38,540 
          240   5,314 
    402      402   4,884 
             10,184 
             4,131 
             715 
 
    402      642   63,768 
 
             3,581 
          162   320 
    1,151      1,151   1,850 
       164   147   13,054 
 114   (267)  (55)  (112)  16,589 
             8,884 
             10,339 
 
 114   884   109   1,348   54,617 
 
 114   1,286   109   1,990   118,385 
 
 230   (409)  (256)  (243)  77,992 
 
 230   (409)  (256)  (243)  76,649 
             1,343 
 
 230   (409)  (256)  (243)  77,992 
 

F-171


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Adjustments required to the balance sheet as at January 1, 2005 for the adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39
      Under UK GAAP, all derivatives used for trading purposes were recognized on the balance sheet at fair value. However, derivative financial instruments used for hedging purposes were recognized by applying either the accrual method or the deferral method. Under the accrual method, amounts payable or receivable in respect of derivatives are recognized ratably in earnings over the period of the contracts. Changes in the derivatives and fair values are not recognized. On the deferral method, gains and losses from derivatives are deferred and recognized in earnings or as adjustments to carrying amounts as the underlying hedged transaction matures or occurs.
      For IFRS, all financial assets and financial liabilities have to be recognized initially at fair value. In subsequent periods the measurement of these financial instruments depends on their classification into one of the following measurement categories: i) financial assets or financial liabilities at-fair-value-through-profit-and-loss (such as those used for trading purposes, and all derivatives which do not qualify for hedge accounting); ii) loans and receivables; and iii) available-for-sale financial assets (including certain investments held for the long term).
     Fair value hedges. Where fair value hedge accounting was applied to transactions that hedge the Group’s exposure to the changes in the fair value of a firm commitment or a recognized asset or liability that are attributable to a specific risk the derivatives designated as hedging instruments are recorded at their fair value in the Group’s balance sheet and changes in their fair value are recognized in the income statement. Any gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is adjusted against the carrying amount of the hedged item and recognized in the income statement.
      The ‘pay floating’ interest rate swaps and currency swaps hedging the debt book in place on January 1, 2005 were highly effective and consequently qualify as fair value hedges for hedge accounting. The full fair value of the swaps was recognized on the balance sheet and the carrying value of debt.
     
  At
  January 1,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005
($- )
   
  million
Noncurrent assets — derivative financial instruments
  112 
Noncurrent liabilities — derivative financial instruments
  129 
Finance debt
  (17)
Total equity
   
 
     Cash flow hedges. The Group uses currency derivatives to hedge its exposure to variability in cash flows arising either from a recognized asset or liability or a forecast transaction. The hedged instrument is recognized at fair value on the balance sheet. At maturity of the hedged item, the element deferred in equity is treated in accordance with the nature of the hedged exposure, for example, capitalized into

F-172


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Adjustments required to the balance sheet as at January 1, 2005 for the adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39 (continued)
the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment, or expensed in the case of a hedge of a tax payment.
     
  At
  January 1,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005
($- )
   
  million
Noncurrent assets — derivative financial instruments
  79 
Trade and other receivables
  (2)
Current assets — derivative financial instruments
  141 
Current liabilities — derivative financial instruments
  16 
Noncurrent liabilities — derivative financial instruments
  4 
Deferred tax liabilities
  60 
Total equity
  138 
 
     Non-qualifying hedge derivatives. Under IAS 39, there are strict criteria that need to be met in order for hedge accounting to be applied. This adjustment records the impact of those derivatives, or elements thereof, held by the Group that do not qualify for hedge accounting, or hedges for which hedge accounting has not been claimed under IAS 39.
      From January 1, 2005, these positions will be fair valued (‘marked to market’) and the change in fair value taken to income.
     
  At
  January 1,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005
($- )
   
  million
Noncurrent assets — derivative financial instruments
  8 
Current assets — derivative financial instruments
  178 
Current liabilities — derivative financial instruments
  210 
Noncurrent liabilities — derivative financial instruments
  17 
Deferred tax liabilities
  (13)
Total equity
  (28)
 

F-173


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Adjustments required to the balance sheet as at January 1, 2005 for the adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39 (continued)
     Other nonfinancial contracts at fair value. Certain net-settled nonfinancial contracts are deemed to meet the definition of financial instruments under IAS 39 and, as such, need to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value.
     
  At
  January 1,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005
($- )
   
  million
Noncurrent assets — derivative financial instruments
  110 
Current assets — derivative financial instruments
  34 
Current liabilities — derivative financial instruments
  14 
Noncurrent liabilities — derivative financial instruments
  12 
Deferred tax liabilities
  44 
Total equity
  74 
 
     Other nonfinancial contracts no longer at fair value.Certain nonfinancial contracts held for trading purposes were marked to market under UK GAAP. However, under IFRS they could no longer be recorded at fair value as they did not meet the definition of financial assets or financial liabilities. These contracts are accounted for on an accruals basis.
     
  At
  January 1,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005
($- )
   
  million
Noncurrent assets — derivative financial instruments
  (34)
Current assets — derivative financial instruments
  47 
Deferred tax liabilities
  5 
Total equity
  8 
 
     Available-for-sale financial assets. Under UK GAAP, the Group’s investments other than subsidiaries, jointly controlled entities and associates were stated at cost less accumulated impairment losses.
      For IFRS, these investments are classified as available-for-sale financial assets, and as such need to be recorded at fair value with the gain or loss arising as a result of the change in fair value being recorded directly in equity.
      The transition adjustment relates to the fair value of listed investments held by the Group. In accordance with IAS 39, all future fair value adjustments will be booked directly in equity until disposal of the investment, when the cumulative associated gains/losses are recycled through the income

F-174


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Adjustments required to the balance sheet as at January 1, 2005 for the adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39 (continued)
statement. At this point, the gain or loss on disposal under IFRS will be identical to that which would result using historical cost accounting.
     
  At
  January 1,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005
($- )
   
  million
Other investments
  344 
Deferred tax liabilities
  114 
Total equity
  230 
 
     Embedded derivatives. Embedded derivatives are required to be separated from their host contracts and separately recorded at fair value, with any resulting change in gain or loss in the period being recognized in the income statement.
      Certain contracts have been determined to contain embedded derivatives. These embedded derivatives will be fair valued at each period end with the resulting gains or losses taken to the income statement.
     
  At
  January 1,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005
($- )
   
  million
Noncurrent assets — prepayments and accrued income
  599 
Current assets — prepayments and accrued income
  278 
Current liabilities — accruals and deferred income
  402 
Noncurrent liabilities — accruals and deferred income
  1,151 
Deferred tax liabilities
  (267)
Total equity
  (409)
 
     Elimination of currently deferred gains and losses from derivatives. Under UK GAAP, gains and losses from derivatives are deferred and recognized in earnings or as adjustments to carrying amounts, as appropriate, when the underlying debt matures or the hedged transaction occurs. Where derivatives that are used to manage interest rate risk, to convert non-US dollar debt or to hedge other anticipated cash flows are terminated before the underlying debt matures or the hedged transaction occurs, the resulting gain or loss is recognized on a basis that matches the timing and accounting treatment of the underlying debt or hedged transaction.
      On transition to IFRS, only assets and liabilities that qualify as such can continue to be recognized. Consequently, all gains and losses that were generated by derivatives used for hedging purposes and deferred in the balance sheet as if they were assets or liabilities must be eliminated from the transitional balance sheet. This is achieved by transferring gains and losses arising from cash flow hedges to equity,

F-175


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 52 — First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (concluded)
Adjustments required to the balance sheet as at January 1, 2005 for the adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39 (concluded)
pending recycling to income at a later date, and by transferring gains and losses arising from fair value hedges to adjust the carrying value of the hedged item, in this case, finance debt.
     
  At
  January 1,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005
($- )
   
  million
Noncurrent assets — prepayments and accrued income
  (147)
Finance debt
  164 
Deferred tax liabilities
  (55)
Total equity
  (256)
 
Note 53 — Oil and natural gas exploration and production activities (a)
Capitalized costs at December 31
                                      
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Others Total
 
  ($ million
2005
                                    
Gross capitalized costs
                                    
 
Proved properties
  28,453   4,608   46,288   9,585   2,922   12,183      5,184   109,223 
 
Unproved properties
  276   135   1,547   583   1,124   656   185   155   4,661 
 
   28,729   4,743   47,835   10,168   4,046   12,839   185   5,339   113,884 
Accumulated depreciation
  19,203   2,949   22,016   4,919   1,508   6,112      1,200   57,907 
 
Net capitalized costs
  9,526   1,794   25,819   5,249   2,538   6,727   185   4,139   55,977 
 
2004
                                    
Gross capitalized costs
                                    
 
Proved properties
  27,540   4,691   43,011   10,450   2,892   10,401      3,834   102,819 
 
Unproved properties
  300   170   1,395   456   1,240   526   119   105   4,311 
 
   27,840   4,861   44,406   10,906   4,132   10,927   119   3,939   107,130 
Accumulated depreciation
  17,681   2,794   19,713   5,546   1,350   5,573      1,014   53,671 
 
Net capitalized costs
  10,159   2,067   24,693   5,360   2,782   5,354   119   2,925   53,459 
 
2003
                                    
Gross capitalized costs
                                    
 
Proved properties
  21,398   4,421   42,960   10,379   3,659   9,856   1   3,295   95,969 
 
Unproved properties
  299   230   1,278   713   1,779   563   51   64   4,977 
 
   21,697   4,651   44,238   11,092   5,438   10,419   52   3,359   100,946 
Accumulated depreciation
  13,013   2,886   19,658   5,080   2,413   5,642   33   1,246   49,971 
 
Net capitalized costs
  8,684   1,765   24,580   6,012   3,025   4,777   19   2,113   50,975 
 

F-176


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 53 — Oil and natural gas exploration and production activities (a) (continued)
Costs incurred for the year ended December 31
                                      
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Others Total
)
 
  ($ million
2005
                                    
Acquisition of properties
                                    
 
Proved
                           
 
Unproved
        29   34               63 
 
         29   34               63 
Exploration and appraisal costs (b)
  51   7   606   133   11   264   126   68   1,266 
Development costs
  790   188   2,965   681   186   1,691      1,177   7,678 
 
Total costs
  841   195   3,600   848   197   1,955   126   1,245   9,007 
 
2004
                                    
Acquisition of properties
                                    
 
Proved
                           
 
Unproved
  2      58   5      13         78 
 
   2      58   5      13         78 
Exploration and appraisal costs (b)
  51   17   423   199   85   142   113   9   1,039 
Development costs
  679   262   3,247   527   88   1,460      1,007   7,270 
 
Total costs
  732   279   3,728   731   173   1,615   113   1,016   8,387 
 
2003
                                    
Acquisition of properties
                                    
 
Proved
                           
 
Unproved
                           
 
Exploration and appraisal costs (b)
  20   69   288   119   57   205   26   40   824 
Development costs
  740   236   3,476   512   42   1,614      917   7,537 
 
Total costs
  760   305   3,764   631   99   1,819   26   957   8,361 
 

F-177


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 53 — Oil and natural gas exploration and production activities (a) (continued)
Results of operations for the year ended December 31
                                      
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Others Total
 
  ($ million
2005
                                    
Sales and other operating revenues (c)                                
 
Third parties
  4,667   635   2,048   2,260   1,045   1,350      690   12,695 
 
Sales between businesses
  2,458   976   14,842   2,863   782   2,402      4,796   29,119 
 
   7,125   1,611   16,890   5,123   1,827   3,752      5,486   41,814 
 
Exploration expenditure
  32   1   426   84   6   81   37   17   684 
Production costs
  1,082   118   1,814   578   159   460      180   4,391 
Production taxes
  485   33   610   281   54         1,536   2,999 
Other costs (income) (d)
  1,857   (55)  2,200   537   170   98   8   2,042   6,857 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  1,548   220   2,288   675   162   542      193   5,628 
Impairment and (gains) losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  44   (1,038)  232   (133)        2      (893)
 
   5,048   (721)  7,570   2,022   551   1,181   47   3,968   19,666 
 
Profit before taxation (e)(f)
  2,077   2,332   9,320   3,101   1,276   2,571   (47)  1,518   22,148 
Allocable taxes
  405   880   3,377   1,390   447   1,043   (1)  409   7,950 
 
Results of operations
  1,672   1,452   5,943   1,711   829   1,528   (46)  1,109   14,198 
 
2004
                                    
Sales and other operating revenues (c)                                
 
Third parties
  3,458   626   1,735   1,776   977   492   5   403   9,472 
 
Sales between businesses
  2,424   609   11,794   2,556   530   1,439      2,912   22,264 
 
   5,882   1,235   13,529   4,332   1,507   1,931   5   3,315   31,736 
 
Exploration expenditure
  26   25   361   141   14   45   17   8   637 
Production costs
  901   117   1,428   535   142   323      131   3,577 
Production taxes
  273   30   477   239   45         1,023   2,087 
Other costs (income) (d)
  (211)  38   1,884   458   96   122   (3)  1,380   3,764 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  1,524   172   2,268   611   174   287      121   5,157 
Impairment and (gains) losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  21   1   344   (55)  113   48      (3)  469 
 
   2,534   383   6,762   1,929   584   825   14   2,660   15,691 
 
Profit before taxation (e)(f)
  3,348   852   6,767   2,403   923   1,106   (9)  655   16,045 
Allocable taxes
  1,242   534   2,103   859   (4)  441   2   150   5,327 
 
Results of operations
  2,106   318   4,664   1,544   927   665   (11)  505   10,718 
 

F-178


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 53 — Oil and natural gas exploration and production activities (a) (continued)
Results of operations for the year ended December 31 (continued)
                                      
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Others Total
 
  ($ million
2003
                                    
Sales and other operating revenues (c)                                
 
Third parties
  2,257   441   1,491   1,233   421   444      777   7,064 
 
Sales between businesses
  2,901   568   10,991   2,589   925   974      1,707   20,655 
 
   5,158   1,009   12,482   3,822   1,346   1,418      2,484   27,719 
 
Exploration expenditure
  17   37   204   164   15   32   21   52   542 
Production costs
  825   113   1,262   463   166   241      135   3,205 
Production taxes
  233   14   439   189   40         742   1,657 
Other costs (income) (d)
  (151)  57   2,019   438   160   38   30   946   3,537 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  1,530   167   2,492   531   197   219      134   5,270 
Impairment and (gains) losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  (553)  30   573   (387)  347   (122)  (65)  2   (175)
 
   1,901   418   6,989   1,398   925   408   (14)  2,011   14,036 
 
Profit before taxation (e)(f)
  3,257   591   5,493   2,424   421   1,010   14   473   13,683 
Allocable taxes
  1,306   305   1,574   847   (52)  438   56   47   4,521 
 
Results of operations
  1,951   286   3,919   1,577   473   572   (42)  426   9,162 
 
 
      The Group’s share of jointly controlled entities’ and associates’ results of operations in 2005 was a profit of $3,035 million (2004 $1,816 million profit and 2003 $790 million profit) after deducting interest of $226 million (2004 $189 million and 2003 $120 million) taxation of $1,250 million (2004 $969 million and 2003 $153 million) and minority interest of $104 million (2004 $43 million and 2003 nil).
      The Group’s share of jointly controlled entities’ and associates’ net capitalized costs at December 31, 2005 was $10,670 million (2004 $11,013 million and 2003 $10,222 million).
      The Group’s share of jointly controlled entities’ and associates’ costs incurred in 2005 was $1,205 million (2004 $1,102 million and 2003 $468 million): in Russia $845 million (2004 $773 million and 2003 $118 million) and Rest of Americas $360 million (2004 $329 million and 2003 $350 million).
(a)This note relates to the requirements contained within the UK Statement of Recommended Practice ‘Accounting for Oil and Gas Exploration, Development, Production and Decommissioning Activities’. Midstream activities of natural gas gathering and distribution and the operation of the main pipelines and tankers are excluded. The main midstream activities are the Alaskan transportation facilities, the Forties Pipeline system and the Central Area Transmission System. The Group’s share of jointly controlled entities’ and associates’ activities is excluded from the tables and included in the footnotes, with the exception of the Abu Dhabi operations, which are included in the income and expenditure items above.

F-179


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 53 — Oil and natural gas exploration and production activities (a) (concluded)
Results of operations for the year ended December 31 (concluded)
(b)Includes exploration and appraisal drilling expenditures, which are capitalized within intangible fixed assets, and geological and geophysical exploration costs, which are charged to income as incurred.
(c)Sales and other operating revenues represents proceeds from the sale of production and other crude oil and gas, including royalty oil sold on behalf of others where royalty is payable in cash.
(d)Includes the value of royalty oil sold on behalf of others where royalty is payable in cash, property taxes and other government take. In 2005 this also included the fair value loss on embedded derivatives of $1,688 million and a $265 million charge incurred on the cancellation of an intragroup gas supply contract. The UK region included a $530 million charge offset by corresponding gains primarily in the US, relating to the Group’s self-insurance programme.
(e)Excludes accretion expense attributable to exploration and production activities amounting to $122 million in 2005 (2004 $120 million and 2003 $110 million). Under IFRS, accretion expense is included in Other finance expense in the Consolidated Statement of Income.
(f)The Exploration and Production profit before interest and tax comprises:
                                     
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Others Total
 
  ($ million
Year ended December 31, 2005
                                    
Exploration and production activities
                                    
— Group (as above)
  2,077   2,332   9,320   3,101   1,276   2,571   (47)  1,518   22,148 
— Jointly controlled entities and associates
           309   41      2,685      3,035 
Midstream activities
  52   (11)  172   148   (20)  (39)  (1)  24   325 
 
Total profit before interest and tax
  2,129   2,321   9,492   3,558   1,297   2,532   2,637   1,542   25,508 
 
Year ended December 31, 2004
                                    
Exploration and production activities
                                    
— Group (as above)
  3,348   852   6,767   2,403   923   1,106   (9)  655   16,045 
— Jointly controlled entities and associates
           113   38      1,665      1,816 
Midstream activities
  105   (15)  40   123   (50)  (19)     42   226 
 
Total profit before interest and tax
  3,453   837   6,807   2,639   911   1,087   1,656   697   18,087 
 
Year ended December 31, 2003
                                    
Exploration and production activities
                                    
— Group (as above)
  3,257   591   5,493   2,424   421   1,010   14   473   13,683 
— Jointly controlled entities and associates
        1   171   20      573   25   790 
Midstream activities
  211   (4)  182   228   (2)  (2)     (2)  611 
 
Total profit before interest and tax
  3,468   587   5,676   2,823   439   1,008   587   496   15,084 
 

F-180


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 54 — Suspended exploration well costs
      Included within the total exploration expenditure of $4,008 million (2004 $3,761 million and 2003 $4,236 million) shown as part of intangible assets (see Note 29 — Intangible assets) is an amount of $1,931 million (2004 $1,680 million and 2003 $1,698 million) representing drilling costs directly associated with exploration wells.
      The carried costs of exploration wells are subject to technical, commercial and management review at least once a year to confirm the continued intent to develop or otherwise extract value from the discovery. In evaluating whether costs incurred meet the criteria for initial and continued capitalization management uses two main criteria: a) that exploration drilling is still under way or firmly planned, or b) that it either has been determined, or work is underway to determine, that the discovery is economically viable, based on a range of technical and commercial considerations, and sufficient progress is being made on establishing development plans and timing.
      The following table provides the year-end balances and movements for suspended exploration well-drilling costs:
             
  Years Ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Capitalized exploration well-drilling costs
            
At January 1,
  1,680   1,698   1,846 
Additions pending determination of proved reserves
  565   391   295 
Exploration well costs written off in the period
  (81)  (84)  (90)
Costs of exploration wells divested in the period
  (72)  (34)  (76)
Reclassified to tangible assets following determination of proved reserves
  (161)  (291)  (277)
 
At December 31,
  1,931   1,680   1,698 
 
      The following table provides an ageing profile of suspended exploration wells:
                         
  At December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
    Wells   Wells   Wells
  Cost gross Cost gross Cost gross
 
  ($ million   ($ million   ($ million  
Age
                        
Less than 1 year
  593   46   411   26   266   34 
1 to 5 years
  823   69   787   81   752   81 
6 to 10
  309   42   292   29   522   62 
More than 10 years
  206   20   190   18   158   19 
 
Total
  1,931   177   1,680   154   1,698   196 
 

F-181


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 54 — Suspended exploration well costs (continued)
      The following table provides an analysis of the amount of drilling costs directly associated with exploration wells:
                                     
  2005 2004 2003
 
    Wells     Wells     Wells  
  Cost gross Projects Cost gross Projects Cost gross Projects
 
  ($ million   ($ million   ($ million  
Exploration well-drilling costs
                                    
Projects with first capitalized exploration well drilled in twelve months ending December 31,
  451   31   14   290   15   12   155   16   11 
Other projects with recent or planned drilling activity
  718   65   20   400   36   13   263   32   11 
Projects with completed exploration activity
  762   81   28   990   103   41   1,280   148   50 
 
At December 31,
  1,931   177   62   1,680   154   66   1,698   196   72 
 
      Exploration projects frequently involve the drilling of multiple wells over a number of years, and several discoveries may be grouped into a single development project. The table above shows a total of 48 projects which have exploration well-drilling costs which have been capitalized for more than twelve months as at December 31, 2005. Of these, there are 20 projects where exploratory wells have been drilled in the preceding twelve months or further exploratory drilling is planned in the next year. Projects with completed exploration activity comprise a total of 28 projects, whose drilling costs totalled $762 million at December 31, 2005. Details of the activities being undertaken to progress these projects towards development are shown below:
                   
  Amounts        
  carried as     Anticipated  
  intangible Year end   year of  
  assets at 2005 Years wells proved reserve  
Country/Project year end 2005 wells gross drilled booking Comment
($-  
   
  million
Angola
  26   6           
Bavuca/ Kakocha/ Mavacola / Mbulumbumba/ Vicango  26   6   2000-2003   2010-2014  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; development options identified and under evaluation; development planned in two phases through tieback to existing infrastructure; Declaration of Commercial Discovery submitted for Mavacola in 2005.

F-182


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 54 — Suspended exploration well costs (continued)
                   
  Amounts        
  carried as     Anticipated  
  intangible Year end   year of  
  assets at 2005 Years wells proved reserve  
Country/Project year end 2005 wells gross drilled booking Comment
($-  
   
  million
Colombia  76   2           
Floreña/ Pauto  33   1   1998   2006  Initial assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; assessment of economic aspects of project in progress; development options identified and under evaluation; phased development scheme, production from earlier phases in 2002-2004; subsequent phase via expansion of existing infrastructure.
Volcanera  43   1   1993   2009  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; assessment of economic aspects of project in progress; development options identified and under evaluation; planned phased development linked to neighbouring field using existing infrastructure; further seismic survey planned for 2006.

F-183


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 54 — Suspended exploration well costs (continued)
                   
  Amounts        
  carried as     Anticipated  
  intangible Year end   year of  
  assets at 2005 Years wells proved reserve  
Country/Project year end 2005 wells gross drilled booking Comment
($-  
   
  million
Egypt  42   14           
Ras El Bar Seth/ Taurt  10   3   1995-2004   2006-2010  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; development options identified and under evaluation; planned subsea tieback to existing infrastructure; new gas export pipeline planned for Taurt; gas sale agreement in place.
Temsah  19   8   1995-2004   2006-2010  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; phased development options identified and under evaluation; planned subsea tieback to existing infrastructure; gas sale agreement in place.
Western Mediterranean Block B  13   3   2002-2004   2009-2017  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; development options identified and under evaluation; seismic survey programme begun; gas sale agreement negotiations under way.

F-184


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 54 — Suspended exploration well costs (continued)
                   
  Amounts        
  carried as     Anticipated  
  intangible Year end   year of  
  assets at 2005 Years wells proved reserve  
Country/Project year end 2005 wells gross drilled booking Comment
($-  
   
  million
Indonesia  51   8           
Tangguh Phase II  51   8   1994-1997   2008-2011  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; assessment of economic aspects of project in progress; onshore and offshore development options identified and under evaluation.
Norway  72   8           
Skarv/ Snadd  72   8   1998-2002   2006-2007  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; development options identified and under evaluation; planned development with floating production system and export infrastructure agreed with partners.
Trinidad  114   6           
Cashima  17   1   2001   2006  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; development options identified and under evaluation; development awaiting capacity in existing infrastructure.

F-185


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 54 — Suspended exploration well costs (continued)
                   
  Amounts        
  carried as     Anticipated  
  intangible Year end   year of  
  assets at 2005 Years wells proved reserve  
Country/Project year end 2005 wells gross drilled booking Comment
($-  
   
  million
Corallita/ Lantana  24   2   1996   2007-2008  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; reservoir characteristics under analysis; development options identified and under evaluation; planned subsea tieback to existing infrastructure; fields dedicated to LNG gas contract delivery.
Manakin  19   1   2000   2010+  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; assessment of economic aspects of project in progress; development options identified and under evaluation; planned subsea tieback to existing production facilities and LNG train; inter- governmental discussions on unitization continue.
Red Mango  54   2   2000-2001   2006  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; development option selected; planned subsea tieback via new platform to existing infrastructure.

F-186


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 54 — Suspended exploration well costs (continued)
                   
  Amounts        
  carried as     Anticipated  
  intangible Year end   year of  
  assets at 2005 Years wells proved reserve  
Country/Project year end 2005 wells gross drilled booking Comment
($-  
   
  million
United Kingdom  153   16           
Andrew  14   1   1998   2007  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; development options identified and under evaluation; development awaiting capacity in existing infrastructure; negotiations under way for gas sales contract.
Devenick  90   3   1983-2001   2007  Initial assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; assessment of economic and developmental aspects of project in progress; integrated field model, subsurface and seismic studies review completed; development expected in conjunction with Harding Gas Project nearby.
Puffin  29   9   1982-1991   2008-2010  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; further assessment of economic and developmental aspects of project to be undertaken; sub-surface and feasibility review under way; development awaiting capacity in existing infrastructure.

F-187


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 54 — Suspended exploration well costs (continued)
                   
  Amounts        
  carried as     Anticipated  
  intangible Year end   year of  
  assets at 2005 Years wells proved reserve  
Country/Project year end 2005 wells gross drilled booking Comment
($-  
   
  million
Suilven  20   3   1995-1998   2009  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; assessment of economic and developmental aspects of project in progress; development anticipated to be by tieback to existing production vessel; awaiting capacity in existing infrastructure.
United States  132   8           
Dorado  61   3   2002   2006  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; new development study completed in 2005, options identified and under evaluation; planned subsea tieback to existing infrastructure.
Entrada  24   2   2000   2006  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; development options identified and under evaluation; expected development as subsea tieback to facilities installed in 2005.

F-188


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 54 — Suspended exploration well costs (continued)
                   
  Amounts        
  carried as     Anticipated  
  intangible Year end   year of  
  assets at 2005 Years wells proved reserve  
Country/Project year end 2005 wells gross drilled booking Comment
($-  
   
  million
Liberty  20   1   1997   2008-2009  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; development options identified and under evaluation. Planned tieback via extended reach drilling from existing infrastructure; Memorandums Of Understanding with two key permitting agencies have been secured.
Point Thomson/ Sourdough  27   2   1994-1996   2009  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; development options identified and under evaluation. Annual Plan of Development work programme approved by state; initial engineering design for gas cycling option complete; progressing development based on tie-in to proposed Alaska gas pipeline; negotiations on gas pipeline fiscal terms in progress with state of Alaska.

F-189


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 54 — Suspended exploration well costs (concluded)
Exploration wells (concluded)
                   
  Amounts        
  carried as     Anticipated  
  intangible Year end   year of  
  assets at 2005 Years wells proved reserve  
Country/Project year end 2005 wells gross drilled booking Comment
($-  
   
  million
Vietnam  78   4           
Hai Thach  65   3   1995-2002   2007-2008  Assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; assessment of economic aspects of project completed; development options identified and under evaluation.
Kim Cuong Tay  13   1   1995   2010-2012  Initial assessment of hydrocarbon quantities as potentially commercial completed; decision on further appraisal planned for 2006.
Miscellaneous smaller projects  18   9   1993-2002   2006-2011   
 
TOTAL  762   81           
 
      Certain projects which were classified as projects with completed exploration drilling activity at December 31, 2004 are not classified as such at December 31, 2005:
 — The following projects were sanctioned for development in 2005: Mondo/ Saxi/ Batuque in Angola; Saqqara and Baltim in Egypt, and Deimos in the USA.
 
 — Further exploratory drilling was undertaken in 2005 or is now planned for 2006 on the following projects: Clochas/ Tchihumba, Cravo/ Lirio, Orquidea/ Violetta, and Cesio/ Chumbo in Angola;WA267-P in Australia; East Delta Deep Marine Thalab in Egypt; Kessog in the UK; and Langley in Canada.
 
 — BP disposed of its interests in the following projects: Ellida in Norway and Blind Faith in the USA.
 
 — In Colombia, a well in the Floreña area was reclassified to development wells, and a well in the Pauto area was written off resulting in expense of $9 million.

F-190


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles
      The consolidated financial statements of the BP Group are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) which differ in certain respects from US generally accepted accounting principles (US GAAP). The principal differences between US GAAP and IFRS for BP Group reporting relate to the following:
(a)   Deferred taxation/business combinations
 Under IFRS, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the difference between the assigned values and the tax bases of the assets and liabilities recognized in a purchase business combination. IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ typically requires the offset to the recognition of such deferred tax assets and liabilities to be adjusted against goodwill. However, under the exemptions in IFRS 1 ’First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’, previous business combinations were not restated in accordance with IFRS 3 and the offset was taken as an adjustment to shareholders’ equity at the transition date.
 
 Under US GAAP, deferred tax assets or liabilities are also recognized for the difference between the assigned values and the tax bases of the assets and liabilities recognized in a purchase business combination. Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (‘SFAS’) No. 141 ‘Business Combinations’, requires that the offset be recognized against goodwill. As such, the treatment adopted under IFRS 1 as compared with SFAS 141 creates a difference related to business combinations accounted for under the purchase method that occurred prior to the Group’s IFRS transition date.
 
 The adjustments to profit for the year and to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  254   2,048   1,303 
Taxation
  242   (1,531)  (715)
Profit for the year
  (496)  (517)  (588)
 
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
Property, plant and equipment
  3,459   4,052 
Deferred tax liabilities
  1,434   1,489 
BP shareholders’ equity
  2,025   2,563 
 

F-191


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(a)   Deferred taxation/business combinations (concluded)
      The major components of deferred tax liabilities and assets on a US GAAP basis were as follows:
          
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million)
Deferred tax liability
        
 
Depreciation
  20,782   22,658 
 
Pension plan surplus
  1,371   1,095 
 
Other taxable temporary differences
  4,214   3,582 
 
    26,367   27,335 
 
 
Deferred tax asset
        
 
Petroleum revenue tax
  (407)  (581)
 
Pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan deficits
  (1,154)  (912)
 
Decommisioning, environmental and other provisions
  (2,292)  (2,069)
 
Derivative financial instruments
  (770)  (108)
 
Tax credit and loss carry-forward
  (1,990)  (2,764)
 
Other deductible temporary differences
  (1,591)  (2,107)
 
 
Gross deferred tax asset
  (8,204)  (8,541)
 
Valuation allowance
  1,679   2,856 
 
 
Net deferred tax asset
  (6,525)  (5,685)
 
Net deferred tax liability*
  19,842   21,650 
 
 Primarily noncurrent
(b) Provisions
 Under IFRS, provisions for decommissioning and environmental liabilities are measured on a discounted basis if the effect of the time value of money is material. In accordance with IAS 37 ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’, the provisions for decommissioning and environmental liabilities are estimated using costs based on current prices and discounted using rates that take into consideration the time value of money and risks inherent in the liability. The periodic unwinding of the discount is included in other finance expense. Similarly, the effect of a change in the discount rate is included in other finance expense in connection with all provisions other than decommissioning liabilities.
 
 Upon initial recognition of a decommissioning provision, a corresponding amount is also recognized as an asset and is subsequently depreciated as part of the capital cost of the facilities. Adjustments to the decommissioning liabilities, associated with changes to the future cash flow assumptions or changes in the discount rate, are reflected as increases or decreases to the corresponding item of property, plant and equipment and depreciated prospectively over the asset’s remaining useful life.
 
 Under US GAAP, decommissioning liabilities are recognized in accordance with SFAS 143 ‘Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations’. SFAS 143 is similar to IAS 37 and requires that when an asset retirement liability is recognized, a corresponding amount is capitalized and depreciated as

F-192


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(b) Provisions (continued)
an additional cost of the related asset. The liability is measured based on the risk-adjusted future cash outflows discounted using a credit-adjusted risk-free rate. The unwinding of the discount is included in operating profit for the period. Unlike IAS 37, subsequent changes to the discount rate do not impact the carrying value of the asset or liability. Subsequent changes to the estimates of the timing or amount of future cash flows, resulting in an increase to the asset and liability, are re-measured using updated assumptions related to the credit-adjusted risk-free rate.
 Under US GAAP environmental liabilities are discounted only where the timing and amounts of payments are fixed and reliably determinable.
 
 In addition, the use of different oil and natural gas reserve volumes between US GAAP and IFRS (see (c) on the following page) results in different field lives and hence differences result in the manner in which the subsequent unwinding of the discount and the depreciation of the corresponding assets associated with decommissioning provisions are recognized.
 
 The adjustments to profit for the year and to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Production and manufacturing expenses and depreciation, depletion and amortization
  201   254   188 
Other finance expense
  (201)  (196)  (173)
Taxation
  (9)  22   (64)
Profit for the year before cumulative effect of accounting change
  9   (80)  49 
Cumulative effect of accounting change
        1,002 
Profit for the year
  9   (80)  1,051 
 

F-193


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(b) Provisions (concluded)
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
Property, plant and equipment
  (1,842)  (1,667)
Provisions
  (1,666)  (1,541)
Deferred tax liabilities
  (64)  (49)
BP shareholders’ equity
  (112)  (77)
 
 The following data summarizes the movements in the asset retirement obligations, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, for the years ended December 2005 and 2004.
         
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
At January 1,
  3,898   3,872 
Exchange adjustments
  4   175 
New provisions/adjustment to provisions
  554   (174)
Unwinding of discount
  237   208 
Utilized/deleted
  (264)  (183)
At December 31,
  4,429   3,898 
 
(c) Oil and natural gas reserve differences
 The US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) rules for estimating oil and natural gas reserves are different in certain respects from the UK Statement of Recommended Practice ‘Accounting for Oil and Gas Exploration, Development, Production and Decommissioning Activities’ (SORP); in particular, the SEC requires the use of year-end prices, whereas under the SORP the Group uses long-term planning prices. Any consequent difference in reserve volumes results in different charges for depreciation, depletion and amortization between IFRS and US GAAP.
 
 The adjustments to profit for the year and to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  (20)  (48)   
Taxation
  9   18    
Profit for the year
  11   30    
 

F-194


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(c) Oil and natural gas reserve differences (concluded)
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
Property, plant and equipment
  68   48 
Deferred tax liabilities
  27   18 
BP shareholders’ equity
  41   30 
 
(d) Goodwill and intangible assets
 For the purposes of US GAAP, the Group accounts for goodwill according to SFAS No. 141 ‘Business Combinations’, and SFAS No. 142; ‘Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets’. For the purposes of IFRS, the Group accounts for goodwill under the provisions of IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’ and IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’. As a result of the transition rules available under IFRS 1, the Group did not restate its past business combinations in accordance with IFRS 3 and assumed its UK GAAP carrying amount for goodwill as its IFRS carrying amount upon transition to IFRS, at January 1, 2003.
 
 Under US GAAP, goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets have not been amortized since December 31, 2001, rather such assets are subject to periodic impairment testing. The Group does not have any other intangible assets with indefinite lives. Under IFRS, goodwill amortization ceased from January 1, 2003.
 
 The movement in the goodwill difference from 2004 to 2005 is the result of movements in foreign exchange rates.
 
 During the fourth quarter of 2005 the Group completed a goodwill impairment review using the two-step process prescribed in US GAAP. The first step includes a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. When the carrying value exceeds the fair value, the goodwill of the reporting unit is potentially impaired and the second step is then completed in order to measure the impairment loss, if any. No impairment charge resulted from this review.
 
 The adjustments to profit for the year and to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
     61    
Profit for the year
     (61)   
 
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
Goodwill
  171   224 
BP shareholders’ equity
  171   224 
 

F-195


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
 In accordance with Group accounting practice, exploration licence acquisition costs are capitalized initially as an intangible asset and are amortized over the estimated period of exploration. Where proved reserves of oil or natural gas are determined and development is sanctioned, the unamortized cost is transferred to property, plant and equipment. Where exploration is unsuccessful, the unamortized cost is charged against income. At December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004, exploration licence acquisition costs included in the Group’s property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, were as follows.
          
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
Exploration licence acquisition cost included in noncurrent assets (net of accumulated amortization)
        
 
Property, plant and equipment
  1,201   1,100 
 
Intangible assets
  597   595 
 
 Changes to exploration expenditure, goodwill and other intangible assets, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 are shown below.
                     
      Additional    
      minimum    
      pension    
  Exploration   liability Other  
  expenditure Goodwill (see (h)) intangibles Total
-  
  --------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Net book amount
                    
At January 1, 2004
  4,236   10,969   43   237   15,485 
Amortization expense
  (274)        (72)  (346)
Other movements
  (201)  566   (4)  278   639 
 
At January 1, 2005
  3,761   11,535   39   443   15,778 
Amortization expense
  (305)        (161)  (466)
Other movements
  552   (862)  (12)  482   160 
 
At December 31, 2005
  4,008   10,673   27   764   15,472 
 
 Amortization expense relating to other intangibles is expected to be in the range $150-$200 million in each of the succeeding five years.
(e) Derivative financial instruments
 Under IFRS, the Group accounts for its derivative financial instruments under IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. IAS 39 requires that derivative financial instruments be measured at fair value and changes in fair value are either recognized through current earnings or equity (other comprehensive income) depending on the nature of the instrument. Changes in fair value of derivatives held for trading purposes or those not designated or effective as hedges are recognized in earnings.
 
 Changes in fair value of derivatives designated and effective as cash flow hedges are recognized directly in equity (other comprehensive income). Amounts recorded in equity are transferred to the income statement when the hedged transaction affects earnings. Where the hedged item is the cost

F-196


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(e) Derivative financial instruments (concluded)
 of a nonfinancial asset or liability, the amounts taken to equity are transferred to the initial carrying amount of the nonfinancial asset or liability.
 
 Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated and effective as fair value hedges are recognized in earnings. The carrying amount of the hedged item is adjusted for gains and losses attributable to the risk being hedged with the corresponding gains and losses recognized in earnings.
 
 On adoption of IAS 39 as of January 1, 2005, all cash flow and fair value hedges that previously qualified for hedge accounting under UK GAAP were recorded on the balance sheet at fair value with the offset recorded through equity.
 
 Under US GAAP all derivative financial instruments are accounted for under SFAS 133 ‘Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities’ and recorded on the balance sheet at their fair value. Similar to IAS 39, SFAS 133 requires that changes in the fair value of derivatives are recorded each period in current earnings or other comprehensive income, depending on whether the instrument is designated as part of a hedge transaction. A difference arises between IFRS and US GAAP for cash flow hedges where the hedged item is the cost of a nonfinancial asset or liability. SFAS 133 does not allow the amounts taken to equity to be transferred to the initial carrying amount of the nonfinancial asset or liability. The amounts remain in equity (other comprehensive income) and are recognized to earnings as the nonfinancial asset is depreciated.
 
 Prior to January 1, 2005, the Group did not designate any of its derivative financial instruments as part of hedged transactions under SFAS 133. As a result, all changes in fair value were recognized through earnings. A difference therefore exists between the treatment applied under SFAS 133 and that upon initial adoption of IAS 39. This difference will remain until the individual derivative transactions mature.
 
 The adjustments to profit for the year and to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Production and manufacturing expenses
     481   27 
Finance costs
  (15)      
Taxation
  (72)  (144)   
Profit for the year before cumulative effect of accounting change
  87   (337)  (27)
Cumulative effect of accounting change
        50 
Profit for the year
  87   (337)  23 
 

F-197


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(e) Derivative financial instruments (concluded)
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
Goodwill
  131   131 
Finance debt
  (140)  (164)
Trade and other payables
     718 
Deferred tax liabilities
  46   (108)
BP shareholders’ equity
  225   (315)
 
(f) Inventory valuation
 Under IFRS, inventory held for trading purposes is re-measured to fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in the profit for the period.
 
 For US GAAP, all balances recorded in inventory are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value.
 
 The adjustments to profit for the year and to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Purchases
  357   (250)  (60)
Taxation
  (125)  88   21 
Profit for the year
  (232)  162   39 
 
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
Inventories
  (257)  100 
Deferred tax liabilities
  (90)  35 
BP shareholders’ equity
  (167)  65 
 
(g) Gain arising on asset exchange
 Under IFRS, exchanges of nonmonetary assets are generally accounted for at fair value at the date of the transaction, with any gain or loss recognized in income. Under US GAAP prior to January 1, 2005, exchanges of nonmonetary assets were accounted for at book value. From January 1, 2005 exchanges of nonmonetary assets are generally accounted for at fair value under both IFRS and US GAAP.

F-198


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(g) Gain arising on asset exchange (concluded)
 The adjustments to profit for the year and to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005 2004 2003
-  
  --------------------------------($-
  million
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  19   117   32 
Taxation
  (7)  (10)  (13)
Profit for the year
  (12)  (107)  (19)
 
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Property, plant and equipment
  367   386 
Deferred tax liabilities
  128   135 
BP shareholders’ equity
  239   251 
 
(h) Pensions and other postretirement benefits
 Under IFRS, the Group accounts for its pension and other postretirement benefit plans according to IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’. Surpluses and deficits of funded schemes for pensions and other postretirement benefits are included in the Group balance sheet at their fair values and all movements in these balances are reflected in the income statement, except for those relating to actuarial gains and losses which are reflected in the statement of recognized income and expense. This treatment differs with the Group’s US GAAP treatment under SFAS No. 87 ‘Employers’ Accounting for Pensions’, under which actuarial gains and losses are not recognized in the income statement as they occur but are recognized within income only when they exceed certain thresholds. This difference in recognition rules for actuarial gains and losses gives rise to differences in periodic pension costs as measured under IAS 19 and SFAS 87.
 
 In addition, when a pension plan has an accumulated benefit obligation which exceeds the fair value of the plan assets, SFAS 87 requires the unfunded amount to be recognized as a minimum liability in the balance sheet. The offset to this liability is recorded as an intangible asset up to the amount of any unrecognized prior service cost or transitional liability, and thereafter directly in other comprehensive income. IAS 19 does not have a similar concept. As a result, this creates a difference in shareholders’ equity as measured under IFRS and US GAAP.

F-199


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(h) Pensions and other postretirement benefits (concluded)
 The adjustments to profit for the year and to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Production and manufacturing expenses
  583   330   694 
Other finance expense
  116   (29)  (340)
Taxation
  (213)  (254)  (139)
Profit for the year
  (486)  (47)  (215)
 
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
Intangible assets
  27   39 
Other receivables
  6,667   7,104 
Defined benefit pension plan surplus
  (3,282)  (2,105)
Provisions
  7,884   8,973 
Defined benefit pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan deficits
  (9,230)  (10,339)
Deferred tax liabilities
  1,612   2,315 
BP shareholders’ equity
  3,146   4,089 
 
(i) Impairments
 Under IFRS, in determining the amount of any impairment loss, the carrying value of property, plant and equipment and goodwill is compared with the discounted value of the future cash flows. Under US GAAP, SFAS 144 ‘Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets’ requires that the carrying value is compared with the undiscounted future cash flows to determine if an impairment is present, and only if the carrying value is less than the undiscounted cash flows is an impairment loss recognized. The impairment is measured using the discounted value of the future cash flows. Due to this difference, certain of the impairment charges recognized under IFRS, adjusted for the impacts of depreciation, have not been recognized for US GAAP.
 
 The adjustments to profit for the year and to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  28       
Impairment and losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  477   (986)   
Taxation
  (127)  309    
Profit for the year
  (378)  677    
 

F-200


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(i) Impairments (concluded)
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Goodwill
     325 
Property, plant and equipment
  504   661 
Deferred tax liabilities
  177   309 
BP shareholders’ equity
  327   677 
 
(j) Equity - accounted investments
 The major difference between IFRS and US GAAP in relation to equity-accounted entities is in respect of deferred tax (see (a)).
 
 The adjustments to profit for the year and to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2004  
  2005   2003
 
  ($ million
Earnings from jointly controlled entities
  (255)  147   (47)
Profit for the year
  (255)  147   (47)
 
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Investments in jointly controlled entities
  (43)  212 
BP shareholders’ equity
  (43)  212 
 
(k) Investments
 Under IFRS for periods prior to January 1, 2005, certain equity investments are reported as either current or noncurrent investments and carried on the balance sheet at cost subject to review for impairment.
 
 Under US GAAP, these investments are accounted for as available-for-sale securities under SFAS 115 ‘Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities’. As such they are reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses, net of tax, reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. If a decline in fair value below cost is ‘other than temporary’ the unrealized loss is accounted for as a realized loss and charged against income.

F-201


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(k) Investments (concluded)
 The adjustments to accumulated other comprehensive income (BP shareholders’ equity) to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
         
  At
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005 2004
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Fixed assets — other investments
     344 
Deferred tax liabilities
     117 
BP shareholders’ equity
     227 
 
(l) Consolidation of variable interest entities
 In January 2003, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 (Revised) ‘Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities’ (Interpretation 46). Interpretation 46 clarifies the application of existing consolidation requirements to entities where a controlling financial interest is achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Under Interpretation 46, a variable interest entity is consolidated if a company is subject to a majority of the risk of loss from the variable interest entity’s activities or entitled to receive a majority of the entity’s residual returns.
 
 The Group currently has several ships under construction which are accounted for under IFRS as operating leases. Under Interpretation 46 certain of the arrangements represent variable interest entities that would be consolidated by the Group. The maximum exposure to loss as a result of the Group’s involvement with these entities is limited to the debt of the entity, less the fair value of the ships at the end of the lease term.
 
 The adjustments to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
         
  At
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005 2004
-  
  ------------------------($-
  million
Property, plant and equipment
  807   507 
Trade and other receivables
  31    
Finance debt
  838   507 
BP shareholders’ equity
      
 
(m) Major maintenance expenditure
 For the purposes of US GAAP reporting, prior to January 1, 2005, the Group capitalized expenditures on maintenance, refits or repairs where it enhanced or restored the performance of an asset, or replaced an asset or part of an asset that was separately depreciated. This included other elements of expenditure incurred during major plant maintenance shutdowns, such as overhaul costs.
 
 As of January 1, 2005, the Group changed its US GAAP accounting policy to expense all overhaul costs and similar major maintenance expenditure as incurred. The effect of this accounting change for US GAAP reporting is reflected as a cumulative effect of an accounting change for the year ended December 31, 2005 of $794 million (net of tax benefits of $354 million). This adjustment is

F-202


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(m) Major maintenance expenditure (concluded)
 equal to the net book value of capitalized overhaul costs as of January 1, 2005 as reported under US GAAP. This new accounting policy reflects the policy applied under IFRS for all periods presented. As a result, a GAAP difference exists in periods prior to January 1, 2005 which reflects the capitalization of cumulative overhaul costs net of the related depreciation charge as calculated under US GAAP.
 
 The adjustments to profit for the year and to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004  
Increase (decrease) in caption heading     2003
 
  ($ million
Production and manufacturing expenses
     (586)  (417)
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
     296   216 
Taxation
     73   81 
Profit for the year before cumulative effect of accounting change
     217   120 
Cumulative effect of accounting change
  (794)      
Profit for the year
  (794)  217   120 
 
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
-  
  ------------------($-
  million
Property, plant and equipment
     1,148 
Deferred tax liabilities
     354 
BP shareholders’ equity
     794 
 

F-203


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(m) Major maintenance expenditure (concluded)
 The following pro forma data summarize the results of operations assuming the change in accounting for major maintenance expenditure was applied retroactively with effect from January 1, 2003:
              
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005(a) 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Profit for the year applicable to ordinary shares as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
            
 
As reported
  19,640   17,088   12,939 
 
Pro forma
  20,434   16,871   12,819 
Per ordinary share — cents
            
 
Basic — as reported
  92.96   78.31   58.36 
 
Basic — pro forma
  96.72   77.32   57.82 
 
Diluted — as reported
  91.90   76.88   57.79 
 
Diluted — pro forma
  95.61   75.97   57.25 
Per American Depositary Share — cents
            
 
Basic — as reported
  557.76   469.86   350.16 
 
Basic — pro forma
  580.32   463.92   346.92 
 
Diluted — as reported
  551.40   461.28   346.74 
 
Diluted — pro forma
  573.66   455.82   343.50 
 
 
(a) Pro forma data for the year ended December 31, 2005 excludes the cumulative effect of adoption.
(n) Share-based payments
 The Group adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), ‘Share-Based Payment’ (SFAS 123R) as of January 1, 2005 using the modified prospective transition method. Under SFAS 123R, share-based payments to employees are required to be measured based on their grant date fair value (with limited exceptions) and recognized over the related service period. For periods prior to January 1, 2005, the Group accounted for share-based payments under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 using the intrinsic value method.
 
 Effective January 1, 2005, as part of the adoption of IFRS, the Group adopted IFRS No. 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ (IFRS 2). IFRS 2 requires the recognition of expense when goods or services are received from employees or others in consideration for equity instruments. In adopting IFRS 2, the Group elected to restate prior years to recognize expense associated with share-based payments that were not fully vested as of January 1, 2003 and the liability of cash-settled share-based payments as of January 1, 2003.
 
 As a result of the transition requirements for SFAS 123R and IFRS 2, certain differences between US GAAP and IFRS have resulted. For periods prior to January 1, 2005, the Group has recognized share-based payments under IFRS using a fair value method which is substantially different than the intrinsic value method used under US GAAP for the same period. From January 1, 2005, the Group has used the same fair value methodology to measure compensation expense under both IFRS and US GAAP. A difference in compensation expense exists however because the Group uses a

F-204


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(n) Share-based payments (concluded)
 different valuation model under US GAAP for those previously issued options outstanding and unvested as of December 31, 2004 as required under the transition rules of SFAS 123R.
 
 In addition, deferred taxes on share-based compensation are recognized differently under US GAAP than under IFRS. Under US GAAP, deferred taxes are recorded on cumulative compensation expense recognized during the period in accordance with SFAS 109. Under IFRS, deferred taxes are only recorded on the difference between the tax base of the underlying shares and the carrying value of the employee services as determined at each balance sheet date in accordance with IAS 12.
       The adjustments to profit for the year and to BP shareholders’ equity to accord with US GAAP are summarized below.
             
  Years ended
  December 31,
 
Increase (decrease) in caption heading 2005 2004 2003
-  
  --------------------------------------($-
  million
Production and manufacturing expenses
  4   (28)  (25)
Distribution and administrative expenses
  9   (58)  (70)
Taxation
  (19)  62   56 
Profit for the year
  6   24   39 
 
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
Deferred tax liabilities
  334   353 
BP shareholders’ equity
  (334)  (353)
 
(o) Discontinued operations
 Under IFRS, a component of an entity held for sale as part of a single plan to dispose of a separate major line of business is classified as a discontinued operation in the income statement.
 
 Under US GAAP (EITF Issue No. 03-13‘Applying the Conditions in Paragraph 42 of FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, in Determining Whether to Report Discontinued Operations’), a disposed component of an enterprise is classified as a discontinued operation only where the ongoing entity has no significant continuing direct cash flows and does not retain an interest, contract or other arrangement sufficient to enable the entity to exert significant influence over the disposed component’s operating and financial policies after disposal.
 
 In connection with the sale of Innovene the Group has a number of commercial arrangements with Innovene for the supply of refining and petrochemical feedstocks, and the purchase and sale of refined products.
 
 Because of continuing direct cash flows that will result from activities with Innovene subsequent to divestment, under US GAAP, the operations of Innovene would not be classified as a discontinued operation and would be included in the Group’s continuing operations. Under IFRS, the operations of Innovene are classified as discontinued operations.

F-205


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(o) Discontinued operations (continued)
 Under IFRS the net cash provided by operating activities, net cash used in investing activities and net cash used in financing activities of discontinued operations must be identified separately, either within the cash flow statement or by way of note disclosure. For US GAAP, the cash flows of discontinued operations are not shown separately in the cash flow statement.
 
 The following summarizes the reclassifications that would be made if the operations of Innovene were shown in continuing operations under IFRS.
             
  Year ended December 31, 2005
 
  As reported Reclassification Total
 
  ($ million)
Consolidated statement of income
            
Sales and other operating revenues
  239,792   12,376   252,168 
 
Profit before interest and taxation from continuing operations
  32,182   141   32,323 
Finance costs
  616      616 
Other finance expense
  145   (3)  142 
 
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
  31,421   144   31,565 
Taxation
  9,288   (40)  9,248 
 
Profit from continuing operations
  22,133   184   22,317 
Profit from Innovene operations
  184   (184)   
 
Profit for the year
  22,317      22,317 
 
             
  Year ended December 31, 2004
 
  As reported Reclassification Total
 
  ($ million)
Consolidated statement of income
            
Sales and other operating revenues
  192,024   11,279   203,303 
 
Profit before interest and taxation from continuing operations
  25,746   (714)  25,032 
Finance costs
  440      440 
Other finance expense
  340   17   357 
 
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
  24,966   (731)  24,235 
Taxation
  7,082   (109)  6,973 
 
Profit from continuing operations
  17,884   (622)  17,262 
Profit from Innovene operations
  (622)  622    
 
Profit for the year
  17,262      17,262 
 

F-206


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(o) Discontinued operations (concluded)
             
  Year ended December 31, 2003
 
  As reported Reclassification Total
 
  ($ million)
Consolidated statement of income
            
Sales and other operating revenues
  164,653   8,962   173,615 
 
Profit before interest and taxation from continuing operations
  18,776   (48)  18,728 
Finance costs
  513      513 
Other finance expense
  532   15   547 
 
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
  17,731   (63)  17,668 
Taxation
  5,050      5,050 
 
Profit from continuing operations
  12,681   (63)  12,618 
Profit from Innovene operations
  (63)  63    
 
Profit for the year
  12,618      12,618 
 
(p) Energy trading contracts
 The disclosure requirements of EITF 02-03 in respect of energy trading contracts are set out below. For the Group, energy trading contracts in oil, natural gas, NGLs and power comprise exchange-traded derivative instruments such as futures and options and non-exchange-traded instruments such as swaps, ‘over-the-counter’ options and forward contracts.
 
 The following tables show the net fair value of contracts held for trading purposes at December 31, 2005 and 2004 analyzed by maturity period and by methodology of fair value estimation.
                     
  Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2005
 
  Maturity Maturity Maturity Maturity Total
  less than 1-3 4-5 over fair
  1 year years years 5 years value
 
  ($ million)
Prices actively quoted
  (179)  (146)  (4)  (12)  (341)
Prices provided by other external sources
  660   (89)  49      620 
Prices based on models and other valuation methods
  12   1   77   46   136 
 
   493   (234)  122   34   415 
 

F-207


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(p) Energy trading contracts (continued)
                     
  Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2004
 
  Maturity Maturity Maturity Maturity Total
  less than 1-3 4-5 over fair
  1 year years years 5 years value
 
  ($ million)
Prices actively quoted
  111   (89)        22 
Prices provided by other external sources
  128   169   62      359 
Prices based on models and other valuation methods
  4   3   1   62   70 
 
   243   83   63   62   451 
 
 The following tables show the changes during the year in the net fair value of instruments held for trading purposes for the years 2005, 2004 and 2003.
             
    Fair value  
    natural gas Fair value
  Fair value and NGL power
  oil price price price
  contracts contracts contracts
 
  ($ million)
Fair value of contracts at January 1, 2005
  (140)  414   177 
Contracts realized or settled in the year
  144   (681)  76 
Unrealized gains (losses) recognized at inception of contract
  (73)  (41)  1 
Unrealized gains (losses) recognized as a result of changes in valuation techniques and assumptions
         
Other unrealized gains (losses) recognized during the year
  35   578   (75)
 
Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2005
  (34)  270   179 
 
Fair value of contracts at January 1, 2004
  (154)  191   134 
Contracts realized or settled in the year
  154   259   54 
Unrealized gains (losses) recognized at inception of contract
  (33)  73   (3)
Unrealized gains (losses) recognized as a result of changes in valuation techniques and assumptions
         
Other unrealized gains (losses) recognized during the year
  (107)  (109)  (8)
 
Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2004
  (140)  414   177 
 
Fair value of contracts at January 1, 2003
  (66)  124   79 
Contracts realized or settled in the year
  66   61   49 
Unrealized gains (losses) recognized at inception of contract
  (20)  (64)   
Unrealized gains (losses) recognized as a result of changes in valuation techniques and assumptions
         
Other unrealized gains (losses) recognized during the year
  (134)  70   6 
 
Fair value of contracts at December 31, 2003
  (154)  191   134 
 

F-208


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
(p) Energy trading contracts (concluded)
 In addition to the risk management activities related to equity crude disposal, refinery supply and marketing, BP’s supply and trading function undertakes trading in the full range of conventional derivative financial and commodity instruments and physical cargoes available in the energy markets. The Group controls the scale of the trading exposures by using a value-at-risk model with a maximum value-at-risk limit authorized by the board.
 
 The Group measures its market risk exposure, i.e., potential gain or loss in fair values, on its trading activity using value-at-risk techniques. These techniques are based on a variance/covariance model or a Monte Carlo simulation and make a statistical assessment of the market risk arising from possible future changes in market values over a 24-hour period. The calculation of the range of potential changes in fair value takes into account a snapshot of the end-of-day exposures, and the history of one-day price movements, together with the correlation of these price movements. The potential movement in fair values is expressed to three standard deviations which is equivalent to a 99.7% confidence level. This means that, in broad terms, one would expect to see an increase or a decrease in fair values greater than the value-at-risk on approximately one occasion per year if the portfolio were left unchanged.
 
 The Group calculates value-at-risk on all instruments that are held for trading purposes and that therefore give an exposure to market risk. The value-at-risk models take account of derivative financial instruments such as oil, natural gas and power price futures and swap agreements. Financial assets and liabilities and physical crude oil and refined products that are treated as trading positions are also included in these calculations. For options, a linear approximation is included in the value-at-risk models. The value-at-risk calculation for oil, natural gas, NGLs and power price exposure also includes derivative commodity instruments (commodity contracts that permit settlement either by delivery of the underlying commodity or in cash), such as forward contracts.
 
 The following table shows values at risk for energy trading activities.
                 
        At
  High Low Average December 31
 
  ($ million)
2005
                
Oil price trading
  145   31   60   56 
Natural gas and NGL price trading
  71   9   26   30 
Power price trading
  30   4   14   16 
2004
                
Oil price trading
  55   18   29   45 
Natural gas and NGL price trading
  42   11   23   18 
Power price trading
  18   2   8   7 
2003
                
Oil price trading
  34   17   26   27 
Natural gas and NGL price trading
  29   4   16   18 
Power price trading
  13      4   6 
 

F-209


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
      The following is a summary of the adjustments to profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders and to BP shareholders’ equity which would be required if US GAAP had been applied instead of IFRS.
Profit for the year
              
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million except per
  share amounts)
Profit as reported in the consolidated statement of income
  22,026   17,075   12,448 
Adjustments
            
 
Deferred taxation/business combinations (a)
  (496)  (517)  (588)
 
Provisions (b)
  9   (80)  49 
 
Oil and natural gas reserve differences (c)
  11   30    
 
Goodwill and intangible assets (d)
     (61)   
 
Derivative financial instruments (e)
  87   (337)  (27)
 
Inventory valuation (f)
  (232)  162   39 
 
Gain arising on asset exchange (g)
  (12)  (107)  (19)
 
Pensions and other postretirement benefits (h)
  (486)  (47)  (215)
 
Impairments (i)
  (378)  677    
 
Equity-accounted investments (j)
  (255)  147   (47)
 
Major maintenance expenditure (m)
     217   120 
 
Share-based payments (n)
  6   24   39 
 
Other
  156   (93)  90 
 
Profit for the year before cumulative effect of accounting changes as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  20,436   17,090   11,889 
Cumulative effect of accounting changes
            
 
Major maintenance expenditure
  (794)      
 
Provisions
        1,002 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        50 
 
Profit for the year as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  19,642   17,090   12,941 
Dividend requirements on preference shares
  2   2   2 
 
Profit for the year applicable to ordinary shares as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  19,640   17,088   12,939 
 
Per ordinary share — cents
            
 
Basic — before cumulative effect of accounting changes
  96.72   78.31   53.62 
 
Cumulative effect of accounting changes
  (3.76)     4.74 
 
   92.96   78.31   58.36 
 
 
Diluted — before cumulative effect of accounting changes
  95.62   76.88   53.10 
 
Cumulative effect of accounting changes
  (3.71)     4.69 
 
   91.91   76.88   57.79 
 
Per American Depositary Share — cents (1)
            
 
Basic — before cumulative effect of accounting changes
  580.32   469.86   321.72 
 
Cumulative effect of accounting changes
  (22.56)     28.44 
 
   557.76   469.86   350.16 
 
 
Diluted — before cumulative effect of accounting changes
  573.72   461.28   318.60 
 
Cumulative effect of accounting changes
  (22.26)     28.14 
 
   551.46   461.28   346.74 
 

F-210


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
BP shareholders’ equity
          
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million
BP shareholders’ equity as reported in the consolidated balance sheet
  79,661   76,892 
Adjustments
        
 
Deferred taxation/business combinations (a)
  2,025   2,563 
 
Provisions (b)
  (112)  (77)
 
Oil and natural gas reserve differences (c)
  41   30 
 
Goodwill and intangible assets (d)
  171   224 
 
Derivative financial instruments (e)
  225   (315)
 
Inventory valuation (f)
  (167)  65 
 
Gain arising on asset exchange (g)
  239   251 
 
Pensions and other postretirement benefits (h)
  3,146   4,089 
 
Impairments (i)
  327   677 
 
Equity-accounted investments (j)
  (43)  212 
 
Investments (k)
     227 
 
Major maintenance expenditure (m)
     794 
 
Share-based payments (n)
  (334)  (353)
 
Other
  (32)  (187)
 
BP shareholders’ equity as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  85,147   85,092 
 
(1) One American Depositary Share is equivalent to six ordinary shares.

F-211


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
Comprehensive income
      The components of comprehensive income, net of related tax are as follows:
              
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million)
Profit for the year as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  19,642   17,090   12,941 
Currency translation differences net of tax expense (benefit) of $(328) million (2004 $208 million and 2003, $37 million)
  (2,865)  2,143   3,644 
Investments
            
 
Unrealized gains net of tax expense (benefit) of $110 million (2004 $71 million and 2003 $709 million)
  291   141   1,316 
 
Unrealized losses net of tax benefit (expense) of $16 million, (2004 nil and 2003 nil)
  (42)      
 
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income net of tax benefit (expense) of $22 million (2004 $627 million and 2003 $54 million)
  (59)  (1,165)  (99)
 
Currency translation differences net of tax expense (benefit) of nil (2004 nil and 2003 nil)
  (32)      
Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges net of tax expense (benefit) of $(63) million (2004 nil and 2003 nil)
  (131)      
Minimum pension liability adjustment net of tax expense (benefit) of $94 million (2004 $(130) million and 2003 $1,015 million)
  249   (838)  1,887 
 
Comprehensive income
  17,053   17,371   19,689 
 
         
  At
  December 31,
 
  2005 2004
 
  ($ million)
Currency translation differences
  1,496   4,361 
Net unrealized gains on investments
  385   227 
Unrealized losses on cash flow hedges
  (131)   
Minimum pension liability adjustment
  (866)  (1,115)
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
  884   3,473 
 

F-212


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
Impact of new US accounting standards
     Inventory: In November 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 151 ‘Inventory Costs — an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4’ (SFAS 151). SFAS 151 requires that items, such as idle facility expense, excessive spoilage, double freight and re-handling costs, be recognized as current-period charges. SFAS 151 also requires that the allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. SFAS 151 is effective for accounting periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Group adopted SFAS 151 with effect from July 1, 2005. The adoption of SFAS 151 did not have a significant effect on the Group’s profit, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, or BP shareholders’ equity, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.
     Discontinued operations: In November 2004, the EITF reached a consensus on Issue No. 03-13‘Applying the Conditions in Paragraph 42 of FASB Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, in Determining Whether to Report Discontinued Operations’ (EITF 03-13).Under EITF 03-13,a disposed component of an enterprise is classified as a discontinued operation only where the ongoing entity has no significant continuing direct cash flows and does not retain an interest, contract or other arrangement sufficient to enable the entity to exert significant influence over the disposed component’s operating and financial policies after disposal. EITF 03-13 is effective for a component of an enterprise that is either disposed of or classified as held for sale in accounting periods beginning after December 15, 2004. Applying EITF 03-13 led management to conclude that the Innovene operations were not discontinued operations for US GAAP (see this Item on page F-205).
     Revenue: In September 2005, the FASB ratified the consensus reached by the EITF regarding Issue No. 04-13 ‘Accounting for Purchases and Sales of Inventory with the Same Counterparty’ (EITF 04-13).EITF 04-13addresses accounting issues that arise when a company both sells inventory to and buys inventory from another entity in the same line of business. The purchase and sale transactions may be pursuant to a single contractual arrangement or separate contractual arrangements and the inventory purchased or sold may be in the form of raw material,work-in-process or finished goods. At issue is whether the revenue, inventory cost and cost of sales should be recorded at fair value or whether the transactions should be classified as nonmonetary transactions. EITF 04-13requires purchases and sales of inventory with the same counterparty that are entered into in contemplation of one another be combined and recorded as exchanges measured at the book value of the item sold. EITF 04-13 is effective for new arrangements entered into and modifications or renewals of existing arrangements in accounting periods beginning after March 15, 2006. The adoption of EITF 04-13 is not expected to have a significant effect on the Group’s profit as adjusted to accord with US GAAP or BP shareholders’ equity, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.
     Nonmonetary asset exchanges: In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 153 ‘Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets — an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29’ (SFAS 153). SFAS 153 eliminates the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 29 exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with an exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. SFAS 153 is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in accounting periods beginning after June 15, 2005. The Group adopted SFAS 153 with effect from January 1, 2005. The adoption of SFAS 153 did not have a significant effect on the Group’s profit, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, or BP shareholders’ equity, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.

F-213


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
Impact of new US accounting standards (continued)
     Share-based payments: In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004) ‘Share-Based Payment’ (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R, which is a revision of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 ‘Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation’ (SFAS 123), supersedes APB Opinion No. 25 ’Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees’. Under SFAS 123R, share-based payments to employees and others are required to be recognized as an expense in the income statement based on their fair value. Pro forma disclosure is no longer a permitted alternative.
      Effective January 1, 2005, as part of the adoption of IFRS, the Group adopted International Financial Reporting Standard 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ (IFRS 2). IFRS 2 requires the recognition of expense when goods or services are received from employees or others in consideration for equity instruments or amounts that are based on the value of an entity’s equity instruments. The recognition and measurement provisions of IFRS 2 are similar to those of SFAS 123R.
      In adopting IFRS 2, the Company elected to restate prior period results to recognize the expense associated with equity-settled share-based payment transactions that were not fully vested as of January 1, 2003 and the liability associated with cash-settled share-based payment transactions as of January 1, 2003.
      The Group adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method with effect from January 1, 2005.
     Taxation: In December 2004, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 109-1 ‘Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004’ (FSP 109-1). FSP 109-1, effective upon issuance, requires that the manufacturers’ deduction provided for under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the Jobs Creation Act) be accounted for as special deduction in accordance with FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, ‘Accounting for Income Taxes,’ rather than a tax rate reduction. The manufacturers’ deduction will be recognized by the Group in the year the benefit is earned.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 109-2 ‘Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004’ (FSP 109-2). The Jobs Creation Act provides a special one-time provision allowing earnings of certain non US companies to be repatriated to a US parent company at a reduced tax rate. FSP 109-2, effective upon issuance, permits additional time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment in order to evaluate the effect of the Jobs Creation Act without undermining an entity’s assertion that repatriation of non US earnings to a US parent company is not expected within the foreseeable future. The repatriation provision of the Jobs Creation Act did not have a significant effect on the Group’s profit, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, or BP shareholders’ equity, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.
     Provisions: In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47 ‘Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations — an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 143’ (Interpretation 47). Under Interpretation 47, a conditional asset retirement obligation represents an unconditional obligation to perform an asset retirement activity where the timing or method of settlement is conditional on a future event that may or may not be within the control of the entity. Interpretation 47 clarifies that an entity is required to recognize a liability, when incurred, for the fair value of a conditional asset retirement obligation if the fair value of the liability can be reasonably estimated. Uncertainty about the timing or method of settlement of a conditional asset retirement obligation is factored into the

F-214


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 — US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)
Impact of new US accounting standards (continued)
measurement of the liability when sufficient information exists. SFAS 143 acknowledges that in some cases, sufficient information may not be available to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. Interpretation 47 also clarifies when an entity would have sufficient information to reasonably estimate the fair value of an asset retirement obligation. Interpretation 47 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2005. The Group adopted Interpretation 47 with effect from January 1, 2005. The adoption of Interpretation 47 did not have a significant effect on the Group’s profit, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, or BP shareholders’ equity, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.
     Fixed assets: FASB Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 19 ‘Financial Accounting and Reporting by Oil and Gas Producing Companies’ (SFAS 19) requires the cost of drilling an exploratory well (exploration or exploratory-type stratigraphic test wells) to be capitalized pending determination of whether the well has found proved reserves. If this determination cannot be made at the conclusion of drilling, SFAS No. 19 sets out additional requirements for continuing to carry the cost of the well as an asset. These requirements include firm plans for further drilling and a one-year time limitation on continued capitalization in certain situations. Subsequent to the issuance of SFAS 19, as a result of the increasing complexity of oil and gas projects due to drilling in remote and deepwater offshore locations, entities increasingly require more than one year to complete all of the activities that permit recognition of proved reserves. In addition, because of new technologies, in certain situations additional exploratory wells may no longer be required before a project can commence.
      In April 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 19-1 ‘Accounting for Suspended Well Costs’ (FSP 19-1). FSP 19-1 amends SFAS 19 to permit the continued capitalization of exploratory well costs beyond one year if (a) the well found a sufficient quantity of reserves to justify its completion as a producing well and (b) the entity is making sufficient progress assessing the reserves and the economic and operating viability of the project. If either condition is not met, or if an entity obtains information that raises substantial doubt about the economic or operational viability of the project, the exploratory well is assumed to be impaired, and its costs, net of any salvage value, is charged to expense. FSP 19-1 provides a number of indicators that would be considered in order to demonstrate that sufficient progress was being made in assessing the reserves and the economic viability of the project. FSP 19-1 is effective for accounting periods beginning after April 4, 2005. Early application of the guidance is permitted in periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued.

F-215


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 55 —US generally accepted accounting principles (concluded)
     Fixed assets (concluded): BP’s accounting policy is that costs directly associated with an exploration well are capitalized as an intangible asset until the drilling of the well is complete and the results have been evaluated. If hydrocarbons are found, and, subject to further appraisal activity which may include the drilling of further wells (exploration or exploratory-type stratigraphic test wells), are likely to be capable of commercial development, the costs continue to be carried as an asset. All such carried costs are subject to technical, commercial and management review at least once a year to confirm the continued intent to develop or otherwise extract value from the discovery. When this is no longer the case, the costs are written off. When proved reserves of oil and natural gas are determined and development is sanctioned, the relevant expenditure is transferred to property, plant and equipment. The Group adopted FSP 19-1 with effect from January 1, 2004. No previously capitalized costs were expensed upon the adoption of FSP 19-1.
     Accounting changes and error corrections: In May 2005, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 154 ’Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 and FASB Statement No. 3’ (SFAS 154). SFAS 154 applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle and changes the requirements for the accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 requires retrospective application to prior period financial statements of a voluntary change in accounting principle unless it is impracticable. Previously, most voluntary changes in accounting principle were recognized by including in net income of the period of the change the cumulative effect of changing to the new accounting principle. SFAS 154 also requires that a change in the method of depreciation, amortization or depletion for long-lived nonfinancial assets be accounted for as a change in accounting estimate that is effected by a change in accounting principle. Previously, such changes were reported as a change in accounting principle. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in accounting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. The adoption of SFAS 154 is not expected to have a significant effect on profit, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP, or BP shareholders’ equity, as adjusted to accord with US GAAP.

F-216


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries
      BP p.l.c. fully and unconditionally guarantees the payment obligations of its 100% owned subsidiary BP Exploration (Alaska) Inc. under the BP Prudhoe Bay Royalty Trust. The following financial information for BP p.l.c., and BP Exploration (Alaska) Inc. and all other subsidiaries on a condensed consolidating basis is intended to provide investors with meaningful and comparable financial information about BP p.l.c. and its subsidiary issuers of registered securities and is provided pursuant to Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X in lieu of the separate financial statements of each subsidiary issuer of public debt securities. Investments include the investments in subsidiaries recorded under the equity method for the purposes of the condensed consolidating financial information. Equity income of subsidiaries is the Group’s share of operating profit related to such investments. The eliminations and reclassifications column includes the necessary amounts to eliminate the intercompany balances and transactions between BP p.l.c., BP Exploration (Alaska) Inc. and other subsidiaries.
      BP p.l.c. also fully and unconditionally guarantees securities issued by BP Australia Capital Markets Limited, BP Canada Finance Company, BP Capital Markets p.l.c. and BP Capital Markets America Inc. These companies are 100%-owned finance subsidiaries of BP p.l.c.

F-217


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Income statement
                      
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2005
                    
Sales and other operating revenues
  5,052      239,792   (5,052)  239,792 
Earnings from jointly controlled entities — after interest and tax
        3,083      3,083 
Earnings from associates — after interest and tax
        460      460 
Equity-accounted income of subsidiaries — after interest and tax
  576   22,255      (22,831)   
Interest and other revenues
  454   556   749   (1,146)  613 
 
Total revenues
  6,082   22,811   244,084   (29,029)  243,948 
Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  1      1,537      1,538 
 
Total revenues and other income
  6,083   22,811   245,621   (29,029)  245,486 
Purchases
  729      167,349   (5,052)  163,026 
Production and manufacturing expenses
  536      21,056      21,592 
Production and similar taxes
  352      2,658      3,010 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  445      8,326      8,771 
Impairment and losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
        468      468 
Exploration expense
  1      683      684 
Distribution and administration expenses
  19   629   13,163   (105)  13,706 
Fair value (gain) loss on embedded derivatives
        2,047      2,047 
 
Profit before interest and taxation from continuing operations
  4,001   22,182   29,871   (23,872)  32,182 
Finance costs
  169   590   898   (1,041)  616 
Other finance expense (income)
  14   (443)  574      145 
 
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
  3,818   22,035   28,399   (22,831)  31,421 
Taxation
  1,138   9   8,141      9,288 
 
Profit from continuing operations
  2,680   22,026   20,258   (22,831)  22,133 
Profit (loss) from Innovene operations
        184      184 
 
Profit for the year
  2,680   22,026   20,442   (22,831)  22,317 
 
Attributable to
                    
 
BP shareholders
  2,680   22,026   20,151   (22,831)  22,026 
 
Minority interest
        291      291 
 
   2,680   22,026   20,442   (22,831)  22,317 
 

F-218


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Income statement (continued)
      The following is a summary of the adjustments to the profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders which would be required if US GAAP had been applied instead of IFRS.
                      
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2005
                    
Profit as reported
  2,680   22,026   20,151   (22,831)  22,026 
Adjustments
                    
 
Deferred taxation/business combinations
  (41)  (496)  (455)  496   (496)
 
Provisions
  5   9   4   (9)  9 
 
Oil and natural gas reserve differences
     11   11   (11)  11 
 
Derivative financial instruments
     87   87   (87)  87 
 
Inventory valuation
  (13)  (232)  (232)  245   (232)
 
Gain arising on asset exchange
  (12)  (12)     12   (12)
 
Pensions and other postretirement benefits
     (486)  (650)  650   (486)
 
Impairments
     (378)  (378)  378   (378)
 
Equity-accounted investments
     (255)  (255)  255   (255)
 
Share-based payments
     6         6 
 
Other
     156   156   (156)  156 
 
Profit for the year before cumulative effect of accounting change as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  2,619   20,436   18,439   (21,058)  20,436 
Cumulative effect of accounting change Major maintenance expenditure
     (794)  (794)  794   (794)
 
Profit for the year as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  2,619   19,642   17,645   (20,264)  19,642 
 

F-219


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Income statement (continued)
                      
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2004
                    
Sales and other operating revenues
  3,811      192,024   (3,811)  192,024 
Earnings from jointly controlled entities — after interest and tax
        1,818      1,818 
Earnings from associates — after interest and tax
        462      462 
Equity-accounted income of subsidiaries — after interest and tax
  256   16,951      (17,207)   
Interest and other revenues
  34   1,466   515   (1,400)  615 
 
Total revenues
  4,101   18,417   194,819   (22,418)  194,919 
Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets
        1,685      1,685 
 
Total revenues and other income
  4,101   18,417   196,504   (22,418)  196,604 
Purchases
  506      131,360   (3,811)  128,055 
Production and manufacturing expenses
  421      16,909      17,330 
Production and similar taxes
  267      1,882      2,149 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  483      8,046      8,529 
Impairment and losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
        1,390      1,390 
Exploration expense
  4      633      637 
Distribution and administration expenses
  3   1,472   11,452   (159)  12,768 
 
Profit before interest and taxation from continuing operations
  2,417   16,945   24,832   (18,448)  25,746 
Finance costs
     274   1,407   (1,241)  440 
Other finance expense (income)
  15   (358)  683      340 
 
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
  2,402   17,029   22,742   (17,207)  24,966 
Taxation
  552   (46)  6,576      7,082 
 
Profit from continuing operations
  1,850   17,075   16,166   (17,207)  17,884 
Profit (loss) from Innovene operations
        (622)     (622)
 
Profit for the year
  1,850   17,075   15,544   (17,207)  17,262 
 
Attributable to
                    
 
BP shareholders
  1,850   17,075   15,357   (17,207)  17,075 
 
Minority interest
        187      187 
 
   1,850   17,075   15,544   (17,207)  17,262 
 

F-220


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Income statement (continued)
      The following is a summary of the adjustments to the profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders which would be required if US GAAP had been applied instead of IFRS.
                      
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2004
                    
Profit as reported
  1,850   17,075   15,357   (17,207)  17,075 
Adjustments
                    
 
Deferred taxation/business combinations
  (10)  (517)  (626)  636   (517)
 
Provisions
  (1)  (80)  (78)  79   (80)
 
Oil and natural gas reserve differences
     30   30   (30)  30 
 
Goodwill
     (61)  (61)  61   (61)
 
Derivative financial instruments
     (337)  (337)  337   (337)
 
Inventory valuation
     162   162   (162)  162 
 
Gain arising on asset exchange
  (19)  (107)  (88)  107   (107)
 
Pensions and other postretirement benefits
     (47)  (98)  98   (47)
 
Impairments
     677   677   (677)  677 
 
Equity-accounted investments
     147   147   (147)  147 
 
Major maintenance expenditure
     217   217   (217)  217 
 
Share-based payments
     24         24 
 
Other
     (93)  (93)  93   (93)
 
Profit for the year as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  1,820   17,090   15,209   (17,029)  17,090 
 

F-221


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Income statement (continued)
                      
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2003
                    
Sales and other operating revenues
  3,168      164,653   (3,168)  164,653 
Earnings from jointly controlled entities — after interest and tax
        826      826 
Earnings from associates — after interest and tax
        388      388 
Equity-accounted income of subsidiaries — after interest and tax
  253   11,636      (11,889)   
Interest and other revenues
  213   820   663   (950)  746 
 
Total revenues
  3,634   12,456   166,530   (16,007)  166,613 
Gains on sale of businesses and fixed assets
     40   1,855      1,895 
 
Total revenues and other income
  3,634   12,496   168,385   (16,007)  168,508 
Purchases
  555      113,803   (3,168)  111,190 
Production and manufacturing expenses
  393      13,737      14,130 
Production and similar taxes
  241      1,482      1,723 
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
  459      7,617      8,076 
Impairment and losses on sale of businesses and fixed assets
  1      1,800      1,801 
Exploration expense
  14      528      542 
Distribution and administration expenses
  4   120   12,258   (112)  12,270 
 
Profit before interest and taxation from continuing operations
  1,967   12,376   17,160   (12,727)  18,776 
Finance costs
  400   130   821   (838)  513 
Other finance expense (income)
  9   (223)  746      532 
 
Profit before taxation from continuing operations
  1,558   12,469   15,593   (11,889)  17,731 
Taxation
  651   6   4,393      5,050 
 
Profit from continuing operations
  907   12,463   11,200   (11,889)  12,681 
Profit (loss) from Innovene operations
        (63)     (63)
 
Profit for the year
  907   12,463   11,137   (11,889)  12,618 
 
Attributable to
                    
 
BP shareholders
  907   12,463   10,967   (11,889)  12,448 
 
Minority interest
        170      170 
 
   907   12,463   11,137   (11,889)  12,618 
 

F-222


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Income statement (concluded)
      The following is a summary of the adjustments to the profit for the year attributable to BP shareholders which would be required if US GAAP had been applied instead of IFRS.
                      
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2003
                    
Profit as reported
  907   12,463   10,967   (11,889)  12,448 
Adjustments
                    
 
Deferred taxation/business combinations
  (28)  (588)  (643)  671   (588)
 
Provisions
  (4)  49   57   (53)  49 
 
Derivative financial instruments
     (27)  (27)  27   (27)
 
Inventory valuation
  (13)  39   39   (26)  39 
 
Gain arising on asset exchange
  (20)  (19)  1   19   (19)
 
Pensions and other postretirement
benefits
     (215)  (583)  583   (215)
 
Equity-accounted investments
     (47)  (47)  47   (47)
 
Major maintenance expenditure
     120   120   (120)  120 
 
Share-based payments
     39         39 
 
Other
     90   90   (90)  90 
 
Profit for the year before
cumulative effect of accounting
changes as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  842   11,904   9,974   (10,831)  11,889 
Cumulative effect of accounting changes                
 
Provisions
  221   1,002   788   (1,009)  1,002 
 
Derivative financial instruments
     50   50   (50)  50 
 
Profit for the year as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  1,063   12,956   10,812   (11,890)  12,941 
 

F-223


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Balance sheet
                      
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
-  
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At December 31, 2005
                    
Noncurrent assets
                    
 
Property, plant and equipment
  5,852      80,095      85,947 
 
Goodwill
        10,371      10,371 
 
Intangible assets
  418      4,354      4,772 
 
Investments in jointly controlled entities
        13,556      13,556 
 
Investments in associates
     2   6,215      6,217 
 
Other investments
        967      967 
 
Subsidiaries — equity-accounted basis
  2,016   107,206      (109,222)   
 
 
Fixed assets
  8,286   107,208   115,558   (109,222)  121,830 
 
Loans
  1,800   1,434   (119)  (2,294)  821 
 
Other receivables
        770      770 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        3,652      3,652 
 
Prepayments and accrued income
        1,269      1,269 
 
Defined benefit pension plan surplus
     3,226   56      3,282 
 
   10,086   111,868   121,186   (111,516)  131,624 
 
Current assets
                    
 
Loans
        132      132 
 
Inventories
  128      19,632      19,760 
 
Trade and other receivables
  13,780   1,211   50,313   (24,402)  40,902 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        9,726      9,726 
 
Prepayments and accrued income
  9      1,589      1,598 
 
Current tax receivable
        212      212 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  (7)  3   2,964      2,960 
 
   13,910   1,214   84,568   (24,402)  75,290 
 
Total assets
  23,996   113,082   205,754   (135,918)  206,914 
 
Current liabilities
                    
 
Trade and other payables
  4,512   6,719   55,307   (24,402)  42,136 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        9,083      9,083 
 
Accruals and deferred income
        5,970      5,970 
 
Finance debt
  55      8,877      8,932 
 
Current tax payable
  1,537      2,737      4,274 
 
Provisions
        1,602      1,602 
 
   6,104   6,719   83,576   (24,402)  71,997 
 
Noncurrent liabilities
                    
 
Other payables
  495      3,734   (2,294)  1,935 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        3,696      3,696 
 
Accruals and deferred income
     27   3,137      3,164 
 
Finance debt
        10,230      10,230 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
  1,816   532   13,910      16,258 
 
Provisions
  536      9,418      9,954 
 
Defined benefit pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan deficits
  82      9,148      9,230 
 
   2,929   559   53,273   (2,294)  54,467 
 
Total liabilities
  9,033   7,278   136,849   (26,696)  126,464 
 
Net assets
  14,963   105,804   68,905   (109,222)  80,450 
 
Equity
                    
BP shareholders’ equity
  14,963   105,804   68,116   (109,222)  79,661 
Minority interest
        789      789 
 
Total equity
  14,963   105,804   68,905   (109,222)  80,450 
 

F-224


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Balance sheet (continued)
                     
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
-  
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At December 31, 2005
                    
Capital and reserves
                    
Capital shares
  3,353   5,185      (3,353)  5,185 
Paid-in surplus
  3,145   8,120      (3,145)  8,120 
Merger reserve
     26,493   697      27,190 
Other reserves
     16         16 
Shares held by ESOP trusts
     (140)        (140)
Available-for-sale investments
        385      385 
Cash flow hedges
        (234)     (234)
Foreign currency translation reserve
        2,943      2,943 
Treasury shares
     (10,598)        (10,598)
Retained earnings
  8,465   76,728   64,325   (102,724)  46,794 
 
   14,963   105,804   68,116   (109,222)  79,661 
 

F-225


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Balance sheet (continued)
      The following is a summary of the adjustments to BP shareholders’ equity which would be required if US GAAP had been applied instead of IFRS.
                      
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
-  
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At December 31, 2005
                    
BP shareholders’ equity as reported
  14,963   105,804   68,116   (109,222)  79,661 
Adjustments
                    
 
Deferred taxation/business combinations
  215   2,025   1,810   (2,025)  2,025 
 
Provisions
  31   (112)  (141)  110   (112)
 
Oil and natural gas reserve differences
     41   41   (41)  41 
 
Goodwill and intangible assets
     171   171   (171)  171 
 
Derivative financial instruments
     225   225   (225)  225 
 
Inventory valuation
  (76)  (167)  (167)  243   (167)
 
Gain arising on asset exchange
  239   239      (239)  239 
 
Pensions and other postretirement benefits
  82   3,146   2,570   (2,652)  3,146 
 
Impairments
     327   327   (327)  327 
 
Equity-accounted investments
     (43)  (43)  43   (43)
 
Share-based payments
     (334)        (334)
 
Other
     (32)  (32)  32   (32)
 
BP shareholders’ equity as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  15,454   111,290   72,877   (114,474)  85,147 
 

F-226


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Balance sheet (continued)
                      
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
 
  ($ million)
At December 31, 2004
                    
Noncurrent assets
                    
 
Property, plant and equipment
  5,939      87,153      93,092 
 
Goodwill
        10,857      10,857 
 
Intangible assets
  418      3,787      4,205 
 
Investments in jointly controlled entities
        14,556      14,556 
 
Investments in associates
     2   5,484      5,486 
 
Other investments
        394      394 
 
Subsidiaries — equity-accounted basis
  3,069   106,706      (109,775)   
 
 
Fixed assets
  9,426   106,708   122,231   (109,775)  128,590 
 
Loans
  5,244   1,451   5,032   (10,916)  811 
 
Other receivables
        429      429 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        898      898 
 
Prepayments and accrued income
        354      354 
 
Defined benefit pension plan surplus
     2,093   12      2,105 
 
   14,670   110,252   128,956   (120,691)  133,187 
 
Current assets
                    
 
Loans
        193      193 
 
Inventories
  107      15,538      15,645 
 
Trade and other receivables
  7,644   791   44,283   (15,619)  37,099 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        5,317      5,317 
 
Prepayments and accrued income
        1,671      1,671 
 
Current tax receivable
        159      159 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  (1)  4   1,356      1,359 
 
   7,750   795   68,517   (15,619)  61,443 
 
Total assets
  22,420   111,047   197,473   (136,310)  194,630 
 
Current liabilities
                    
 
Trade and other payables
  1,615   7,687   44,857   (15,619)  38,540 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        5,074      5,074 
 
Accruals and deferred income
        4,482      4,482 
 
Finance debt
  74      10,110      10,184 
 
Current tax payable
  2      4,129      4,131 
 
Provisions
        715      715 
 
   1,691   7,687   69,367   (15,619)  63,126 
 
Noncurrent liabilities
                    
 
Other payables
  4,263      10,234   (10,916)  3,581 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        158      158 
 
Accruals and deferred income
     59   640      699 
 
Finance debt
        12,907      12,907 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
  1,814   266   14,621      16,701 
 
Provisions
  549      8,335      8,884 
 
Defined benefit pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan deficits
  81      10,258      10,339 
 
   6,707   325   57,153   (10,916)  53,269 
 
Total liabilities
  8,398   8,012   126,520   (26,535)  116,395 
 
Net assets
  14,022   103,035   70,953   (109,775)  78,235 
 
Equity
                    
BP shareholders’ equity
  14,022   103,035   69,610   (109,775)  76,892 
Minority interest
        1,343      1,343 
 
Total equity
  14,022   103,035   70,953   (109,775)  78,235 
 

F-227


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Balance sheet (continued)
                     
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
-  
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At December 31, 2004
                    
Capital and reserves
                    
Capital shares
  3,353   5,403      (3,353)  5,403 
Paid-in surplus
  3,145   6,366      (3,145)  6,366 
Merger reserve
     26,465   697      27,162 
Other reserves
     44         44 
Shares held by ESOP trusts
     (82)        (82)
Foreign currency translation reserve
        5,616      5,616 
Retained earnings
  7,524   64,839   63,297   (103,277)  32,383 
 
   14,022   103,035   69,610   (109,775)  76,892 
 

F-228


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Balance sheet (continued)
      The following is a summary of the adjustments to BP shareholders’ equity which would be required if US GAAP had been applied instead of IFRS.
                      
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
-  
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At December 31, 2004
                    
BP shareholders’ equity as reported
  14,022   103,035   69,610   (109,775)  76,892 
Adjustments
                    
 
Deferred taxation/business combinations
  255   2,563   2,333   (2,588)  2,563 
 
Provisions
  26   (77)  (102)  76   (77)
 
Oil and natural gas reserve differences
     30   30   (30)  30 
 
Goodwill and intangible assets
     224   224   (224)  224 
 
Derivative financial instruments
     (315)  (315)  315   (315)
 
Inventory valuation
  (63)  65   65   (2)  65 
 
Gain arising on asset exchange
  251   251      (251)  251 
 
Pensions and other postretirement benefits
  82   4,089   2,511   (2,593)  4,089 
 
Impairments
     677   677   (677)  677 
 
Equity-accounted investments
     212   212   (212)  212 
 
Investments
     227   227   (227)  227 
 
Major maintenance expenditure
     794   794   (794)  794 
 
Share-based payments
     (353)        (353)
 
Other
     (187)  (187)  187   (187)
 
BP shareholders’ equity as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  14,573   111,235   76,079   (116,795)  85,092 
 

F-229


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Balance sheet (continued)
                      
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
-  
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At December 31, 2003
                    
Noncurrent assets
                    
 
Property, plant and equipment
  6,015      82,592      88,607 
 
Goodwill
        10,592      10,592 
 
Intangible assets
  424      4,047      4,471 
 
Investments in jointly controlled entities
        12,909      12,909 
 
Investments in associates
     2   4,866      4,868 
 
Other investments
        1,452      1,452 
 
Subsidiaries — equity-accounted basis
  2,814   74,670      (77,484)   
 
 
Fixed assets
  9,253   74,672   116,458   (77,484)  122,899 
 
Loans
  1,368   23,716   (18,593)  (5,639)  852 
 
Other receivables
     36   459      495 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        534      534 
 
Prepayments and accrued income
        957      957 
 
Defined benefit pension plan surplus
     1,562   118      1,680 
 
   10,621   99,986   99,933   (83,123)  127,417 
 
Current assets
                    
 
Loans
        182      182 
 
Inventories
  102      11,495      11,597 
 
Trade and other receivables
  9,846   859   32,711   (15,535)  27,881 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        1,891      1,891 
 
Prepayments and accrued income
     5   1,370      1,375 
 
Current tax receivable
        92      92 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  (5)  3   2,058      2,056 
 
   9,943   867   49,799   (15,535)  45,074 
 
Total assets
  20,564   100,853   149,732   (98,658)  172,491 
 
Current liabilities
                    
 
Trade and other payables
  1,541   5,286   38,448   (15,535)  29,740 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        4,145      4,145 
 
Accruals and deferred income
     22   2,244      2,266 
 
Finance debt
  55      9,401      9,456 
 
Current tax payable
        3,441      3,441 
 
Provisions
        735      735 
 
   1,596   5,308   58,414   (15,535)  49,783 
 
Noncurrent liabilities
                    
 
Other payables
  4,272      5,997   (5,639)  4,630 
 
Derivative financial instruments
        344      344 
 
Accruals and deferred income
     50   814      864 
 
Finance debt
        12,869      12,869 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
  1,802   213   14,036      16,051 
 
Provisions
  569      7,295      7,864 
 
Defined benefit pension plan and other postretirement benefit plan deficits
  82      9,740      9,822 
 
   6,725   263   51,095   (5,639)  52,444 
 
Total liabilities
  8,321   5,571   109,509   (21,174)  102,227 
 
Net assets
  12,243   95,282   40,223   (77,484)  70,264 
 
Equity
                    
BP shareholders’ equity
  12,243   95,282   39,098   (77,484)  69,139 
Minority interest
        1,125      1,125 
 
Total equity
  12,243   95,282   40,223   (77,484)  70,264 
 

F-230


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Balance sheet (continued)
                     
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
-  
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At December 31, 2003
                    
Capital and reserves
                    
Capital shares
  1,903   5,552      (1,903)  5,552 
Paid-in surplus
  3,145   4,480      (3,145)  4,480 
Merger reserve
     26,380   697      27,077 
Other reserves
     129         129 
Shares held by ESOP trusts
     (96)        (96)
Foreign currency translation reserve
        3,619      3,619 
Retained earnings
  7,195   58,837   34,782   (72,436)  28,378 
 
   12,243   95,282   39,098   (77,484)  69,139 
 

F-231


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Balance sheet (concluded)
      The following is a summary of the adjustments to BP shareholders’ equity which would be required if US GAAP had been applied instead of IFRS.
                      
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
-  
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
At December 31, 2003
                    
BP shareholders’ equity as reported
  12,243   95,282   39,098   (77,484)  69,139 
Adjustments
                    
 
Deferred taxation/business combinations
  265   3,009   2,827   (3,092)  3,009 
 
Provisions
  27   (128)  (155)  128   (128)
 
Goodwill and intangible assets
     248   248   (248)  248 
 
Derivative financial instruments
     26   26   (26)  26 
 
Inventory valuation
  (63)  (98)  (98)  161   (98)
 
Gain arising on asset exchange
  271   269   (2)  (269)  269 
 
Pensions and other postretirement benefits
  82   5,246   3,688   (3,770)  5,246 
 
Equity-accounted investments
     65   65   (65)  65 
 
Investments
     1,251   1,251   (1,251)  1,251 
 
Major maintenance expenditure
     545   545   (545)  545 
 
Share-based payments
     (235)        (235)
 
Other
     (170)  (170)  170   (170)
 
BP shareholders’ equity as adjusted to accord with US GAAP
  12,825   105,310   47,323   (86,291)  79,167 
 

F-232


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Cash flow statement
                     
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
-  
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Year ended December 31, 2005
                    
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations
  3,558   19,835   23,592   (21,234)  25,751 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of Innovene operations
        970      970 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  3,558   19,835   24,562   (21,234)  26,721 
Net cash used in investing activities
  (346)  (2,410)  1,027      (1,729)
Net cash used in financing activities
  (3,218)  (17,426)  (23,893)  21,234   (23,303)
Currency translation differences relating to cash and cash equivalents
        (88)     (88)
 
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
  (6)  (1)  1,608      1,601 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
  (1)  4   1,356      1,359 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  (7)  3   2,964      2,960 
 

F-233


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (continued)
Cash flow statement (continued)
                     
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
-  
  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------($-
  million
Year ended December 31, 2004
                    
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations
  2,467   44,767   (4,621)  (18,566)  24,047 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of Innovene operations
        (669)     (669)
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  2,467   44,767   (5,290)  (18,566)  23,378 
Net cash used in investing activities
  (364)  (31,517)  20,758   (208)  (11,331)
Net cash used in financing activities
  (2,099)  (13,249)  (16,261)  18,774   (12,835)
Currency translation differences relating to cash and cash equivalents
        91      91 
 
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
  4   1   (702)     (697)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
  (5)  3   2,058      2,056 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  (1)  4   1,356      1,359 
 

F-234


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (concluded)
Note 56 —Condensed consolidating information on certain US Subsidiaries (concluded)
Cash flow statement (concluded)
                     
  Issuer Guarantor      
         
  BP     Eliminations  
  Exploration   Other and  
  (Alaska) Inc. BP p.l.c. subsidiaries reclassifications BP Group
 
  ($ million)
Year ended December 31, 2003
                    
Net cash provided by operating activities of continuing operations
  1,687   11,517   30,741   (27,990)  15,955 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities of Innovene operations
        348      348 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  1,687   11,517   31,089   (27,990)  16,303 
Net cash used in investing activities
  (381)  (4,034)  (4,866)     (9,281)
Net cash used in financing activities
  (1,300)  (7,481)  (26,012)  27,990   (6,803)
Currency translation differences relating to cash and cash equivalents
        121      121 
 
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
  6   2   332      340 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
  (11)  1   1,726      1,716 
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  (5)  3   2,058      2,056 
 

F-235


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION
(Unaudited)
      The following tables show estimates of the Group’s net proved reserves of crude oil and natural gas at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.
Movements in estimated net proved reserves of crude oil(a)
                                      
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Other Total
 
  (millions of barrels)
2005
                                    
Subsidiary undertakings
                                    
At January 1
                                    
 
Developed
  559   231   2,041   311   65   204      62   3,473 
 
Undeveloped
  210   109   1,211   299   85   643      725   3,282 
 
   769   340   3,252   610   150   847      787   6,755 
 
Changes attributable to
                                    
 
Revisions of previous estimates
  (31)  (8)  103   (21)  21   (190)     (148)  (274)
 
Purchases of reserves-in-place
        2                  2 
 
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
  11      40   3   11   83         148 
 
Improved recovery
  32   21   217   1      2      7   280 
 
Production (b)
  (101)  (27)  (200)  (53)  (17)  (64)     (34)  (496)
 
Sales of reserves-in-place
     (15)  (1)  (39)              (55)
 
   (89)  (29)  161   (109)  15   (169)     (175)  (395)
 
At December 31 (c)
                                    
 
Developed
  496   225   1,984   215   70   142      69   3,201 
 
Undeveloped
  184   86   1,429   286   95   536      543   3,159 
 
   680   311   3,413   501   165   678      612   6,360 
 
Equity-accounted entities
                                    
(BP share)
                                    
At January 1
                                    
 
Developed
           204   1      1,863   592   2,660 
 
Undeveloped
           125         294   100   519 
 
            329   1      2,157   692   3,179 
 
Changes attributable to
                                    
 
Revisions of previous estimates
           1         319   119   439 
 
Purchases of reserves-in-place
                           
 
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
           2               2 
 
Improved recovery
           25               25 
 
Production
           (26)        (333)  (57)  (416)
 
Sales of reserves-in-place
                    (24)     (24)
 
            2         (38)  62   26 
 
At December 31 (d)
                                    
 
Developed
           207   1      1,688   590   2,486 
 
Undeveloped
           124         431   164   719 
 
            331   1      2,119   754   3,205 
 

S-1


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Movements in estimated net proved reserves of crude oil(a) (continued)
                                      
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Other Total
 
  (millions of barrels)
2004
                                    
Subsidiary undertakings
                                    
At January 1
                                    
 
Developed
  697   236   1,902   385   82   190      73   3,565 
 
Undeveloped
  245   127   1,499   354   81   632      711   3,649 
 
   942   363   3,401   739   163   822      784   7,214 
 
Changes attributable to
                                    
 
Revisions of previous estimates
  (133)  1   (44)  (92)  2   19      (192)  (439)
 
Purchases of reserves-in-place
                           
 
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
  24      74   5   8   48      213   372 
 
Improved recovery
  57   4   55   31      6      3   156 
 
Production (b)
  (121)  (28)  (217)  (63)  (17)  (48)     (21)  (515)
 
Sales of reserves-in-place
        (17)  (10)  (6)           (33)
 
   (173)  (23)  (149)  (129)  (13)  25      3   (459)
 
At December 31 (c)
                                    
 
Developed
  559   231   2,041   311   65   204      62   3,473 
 
Undeveloped
  210   109   1,211   299   85   643      725   3,282 
 
   769   340   3,252(e)  610   150   847      787   6,755 
 
Equity-accounted entities
                                    
(BP share)
                                    
At January 1
                                    
 
Developed
           206   1      1,384   705   2,296 
 
Undeveloped
           134         410   27   571 
 
            340   1      1,794   732   2,867 
 
Changes attributable to
                                    
 
Revisions of previous estimates
           (5)        382   15   392 
 
Purchases of reserves-in-place
                    252      252 
 
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
           2               2 
 
Improved recovery
           17         37      54 
 
Production
           (25)        (304)  (55)  (384)
 
Sales of reserves-in-place
                    (4)     (4)
 
            (11)        363   (40)  312 
 
At December 31 (d)
                                    
 
Developed
           204   1      1,863   592   2,660 
 
Undeveloped
           125         294   100   519 
 
            329   1      2,157   692   3,179 
 

S-2


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
                                      
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Other Total
 
  (millions of barrels)
2003
                                    
Subsidiary undertakings
                                    
At January 1
                                    
 
Developed
  858   250   2,225   573   125   179      125   4,335 
 
Undeveloped
  269   99   1,336   198   54   723      748   3,427 
 
   1,127   349   3,561   771   179   902      873   7,762 
 
Changes attributable to:
                                    
 
Revisions of previous estimates
  53   42   (83)  (33)  30   (253)     (107)  (351)
 
Purchases of reserves-in-place
           42               42 
 
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
  6   16   240   1      361      36   660 
 
Improved recovery
  38   5   84   42            3   172 
 
Production (b)
  (138)  (30)  (237)  (71)  (22)  (43)     (21)  (562)
 
Sales of reserves-in-place
  (144)  (19)  (164)  (13)  (24)  (145)        (509)
 
   (185)  14   (160)  (32)  (16)  (80)     (89)  (548)
 
At December 31 (c)
                                    
 
Developed
  697   236   1,902   385   82   190      73   3,565 
 
Undeveloped
  245   127   1,499   354   81   632      711   3,649 
 
   942   363   3,401(e)  739   163   822      784   7,214 
 
Equity-accounted entities
                                    
(BP share)
                                    
At January 1
                                    
 
Developed
           173   1      252   752   1,178 
 
Undeveloped
           139   6      49   31   225 
 
            312   7      301   783   1,403 
 
Changes attributable to:
                                    
 
Revisions of previous estimates
           3            2   5 
 
Purchases of reserves-in-place
                    1,600      1,600 
 
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
           6               6 
 
Improved recovery
           42               42 
 
Production
           (23)  (1)     (107)  (53)  (184)
 
Sales of reserves-in-place
              (5)           (5)
 
            28   (6)     1,493   (51)  1,464 
 
At December 31 (d)
                                    
 
Developed
           206   1      1,384   705   2,296 
 
Undeveloped
           134         410   27   571 
 
            340   1      1,794   732   2,867 
 

S-3


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Movements in estimated net proved reserves of crude oil(a) (concluded)
 
(a)Crude oil includes natural gas liquids (NGLs) and condensate. Net proved reserves of crude oil exclude production royalties due to others, whether royalty is payable in cash or in kind.
 
(b)Excludes NGLs from processing plants in which an interest is held of 58 thousand barrels a day.
 
(c)Includes 818 million barrels of NGLs (724 million barrels at December 31, 2004 and 671 million barrels at December 31, 2003). Also includes 29 million barrels of crude oil (40 million barrels at December 31, 2004 and 55 million barrels at December 31, 2003) in respect of the 30% minority interest in BP Trinidad and Tobago LLC.
 
(d)Includes 33 million barrels of NGLs (27 million barrels at December 31, 2004 and 39 million barrels at December 31, 2003). Also includes 95 million barrels of crude oil (127 million barrels at December 31, 2004 and 97 million barrels at December 31, 2003) in respect of the 4.47% minority interest in TNK-BP (5.9% at December 31, 2004 and 5.9% at December 31, 2003).
 
(e)Proved reserves in the Prudhoe Bay field in Alaska include an estimated 85 million barrels (77 million barrels at December 31, 2004 and 78 million barrels at December 31, 2003,) upon which a net profits royalty will be payable over the life of the field under the terms of the BP Prudhoe Bay Royalty Trust.

S-4


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Movements in estimated net proved reserves of natural gas(a)
                                      
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Other Total
 
  (billions of cubic feet)
2005
                                    
Subsidiary undertakings
                                    
At January 1
                                    
 
Developed
  2,498   248   10,811   4,101   1,624   1,015      282   20,579 
 
Undeveloped
  1,183   1,254   3,270   10,663   5,419   1,886      1,396   25,071 
 
   3,681   1,502   14,081   14,764   7,043   2,901      1,678   45,650 
 
Changes attributable to
                                    
 
Revisions of previous estimates
  (102)  11   447   104   (133)  152      15   494 
 
Purchases of reserves-in-place
        66   2               68 
 
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
  21   19   47   225   204   44         560 
 
Improved recovery
  111   19   1,773   87            10   2,000 
 
Production (b)
  (425)  (44)  (1,018)  (888)  (280)  (163)     (80)  (2,898)
 
Sales of reserves-in-place
     (1,182)  (14)  (230)              (1,426)
 
   (395)  (1,177)  1,301   (700)  (209)  33      (55)  (1,202)
 
At December 31 (c)
                                    
 
Developed
  2,382   245   11,184   3,560   1,459   934      281   20,045 
 
Undeveloped
  904   80   4,198   10,504   5,375   2,000      1,342   24,403 
 
   3,286   325   15,382   14,064   6,834   2,934      1,623   44,448 
 
Equity-accounted entities
                                    
(BP share)
                                    
At January 1
                                    
 
Developed
           1,397   107      214   60   1,778 
 
Undeveloped
           977   69      10   23   1,079 
 
            2,374   176      224   83   2,857 
 
Changes attributable to
                                    
 
Revisions of previous estimates
           26   (81)     1,337   102   1,384 
 
Purchases of reserves-in-place
                           
 
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
           28               28 
 
Improved recovery
           66               66 
 
Production (b)
           (154)  (19)     (184)  (3)  (360)
 
Sales of reserves-in-place
                    (119)     (119)
 
            (34)  (100)     1,034   99   999 
 
At December 31 (d)
                                    
 
Developed
           1,492   50      1,089   130   2,761 
 
Undeveloped
           848   26      169   52   1,095 
 
            2,340   76      1,258   182   3,856 
 

S-5


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Movements in estimated net proved reserves of natural gas(a) (continued)
                                      
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Other Total
 
  (billions of cubic feet)
2004
                                    
Subsidiary undertakings
                                    
At January 1
                                    
 
Developed
  2,996   262   11,482   4,212   1,976   640      255   21,823 
 
Undeveloped
  1,095   1,255   3,337   11,531   3,026   2,188      900   23,332 
 
   4,091   1,517   14,819   15,743   5,002   2,828      1,155   45,155 
 
Changes attributable to
                                    
 
Revisions of previous estimates
  (210)  28   (438)  (1,081)  106   16      558   (1,021)
 
Purchases of reserves-in-place
        3   2               5 
 
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
  127      140   991   2,478   233      3   3,972 
 
Improved recovery
  134   4   870   76      29      38   1,151 
 
Production (b)
  (461)  (47)  (1,111)  (875)  (296)  (102)     (76)  (2,968)
 
Sales of reserves-in-place
        (202)  (92)  (247)  (103)        (644)
 
   (410)  (15)  (738)  (979)  2,041   73      523   495 
 
At December 31 (c)
                                    
 
Developed
  2,498   248   10,811   4,101   1,624   1,015      282   20,579 
 
Undeveloped
  1,183   1,254   3,270   10,663   5,419   1,886      1,396   25,071 
 
   3,681   1,502   14,081   14,764   7,043   2,901      1,678   45,650 
 
Equity-accounted entities
                                    
(BP share)
                                    
At January 1
                                    
 
Developed
           1,591   136      46   58   1,831 
 
Undeveloped
           916   80      14   28   1,038 
 
            2,507   216      60   86   2,869 
 
Changes attributable to
                                    
 
Revisions of previous estimates
           (12)  (17)     341      312 
 
Purchases of reserves-in-place
                           
 
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
                           
 
Improved recovery
           23               23 
 
Production (b)
           (144)  (23)     (177)  (3)  (347)
 
Sales of reserves-in-place
                           
 
            (133)  (40)     164   (3)  (12)
 
At December 31 (d)
                                    
 
Developed
           1,397   107      214   60   1,778 
 
Undeveloped
           977   69      10   23   1,079 
 
            2,374   176      224   83   2,857 
 
     

S-6


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Movements in estimated net proved reserves of natural gas(a) (concluded)
                                      
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Other Total
 
  (billions of cubic feet)
2003
                                    
Subsidiary undertakings
                                    
At January 1
                                    
 
Developed
  3,215   216   12,102   4,637   2,528   815      260   23,773 
 
Undeveloped
  651   44   2,259   13,128   2,747   3,176      66   22,071 
 
   3,866   260   14,361   17,765   5,275   3,991      326   45,844 
 
Changes attributable to
                                    
 
Revisions of previous estimates
  537   119   205   (1,629)  10   158      111   (489)
 
Purchases of reserves-in-place
        1   85               86 
 
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
  397   1,213   293   64            764   2,731 
 
Improved recovery
  72   1   2,083   262            28   2,446 
 
Production (b)
  (528)  (43)  (1,224)  (792)  (283)  (92)     (74)  (3,036)
 
Sales of reserves-in-place
  (253)  (33)  (900)  (12)     (1,229)        (2,427)
 
   225   1,257   458   (2,022)  (273)  (1,163)     829   (689)
 
At December 31 (c)
                                    
 
Developed
  2,996   262   11,482   4,212   1,976   640      255   21,823 
 
Undeveloped
  1,095   1,255   3,337   11,531   3,026   2,188      900   23,332 
 
   4,091   1,517   14,819   15,743   5,002   2,828      1,155   45,155 
 
Equity-accounted entities
                                    
(BP share)
                                    
At January 1
                                    
 
Developed
           1,282   160         64   1,506 
 
Undeveloped
           855   538         46   1,439 
 
            2,137   698         110   2,945 
 
Changes attributable to
                                    
 
Revisions of previous estimates
           437   26      107   (21)  549 
 
Purchases of reserves-in-place
                           
 
Extensions, discoveries and other additions
           12               12 
 
Improved recovery
           35               35 
 
Production (b)
           (114)  (26)     (47)  (3)  (190)
 
Sales of reserves-in-place
              (482)           (482)
 
            370   (482)     60   (24)  (76)
 
At December 31
                                    
 
Developed
           1,591   136      46   58   1,831 
 
Undeveloped
           916   80      14   28   1,038 
 
            2,507   216      60   86   2,869 
 

S-7


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Movements in estimated net proved reserves of natural gas(a) (concluded)
 
(a)Net proved reserves of natural gas exclude production royalties due to others, whether royalty is payable in cash or in kind.
 
(b)Includes 174 billion cubic feet of natural gas consumed in operations (2004, 190 billion cubic feet and 2003, 69 billion cubic feet), 147 billion cubic feet in subsidiaries, (2004, 165 billion cubic feet and 2003, 69 billion cubic feet) and 27 billion cubic feet in equity-accounted entities (2004, 25 billion cubic feet and 2003, nil).
 
(c)Includes 3,812 billion cubic feet of natural gas (4,064 billion cubic feet at December 31, 2004 and 4,505 billion cubic feet at December 31, 2003) in respect of the 30% minority interest in BP Trinidad and Tobago LLC.
 
(d)Includes 57 billion cubic feet of natural gas at December 31, 2005 (13 billion cubic feet of natural gas at December 31, 2004) in respect of the 4.47% minority interest in TNK-BP (5.9% at December 31, 2004).

S-8


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows and changes therein relating to proved oil and gas reserves
      The following tables set out the standardized measures of discounted future net cash flows, and changes therein, relating to crude oil and natural gas production from the Group’s estimated proved reserves. This information is prepared in compliance with the requirements of SFAS No. 69 — ‘Disclosures about Oil and Gas Producing Activities’.
      Future net cash flows have been prepared on the basis of certain assumptions which may or may not be realized. These include the timing of future production, the estimation of crude oil and natural gas reserves and the application of year-end crude oil and natural gas prices and exchange rates. Furthermore, both reserve estimates and production forecasts are subject to revision as further technical information becomes available and economic conditions change. BP cautions against relying on the information presented because of the highly arbitrary nature of assumptions on which it is based and its lack of comparability with the historical cost information presented in the financial statements.

S-9


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows and changes therein relating to proved oil and gas reserves (continued)
                                     
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Others Total
 
  ($ million
At December 31, 2005
                                    
Future cash inflows (a)
  68,200   18,600   261,800   75,600   34,600   46,300      38,200   543,300 
Future production cost (b)
  21,700   3,900   55,800   15,200   6,900   7,800      7,400   118,700 
Future development cost (b)
  2,200   1,000   16,300   4,300   3,500   6,100      4,600   38,000 
Future taxation (c)
  17,600   10,200   65,300   28,800   7,300   10,600      6,000   145,800 
 
Future net cash flows
  26,700   3,500   124,400   27,300   16,900   21,800      20,200   240,800 
10% annual discount (d)
  8,500   1,400   63,700   12,600   9,600   8,700      8,100   112,600 
 
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows (e)
  18,200   2,100   60,700   14,700   7,300   13,100      12,100   128,200 
 
At December 31, 2004
                                    
Future cash inflows (a)
  47,400   21,700   169,500   52,600   27,200   35,000      34,200   387,600 
Future production cost (b)
  19,200   4,500   37,800   14,300   6,700   5,800      6,900   95,200 
Future development cost (b)
  2,200   1,900   10,800   4,400   3,500   4,700      5,100   32,600 
Future taxation (c)
  9,900   11,200   41,800   16,300   5,200   6,900      5,000   96,300 
 
Future net cash flows
  16,100   4,100   79,100   17,600   11,800   17,600      17,200   163,500 
10% annual discount (d)
  4,700   2,000   38,100   8,000   6,900   7,500      7,800   75,000 
 
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows (e)
  11,400   2,100   41,000   9,600   4,900   10,100      9,400   88,500 
 
At December 31, 2003
                                    
Future cash inflows (a)
  44,900   17,000   155,500   56,300   17,900   31,000      25,800   348,400 
Future production cost (b)
  16,200   3,900   29,600   14,200   4,400   4,700      5,400   78,400 
Future development cost (b)
  2,300   1,800   9,800   4,300   1,400   5,100      3,100   27,800 
Future taxation (c)
  10,200   7,600   41,400   17,100   3,600   5,300      3,800   89,000 
 
Future net cash flows
  16,200   3,700   74,700   20,700   8,500   15,900      13,500   153,200 
10% annual discount (d)
  5,300   1,900   36,200   10,500   4,100   7,700      7,000   72,700 
 
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows (e)
  10,900   1,800   38,500   10,200   4,400   8,200      6,500   80,500 
 
     

S-10


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows and changes therein relating to proved oil and gas reserves (concluded)
      The following are the principal sources of change in the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows during the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003:
             
  Years ended December 31,
 
  2005 2004 2003
 
  ($ million
Sales and transfers of oil and gas produced, net of production costs
  (24,300)  (24,100)  (22,200)
Development costs incurred during the year
  7,100   6,300   6,300 
Extensions, discoveries and improved recovery, less related costs
  10,100   3,100   8,700 
Net changes in prices and production cost(f)
  84,200   27,600   7,300 
Revisions of previous reserve estimates
  (17,400)  (10,700)  (3,000)
Net change in taxation
  (20,500)  1,900   6,100 
Future development costs
  (5,800)  (3,200)  (1,600)
Net change in purchase and sales of reserves-in-place
  (2,500)  (1,000)  (5,300)
Addition of 10% annual discount
  8,800   8,100   7,700 
 
Total change in the standardized measure during the year
  39,700   8,000   4,000 
 
 
(a)The year-end marker prices used were Brent $58.21/bbl, Henry Hub $9.52/mmbtu (2004 Brent $40.24/bbl, Henry Hub $6.01/mmbtu; 2003 Brent $30.10/bbl, Henry Hub $5.76/mmbtu).
 
(b)Production costs (which include petroleum revenue tax in the UK) and development costs relating to future production of proved reserves are based on year-end cost levels and assume continuation of existing economic conditions. Future decommissioning costs are included.
 
(c)Taxation is computed using appropriate year-end statutory corporate income tax rates.
 
(d)Future net cash flows from oil and natural gas production are discounted at 10% regardless of the Group assessment of the risk associated with its producing activities.
 
(e)Minority interest in BP Trinidad and Tobago LLC amounted to $2,700 million at December 31, 2005 ($1,600 million at December 31, 2004 and $1,700 million at December 31, 2003).
 
(f)Net changes in prices and production costs includes the effect of exchange movements.
Equity-accounted entities
      In addition, at December 31, 2005 the Group’s share of the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows of equity-accounted entities amounted to $19,300 million ($10,900 million at December 31, 2004 and $11,600 million at December 31, 2003).

S-11


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Operational and statistical information
      The following tables present operational and statistical information related to production, drilling, productive wells and acreage.
Crude oil and natural gas production
      The following table shows crude oil and natural gas production for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.
Production for the year (a)
                                     
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Others Total
 
  (thousand barrels per day
Subsidiary undertakings
                                    
Crude oil (b)
                                    
2005
  277   75   612   144   47   175      93   1,423 
2004
  330   77   666   173   48   130      56   1,480 
2003
  377   84   726   194   59   117      58   1,615 
  (million cubic feet per day)
Natural gas (c)
                                    
2005
  1,090   108   2,546   2,384   751   422      211   7,512 
2004
  1,174   125   2,749   2,334   775   267      200   7,624 
2003
  1,446   119   3,128   2,168   775   253      203   8,092 
 
Equity-accounted entities
                                    
(BP share)
                                    
Crude oil (b)
                                    
2005
           71         911   157   1,139 
2004
           68   2      831   150   1,051 
2003
           63   2      296   145   506 
 
Natural gas (c)
                                    
2005
           375   47      482   8   912 
2004
           353   60      458   8   879 
2003
           312   73      129   7   521 
 
(a)All volumes are net of royalty, whether payable in cash or in kind.
 
(b)Crude oil includes natural gas liquids and condensate.
 
(c)Natural gas production excludes gas consumed in operations.

S-12


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Operational and statistical information (continued)
Productive oil and gas wells and acreage
      The following tables show the number of gross and net productive oil and natural gas wells and total gross and net developed and undeveloped oil and natural gas acreage in which the Group and its equity-accounted entities had interests as of December 31, 2005. A ‘gross’ well or acre is one in which a whole or fractional working interest is owned, while the number of ‘net’ wells or acres is the sum of the whole or fractional working interests in gross wells or acres. Productive wells are producing wells and wells capable of production. Developed acreage is the acreage within the boundary of a field, on which development wells have been drilled, which could produce the reserves; while undeveloped acres are those on which wells have not been drilled or completed to a point that would permit the production of commercial quantities, whether or not such acres contain proved reserves.
                                     
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Others Total
                   
Number of productive wells at
December 31, 2005
                                    
Oil wells (a) — gross
  372   86   8,589   3,362   330   591   21,911   1,404   36,645 
              — net
  144.3   28.5   2,629.1   1,825.1   143.3   519.8   9,611.7   187.2   15,089.0 
Gas wells (b) — gross
  298   44   17,442   2,170   542   65   43   119   20,723 
               — net
  140.9   16.1   11,238.2   1,313.7   199.0   32.4   21.0   49.9   13,011.2 
 
(a)Includes approximately 1,072 gross (336.3 net) multiple completion wells (more than one formation producing into the same well bore).
 
(b)Includes approximately 2,473 gross (1,586.0 net) multiple completion wells. If one of the multiple completions in a well is an oil completion, the well is classified as an oil well.
                                     
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Others Total
 
  (thousands of acres
Oil and natural gas acreage at
December 31, 2005
                                    
Developed
                                    
— gross
  500   138   7,059   2,728   1,072   534   4,206   1,860   18,097 
— net
  218.4   46.2   4,737.4   1,303.4   262.4   235.3   1,848.3   416.9   9,068.3 
Undeveloped (a)
                                    
— gross
  2,325   1,668   7,169   13,893   7,977   16,917   13,783   13,455   77,187 
— net
  1,232.2   617.5   5,136.0   6,913.2   3,019.5   10,237.1   5,701.9   2,445.3   35,302.7 
 
(a)Undeveloped acreage includes leases and concessions.

S-13


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Operational and statistical information (continued)
Net oil and gas wells completed or abandoned
      The following table shows the number of net productive and dry exploratory and development oil and natural gas wells completed or abandoned in the years indicated by the Group and its equity-accounted entities. Productive wells include wells in which hydrocarbons were encountered and the drilling or completion of which, in the case of exploratory wells, has been suspended pending further drilling or evaluation. A dry well is one found to be incapable of producing hydrocarbons in sufficient quantities to justify completion.
                                     
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Others Total
 
2005
                                    
Exploratory
                                    
— productive
  0.5   0.8   10.7   2.0   0.3   2   14.5      30.8 
— dry
  0.3      6.4   1.0   0.3   1.3   5.2      14.5 
Development
                                    
— productive
  10.6   3.5   473.9   151.7   22.7   17.9   212.8   12.1   905.2 
— dry
     0.3   5.0   3.3   0.4   1.0   17.7   0.3   28.0 
2004
                                    
Exploratory
                                    
— productive
        2.1   1.3      6.6   11.0   1.3   22.3 
— dry
        3.2   1.5      2.0   5.2   1.1   13.0 
Development
                                    
— productive
  10.0   0.3   513.3   138.2   8.6   12.9   166.8   16.0   866.1 
— dry
  0.1      3.0   1.8      2.0   8.7   2.4   18.0 
2003
                                    
Exploratory
                                    
— productive
  0.3   1.1   1.0   2.8      5.2   1.8   0.7   12.9 
— dry
     0.2   0.8   1.3   0.5   1.5   0.3   1.2   5.8 
Development
                                    
— productive
  11.0   2.8   466.2   139.5   8.8   26.1   39.3   12.1   705.8 
— dry
  0.4   0.3   5.5   3.8   1.1   1.0   1.7   0.7   14.5 

S-14


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SUPPLEMENTARY OIL AND GAS INFORMATION (Continued)
(Unaudited)
Operational and statistical information (continued)
Drilling and production activities in progress
      The following table shows the number of exploratory and development oil and natural gas wells in the process of being drilled by the Group and its equity-accounted entities as of December 31, 2005. Suspended development wells and long-term suspended exploratory wells are also included in the table.
                                     
    Rest of   Rest of Asia        
  UK Europe USA Americas Pacific Africa Russia Others Total
 
At December 31, 2005
                                    
Exploratory
                                    
— gross
     1   26   7   6   2   3   2   47 
— net
     0.1   11.5   2.5   3   0.5   1.2   0.5   19.3 
Development
                                    
— gross
  9   1   248   32   2   31   25   27   375 
— net
  2.8   0.3   125.7   20.4   0.6   10.4   11.2   6.4   177.8 

S-15


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                     
    Additions    
         
    Charged to Charged to    
  Balance at costs and other   Balance at
  January 1, expenses accounts (a) Deductions December 31,
 
  ($ million
2005
                    
Fixed assets — Investments (b)
  168   18   (13)  (1)  172 
Doubtful debts (b)
  526   67   (30)  (189)  374 
2004
                    
Fixed assets — Investments (b)
  209   12   4   (57)  168 
Doubtful debts (b)
  441   254   6   (175)  526 
2003
                    
Fixed assets — Investments (b)
  659      4   (454)  209 
Doubtful debts (b)
  445   139   29   (172)  441 
 
(a)Principally currency transactions.
 
(b)Deducted in the balance sheet from the assets to which they apply.

S-16


Table of Contents

BP p.l.c. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SIGNATURES
      The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
 BP p.l.c.
 (Registrant)
 
 /s/ D. J. JACKSON
 
 
 D. J. Jackson
 Company Secretary
Dated: June 30, 2006

S-17